GY30 2029 3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72 3 OS MFT And MVT TCAM Logic Release 21.0 Jul72

GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72 GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72

User Manual: GY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 723

DownloadGY30-2029-3_OS_MFT_and_OS_MVT_TCAM_Logic_Release_21.0_Jul72 GY30-2029-3 OS MFT And MVT TCAM Logic Release 21.0 Jul72
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
GY30·2029·3

Systems

OS/MFT and OS/MVT
TeAM Logic
Program No. 360S-CQ-S48

OS Release No. 21.0

Preface
The Organization and Use of the TCAM Program Logic Manual section of
this book defines the audience for which this program logic manual was intended,
explains how the book is organized, and suggests how the reader might best
familiarize himself with its contents. In order to understand the logic of TCAM,
the reader must have a general understanding of the System/360 Operating
System. In addition, the following prerequisite publications are applicable:

. as
.

TCAM Concepts and Facilities, Order No. GC30-2022, to gain
familiarity with the overall concepts and structure of TCAM.
as TCAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024, to learn how to
construct and modify a TCAM MCP and a TCAM-compatible application
program.

The as TCAM User's Guide, Order No. GC30-2025, provides supplementary
debugging information.
The as System Control Blocks publication, Order 'No. GC28-6628, provides
corequisite information on system control blocks that are used by TCAM.

Fourth Edition (July 1972)
This publication is a major revision of, and obsoltes, GY30-2029-2; it provides function support
of Component Release 4 of TCAM, and maintenance support of TCAM contained in Release
21.0 of OS.
Significant new material has been added throughout, and existing material has been changed
extensively; therefore, no vertical lines or bullets appear in the margins, and the manual should
be reread in its entirety.
The contents of this publication are subject to change from time to time. Changes will be
reflected in periodically updated editions. Before using this publication, consult the latest
System/360 SRL Newsletter, GN20-0360, for the editions that are applicable and current.
Requests for copies of IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
A form is provided at the back of this publication for your comments. If the form is missing,
comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation, Publications Center, Dept. E01, P. O. Box
12275, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27709. Comments become the property of
IBM.

©

Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1971, 1972

Summary of Changes
This complete revision of the OS TCAM Logic publication obsoletes the previous
edition, GY30-2029-2. In this edition the method of operation text and charts are
replaced by revised and improved method of operation charts and text. The
Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory has been replaced because of
changes in the method of operation chart identification and for operator control
and TOTE on-line test. Additional data area layouts are included for TOTE.
This revised edition also incorporates information on the following TeAM
support:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

2790 Data Communications System
3270 Information Display System
3670 Brokerage Terminal
7770 enhancements
disk error handling
general poll for 2260 and 3270
reverse interrupt (RVI)
TOTE II On-Line Test (OLT)
TSO ITeAM mixed environment

iii

Contents

Organization and Use of the TCAM Program Logic Manual .
Section 1: Introduction . . . .

System Generation . . . . . .
TCAM Macro Definitions
TCAM Resident Modules
TCAM Support Modules .
TCAM Transient Modules
System Nucleus Modules .
The Message Control Program in the System .
Assembling and Linkage Editing a Message Control Program
Execution of a Message Control Program . . . . . . . . .
The Application Program in the System . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembling and Linkage Editing an Application Program
Execution of an Application Program . . .
Relationship of the OS Dispatcher to TCAM .
Selected Options . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator Control . . . . . . . . .
Application Program Processing .
Line Queuing Options . .
Message Queuing Options
Logging . . . . . . . . . .
Checkpoint/Restart .. .
TCAM as a Start able Procedure
Error Recovery Procedures
Subtask Trace. . . . . . . . . .
Cross-Reference Table . . . . .
TCAM in a Multiprocessing Environment
Time Sharing Option . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Poll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE)
Configuration Data Set . . . . . .
TOTE Requirements . . . . . . .
Abnormal Termination Recovery
Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

..

The TCAM Dispatcher . . . . . . .
Elements, Queues, and Subtasks .
The Ready Queue . . . . . .
Principle of Tpost and Twait
Buffer Management . . . . . .
Queue Management . . . . . .
Nonreusable Disk Queuing.
Reusable Disk Queuing. . .
Main-Storage Queuing . . .
Main-Storage Queuing with Disk Backup
Special Queuing Considerations . . . . . . .
Section 3: Method of Operation . . . . . . . . . .

A.
At.
A2-t.
A2-2.
A2-3.
A3.
A4.
B.
B 1-1.
BI-2.

Method of Operation Introduction . . .
Method of Operation Charts Overview .
Defining the System/Network . . . . .
Executing INTRO . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the Message Queues Data Set.
Opening the Checkpoint Data Set
Opening the Line Group Data Set .
Executing READY . . . . . . . . .
Initializing the Application Program
Controlling the TCAM System . . .
Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher
Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher ..

3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5

6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
9

to
to
to
11
11
12
12
12

13
13
13
15
17
18
22
22
34

35
35
36
38
39
42
43
44

48
50
54
60
62

66
68
71
v

B2. Functions of AQCTL SVC 102 .
C.
Processing the Messages . . . . .
C 1-1.1. Starting a Receive Operation
C 1-1.2. ST ARTMH for a Receive Operation
CI-1.3. Incoming MH Processing
CI-1.4. FORWARD Processing .
CI-2.
Disk Queuing . . . . . . .
C 1-3.1. Starting a Send Operation
CI-3.2. STARTMH for a Send Operation.
CI-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing . . . . .
C2-1. Data Flow: MCP to Application Program
C2-2. Data Flow: Application Program to MCP
C3-1. Application Program/Operator Control Interface.
C3-2. Application Program Network Controt .
D.
Checkpointing/Restarting the System
DI-I. Environment Checkpoint . . . . . . . .
DI-2. Incident Checkpoint: MH Request .. .
DI-3. Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request
DI-4. Application Program Checkpoint Request
D2. Restart............
E.
Closing the System/Network . . .
EI. MCP Termination . . . . . . . . .
E2. Application Program Termination

vi

72

76
78
80
82
88
90
92
96
98
.102
.106
· 108
.110
· 112
· 114
· 115
· 116
· 117
· 122
· 124
· 126
· 130

Section 4:
Program Organization . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory . . .
Non-Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
Macro Linkage Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operat-or Control Command Linkage Charts .
ERP Linkage Charts
BSC ERP .
Flowcharts . . . . .

· 133
.134
.184
· 187
.241
.245
.247
.250

Section S: Data Area Layouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkages from a TCAM Buffer Prefix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage among Storage Areas in the MCP and an Application Program
Address Vector Table . . .
Access Method Work Area
Buffer Prefix . . . . . . .
Channel Program Block .
Checkpoint Disk Records
Checkpoint Elements ..
Checkpoint Work Areas.
Command Input Buffer .
Common Buffer Data Area Prefix
Common Buffer Master QCB . .
Concentrator Data Ready Queue
Concentrator Device ID Table
Data Control Block . . .
Data Event Control Block . . .
Data Extent Block . . . . . . .
Data Extent Block for Application Programs .
Device Characteristics Table
Disk Data Area. . . . .
Element Request Block
Invitation List .. .
I/O Blocks . . . . . . .
Line Control Block . . .
On-Line Test Control Block .
Operator Control Address Vector Table
Option Characteristics Table . . . .
Option Table . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OS I/O Device Characteristics Table
Process Control Block . . . . . . . .

.395
.397
.399
.401
.423
.429
.433
.437
.447
.449
.455
.461
.463
.457
.465
.467
.477
.479
.483
.485
.487
.489
.491
.495
.503
· 511
· 531
.537
.539
· 541
.543

Process Entry Work Area . . . .
Queue Control Block . . . . . . .
Queue Control Block Extension .
Resource Control Block .
Special Characters Table
Station Control Block
Subtask Control Block
Terminal Table . . . .
Termname Table .. .
Test Event Control Block
TOTE Resource Control Block
TSO TSINPUT Control Block.

.547
. 551
. 557
.559
.561
.563
.571
.573
.581
.583
.587
.591

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids . . .
SCB Error Word Usage by Module
LCB Status Byte Usage by Module
Table of Message Origins . . . . .
Register Usage Conventions in TCAM
TCAM Service Aids . . . . . . . . . .

.597
.597
.599
.601
.613
.617

Appendix A: List of TCAM Modules by Library
SYSI.L1NKLIB .
SYSI.MACLIB ..
SYS 1. NUCLEUS.
SYSI.SVCLIB ..
SYS I. TELCMLlB

.621
.621
.623
.627
.627
.630

Appendix B: TCAM Queues and QCBs .
TCAM Queues
TCAM QCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.635
.635
.637

Appendix C: List of Relative Priorities in TCAM

.641

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Programs and TP Operation Codes .

.645

Glossary.

.683

Index ..

.693

Figures
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Physical Organization of TCAM
TCAM QCB Linkage . . . . .
Priority of Subtasks on a QCB .
Passing Elements to a QCB . . .
Linkage from the Ready Queue to Subtask Code
Pointers during a Ready Queue Update . . . .
Unit Control Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buffer Units Chained to Form Logical Buffers.
Effect of an ERB on Buffer Unit Linkage . . .
Assignment of Disk Message Queues Data Set Relative Record Numbers
across Three Volumes . . . . . . . .
Disk Queuing a Three-Unit Buffer . . . . .. .
Disk Queuing an Eight-Unit Buffer . . . . . .
Disk Queuing the Second Buffer of a Message.
Disk Queuing a One-Unit Message . . •
Disk Queuing Pointers . . . . . . . . .
Example of Two Queue-Back Chains ..
Disk Queuing-FIFO and FEFO Pointers .
Zones for Servicing and Updating a Reusable Disk
Message Queues Data Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.4
14
14
15
16
17
19
20
21

23
25
26
27
28
29
30
33
35

vii

Organization and Use of the TeAM Program Logic Manual
This publication covers the internal logic of the IBM System/360 as Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). The TCAM PLM is directed to the IBM
program system representatives and system engineers who provide program
maintenance and who need information on the internal organization of TCAM.
Section I. the Introduction. provides general information that is basic to an
understanding of TCAM. This information places TCAM in the proper perspective to the operating system (aS).
Section 2 describes the Basic TCA M Concepts. These should be understood
before approaching the specifics of the internal logic. Concepts described are the
TCAM Dispatcher. buffer management. and queue management.
Section 3. the Method of Operation section. describes the functional flow of each
operation in the TCAM system. The method of operation diagrams present the
internal logic of a basic TeAM system without relying on extensive textual
descriptions. The diagrams provide four kinds of information:
o
o

o
o

Basic function (provided in the picture area).
Module interfaces (shown as input to and output from the function being
performed in the picture).
Procedures that support the function (description provided).
Pointers into the listings and flowcharts (cross-references provided with the
description to lead to the proper routine. method of operation chart. flowchart.
or listing).

Section 4 covers program organization and operation of TCAM. This information is provided in a series of tables that describe the functions of the various
TCAM modules. Also included are:
o

o

o

o

Charts of message handling macros. parameter lists. and the module linkages
and functions that result from each TCAM macro coded.
Tables of operator control commands and the action of the system as a result of
each command.
Tables of error recovery procedures to trace and record I/O errors.
Flowcharts of some TCAM modules to show line and queue control. The
flowchart identification is the same as the last two characters of the module
name. When multiple flowcharts are necessary for a module. these two or three
characters are followed by a dash and then a number (HM I-I). In addition.
duplicate identifications are assigned to these flowcharts to facilitate off-page
linkage.

Section 5 is a composite of the data areas used by TCAM. Each description
includes the purpose. internal references. allocation. and initialization information.
Both a visual and a tabular description of the DSECT for each area are also given.
Section 6 contains tables of information to aid in debugging and analyzing the
activity of TCAM.

The seventh section consists of information. in four appendixes. to aid in the use
of TCAM: a list of TCAM queues and QCBs. a list of TCAM modules by library.
a list of TCAM relative priorities. and the TCAM channel programs.

Organization and

U~e

of the TC AM Progrmn Logic Manual

(This page left blank intentionally)

2

OS TCAM PLM

Section 1: Introduction
TCAM is a component of the IBM System/360 Operating System. The primary
purpose of TCAM is to provide a high-level access method to communicate with
telecommunications equipment while maintaining the greatest possible device
independence. In addition to supporting the transfer of data (messages) between
both local and remote terminals and the system, TCAM provides a flexible
message control language that can be used to direct the processing of the data. By
using the TCAM macro instructions, installation-oriented message control is
achieved.
TCAM operates under OS MFT or MVT in System/360 Model 40 or larger
processors. The minimum main-storage requirement is 128K bytes. In addition to
the system timer and normal OS requirements, TCAM requires a 2701, 2702, or
2703 on a multiplexer channel (unless only the 7770 or 2260 Local terminals are
used, in which case the 7770 or 2848 is attached to the channel). Secondary
storage for libraries and main or secondary storage for queuing are also required.
This section describes the various parts of TCAM and explains what they are,
where they come from, how they get into the system, their relationships to each
other, and how they pass control back and forth.
Figure 1 shows the steps necessary to begin processing in the TCAM environment.

System Generation
When TCAM is called for during a system generation procedure (by the
ACSMETH=TCAM operand in the DATAMGT system generation macro
instruction), the TCAM modules are included in four libraries: SYS I.MACLIB,
SYS 1. TELCMLIB, SYS I.SVCLIB, and SYS I.LINKLIB. An Attention routine
and a Type I SVC module (the AQCTL SVC 102 routine) are incorporated in the
Supervisor Nucleus (SYSl.NUCLEUS). There is an entry in the SVC table in the
nucleus for Type 4 SVC 104 TOPCTL, which is resident in SYS l.SVCLIB. Using
these modules, the user can assemble, linkage edit, and execute TCAM message
control and application programs.

TCAM Macro Definitions
The operating system macro definition library (SYSl.MACLIB) includes the
macro definitions necessary for the assembly of TCAM message control and
application programs.

TCAM Resident Modules
When performing a system generation to include TCAM, the user must define a
special library area named SYSl.TELCMLIB. During the generation run, modules that can later be linkage edited with message control and application program object modules are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.TELCMLIB. In
this publication, these modules are defined as the TCAM resident modules.
Appendix A contains a list of the modules in SYS 1. TELCMLIB.

Section I: Introduction

3

:

:

Appl ication
Source Program

System Generation
Macro Instructions

Message Control
Source Program

I
IOS/36O Starter System 1

I
System Residence
:
:

:

:

'

,

:

:
:

Ii'

:

SYS1. MACLIB

f---Assembler

1-

I nc Iudes a II TCAM
Macro Definitions

Assembler

SYSl. TELCMLlB

r-

All TCAM Resident Modules
to be Linked with User
1 - Object Modules

Linkage Editor

Linkage Editor

SYS1. SVCLlB
Includes all TCAM Support
Modules Loaded by OPEN/
~ and all OPEN/CLOSE/and
ERP Modules

User Code and
GET /PUT Linkages

Macro Linkage
and User Code
MH Resident Routines

SYS1. LlNKLlB

Status Changing
Resident Routines

L..-.

Includes TCAM Transient
Modules

I
Job Scheduler

IJL

•

Mai n Storage

N

Supervisor Nucleus
!Attention-RoutineiAQCTL SVC Module
Partition
I:r
N

:=-

~

Partition
2
Partition
1
Partition
0

Figu're 1. Physical Organization of TCAM

4

OS TCAM PLM

Appl
or other

Program 2
D.

_",.~" ••

GET/pUT Modules
Application Program 1
GET/PUT Modules
Message Control Program
Any Attached Subtasks

Job

heduler

1

TCAM Support Modules
During the system generation run, all modules that are loaded into main storage by
the various system open executors, and the TCAM open and close executors are
copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.SVCLIB. The TCAM Dispatcher, the
Command Scheduler, the Type IV SVC modules, and the Error Recovery Procedure routines are also placed in SYS l.SVCLIB. In this publication, these modules
are defined as TCAM support modules. Appendix A contains a list of the TCAM
support modules in SYSl.SVCLIB.
The Error Recovery Procedure routines and the TCAM Open and Close routines
can, at the option of the user at system generation, be resident or transient during
program execution. In either case, these routines reside in SYSl.SVCLIB.

TCAM Transient Modules
At system generation time, modules that can be called into main storage for a
limited length of time during the execution of a TCAM message control or application program are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYSl.LINKLIB. In this
publication, these modules are defined as TCAM transient modules. Appendix A
contains a list of the modules in SYSl.LINKLIB.
The Operator Control, Checkpoint, and On-line Test routines stored in
SYS I.LINKLIB can optionally be specified to be resident during program execution. However, in this publication they are defined as transient modules.

System Nucleus Modules
At system generation time, the Attention routine and the AQCTL SVC 102
routine (a Type I SVC) are copied from SYSl.CQ548 into SYS1.NUCLEUS. In
this publication these two modules are defined as the system nucleus modules.

The Message Control Program in the System
Assembling and Linkage Editing a Message Control Program
The user codes the TCAM macro instructions necessary to design a Message
Control Program. When these instructions are entered for assembly, the output of
this assembly includes: several tables and control blocks, linkages to TCAM
resident and support routines, Message Handler (MH) macro instruction expansions, and any user-written routines that were included.
The assembled object module is then linkage edited to include the desired resident
routines from SYSl.TELCMLIB. These resident routines are the MCP routines
used to process header information, to translate from one transmission code to
another, to direct messages to the proper lines and queues, to manage system
resources, etc.
The resulting load module is stored in a system library to be loaded for execution.

Execution of a Message Control Program
The TCAM Message Control Program (MCP) is normally executed as the
highest-priority task in the highest-priority partition or region in the system. The
as Initiator/Terminator routine loads and transfers control to the MCP. The first
TCAM macro instruction executed must be INTRa. The initial functions of
INTRa are to establish the TCAM address vector table (AVT), address ability
and entry linkages for the MCP, the cross-reference table, the channel program
block (CPB) pool, the buffer unit pool, and main-storage queues. INTRa also

Section I: Introduction

5

attaches the Operator Control, FE Common Write, and On-line Test tasks and
enables the user to override some INTRa parameters through the system console.
The MCP runs under the control of the as task management routines. It is
scheduled and dispatched according to the priorities included in the task control
block (TCB) in the partition in which it is being executed.

The Application Program in the System
Assembling and Linkage Editing an Application Program
A TCAM application program processes messages obtained from a TCAM MCP.
The application program can run in a partition or region different from the MCP,
or it can run as an attached task in the same partition or region.
An application program needs only the OPEN, CLOSE, GET, and PUT macro
instructions and some data set definition macro instructions. No resident routines
need to be linkage edited with the object module. However, the user may wish to
write application programs that use the following macro instructions to examine
and modify the status of the MCP:
• CHECK
• CKREQ
• ICOPY
• ICHNG
• MCOUNT
• POINT
• QRESET
• TCHNG
• TCOPY
• TPDATE
When any of these macro instructions are used, the linkage editor includes the
corresponding resident modules in the load module. The load module is stored in
a system library from which it is loaded for execution.

Execution of an Application Program
It is possible to run an MCP with no application program, but one or more application programs are usually being executed asynchronously with the MCP.

In most cases an application program is loaded into the next highest-priority
partition to the MCP. However, application programs may also be executed in the
same partition as the MCP after being brought in by the system ATTACH facility.
Application programs, like the MCP, run under the control of the as task management routines. They are scheduled and dispatched according to the priorities
indicated in the task control blocks (TCBs) for the partitions in which they are
being run.
The primary difference between a TCAM application program and any other
processing program is the requirement for and the implementation of interpartition communication.
The various macro instructions that can be used in an application program are as
follows:

6

OS TCAM PLM

1. TCOPY, ICOPY, QCOPY, and TPDATE. The corresponding resident
routine for each of these macro instructions copies the requested information
from the MCP partition, using address pointers stored in the AVT and in the
terminal table. These tables are located by the communications vector table
(CVT).
2. All other macro instructions. The routines invoked by the remaining macro
instructions cause SVC Type I interruptions to the supervisory routines.

A module within a partition can move data or control information from another
partition into its own partition; however, that module must use an SVC either to
move data from its own partition into another partition or to move data within
another partition.

Relationship of the OS Dispatcher to TeAM
The operating system (OS) gains control from the TCAM task when the TCAM
MCP has no work to perform and issues an OS WAIT macro. When OS gains
control, it examines all the ready tasks in the system and passes control to the one
with the highest priority.
When a TCAM appendage has work for the MCP, it invokes the OS Post routine
by branching to an entry point to pest the MCP event control block (ECB). This
indicates to the OS Dispatcher that the MCP now has work to do and is vying for
control of the system. OS can pass control to the TCAM task when it is the
highest-priority task that is ready to be activated. TCAM resumes execution at
the instruction following the WAIT that gave control to OS.
TCAM posts the ECBs for its attached tasks when they are to be activated. When
TCAM subsequently issues a WAIT, the attached tasks can vie to gain control
from OS.

Selected Options
TCAM has certain optional features available. These features are optional in one
of three possible ways:
1. Some of the functions of the feature are optional.
2. The presence or absence of the feature itself is optional.
3. The feature may be either resident or transient.
The following sections discuss each of the optional features of TCAM.

Operator CtMtroi
The TCAM Operator Control facility provides a way for the user to dynamically
examine or alter the status of his telecommunications network. A detailed description of the functions of this facility is included in the Operator Control
section of the OS TeAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024.
The TCAM user specifies at SYSGEN time whether he wants the Operator
Control facility in his system to be supported by resident or transient routines.
The control module of the Operator Control facility is always resident. If the user
indicates that he wants the operator control support routines to be transient, these
routines are called in whenever they are needed. If the routines are specified to be
resident, they are all present in the system at all times.

ApplicfltifJn Program Processing
The application program services of TCAM enable a programmer to process
messages from a telecommunications network with the same macro instructions

Section I: Introduction

7

that he uses for local input/ output devices. Because the TCAM MCP performs
the I/O operations, a completely device-independent application program can be
written. The programmer need not be concerned with the time and devicedependent aspects of the telecommunications environment.
A TCAM MCP can operate in the system without an application program or
programs. However, if the user wishes to examine and process the data coming in
from his terminals to a greater extent than is allowed by the macro instructions of
the MCP, he must use one or more application programs. The macros specific to
application programs are discussed in detail in the OS TCAM Programmer's
Guide, Order No. GC30-2024.

Line Queuing Options
The TCAM user has the option of queuing either by line or by terminal, as
specified in the TERMINAL macro for each terminal or group of terminals.
Queuing by terminal is required for buffered terminals and for dial lines. Since
queuing by terminal requires one destination QCB per terminal rather than one
per line group, this method requires more main-storage' space.

Message Queuing Options
There are three types of queuing for messages:
• Main-storage queuing
• Reusable disk queuing
• Nonreusable disk queuing
The message queues may be maintained by anyone of the three methods or by a
combination of main-storage queuing with backup on either reusable or nonreusable disk.

In an MCP there are at most two message queues data sets: reusable disk with or
without main-storage queues, and nonreusable disk with or without main-storage
queues. The user specifies the type of queuing for a given data set by coding
specified keyword operands of the macros that build the terminal table. The way
in which the types of queuing are specified is discussed in detail in the OS TCAM
Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30-2024. The way that the various queuing
types function is discussed under Queue Management in the Basic TCAM
Concepts section of this publication.

Logging
The logging option allows the user to maintain a record of incoming or outgoing
message traffic on a sequential medium. Message segments or full messages, as
determined by the placement of LOG macros in an MH, are placed on an output
device. The various types of logs and the corresponding MH subgroups in which a
LOG macro appears, are:
1. Incoming header segments only (lnheader)
2. All incoming segments (Inbuffer)
3. Complete incoming messages (lnmessage)
4. Outgoing header segments only (Outheader)
5. All outgoing segments (Outbuffer)
6. Complete outgoing messages (Outmessage)

Checkpoint! Restart
Checkpoint/Restart is provided as an optional facility for the TCAM MCP at
user-specified intervals (every 30 seconds to 65,535 seconds). By using the
TCAM Checkpoint/Restart facility for the MCP and other TCAM facilities, such

8

OS TCAM PLM

as sequence numbers, an effective restart can be accomplished in an application
program.
The checkpoint routines store tables and other control information necessary for a
restart subsequent to a system failure or normal closedown. Restart of the TCAM
job after a system failure is accomplished by initial program loading (IPL) the
system again (if necessary), and loading the TCAM MCP. TCAM reinitializes the
tables and pointers from the latest checkpoint record on the disk (unless CY is
specified on the STARTUP parameter of the INTRO macro to suppress continuation start-up). After a system failure, the STARTUP=C or STARTUP=W
operand on the INTRO macro causes TCAM to perform a continuation restart
with a scan of the message queues. If STARTUP=WY is specified, a continuation
restart with no message queues scan is performed.
After a normal closedown, TCAM can either reconstruct the environment that
existed before closedown (a warm restart) or it can reinitialize the system (a cold
restart). A warm restart is specified by STARTUP= Won INTRO; a cold restart
is specified by STARTUP=C.
To include the Checkpoint/Restart facility in an MCP, the user has only to
specify an OPEN for the checkpoint data set. As a result of this, the Checkpoint
Executor is attached in the same region as the MCP. The other checkpoint
modules can be either resident or transient, depending on what the user specifies
at SYSGEN time.

TeAM as a Startable Procedure
The user has the option of starting a TCAM MCP or application program either
by JCL in the system input device or by the START operator command at the
system console. If the START command is to be used, the JCL for the MCP and
the different TCAM problem programs must be cataloged on SYS 1.PROCLIB
under individual procedure names. The user may then enter START and the
procname for the program he wants, and job management immediately fetches the
JCL at the procname and starts the program.

Error Recovery Procedures
The Error Recovery Procedure (ERP) routines are designed to diagnose and
recover, if possible, from line errors occurring during a telecommunications
operation. The error routines provide the following:
• Automatic retry of all errors not involving data transfer. Data transfer errors
are also handled by the EOB/ETB Handling subtask, if specified in the MH.
• Automatic retry of text errors during a receive operation when the data is still
available; that is, the PCI Appendage has not tposted the buffers containing the
data following the last good EOB/ETB.
• Statistical recording of all terminal errors.
• Error messages to the primary TCAM operator console for all permanent
errors.
The ERP routines are optional in that they may be either resident or transient.
The user specifies this option at SYSGEN time.

Subtask Trace
The Subtask Trace facility maintains a time-sequential table of the dispatching
activity of the TCAM Dispatcher. Each time the Dispatcher activates a subtask, it
completes an entry in the subtask trace table.

Section I: Introduction

9

The presence of the Sub task Trace facility in the TeAM system is determined by
the DTRACE operand of the INTRO macro in the MCP. If the operand is coded
DTRACE=O, the facility is not included. If the operand is coded with a numerical
value, that value determines the number of four-word entries reserved for the
subtask trace table.
The format of the subtask trace table is shown in the OS TCAM User's Guide,
Order No. GC30-2025.

Cross-Reference Table
The TCAM cross-reference table is formatted if the CROSSRF=integer operand
of the INTRO macro is assembled with a nonzero value. The numerical value of
integer determines the number of four-word entries reserved for this table. Each
time that a line is successfully opened, the Line Group Open routine (IGG01940)
completes an entry in the table.
The format of the cross-reference table is shown in the OS TCAM User's Guide.
Order No. GC30-2025.

TCAM in a Multiprocessing Environment
TCAM operating in a multiprocessing environment increases throughput, availability, and flexibility. All TCAM appendages and SVC 102 cause the TCAM task
to become ineligible to be dispatched in order to prevent TCAM disabled code
from modifying TCAM control blocks while enabled TCAM code is executing.
These modules set a flag in the TCAM TCB to indicate that the task is not eligible
to be dispatched and then call the OS Task Removal routine. When the Task
Removal routine issues an external interrupt to lock the other CPU, the other
CPU loops on the lock. When the TCAM module completes its functions, it
resets the TCB flag and zeros the lock before exiting. The other CPU then
obtains the lock and dispatches the task of the highest priority on its ready queue.
To prevent two enabled tasks from attempting to enqueue/dequeue on the same
resource at the same time, each task issues a test-and-set instruction on a specific
byte in the QCB before referring to the queue. The byte must be equal to zero
before the task can update the queue, and the task must reset the byte to zero
after completing the update.

Time Sharing Option
TCAM provides terminal support for the Time Sharing Option (TSO) under MVT
when this option is requested on the INTRO macro. There are special macros to
generate an MCP with MH routines to handle TSO messages. TCAM also
supports application programs that are run under TSO in the foreground region.
If the TSO option is specified, TCAM provides a conversational approach to
terminal support-this includes support of the transmit and receive interrupt
features, modifications to the scheduling of I/O operations, and editing of the
data in TSO messages to make the data compatible with disk or tape.
TCAM and the TSO control program run in different partitions. Modified
message flow allows TCAM to route the messages to the TSO region.
TCAM support for TSO also includes the ability to use 1050s and 2741s on the
same dial line, the ability to simulate receive interrupts when they are not a
feature of the hardware, and the ability to have the transmission code dynamically
determined.

10

OS TeAM PLM

In a mixed environment, time-sharing supported terminals can be shared by
time-sharing applications and message-switching applications.

General Poll
Three types of polling are available for device invitation. The most common is
specific poll, which invites each device to transmit. The next most common is the
Auto Poll feature, which uses 2702-2703' hardware to perform specific polling
without I/O interruption or CPU uitlization. The general poll is desired for a
remote cluster of devices. It allows any device, if ready, to transmit without a
specific invitation.
General poll is ~ remote input technique in which special invitation characters are
sent to a 2260 or 3270 device control unit to solicit transmission of data from all
attached devices that are ready to send. General poll may be conducted with
programmed poll or Auto Poll, both of which invite each individual device to send.
General poll begins with transmission of the invitation characters. If a positive
response is received, TCAM determines the identity of the device terminal
originating the transmission message and puts this information in LCBTTCIN.
An entire message is read from one device until an ETX is received. Each device
can send only one message at a poll. When the ETX is entered a complete
message has been received, and all buffers are tposted to the Message Handler,
and the message is processed.
Standard scheduling is performed as for any receive operation on a multipoint line.
To receive the next message from the control unit, TCAM begins a new input
operation; however, invitation characters are not re-sent (as in programmed poll
or Auto Poll); the next message is read. This cycle continues until the device
control unit indicates, by sending an EOT, there is no more data to be sent.
General poll may also be terminated by the receipt by the control unit of a response other than an ACK, NAK, or ENQ.
No interruptions are allowed during general poll except for conversational processing. Once the EOT is received, TCAM either transmits or polls the next entry
in the invitation list. The user should be aware of the time constraints of the
hardware involved.

Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE)
The Teleprocessing On-Line Test Executive (TOTE) is an attached subtask of
TCAM, designed to control the selection, loading, and execution of on-line tests
(OLTs). The on-line test function consists of three parts: TOTE, an on-line
device configurator, and the individual teleprocessing device tests (OLTs). TOTE
is the interface between TCAM and the on-line tests.
The individual OLTs are intended to diagnose hardware errors, verify repairs,
verify engineering changes, and test devices. TOTE conveys messages to the user
about the test, schedules and controls the test, and prompts the user when requested or when an error in the format of a Test Request Message (TRM) is
detected. The OLTs are transient and reside in a library On a system direct access
device.
Test selection is achieved by entering a Test Request Message (TRM) from a
TCAM station, operator control terminal, or the system console. Test results are
sent to the terminal controlling the test, unless an alternate printer is designated as
a parameter or the option field of a TRM.

Section 1: Introduction

11

Configuration Data Set
TOTE also allows the user to enter changes to configuration data stored in a
Configuration Data Set (CDS). The configuration data set contains descriptive
data about the I/O units attached to the system: this includes telephone numbers,
what devices are attached to which channel addresses, the features installed, and
any other data the OL Ts might need to test all the equipment installed in a
particular location.
After the data set is generated it may be dynamically altered by answering questions presented by configuration request messages (CRMs). A CRM can be
entered from either the system console (through the operator control facility) or a
TCAM station.
TOTE Requirements
The following requirements must be met before executing TOTE:
• The TCAM operator control facility must be initialized.
• The OL T modules must have been placed in a library.
• The configuration data set must have been built by a stand-alone, on-line test,
support program (SOSP).
• The terminals must be represented in the TCAM JCL by a DO card.
The following requirements must be met before executing a device test:
• The devices and communications lines used or tested must have been configured.
• The devices used as the control terminal or alternate printer for the OL T, as
well as the devices to be tested, must be on opened communication lines.
• The communication lines to be tested must have been opened.
All I/O for the OLTs is done by the EXIO macro. Upon receiving this request,
TOTE usually builds an lOB using the data in the parameter list passed with the
request. This request is linked to the test DCB, an ECB, a DEB, and the OL TCB.
When all these blocks are properly prepared, an EXCP macro initiates the channel
program.
Abnormal Termination Recovery
There is an entry point in the TOTE resident module (IEDQW A) that is entered
at OL T ABEND. This module will set a flag to indicate that areas used by the
OL T are to be cleaned up or freed when the control module next gains control.
The flag also indicates that the OLT has terminated, and the reason for the
termination is displayed on the system console.
All lines and terminals allocated to the OLT are returned to the state in which
they were found when the OL T was started; normal TCAM operations are
resumed.

12

OS TeAM PLM

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts
This section discusses each of the three basic concepts that influence the control
and functions of TCAM. The first concept, the method by which the TCAM
Dispatcher manages the TCAM resources, determines the flow of control among
the TCAM subtasks. The second and third concepts are the management of the
queues and of the buffers, respectively. An understanding of these three concepts
will help to clarify the charts in the Method of Operation section of this publication.

The TCAM Dispatcher
The TCAM Dispatcher is the control module of the TCAM system. The primary
purpose of this module is to allocate and schedule system resources. The following sections describe how the TCAM Dispatcher allocates and schedules the
system resources, for example, CPU processing time, main storage, I/O paths, and
elements (primarily buffers and lines). The key to the mechanism is the ready
queue, through which a resource is allocated to a subtask.
The mechanisms of allocation are the twait and tpost functions performed by the
TCAM subtasks. A twait schedules a subtask to be activated when a specific
resource is available; a tpost passes an available resource to the ready queue. The
actual implementation of twait and tpost are not exclusive functions of the subtasks; rather, the subtasks return to specific entry points in the TCAM Dispatcher
to indicate the status of the resource. Dispatching is the process of providing a
routine with an element and giving the routine control to handle the element.

Elements, Queues, and Subtasks
The physical resources of the system are composed of elements (for example, the
buffer pool, a resource, is broken into individual buffers, the elements) with each
element represented by a resource control block (RCB). An RCB is an 8-byte
prefix to an element. The first four bytes are a pointer to the queue control block
(QCB) that the element is to be associated with; the last four bytes contain a
priority byte and a link field.
There is at least one subtask that works with every type of element in the system.
Each subtask is represented by a subtask control block (STeB), which contains
the data necessary to activate the subtask it represents.
The elements, and the subtasks that operate on these elements, are associated with
one another by a third control block, the queue control block (QCB). Thus, a
QCB has a pointer to the chain of elements under its control and a pointer to the
chain of STCBs for the sub tasks waiting to operate on these elements. The chains
are referred to as queues. Figure 2 illustrates the linkage of these queues to a
QCB.

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

13

QCB

Figure 2. TCAM QCB Linkage

When a subtask needs an element, it can do one of two things: (1) request an
element from the OCB that handles that particular element by tposting a request
element to that OCB, or (2) insert its STCB into the STCB chain of the OCB to
twait for the element. When the element is available, the subtask is dispatched.
When a subtask has finished using an element, it gives (tposts) the element to the
appropriate OCB. The TCAM Dispatcher gives this element to the first (highestpriority) subtask in the STCB chain of the OCB. In this case, subtask A in Figure
3 is dispatched. The subtask associated with STCB B in Figure 3 can be dispatched if subtask A indicates to the TCAM Dispatcher that it does not need to
process the element. The STCB chain ends with a permanent STCB. STCB G in
Figure 3 remains the last STCB in the chain. STCB C might point to a routine
that does nothing more than chain elements into the OCB element chain. Subtask
C has a lower priority than any other subtask that might use the element and,
therefore, is dispatched only if each of the higher-priority sub tasks bypasses
processing.
Na elements available

QCB

Figure 3. Priority of Sub tasks on a QCB

Figure 4 demonstrates the linkage when an element processed by subtask X is
tposted to the OCB and placed on the element chain by subtask C. Subtask C can
place the element in the OCB element chain only if subtask A and subtask B do
not need the element and pass it down the chain to subtask C.

14

OS TeAM PLM

Subtask X

QCB

Figure 4. Passing Elements to a QCB

The Ready Queue

The previous discussion points out that sub tasks gain control from the TCAM
Dispatcher depending on:
1. The availability of elements, and
2. The priority of the STCB for the subtask.
The TCAM Message Control Program is responsible for allocating CPU processing time to the various tasks under its control; it does so by using the ready queue.
The ready queue is a chain of elements that represent all the work to be done in
the TCAM system. The work to be done is represented by the various elements
(RCBs) that appear on the ready queue in priority order. The purpose of the
ready queue is to ensure that all elements are processed and dispatched with
respect to priority and without one impacting the resources of another.
To support dispatching while enabled for interruption, TCAM actually uses two
ready queues. One is designated to be used by disabled appendages or by the
disabled AQCTL SVC 102 routine for tposting elements, while the other is used
by enabled routines. Although the two ready queues are not managed by the same
technique, each is a ready queue because it contains elements (RCBs) to be
processed by the various subtasks.
TCAM manages the disabled ready queue by the first-in-first-out (FIFO) technique. The queue itself consists of two words: a one-word pointer to the first and a
one-word pointer to the last element on the queue. Disabled appendages place an
element (RCB) on the disabled ready queue by linking the new element to the
element pointed to by the second word of the queue and by then updating the
second word to point to the new element.

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

15

TCAM manages the enabled ready queue by the priority-FIFO technique. The
TCAM Dispatcher has the responsibility for merging the disabled into the enabled
ready queue just before dispatching. The enabled ready queue handles dispatching, and unless specified otherwise, it is the one usually referred to as the ready
queue.
The TCAM Dispatcher manages the ready queue by executing the sub task associated with the highest-priority element on its chain. Since the element has an RCB
as its prefix, the Dispatcher can refer to the correct QCB in order to pass control
to the first subtask represented in the STCB chain of the QCB. The subtask
processes the element and then returns control to the TCAM Dispatcher, which
can then examine the next element on the ready queue. Figure 5 illustrates the
chain of linkage from the ready queue to a subtask when an element is on the
ready queue.
Ready Queue
Element

QCB

t

Element Chain
Priol ity

Elements

link
STCB

t

STCB A
Key

Element A
Key

QCB

Pliolity

Link

t

Link

Priority

STCS S
Key
Element B
Key

QCB

t

Priority

P, iOi ity

link

link

1\.1L ___ .___ _
_

Subtask Code

Figure 5. Linkage from the Ready Queue to Subtask Code

When the Dispatcher gains control it removes the highest-priority element from
the ready queue by placing the address of the element in register 1. The Dispatcher then inserts the link field of the element in the ready queue to point to the next
element. When there are no elements for the ready queue, it points to the
"dummy last element" in the A VT (A VTDELEM). This element has a priority of
zero. Figure 6 demonstrates the change in linkage between the ready queue and
its elements during an update of the ready queue by the Dispatcher.

16

OS TCAM PLM

Register 1

Ready Queue
Element

l'

""

""-

""

Element A

" "-

"

QCB

Priority

Link

""

LEGEND
- - - i.... Original Linkage

==::> Data movement to update the ready queue
-

Key

- - . . Linkage after ready queue update

"",
"-

l'

Element B
"-

------------

Key

QCB

Priority

Link

l'

Figure 6. Pointers during a Ready Queue Update

Principle of Tpost and Twait

The technique of passing an element from one queue to another queue is called
tposting. When the subtask that an STCB points to finishes processing an element
and wishes to allow another routine to process that same element, the subtask
tposts the element to the second routine. The subtask achieves the tpost by
placing in the RCB of the element a pointer to the QCB that controls the STCB
for the new routine, and then returning to the TCAM Dispatcher with an indication that the element is to be placed on the ready queue.
The second technique for handling resources is called twaiting. When a subtask
needs elements to process, it returns control to the TeAM Dispatcher indicating
that it has finished the processing that it can do at this time. The twait is implemented by the TCAM Dispatcher. The Dispatcher places the STCB for this
subtask in the STCB chain of the QCB to which the resource that the subtask
needs to complete processing will be tposted. When an STCB is in the STCB
chain of a QCB and the subtask for that STCB does not have control, the subtask
is twaiting.
When an application program needs either to place an element on the disabled
ready queue, to post an event control block (ECB) as complete, or to move data
from one partition to another, a special technique is used. This technique is
performed by the AQCTL SVC 102 routine, which uses pointers in the AVT to
refer to the disabled ready queue. Since AQCTL is a resident Type I SVC, the
actual processing occurs in the OS Supervisor, out of the control of either the
application program or the MCP.

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

17

Buffer Management
The TCAM network has one buffer unit pool that contains buffer units of one
size. These buffer units are the basic building blocks from which buffers are
constructed. Henceforth, in this publication unit refers to a buffer unit.
Messages entering a TCAM network are placed in buffers, which are user-defined
areas of main storage used for handling, queuing, and transferring message
segments between all lines and queuing media. (A message segment is that
portion of a message contained in one buffer.) A buffer has two parts, one that
contains control information (the buffer prefix) and the other that contains all or
part of the message. Buffers must be at least 35 bytes long, and may be no longer
than 65,535 bytes.
The size of a unit is specified in the UNITSZ= operand of the INTRO macro of
an MCP, and the number of units in the buffer unit pool is equal to the sum of the
numbers specified by the LNUNITS and MSUNITS operands of INTRO. For
internal management purposes, TCAM adds 12 bytes as a prefix to the userspecified unit size. These 12 bytes are called a unit control area. Thus, if a user
defines a unit size of 60 bytes (UNITSZ=60), the size of the unit is actually 72
bytes.
The size of a buffer for a line group is specified by the BUFSIZE= operand of the
DCB macro for a line group data set. All buffers used by a given line group are
the same size, but each line group may use buffers that differ in size from those
assigned to other line groups. (The buffer size can be overridden on a terminal
basis for send operations by using the BUFSIZE= operand of the TERMINAL
macro.)
TCAM constructs buffers by linking together the number of units necessary to
create a buffer that contains a number of usable bytes equal to or greater than
that specified by the BUFSIZE= operand of the DCB macro for a given line
group. (The 12 bytes added to each unit by TCAM are not considered in defining
the size of the buffer; the user should consider only the number of bytes he
specified in the UNITSZ= operand of INTRO.) For example, if UNITSZ:=60 in
the INTRO macro and BUFSIZE= 120 in a line group DCB macro are specified,
TCAM links together two units in building each buffer for that line group.
There are two types of buffers-header buffers and text buffers. A header buffer
contains all or part of a message header. A text buffer contains message text
only.
A buffer prefix is a control area contained within each buffer of the system. The
user must allow room for the buffer prefix in defining his buffers. TeAM fills the
buffer prefix area with buffer control information.
There are two kinds of buffer prefix. The first-buffer prefix is 30 bytes long and
is contained within the first buffer of a message. Any subsequent-buffer prefix is
23 bytes long and is contained within all buffers after the first.

18

OS TeAM PLM

Thus, there are two kinds of control areas associated with buffers: the 12-byte
unit control area associated with each buffer unit and assigned automatically by
TCAM, and the 30-byte or 23-byte buffer prefix assigned to each buffer by
TCAM in an area defined by the user. Each unit must be big enough to contain a
header prefix plus three bytes of message text (35 bytes) and may be no larger
than 255 bytes. A subsequent buffer contains more bytes of actual message than
the first buffer, since a subsequent-buffer prefix is 7 bytes shorter than the
first-buffer prefix.
The 12-byte unit control area that TCAM assigns to each unit is used to manage
multi-unit buffers. This control area has different functions dependent on the
status of its buffer. It may contain pointers, be used as an RCB, or be used to
generate a channel program. The initial format of this 12-byte area is defined in
Figure 7.
Offset

o

4

Key

QCB
address

B
Address of the first
un it of the nex t
logical buffer that
is qssigned

Address of the next
unit of this buffer

Figure 7. Unit Control Area

Figure 8 shows how two buffers assigned to a line group look at the time of an
initial request if the user specifies the following:
INTRO
DCB

UNITSZ=60
BUFSIZE= 1OO,BUFIN = 2

In Figure 8, each buffer consists of two units linked together by the pointer in the
third word of the 12-byte unit control area. The two buffers are linked together
by the second word of the 12-byte unit control area. Note that in this situation
the first eight bytes of the unit control area of the first unit in each buffer is
functioning as an RCB.
When the user's program requests and obtains buffers, they look like the ones in
Figure 8. However, when a line is ready to read or write, the function of the
12-byte control area changes. TCAM then uses the area to contain the channel
program that operates on the unit. TCAM places a CCW in each RCB field, and
the pointer in the third word becomes a TIC to the next unit. The 30-byte prefix
contains a count of the number of units in a logical buffer; this indicates where
one buffer stops and another starts.
To tpost a buffer, TCAM places only the first unit of that buffer on the ready
queue. All other units can be located through the chain created in the TIC field of
the unit control area.

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

19

Buffer 1

-

12 Bytes

r

l,Init Control Area

11

Nex\ll
Buffer

30 Bytes

30 Byt8$

30-byte Prefix

Message Header and/ar Text

Next
Unit

\
Buffer 2

40 Bytes

12 Byt8$

MHsage Header and/or Text

Unit Control Area

I l

20 Bytes
Unused

0

~
12 Bytes
Unit Control Area

J [t
0

37 Bytes

23 Bytes
23-byte Prefix

Message Header and/or Text

Next
Unit

\

40 Bytes

12 Bytes
Unit Control Area

I I

M8$sage Header and/or Text

20 Bytes
Unused

0

Figure 8. Buffer Units Chained to Form Buffers

TCAM uses an element request block (ERB) to make requests for buffers for a
line group. Initial requests for buffers for a line are ma!ie when a scheduler tposts
its ERB, which contains the number of buffers requested, to the buffer request
QCB for a receive operation, or to the disk I/O QCB for a send operation.
Subsequent requests for buffers are handled by the TCAM Program-Controlled
Interruption (PCI) Appendage. When the PCI= operand of the DCB for a line
group is coded to allow program-controlled interruption, a PCI may occur during
the filling or emptying of the first and each subsequent buffer assigned to that line
group. When the PCI is received, the PCI Appendage gains control.
When PCI==A is coded on the DCB macro and the first interruption occurs, PCI
Appendage assigns to the line group a number of buffers equal to the difference
between the maximum number assigned to the line group (specified by the
BUFMAX= operand of the DCB) and the number initially assigned to the line
group (specified by the BUPIN == operand of the line group DCB for a receiving
operation and by the BUFOUT= operand for a sending operation). On subsequent PCIs, the appendage deallocates the buffer immediately preceding the one
being filled or emptied and requests a new buffer in order to keep the number of
buffers assigned to the line group equal to that specified by the BUFMAX=
operand. (For a sending operation, the buffer units are returned by the buffer
return QCB to the buffer unit pool-the element chain of the buffer request
QCB; for a receiving operation, the buffer is sent to the Message Handler for the
line group for that DCB.)

20

QS TCAM PLM

When PCI=R is coded, the appendage de allocates the previous buffer when the
second and subsequent PCls occur, but makes' no requests for additional buffers.
If program-controlled interruptions are not permitted (PCI=N) or additional
allocation is not allowed (PCI=R), the number of buffers assigned must be
sufficient to handle the entire transmission, since no new buffers are allocated
until the transmission is complete. If PCI=N, there is no de allocation of buffers
until the transmission is complete.
Figure 9 shows the result of tposting an ERB with a count of three to the buffer
request QCB. The ERB chain of the LCB points to the first buffer. This figure
demonstrates the change in linkage after units have been transferred from the
buffer unit pool to form a buffer chain off the requesting ERB. The physical
location of the units in main storage does not change-the various pointers are
changed to reflect the new organization.

Buffer Request OCB

Control Area

'\

Link

t

Buffer Unit Pool

Unit

t Element Chain

Key

\

STCB Chain

\

\
\

I
\

I '-

\I

,

\ I

,

,...--_ _.-----'-_ _ _ _----., \ I

\1
L-.-.---L--_

ERB

t

Key

/

OCB

/
//

Priority
Status

03

Link

t

Chain

---

03

---

--- --- ----------

~

/\

\

\
\

\\
\

\
\

\

"-

" '"
1----.. Etc.

LEGEND
--.

Linkage before ERB is serviced

_ - -.

Linkage after ERB is serviced

Figure 9. Effect of an ERB on Buffer Unit Linkage

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

21

Queue Management
The incoming group of an MH performs user-specified functions in a buffer that
contains a message segment. After these functions are completed, the segment is
tposted to a destination QCB, which represents a line, terminal, or application
program.
Each destination QCB in a TCAM MCP is assigned to one or more specific
message queues data sets. When a buffer is tposted to its destination QCB, it is
placed on the appropriate message queue in the associated message queues data
set to wait its turn to be sent to the specified destination.
The message queues data set to which a message segment is to be directed may be
in main storage or on a direct-access storage device. Each message queue within a
data set contains segments that are to be transmitted on a certain line or to a
certain terminal, or that are to be processed in a specific application program.
TCAM supports five types of queuing to a message queues data set:
•
•
•
•
•

Nonreusable disk queuing
Reusable disk queuing
Main-storage queuing
Main-storage queuing with nonreusable disk backup
Main-storage queuing with reusable disk backup

The following sections discuss the functions of these types of queuing.

Nonreusable Disk Queuing
Queuing a message on a direct-access storage device is referred to in this publication as disk queuing. The fields A VTNADDR and A VTRADDR in the A VT
contain the index to the nonreusable and reusable disk relative record numbers,
respectively, of the next record to be assigned.
In nonreusable disk queuing, the Destination Scheduler initiates a closedown when
a user-specified percentage of the disk message queues data set has been filled. If,
before the closedown is completed, there are more messages in the system than
the data set has room to accommodate, TCAM issues an ABEND.
The EXCP Driver routine assigns disk relative addresses across the volumes of a
multivolume disk message queues data set in such a way that the next relative
record address after the last record on a track is on a different volume. The
routine numbers all the records for a given track consecutively before assigning
addresses on a track of a different volume. In addition, the routine numbers all
the tracks of a cylinder before assigning addresses on a different cylinder. Figure
10 illustrates the disk record numbering scheme for a data set that has four
records per track on three volumes.
At MCP assembly or restart time, each destination QCB is assigned a unique
relative record number for the first buffer segment tposted to it. As a result, when
the first message enters the TCAM system, the A VT value is one greater than the
total number of destination QCBs.
The Destination Scheduler stores the address to be used for the first unit of the
first buffer of the next message received in the QCBDNHDR field of the destination QCB-this is referred to as the next-message location. The routine stores the
address for the first unit of the next buffer of the current message in the
SCBNTXT field of the SCB-this is referred to as the next-buffer location.

22

OS TeAM PLM

Volume 1

Volume 2

Volume 3

12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23

,,

/

"

/

/

/

,,

,,

/

/

/
/

,,

,,

/

/

/

,"

/

,,

Cylinder

Track

0

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

2

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

3

36

37

38

3.9

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

4

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

5

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

6

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

7

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

8

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

9

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

0

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

1

132 ...

1

Relative Record Number

Relative Record Number

Relative Record Number

Figure 10. Assignment of Disk Message Queues Data Set Relative Record Numbers Across
Three Volumes

The principle of assigning next-message and next-buffer values allows queuing
ahead on the disk. Records for buffer units are assigned before the buffer is
received.
In the example in Figure 11, there are five possible destinations. For each of
these, the MCP assembly has preassigned record addresses (marked A through E)
with relative record addresses zero to four. The applicable code for this example
is:
INTRO UNITSZ= 100
LINEA

DCB

BUFSIZE=300,PCI=(A,A)

LINEC

DCB

BUFSIZE=800,PCI=(A,A)

Three messages arrive in the following order:
1. 500 characters-from Line A to Line D
2. 3000 characters-from Line C to Line B
3. 30 characters-from Line A to Line B

Section 2: Basic TCAM Concepts

23

Figure 11 shows the situation in which TCAM reads a buffer (the first buffer of
the first message) from line A. The 30-byte prefix contains the information that
this message is to be sent to line D. The message segment consists of three units
(since BUFSIZE=300 and UNITSZ=100) and does not contain an end-ofmessage (EOM) indicator. The Destination Scheduler assigns the first unit of this
header buffer to the preassigned location for destination D, record 3. The
Scheduler then preassigns the next-message location for destination D to the next
available disk location at record 5, and places a pointer to record 5 in the prefix of
the buffer that will start in disk record 3. The Scheduler then assigns two additional units to the next available disk locations at records 6 and 7. The Scheduler
inserts a pointer to the first of these records in the prefix of the buffer that will
start in disk record 3.
Since the 300-byte buffer does not contain an EOM indicator, the Destination
Scheduler preassigns a record number (8) for the first unit of the next buffer to
arrive for this message. The Scheduler places a pointer to record 8 in the prefix of
the buffer that will start in disk record 3. The records are actually written after
the three pointers are included in the prefix of record 3. Figure 11 shows the
records and pointers after they are written on disk.
In this queuing scheme the additional records are always contiguous, and the first
unit of a subsequent buffer of a message is always contiguous to the last unit of
the previous buffer.
In Figure 12 the first buffer of the 3000-byte message from line C for line B is
queued. The buffer consists of eight units since BUFSIZE for line C is 800 bytes.
The Destination Scheduler places the first unit of the message in the preassigned
slot for destination line B. The scheduler then preassigns a location for the first
unit of the next message for li~e B to record 9, the next available disk location.
The scheduler places the additional records (units) for the current message
segment in disk locations 10 through 16. Since this buffer does not contain an
EOM indicator, the scheduler preassigns the next-buffer location to record 17.
In Figure 13, the second buffer of the message for line D is queued. This is a
three-unit buffer with an EOM character in t;he last unit. The DestinationScheduler places the first unit in the next-buffer slot of line D at record 8 and places the
two additional records in the next available disk locations, records 18 and 19. No
preassignment for the next-buffer location is made because of the EOM character
in this buffer. The scheduler preassigned the next-message slot for line D to
record 5 when the first buffer of this message was queued (see Figure 11).
In Figure 14, the 30-byte message from line A to line B is queued. Since this
message is contained within a single unit, only that unit must be written on disk.
The Destination Scheduler places this unit in the preassigned next-message
location for destination B, record 9. No next-buffer location needs to be preassigned, but the scheduler changes the next-message location for line B to disk
record 20. The next available disk location is now record 21.
Figures 11 through 14 do not illustrate all the disk record pointers. However,
Figure 15 shows the pointers mentioned above, as well as the pointers from each
subsequent buffer of a message-to the first buffer of the message. These pointers
are the base for the queue-back chain to be discussed next.

24

OS TeAM PLM

Unit
Control
Area

30-Byte
Prefix

Relative Record

Unit
Control
Ar
---

Conventions Used:

Necessary supporting functional flow

c:]
( I
c=J

TCAM control flow

""'"'"

________>

LEGEND:

""m,,,, """'00.' fl~

__________ J,
...

--------- -'"

...

..>
,"

========::::::>

Optional functional flow

Data areas

MCP or Application
Program Macros

Opo- Co.,""

Area referred to or filled with
data

• • • • • • • • • • Optional supporting functional flow
SVCnnn

:>

--------...,,.~

------------+-

System control flow
Linkage
Previous linkage

""lvl,.,

J

,3
r

Inclusive areas
Exclusive areas

Method of Operation Introduction
Item

Description

1. The left area of the diagram contains the input required to perform a given function. This input can be data areas, registers, parameter
lists, and the like. When more than one field in a data area is refered to, the fields are illustrated schematically, rather than
contiguously. Contiguity is shown when possible. In like manner, these fields are represented sequentially whenever possible.
2. The central area of the diagram contains the processing steps required to perform a given function. The numbering of these steps does
not necessarily indicate sequence, as some steps are executed concurrently. In some instances, processing steps are further subdivided
into substeps, indicated by lowercase alphabets.
The information in this processing area is presented on a high level; see the accompanying extended descripti~n for each diagram for
more detailed information. The numbers associated with the processing steps correspond to the numbers in the extended description
section.
3. The right area of the diagram contains the output resulting from the processing step. Just as with the input, the output can be in the
form of data areas, parameter lists, addresses in registers, and the like. The same conventions are applicable to both input and output.
4. When input is for a particular sub step of processing, the data flow arrow from the input area penetrates the processing box. When
input is for an entire step, the arrow does not penetrate the box.
Note: Sometimes the input to or output from a particular step will be represented in a detailed manner the first time, while
subsequent references to the same input or output will be less detailed.

w
~
o·
..,::s
rs::

~

[
o

....
o

I·
::s

..,
1.0

~

II

o

(IJ

Controlling the TCAM System

~s::

1

2

The TCAM Dispatcher
AQCTL SVC 102

"I:j

~

j

11

•

Defining the System/Network

1

2

3
4

Executing INTRD
Opening the Data Sets
Executing READY
Initializing the
Application Program

~

Processing the Message

~

1

/

I
I

,
~

I
I

I

I

MCP/Application
Program
Interface

,.,
\

I

I

,

I

\.'
3

/'

,'\,

",
2

~

MCP Processing

I

I

'"

Application Program
Processing

Legend:

_____. . . , ) -

------_ ...... ,
-------'.".'

' ...
, ;>

P"""'Y

fu""',o~' ,,~

••
••

Optional functIonal flow

1
2
Necessary supporting
functional flow

......... =

••
••

Optional supporting
functional flow

Checkpoint
Restart

..

Closing the System/Network

1

2

MCP Termination
Application Program
Termination

Method of Operation Charts Overview

~
~

o·

::I

w

s::

a

&:o
....,

o

'0

~

o·~::I

-"'"

A.

DEFINING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK shows the operations that must be performed before TCAM can be activated. These
operations include defining and initializing control blocks and work areas, and opening data sets. Once this is done, TCAM is
ready to process a message.

B.

CONTROLLING THE TCAM SYSTEM describes the TCAM dispatcher and SVC 102 as tools used by the message control
program (MCP) to process a message. Control passes from the MCP to the TCAM dispatcher and/or SVC 102 as their
functions are needed.

C.

PROCESSING A MESSAGE traces a message through the receiving, queuing, and sending functions. Application-program
message processing is shown as an optional subset of MCP message processing.

D.

CHECKPOINTING/RESTARTING THE SYSTEM describes the TCAM option that provides recovery from a system failure or
restart after normal closedown. If checkpoint/restart is activated, it receives control from and passes control back to the
message processing routines.

E.

CLOSING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK describes the MCP closedown, and if application programs are active, their closedown.
This is the last function performed in the TCAM system.

.,..
to.)

o
til

11

DEFINING THE SYSTEM/NETWORK

~

"1:1

~

•

•o

Opening the Data Sets

Executing INTRO

•

Message Queues Data Set
Checkpoint Data Set

. . Line Group Data Set
(2 parts)

,--,

•I'" ' r·...

.~

•
===>-

Legend:

P"""'Y

_____ .1,

f"",do~1

fl _

,

-----,...,,"

>

= Optional functional flow

........ ,

"7-

,~'

Initializing the
Application Program (2 parts)

•

Executing RfADY

Chart A Defining the System/Network

g>

!.
w

~
[
o....

o

a

'"
o·::s

.-.w

Description

Chart No.

Executing INTRO
describes using the parameters from the INTRO macro to define and initialize
data areas and to create buffers and trace tables.

Al

Opening the Data Sets
Message Queues Data Set

A2-I

Checkpoint Data Set

A2-2

Line Group Data Set

A2-3

Application Program Data Set

A3

Executing READY
describes building a parameter list for the TCAM dispatcher and activating the
ready queues and destination queues.

A4

.j>o.
.j>o.

Chart

0

CVT

IZl

Al Executing INTRO

11

r

o-,l

~

s:::

"1:1

~

~
rh~nnDt:: 1'n

t

Initialize the MCP

a

b

AVT field

Determine if TCAM is
already in the system

INTRO key word

Override the INTRO
parameters

C Update the

2

AVT

Scramble the password

I

Regsoter 0

Register 1

i

Scrambled password
DTRACE

for MCP security

3

Obtain main storage for
and format the buffers,
trace areas, CPBs,
COMMBUF master QCB,
STCBs and data areas

4 a

Check and update
references to the

5

I

la

OLTEST
Termonal Table

I

Termname Table

I

ITTl
TT2
TT3
TT4

Get main storage for
the termname table

b

CIB
CKREOS
LNUNITS
CROSSRF

terminal table
Attach the operator
control, TOTE, and FE
Comwrite tasks

.~-

CPR CDS
CPINTVL
COMMBUF ~&w
1
COMWR ITE::' ,~~... r
KEYLEN t
UNITSZ ~
LNUNITS l
MSUNITS ~
INTVAL
DLQ
TOPMSG
STARTUP
RESTART
MSMIN
MSMAX
MSUNITS
CPB

Chart Al Executing INTRO--Description (1 of 2)
Description
1.

If CVT + 240 (CVTAQAVT) is nonzero, the MCP is already in the

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQOA

Rl
R15

system. Return to IEDQOA with an error return code of 4; otherwise,
continue processing.

~
()
::to
o

::s

w

I
....o
o

l
::s

.j>.

0.

I-AVT address
O-return code

1b

Check for valid keywords and parameters. Keywords that may be
changed are STARTUP, LNUNITS, MSUNITS, KEYLEN, RESTART,
UNITSZ, CPINTVL, CONTROL, PRIMARY, INTVAL, PASSWRD,
CKREQS, CPB, CPRCDS, CROSSRF, COMWRTE, TRACE,
DTRACE, CIB, MSMIN, MSMAX, DLQ, OLTEST, and TOPMSG.

1c

Store the requested keyword parameters in the A VT. Return to
IEDQOA with a return code of 0 indicating successful completion.

2

Get the password from AVTP ASWD (eight bytes) and rearrange the
characters of the password.

IEDQE6

RO and RIO-scrambled
password

3

Get main storage for and initialize the following areas, as requested:
Main-storage message queues data set
Channel program blocks
Trace tables
Cross-reference table
Line buffers
COMMBUF Master QCB
STCBs
Data areas
Return to IEDQOA with a return code of X'OO' for successful, or X'OS'
for unsuccessful, completion of the GETMAIN operation.

IEDQOA

Rl
R14
R15

I-AVT address
O-IEDQOA address
O-return code

(This page left blank intentionally)

46

OS TeAM PLM

Chart Al Executing INTRO-Description (2 of 2)
Description
4a

Get main storage for the termname table and store the table address in
AVTRNMPT. Sort the termname table entries into collating sequence.
Recalculate the termname table offsets for distribution, cascade, and
invitation lists that refer to specific entries in the table, and for alternate
destinations.

4b

If requested, store the offsets of the primary operator control terminal in
AVTOPCON and the offset of the dead-letter queue in AVTDLQX. If

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQOA

RI
RI5

I-AVT address
O-return code

RI5

O-return code

the dead-letter queue is specified as a TSO terminal, issue an error
message and place zeros in AVTDLQX. The following return codes are
set before returning to IEDQOA:
X'OO'-routine executed successfully
X'12'-insufficient main storage available for GETMAIN macro
X'16'-terminal definition error
X'20'-primary operator control terminal definition error
5

Attach the following tasks:
Operator control task-address in AVTOPECA
TOTE (Terminal On-Line Test Executive)-address in AVTOLECA
COMWRITE (FE Common Write )-address in A VTCWECA
Load the following routines, if requested on the INTRO macro:
System delay subtask (IEDQHI), if the system delay interval
(AVTINTVL)is not equal to zero.
Operator Awareness Message Router (IEDQNX), if the system console
is not the primary operator control terminal. Place its address in
AVTNX.
-

g'
~

o·

::t
w

3:

~

::>"

8-

o
....,

o

Io·
::t

~

-...l

-

-

-_ .. __ .. _

..

_-

------

--

-

---

---

--

--

IEDQOA

-

--

....

00

Chart A2-1 Opening the Message Queues Data Set

o

til

1 Find the number of

~;s::

extents on this data set

'1:1

~

2 Obtain main storage for
and initialize the DEB
and any DEB extents

DEB

3 Initialize one lOB for
each extent

SYS1. SVClI B

4

DCBOPTCD

SYS1.SVCLlB

AVT

I

:

I I

Load the TCAM
dispatcher

5 a Load the EXCP

:>

driver, the
reusabi Iity-copy
subtask, and the
Checkpoint Channel
End appendage

b Load the Disk End
appendage

I

DEB

Chart A2-1 Opening the Message Queues Data Set-Description
Description
Determine the number of extents from the DS1NOEPV field of the
DSCB. DSCBs are built by the system open routines before TCAM
open.

IGG01931

R1

I-DSCB address

2

Issue a GETMAIN macro for main storage (from subpool 234) for the
DEB and any DEB extents. Initialize the following DEB fields:
DEBTCBAD-TCB address for this DEB
DEBDEBAD-next DEB address
DEBNMEXT-number of DEB extents
DEBDCBAD-address of DCB associated with this DEB
DEBUCBAD-address of UCB associated with this data set

IGG01930

R1

I-DEB address

3

Build the lOBs in the line control blocks (LCBs). Initialize LCBECBPT
with the ECB address and LCBDCBPT with the DCB address. Update
the AVTIOBR field (address of a series of lOBs-reusable disk queuing) and A VTIOBN field (address of a series of 10Bs- nonreusable
disk queuing).

IGG01931

4

Load the the TCAM dispatcher from SYSl.SVCLIB (IGG019RB or, if
the DTRACE= value is greater than zero, IGG019RO). Place the
TCAM dispatcher address into A VTEA. Place a pointer to the AVT
address at CVT +240.

IGG01934

5a

If the DCBOPTCD field is X'01' (OPTCD=R), load the reusabilitycopy subtask. If DCBOPTCD is X'02' (OPTCD=L), determine if the

MSUNITS= value is not equal to zero (AVTTOTNC:#=O). Load the
reusability-copy subtask in AVTIA. If the DCBOPTCD field is X'20'
(OPTCD=C), indicating a checkpoint DCB, the open routine loads the
Checkpoint Channel End appendage (IGG019RA); the number of
pages occupied by the appendage is placed in the high-order byte of the
appendage address field (DEBCEA).

~

::s

.."

is:

o

"0

o·~::s
01>-

\0

Register Usage

1

a.o

["
o
...,

Routine

5b

If the AVTCPBNO field (the CPB= value from the INTRO macro) in

thethe AVT is equal to 1, load the Disk End appendage for a single CPB
(IGG019RK); otherwise, load the Disk End appendage (IGG019R2).
Both modules contain the Start I/O appendage for disk .

u.
o

Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set

o

AVT

rn

(i

AVT

~

)

"1:1

~

>11

Obtain main storage for
the checkpoint work area

SYS1.SVCLlB
DEB

~====>l2 Obtain the Checkpoint
Disk End appendage
AVT
Checkpoint Work Area

1

>13

Initialize the checkpoint
work area

CKPIOB
(40 bytes)
CKPCCWS
(32 bytes)

.Jo---v'I4 Determine the disposition:
AVT

P .---... --

1100
OISP=NEW

'1

i>

a Cold restart
• determine the size of the
checkpoint records and
the number of disk records
required to contain the
environment record.

//00
OISP= OLD

INTRO
STARTUP=

1

C
lf CY

1100
OISP=OLO

INTRO
STARTUP=

• initialize the checkpoint
data set.

[w]
WY

~=~i~>b

Warm restart
transfer control to Checkpoint/
Restart

Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1

'..,::s

I
o
....,

o

"CI

S!i

g.
::s

u.
.....

Use AVTNCKPR and AVTCPRCD to calculate the storage needed for
a checkpoint work area.
A VTNCKPR-maximum decimal number of destination queues
(obtained from the CKREQ parameter of the INTRO macro) in use at
any time for application programs using a CKREQ macro.
AVTCPRCD-number of environment records (obtained from the
CPRCDS= parameter of the INTRO macro) to be retained in a checkpoint data set at anyone time.
Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain the necessary main storage and
place the address of the work area into AVTCKGET.
For error conditions, IGG01941 sends an error message to the system
console, sets AVTCKGET to zero, and passes control to the next module in the where-to-go table.
Error conditions:
• Insufficient main storage for GETMAIN
• Disk II0 error while reading the control record of a checkpoint data
set.

2

Load the Checkpoint Disk End appendage from SYSl.SVCLIB. Calculate the amount of main-storage occupied by the appendage and place
that value in the high-order byte of DEBCEA.

3

Get the address of the work area from A VTCKGET and build a 40-byte
lOB beginning at CKPIOB. Build a 32-byte channel program beginning
atCKPCCWS.

Routine

Register Usage

IGG01941

R2
R8

R9
R15

O-checkpoint work
area address
I-address of current
entry in
where-to-go table
O-address of next
entry
I-AVT address
O-return code

~

Chart A2-2

o

~

-

-

the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (2 of 2)

Description

I'll

~

Openin~

4

Determine the type of start or restart necessary by examining the following fields:
Normal or abnormal closedown-checkpoint disk record +0
(CKPFLAGS)
Disposition-JFCB+S7 (JFCBIND2)
X'40'-OLD data set
X'SO'-MOD data set
X'CO'-NEW data set
Startup-AVT + 1052 (AVTBIT3)
C-cold restart
W-wann restart
Perform the restart necessary according to the following input specifications:
DISP=NEW
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine.
DISP=OLD, S=C, normal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine.
DISP=OLD, S=C, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and scan the message queues.
DISP=OLD, S=CY, normal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation TOutine.
DISP=OLD, S=CY, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the Checkpoint Disk Allocation TOutine.

Routine

Register Usage

I

Chart A2-2 Opening the Checkpoint Data Set-Description (2 of 2) Continued
Description

U'l
(1)

o·::s~
w

a=

~

[

o
....,
o
'0

~.::s
v.
w

4.

Scan the TCAM tables to determine the size of the environment record
and the number of disk records needed to contain it.
Calculate the number of each type of checkpoint record that will fill one
track of the checkpoint data set. Use the device type index from the
UCBTYP field of the UCB and the I/O device table (address at
CVTZDTAB) to calculate the number of tracks in the checkpoint data
set.
Use the maximum number of priority QCBs to be used for anyone
application program destination QCB plus the length of the longest
option area for any terminal entry to calculate the length of a CKREQ
record.
The length of an incident record is equal to the length of the longest
option area or the length of the operator control data area, whichever is
greater.
DISP=OLD, S=W, normal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.
DISP=OLD, S=W, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and scan the message queues.
DISP=OLD, S=WY, normal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.
DISP=OLD, S=WY, abnormal closedown
XCTL to the checkpoint/restart modules and do not scan the message
queues.

4b

Format the checkpoint data set. The number of environment records is
at AVT+681 (AVTCPRCD); the number of CKREQ records is at
AVT +453 (AVTNCKPR). There is one control record, and the remainder of the disk space is used for incident records.

Routine

IGG01949

Register Usage

,

I

01

.j>.

oen

Chart A2·3 Opening the Line Group Data Set (Part 1 of 2)

1

Initialize the line group:

, / / DO

TIOT

a Determine the number

~

of lines in the line
group

~

."

~

b Obtain main storage for
and initialize a DEB

UCB

c

Initialize channel programs
for the device

d Obtain main storage for
and initialize an LCB for
each line

e

Place the send scheduler
STCB in the STCB chain
of the destination QCB
and of the LCB

DCB

LCB

Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group Data Set-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1a

Examine the TIOEWTCT field of the task I/O table to determine the
number of lines in this line group.

IGG01935

1b

Issue a GETMAIN macro to get storage from subpool 234 for the DEB.
Initialize the DEBUCBAD field with the UCB address from the TIOT
(TIOEFSRT). UCBORSV is the address of the DEB for the first user
on the queue for this device.
Determine the size of the LCB. If this is the first OPEN for the line
group, transfer control to IGG01932. If not the first OPEN, continue.

IGG01936

1c

Use the information from the UCBTYP fields of the UCBs to build
channel programs for each line in the line group.

1d

Issue a GETMAIN macro to get an LCB for each line in the line group.
Divide the LCB area into individual LCBs, and put the lOB address
(LCB+32) into DCBIOBAD.

18

Place the Send scheduler STCB in the STCB chain of the destination
QCB. If send priority is specified, move the Send scheduler STCB into
the STCB chain of the LCB. SCBDESTQ is the address of the destination QCB and QCBSTCHN is the address of the first element in the
STCB chain.
_

~

8-.

o

::s
w

..

:s::

g
"'....,o"
o

~

~

o·::s

U\
U\

Routine

. . _---

--

------

-------

Register Usage

R2
R13

IGG01936
IGG01937

--

I~urrent

DCB
address
O-total number
of CCWs

0\

'"

Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group Data Set (Part 2 of 2)

o
rn

SCB

f Set up an SCB for each dial

AVT

~;s::

LCB

1 (cont'd)
line

"tj

~
Cross-Reference Table Entry

9 Initialize any cross-reference
table entries
SYS1.SVCLlB

2

:::>I

I

Load the following and
store their addresses
AVT

a The TCAM dispatcher
b The appropriate send
and receive schedulers
UCB

1I1
C

The Start-Up Message
routine

d The PCI appendage
and the appropriate
line end appendages

Terminal Table

e

3
lCBCONCT (X'SO')
t-----v'1

The special characters
table

Start I/O on each line in
the line group

4 Ascertain that each line
is ready

DCB

t

V'-'D ' " ' ' ' ' ' '

UCB

Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group-Description (2 of 2)
Description

Routine

1f

Build and initialize SCBs for dial terminals using the address of the
current SCB from LCBSCBA and the address of the SCB directory from
LCBSCBDA.

IGG01936

19

Each time a line is successfully opened, complete the next entry in the
cross-reference table. AVTCRSRF contains the address of the crossreference control table. There is a 4-word entry in the cross-reference
table for each open line.

IGG01948

2a

If the TCAM dispatcher has not previously been loaded, load the appro-

IGG01939

Register Usage

R9

I-AVT address

R9

I-A VT address

priate version (IGG019RB or IGG019RO) from SYSl.SVCLIB. Place
the address of the TCAM dispatcher into AVTEA. If the I/O supervisor loads the TCAM dispatcher, it also places a pointer to the AVT
address at CVT +240. If the TCAM dispatcher has already been loaded,
update the use count in the contents directory.

~

g.
::s

w

s::
~

gIl-

o....,

o

1
o

::s

VI
-.l

2b

Load the Send and Receive schedulers that are appropriate for this
TCAM system and store their addresses in the AVT:
AVTHA-address of the Receive scheduler
AVTHD-address of the Send scheduler
AVTR 1-address of the Dial scheduler
AVTHB-address of the Buffer scheduler
AVT + 588-address of the Local Receive scheduler
AVT2260L-address of the 2260 Local Receive scheduler

IGG01939
IGG01940

2c

Load the Start-Up Message routine (IGG019R6) and place its address
into A VTSUPPT.

IGG01939

2d

Load the PCI appendage (IGG019RN). Store its address in DEBPCIA.
Also load one of the following line end appendages:
QT AM-compatible system-IEDQKE
BSC lines-IEDQKB
leased and start-stop lines with no TSO
start-stop lines-IEDQKD
Fields used for this operation are:
AVT ADEBR-address of the DEBEOEA field for reusable disk
message queues data sets.
A VT ADEBN-address of the DEBEOEA field for nonreusable disk
message queues data sets.
DEBEOEA-address of the End-of-Extent appendage
DEBPCIA-address of the PCI appendage
DEBEXCEA-address of the Abnormal End appendage

IGG01940

(This page left blank intentionally)

58

OS TeAM PLM

Chart A2-3 Opening the Line Group-Description (2 of 2) Continued
Routine

Description
2e

Vse information from the VCB and the terminal entry to load the special
characters table (SCT) from SYS1.SVCUB. VCBDTI is an index into
the device table and TRMCHCIN is an index into the device characteristics table. Store the SCT address in DCBSCTAD.

3

Issue an EXCP macro (SVC 0) to start I/O on each line.

4

Issue the TIME macro. Test the LCBTSTSW byte for X'80' (successful
initial I/O operation) in the LCB for each line. If the initial I/O is not
complete, determine whether 28 seconds have elapsed since the EXCP
macro was issued. Continue checking for I/O completion until either 28
seconds have elapsed or until LCBTSTSW =X'80' indicating I/O completion. At the end of 28 seconds when I/O completion has not occurred, write a message to the system console to identify the line that has
not been successfully opened.
-

~

g.

!:'

w
~
~

5"

~

o
....,
o
'1j

R
o·

!:'

til
\0

--

---

-

-----

IGG01948

Register Usage

C\

o

Chart A3 Executing READY

o
til
(i

AVT

>

AVT

~}J~

1 Attach the checkpoint

i!::

executor subtask

"'I:j

~

2 Place a checkpoint
request element on
the enabled ready
queue

Enabled Ready Queue

Operator Control A VT

3 Put all the incident
Operator Control A VT

records in the
operator control
work area

4 Process the records

AVT

m.~

5 Place appropriate
destination queues
on the time delay
queue

6 Determine if there
is enough main
storage for TOTE
to execute

7 Create a parameter
AVT

I

AVT

list for the TeAM
dispatcher

8 Indicate completion
of READY execution

I

Jt~llllljllljlllj!l~l~:l;l~l~lllllIllllllll\ll\

r

AVTREADN
X'OS'

Chart A3 Executing READY-Description
Description
1

If A VTCKGET (address of the checkpoint work area) is zero, there is
an open checkpoint DCB. After all incident records are processed, issue
a FREEMAIN macro for the I/O buffer, then issue an ATTACH macro
to bring the checkpoint executor into the same system partition as the
MCP. Store the address of the checkpoint TCB in AVTCKTCB.

2

A VTREADY is the enabled ready queue. Place a pointer to the checkpoint request element (AVTCKELE) in the dispatcher save area
(AVTSAVE2+ 24) so that the element is on the ready queue. Place a
pointer to AVTCKELE in QCBELCHN. As a result of this, the TCAM
dispatcher will take an environment checkpoint when it is activated.

3

Get the address of the operator control work area from AVTOCGET.
Move each incident record, except those for start- or stopline, into the
operator control work area (OPCCKERB). (The stop- and start-line
incident records are processed during a restart procedure at checkpoint
open-see Chart D2.)

4

Once an incident record is in the operator control work area (starting at
OPCCKERB in the operator control AVT), post the operator control
ECB complete and wait for IGCOII0D to process the post request.

5

Put any destination QCB that specified a nonzero value for the
CLOCK= or the CINTVL= operand on the time delay queue
(AVTTIMQ).

6

If on-line test is specified, determine (by a GETMAIN) whether there is
enough main storage available for the test functions to be performed. If
there is not enough main storage for the minimum requirements of the
test function, the MCP abnormally terminates. If there is enough for
minimum requirements, but not as much as requested, issue a warning
WTO message (IED094I).

7

Put the address of A VTSA VE2 into register 1 as the pointer to a parameter list for the TCAM dispatcher .

8

Turn on the "READY completed" bit (AVTREADN) in the AVT (at
AVTBITl).

til
CD

~

o·
::;
~

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQND

R13

3::
CD

;.

o

c:>-

O
...,
o
'0
CD

OJ

g.
::;
0"1

-

-

I-AVT address

~

~
o

is:

Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program (Part 1 of 2)

=

e::r~!~~~;~t~i~~:~~:~

~
1 Perform validity checking

~

a Check for an active
MCP

Termname Table

b Check for a valid
application program
DCB/process entry
relationship

2

Access
Work

Establish linkage
between the application
program and the MCP

a Obtain main storage
for and initialize the
DEB and the access
method work area

b Activate the
Open/Close subtask
C

Obtain main storage
for and initialize
the lCB, SCB, and
process entry work
area

f:~:;;;~;;~:;:~~:;:~:;:~:E:~:~:~:~:~:~::::::::::::;::::=:::::::!:!:
Terminal Table

~~;~;~;~~~~$~f~~~f~:~:~:~:~:~~:E:~:~E:;~:~~:~:~~~:~E~i~:~~~
TRMSTAI
mm:;:;:~:~:~:::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

AVT

DCB

:~::::::::~::::::(::J

;

:> d ;c~:~~~:r appropriate
e Post the application
program ECB
complete

Application Program ECB

od

Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program-Description (1 of 2)
Routine

Register Usage

A pointer at CVT + 240 points to the AVT address. This pointer is a
nonzero value when a TCAM MCP is present. If it is zero, set the
"unsuccessful open" flag in the DCB and exit to IGG01933.

IGG01946

R5

1b

Check the QNAME from the JFCB (JFCBDSNM) against the termname table entries for application programs, by using the Binary Search
routine. If the QNAME is invalid or not found, exit to IGG01933 for
error processing.

IEDQA1
IGG01933

2a

Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain main storage for the DEB and the
access method work area. Put the DEB address into the DCB at
DCBDEBAD and put the access method work area address into the
DEB at DEBTAMWA. Initialize the access method work area and link
it to the DEB. Enqueue the DEB on the application-program TCB DEB
chain. Put the address of the DEB into DCBDEBAD.

IGG01946

2b

Use SVC 102 to tpost a special element to the open! close subtask.
Then issue aWAIT macro to allow time for the open! close subtask to
execute. The SVC 102 parameter lists are shown on Chart B2.

2c

Issue a GETMAIN macro to obtain main storage for the LCB, process
entry work area, and one or more SCBs. Place the LCB address into the
process entry work area at PEWALCB. The address of the process
entry work area is located in the TRMSTAT field of the process entry.
Store the SCB address in LCBSCBA.

Description
1a

IEDQEU

-

U'l

g.'"

::t

w

a::

'"go.

o
.....

o

't:I

~
~

o·
::t

0\
W

-~

R7

I-first entry in
DCB parameter list
I-address of current
entry in DCB
parameter list

R15

O-return code

~

Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program (Part 2 of 2)

o

3 Complete the open for

{I.I

~

an input DCB

~

Buffer-Unit Pool

AVT
Buffer-Unit Pool

a Request buffer units
for a message if it is
complete

X'SO' = complete
X'7F'

= incomplete

b If not a complete
message, move the
GET scheduler STCB
from the read-ahead
queue to the destination queue

Application Program
DeB

MACRF=L

C

If this is locate mode,
get space for the work
area
DCB

4 Return to the system open
routine

:"\\;r{~:J

Chart A4 Initializing the Application Program-Description (2 of 2)
Description
2d

Routine

Determine which scheduler to load from the MACRF = field of the
DCB, load the scheduler, and link the STCB for that scheduler to the
destination QCB for this application program. Set a "good-open" flag in
the process entry.
A VTEW-address of the GET scheduler
A VTEC-address of the PUT scheduler
A VTEZ-address of the GET FIFO scheduler
AVTE7-address of the Retrieve scheduler

2e

Issue a POST macro to post the application program ECB complete by
turning on bit 1 of the first byte of the ECB.

3.

If this is a receive operation, inspect the destination QCB for a complete
message. If there is a complete message, tpost the ERB to the disk I/O

,

QCB in the MCP.

3b

If there is not a complete message, move the Get scheduler STCB from

the read-ahead QCB to the application program destination QCB.

3c

If locate mode is specified (MACRF=L), issue a GETMAIN macro to

obtain main storage for a work area. Also, store the address of the work
area in DEBLCMWA.
4

Ul
(1)

s:l.
O·

::I
w

~

(1)

g

p.

o
....,

o
"0
S!l

!'!
O·
::I
0\
Vl

The system Open routine sets a "successful open"
(DCBOFLGS=X'lO') flag in the DCB for this application program.

Register Usage

IGG01947

0\
0\

o

Vl

~s::

II

CONTROLLING THE TCAM SYSTEM

'"<:j

~
•

The Dispatcher

••

Dispatching functions
of the TCAM Dispatcher
Queuing Functions of
the TeAM Dispatcher

legend:

•••••••tl~ = Necessary supporting
functional flow

•

Functions of AQCTL SVC 102

Chart B Controlling the TCAM System
Description

Chart No.

The Dispatcher
Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher

Bl-l

Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher

Bl-2

Functions of AQCTL SVC 102
• Moving data across partition boundaries
• Posting ECBS in other tasks
• Tposting elements to the TCAM disabled
ready queue
• Flagging TCBs for application programs
as eligible or not eligible for swapping
L ___or rollout

w

o·~
:;
w

s:

CD

SO
c:>.

o
-,

o

'0

~
~

o·

:;

0\
-l

0\

00

Chart 81-1

Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher

Enabled Ready Queue

'l:l~~:l:::!:l:l:*l:l~:l:t@t~

o
Ul
>-3

&?

~

'"'CI

Reg 1

+

element x

element

~

Reg 1

1 Put the element on
AVT

Enabled Ready Queue

AVT

Disabled Ready Queue

the enabled ready
queue by priority

2 Merge any elements

[+ ---J ------------ ,
~

Disabled Ready Queue

from the disabled
ready queue onto
the enabled ready
queue by priority

Reg 1

Enabled
Enabled

3 Remove the highestpriority element'
from the ready
queue
STCB

4 Activate the associated
subtask

')

Chart Bl-1 Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher-Description
Description
1

Examine the elements on the enabled ready queue. The enabled ready
queue is at AVTREADY and points to the first element on the queue.
Insert element X (pointed to by register 1) ahead of the first element
found that has a lower priority than element X. Chain element X onto
the ready queue by moving the link field of the element already on the
ready queue to the link field of element X. Then put the contents of
register 1 in the link field of the element that was already on the ready
queue.

2

Use the procedure described above to merge any elements from the
disabled ready queue onto the enabled ready queue, (the disabled ready
QCB is at AVTREADD). The only difference is that the first word of
the disabled ready queue, rather than register 1, points to the first element to be merged. The link field of the last element on the disabled
ready queue contains zero. After the merge, the first word of the disabled ready queue contains zero and the second word contains the address of the last element merged.

3

Check the RECBPRI field for the highest-priority element. Put the
address of the highest-priority element on the enabled ready queue into
register 1. After removing the element, put the link field of the element
now pointed to by register 1 on the ready queue and then examine the
next element on the ready queue. The last element on the ready queue is
always at AVTDELM; this is referred to as the "dummy last element."

--

Ul
(I>

&.
o

::l

V>

~

(I>

g
0.

o
..,

o

'C
(I>

~
O·
::l
C7I

\Q

-

-----_

..

_-

-

-

-

-

-_ .. _ - - - - - - - -

-

Routine

Register Usage

IGG019RB or
IGG019RO

Rl

I-address of last
RCB dispatched

.

--

-----_ .. -

--- -

~

Chart B 1-1 Dispatching Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher-Description Continued

oVl

~

a::
."

~

Description
4

The STCBVTO field (the first byte of an STCB) serves as an index to
indicate which subtask gains control. If this field contains X'OO', the
TCAM dispatcher issues aWAIT macro because there are no elements
to process. An STCBVTO value of X'02' indicates that the element to
be processed is for an attached task (operator control, on-line test, or
FE Common Write). In this case, the TCAM dispatcher links the element to the element chain of the QCB for the attached task and posts
the ECB for the task as complete. This allows the attached task to
directly compete for system resources when TCAM issues aWAIT
macro. When the STCBVTO value is neither X'OO' nor X'02', the
TCAMdispatcher computes the subtask entry point according to the
following STCBVTO values:
X'04'-the subtask follows a 2-byte STCB
X'06'-the subtask follows a 4-byte STCB
X'08'-the subtask follows a 6-byte STCB
X'OA'-the subtask follows an 8-byte STCB
If the STCBVTO value is greater than X'OA', the TCAM dispatcher uses
the STCBVTO value as an index into the list of scheduler addresses at
A VTDISP to activate the associated subtask. The following STCBVTO
values activate the indicated subtasks:
X'OC' -Leased Receive scheduler
X'OE'-Send scheduler
X'lO'-GET scheduler
X'12'-PUT scheduler
X'14'-GET FIFO scheduler
X'16'-Log scheduler
X'18'-Dial Receive scheduler
X'IA'-Buffered Terminal scheduler
X' 1C'-Retrieve scheduler
X'IE'-Local Receive scheduler
X'20'-Concentrator Send Scheduler
X'26'-COMMBUF Send Scheduler
Note: If a subtask is activated without an element to process, its
STCB is tposted to the ready queue with the correct STCBVTO
value and the next three bytes containing the address of
A VTREAD Y-8.

Routine

Register Usage

Chart 81-2

Queuing Functions of the TCAM Dispatcher

READY
Macro
Expansion

TCAM Dispatcher

IGG019RB

Occur only during the first
pass through the dispatcher
Entry Point
DSPDISP

DSPLIST

DSPCHAIN

• The subtask
• Add the
• Add the
returni ng to
elements
elements
the dispatcher
whose
that are
has no elements
addresses
chained
to add to the
are in a
together
ready queue.
parameter
to the
list pOinted
ready
to by register
queue;
1 to the
the first
ready queue.
element
The hlghIS pOinted
order byte
to by
of the last
register 1.
pointer
The link
contains
field of
X'SO'to
the last
indicate the
item In
end of the
the chain
chain.
contains
AI
X'XXOOOOOO'

DSPWAIT
• Process an
element
from the
element
chain of
the QCB.
If no
element is
present,
the subtask
twaits for an
RCB to be
posted to
the element
chain.

[

Save the user's registers in AVTSAVE1 of the AVT.
Retrieve the data in AVTSAVE2 of the AVT and store it for
dispatcher use.
Perform action according to the entry pOint designated by the
returning subtask:

DSPBYPAS

DSPDLETE

• Process
immediately
the next
STCB in
the STCB
chain of
the QCB
being
examined.

• Delete the
Start-Up
Message
routine.

AI

• Perform
the
DSPCHAII\I
entry point
function.

DSPTSTQ

DSPUNAV

DSPPRIO

DSPLIFO

(DSPTSTQR)

(DSPUNAVR)

(DSPPRIOR)

(DSPLIFOR)

• Tpost one • Determine
• Remove
element to
if the
the returning
the ready
returning
subtask's
queue.
subtask's
STCB
Register 1
STCB IS
from the
contains
twaitlng In
QCB chain
the address
the STCB
it IS In.
of the
chain of a
•
Place the
element
QCB pointed
removed
(RCB) to
to by register
STCB in
be tposted.
3. If It IS
the STCB
not, chain
chain of a
the STCB
AI
QCB
Into that
pOinted to
QCB's STCB
by register 3.
chain. If It IS,
continue
RJ
processing.

• Place the
RCB
pointed to
by register
1 i['to a
chain
pOinted to
by register
7. Place
the RCB

• Place the
RCB
pointed to
by register
1 into the
first spot
In a chain
pointed
to by
register 7.

DSPPOST
(DSPPOSTR)

leo

inthe
chain by
Priority.

R~'
RCB

'-

"\

Ch:: '\ )

7!/
y-

Vl

ao·'"

::I

V>

E:
~

g
o
...,
~

o

'"C

~
~

o·

::I

,....

-.J

•

If the returning subtask did not have an "R"
as the last letter of ItS name, process Ing
continues through the dispatcher, otherwise,
control passes to the returning subtask once
the queue management functions are complete.

IR'

)~
~

~'
R7

/"

~

Chart 82 Functions of AQCTL SVC 102

o
til

~

'"I:j

~
1 Check validity of
the calling task,
and build appropriate parameter
list for the request

Parameter List

2 Depending on the
code in the first
byte of the parameter list, perform
one of the following:
Reg 11

X'OO'

J. ~~~~~iO~
~ .1
-

1 ~,;, 1

t ~;;D

:>a

Mov~ ,data across ,

partition boundaries

: >b Post ECB complete
c Post Rollout/Rollin
ECB complete

d Chain element on
disabled ready
queue

= eligible
X'SO' = Ineligible

"T :. :'~1:

= eligible
= ineligible

U;?l

X'01'

X'02'

h

/:.

".

Code
X 'SO'

X '00'

t

e
ECB
TCB

I f _;;;~
........

!>

Flag issuing
application
program task
for rollout

:>

f for swapping

Flag issuing TSO task

Chart B2 Functions of AQCTL SVC 102-Description
Description
1

2a

First byte = X'08': move data across partitions. The first word of the
parameter list contains the address of the data to be moved. The second
word contains the address of the target field of the move, and the third
word contains the address of a halfword that has the length (in bytes) of
the data field.

2b

If the value is X'20', post the TSO or standard task ECB complete. For
a TSO task, branch to the time-sharing interface program where the task
is flagged either eligible or ineligible for swapping.

-~

~

Cl>

o·~::s
w

s::
;.
Cl>

oQ.

o...,

o

'tl

~
~

o·

::s

.....
w

If SVC 102 is issued when there is not an active MCP in the system
(CVT+240 is zero), the requested action is not performed and the
AQCTL SVC 102 routine sets an error return code of X'04'. Get the
pointer to the current TCB address from CVTTCBP and determine if
the current TCB address is equal to the TCB address of one of the
following tasks:
A VTTCB-TCAM message control program
PCBTCBAD-TCAM application program
AVTOCTCB-operator control
AVTCKTCB-checkpoint/ restart
AVTOLTCB-TOTE (On-Line Test)
A VTCWTCB-COMWRITE (FE Common Write)
Any task attached by a valid task
Set an error return code of X'08' if the TCB for the calling task is not
valid, and return. Build a three-word list of parameters needed to perform a function. X'80' is always the first byte of the third word.

~-

-

----

-

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQEB

R1

I-input parameter
list
I-CVT address
I-return address

R3
R14

-------

---

-

-

-

--

------

------------~

(This page left blank intentionally)

74

OS TeAM PLM

Chart B2 FUnctions of AQCTL SVC l02-Description (Continued)
Description
2c

IZl

'"

~

O·
::l
w

~
~

5p.
o....,

o
'0

'"~

o·
::l

-...l
(J1

If the value is X'40', post the ECB complete for a task that is eligible for
rollout. For a task that is currently rolled out, set TCBTRM bit 4
(TCBTCPP)to indicate that a post is pending. The ECB is posted by
turning on bit 1 of the first byte. The low-order three bytes of the first
word contain the ECB address. The second word contains the TCB
address for the task being posted. Word three contains the address of
the DEB associated with the ECB being posted.
Check the ECB to be posted for validity. Get the Post routine
(IEAQSY50) special entry address (IEAOPTOl) from the CVT
(CVTOPTOl) and execute it.

2d

First byte = X'04' (alone or X'OC'): post the element to the disabled
ready queue, A VTREADD is the disabled ready queue. QCBELCHN
points to the element chain. Post the MCP ECB complete.

2e

First byte = X'OI' or X'80': flag the application program either eligible
or ineligible for rollout, respectively.
If X'80', the SVC 102 routine sets TCBNROC to a nonzero hexadecimal digit. If X'OI', the SVC 102 routine sets TCBNROC to X'OO'.

2f

First byte = X'02' or X'lO': flag the TSO program either eligible or
ineligible for swapping, respectively. Turn bit 0 of TCBTSFLG on if
eligible for swapping or off if ineligible.
Note: If more than one bit in the action code byte is turned on,
the AQCTL SVC 102 routine performs the actions specified for
each bit. The combinations of the bits used, however, must be
compatible, so that the parameter list satisfies all the requirements.

Routine

Register Usage

-

-.J
0\

o

tI.l

iii

PROCESSING THE MESSAGES

~
~

"'d

~

•

MCP Processing

o

I- - - - - ';-',
GET/READ"';
RECEIVING THE MESSAGE

..

--- -, "

1

Starting a Receive Operation

,_,'''l. ____ _

2

STARTMH for a Receive
Operation

"

3

Incoming MH Processing
(2 parts)

4

FORWARD Processing

.......r----

•

MCP/Application
Program Interface

o

•

I- -- -./'...... ...

Data Flow: MCP
to Application
Program (2 parts)
Data Flow: Application Program to

... "

----~

'"

Application Program
Processing

•

...)

"

o

,"",----

•

KpUT/WRITE

" . . .r----

MCP

Application Program/
Operator Control
Interface
Application Program
Network Control

Q
•

QUEUING THE MESSAGE

1

•

Disk Queuing

v

SENDING THE MESSAGE

______>'

Legend:

1

Starting a Send Operation

2

STARTMH for a Send
Operation

3

Outgoing MH Processing
(2 parts)

P"m_, '"",,""",1

---_..../',
---,.../

>

fI~

~ OPtional functional flow

Chart C Processing the Message

Ul
~

~

o·
:::t
w
~
~

g-

o.

o
....,

o

'0

~

!!?.

o·:::t

-.J
-.J

Description

Chart No.

Message Control Processing
Receiving the Message:
Starting a Receive Operation
describes the buffering and polling functions necessary to receive a message.

Cl-1.1

STARTMH for a Receive Operation

Cl-1.2

Incoming MH Processing

Cl-1.3

FORWARD Processing
describes placing the message on the destination queue.

Cl-1.4

Queuing the Message
describes reusable and non-reusable disk queuing.

Cl-2

Sending the Message:
Starting a Send Operation
describes the buffering and addressing functions necessary to send a message.

Cl-3.1

STARTMH for a Send Operation

Cl-3.2

Outgoing MH Processing

Cl-3.3

MCP / Application Program Interface:
Data Flow: MCP to Application Program
describes the processes that occur when a GET or READ macro is encountered
in an application program.

C2-1

Data Flow: Application Program to MCP
describes the processes that occur when a PUT or WRITE macro is encountered
in an application program.

C2-2

Application Program Message Processing:
Application Program/Operator Control Interface
describes the processes whereby a user enters operator control commands from
his application program, defined as a secondary operator control station.

C3-1

Application Program Network Control
describes the functions for dynamically controlling the telecommunications
network through macro instructions issued in an application program .

C3-2

-.I
00

Chart C1-1_1 Starting a Receive Operation

B
LCBERBQB

o
ri'l

Q

AVT

":I~Il~i~1~111~1~1~1~1~1~UI1~U@

Enabled Ready Queue

. . t*+:::::::;::::::::::::::;:::::::::::::::::::,

~

1

"I;j

~

Gain control of the
line

2 a

Obtain buffer units
for the incoming
message

b Remove the requested
number of buffer units
from the buffer-unit
pool and allocate them
to this line for the
receive operation
C

Build a channel
program in the buffer
unit control area of
each buffer
LCB

d Prepare to poll the
appropriate terminal

3

Build an initial contact
channel program to poll
the current entry in the
invitation list

4 Poll the terminal

LCB

;::;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;f:0»'1
. {response to polling

STARTMH QCB
DCB

111111/111111111
5

Schedule the buffers to
be processed by the
message handler

I

Chart C 1-1.1 Starting a Receive Operation-Description
Description
1

The Receive scheduler gains control when an LCB tposted to itself is on
top of the ready queue. AVTREADY is the enabled ready queue and
points to the LCB.

2a

Tpost the ERB to the buffer request QCB (AVTBFREB) to obtain
buffer units for the incoming message.

2b

For initial, application program, operator control, and first-PCI requests,
get the requested number of buffer units from the buffer-unit pool and
put the address of the first buffer unit into LCBFSBFR.
For subsequent PCI requests, chain the ERB by priority into the element
chain of the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB).

2c

Build Read CCWs in the first two words of each unit and TIC CCWs in
the third word. Chain the units together into one contiguous channel
program.

2d

Tpost the ERB to the activate-I/O generator QCB (IEDQKA) to poll
the terminal. A VT ACTIB contains the address of this QCB.

3

A VTCSTCS points to the beginning of the device characteristics table
and TRMCHCIN is an index into the table to the current entry. Build a
channel program based on the device characteristics table entry for the
device to be polled. Build the channel program in the channel program
area (LCBCPA). Issue the SIO command, to initiate polling. Issue an
EXCP macro to start the channel program to receive the message on the
line.

Routine

R,egister Usage

IGG019R3

Rl

I-LCB address

RI

I-LCB address
I-AVT address

IEDQGA

IEDQKA

R13

I

w

$1-

o·
::l

4

If bit 4 in LCBST AT2 is zero, the response to polling was positive, if
LCBSTAT2 is X'08' the response to polling was negative. LCBSTATl
(X'02') indicates that the line is receiving.

5

Tpost the buffers to the STARTMH QCB. If PCI=N, the entire message buffer string is tposted to MH. If PCI=A or R, individual buffers
are tposted. DCBMH is the address of the Message Handler for this line
group. LCBFSBFR points to the chain of buffers to be assigned.
PRFQCBA is the QCB address when the buffer is an element.

w

s:

R 1 I-buffer address

CD

[
o....,

o

'"0

~
~

o·

::l

-.l

'"

IGG019RO or
IGG019RN

Rl
R4

I-request element
address
I-DCB address

00

o

Chart C1·1.2 STARTMH for a Receive Operation
AVT

olZ>

...,

1 Trace the flow of

n

>
:;::::

buffers, if required

"tj

~
AVT
STARTMH

aCB

2

Process the buffer

Buffer Prefix
::::::::;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

a

Header buffer:

b Text buffer

•
Register 0

o or negative value

Buffer Prefix

:;:;:;::::::t~:~:~:~:;::::::::~:~:~:

~l~1~~~1~MM1itj~j
DCBRESER

:>I

LCB

DCB

Buffer Prefix

SCB

3 Exit to the message
handler

Chart Cl-1.2 STARTMH for a Receive Operation-Description
Description

1

2a

Note: If EOBIETB processing is specified on the STARTMH
macro, the EOBI ETB handling subtask gains control before the
STARTMH subtask.

IEDQBT

If the A VTFE30 field is not zero, the ST ARTMH subtask gets the
address of the Buffer Trace Dump routine (IEDQFE30) from the
A VTFE30 field and links to that routine to trace the flow of buffers.

IEDQAA

Place the address of the buffer just tposted to the STARTMH QCB in
the AVTADBUF field of the AVT. Initialize the PRFSRCE field from
LCBLNENT. Clear the PRFISEQ, SCBPRI, and SCBBKFCT fields to
zeros. Initialiie the scan pointer (PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte in
the-prefix or, if reserve characters are used, to the last reserve character.
~

,-

-

til

'"

~

o·

::l

w

a::

g-'"

c:>.

o
....,

o

~
....

~

o·

::l

00

Routine

,

2b

If PRFSTATI is X'80', indicating a subsequent or text buffer, initialize
the'prefix origin field (PRFSRCE) from LCBLNENT. Put the number
of reserve characters (from DCBRESER) into LCBSIZE. Initialize the
scan pointer (PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte of the prefix or, if
reserve characters are used, to the last reserve character.

3

For a normal exit, register 0 will contain zeros; for a multiple-bufferheader condition, register 0 will contain a negative value. Compute the
MH entry address and examine register O. If it contains a negative
value, the subtask exits to the MH with a condition code of 4; otherwise,
the subtask determines from the LCB whether the line is sending or
receiving and exits to the MH with a condition code of 1 or 8, respectively.

Register Usage

R7
R15

I-ST ARTMH QCB
address
O-entry point
in STARTMH
subtask

00

IV

o

CI'.l

>-l

n

;;>

~
."

~

Chart C1-1.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 1 of 3)

Parameter List for
each Macro

.I~§~~~~~~~[~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~m~~:

I

STARTMH

~

I:~:~:;:::::;:;:::::~:~:::~:r::::~;:::::::~:~:~~::~::::~:;:::~l

-_._.... .......... .
_

...

1 Execute STARTMH

...

d~~;~;*;m;~~;~~~;~;~;~~~m~~~~~~~;I~~m~~~~~~~~;;;;~~j
INBLOCK
I:l:l:l:l@::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~:~:::~:::::~:~M

2

c

Set up and execute
INBLOCK macro

MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN

I=====::::~=~:>

Function selection

(

CODE,
DATETlME,
MSGEDIT

t====:::::=~:>

Message editing

c

FORWARD,
ORIGIN,
SEQUENCE

/

c

r

(

FORWARD,
INITIATE,
PRIORITY,
COMMBUF
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG

J

;:>

~====:::=~:>

-:>

B

Validity checking

Message routing

E

E

E

0 0 0
2,TXT A-A M

t=====:~~:>

Record keeping

B-,.,TXT
E

o
3 ,TXT B

LOCK,
LOCOPT,
MSGLlMIT,
UNLOCK

r-----..,.r----,O> System control

TERRSET

t=======:::==::::>

B B,

I

HOR B~- B

,TXT

Error handling

M A-A M

E

E

o

0

B B

B B I

(This page left blank intentionally)

Section 3: Method of Operation

83

00

./>.

Chart Cl-l.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 2 of 3)

o

(/l

-l
n
>

3

~
."

r

~

AVT

Perform any Inheader
proceSSing

MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN

F unction selection

CODE,
DATETIME,
MSGEDIT

Message editing

FORWARD,
ORIGIN,
SEQUENCE
FORWARD,
INITIATE,
PRIORITY,
COMMBUF
CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG

Validity checking

Message routing

Record keeping

System control

TERRSET

Error handling
Perform Inbuffer
processing

PATH

F unction selection

Subsequent
buffer
Start of text

CODE,
MSGEDIT

Message editing

CHECKPT,
COUNTER
LOG

Record keeping

CUTOF F,
LOCOPT

System control

CUTOFF,
TERRSET

Error handling

Chart C1-1.3 Incoming MH Processing-Description (1 of 2)
Description

Routine

Register Usage

I
I

1

See Chart C1-1.2
I

2

3-4

The MSGEDIT, MSGFORM, and SETEOM macros in the inblock
subgroup generate a hold queue. This queue holds data that cannot be
processed with the current buffer. The held data is inserted in the next
buffer tposted to this MH from the same transmission. This allows
contiguous processing. (All macros coded in INBLOCK, except
SETEOM, are handled as explained in #3 below; SETEOM is shown in
the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program Organization section.)
MH macro expansions link to functional MH routines through the User
Interface routine (IEDQUI). The User Interface routine finds the
address of the current buffer in the AVT ADBUF field of the AVT, the
address of the LCB in the PRFLCB field of the buffer prefix, and the
address of the current SCB in the LCBSCBA field of the LCB.
PRFDEST is the termname table offset for the destination of the message and PRFST AT1 is a status byte.
The address of the functional MH routine for the macro expansion is
found as follows. The AVTMSGS field of the AVT contains the address
of the MH VCON table. To this value the User Interface routine adds
an index value obtained from the first byte of the input parameter list.
The resulting address is placed in register 12.
The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are
shown in the Program Organization section.
--

til
(D

~

C·

::I

w

:::
(D

;.

8o
....,

o

'0
(D

etc·
::I

00
VI

---

-

I

I
!

lED QUI

R1

I-parameter list
address

00
0'1

Chart Cl·1.3 Incoming MH Processing (Part 3 of 3)

o

Ul

;: ~:~:~:~:~:~:~:; ~;i i; ;: :~:;~:~:;
rr71

~;:::
"C

~

5 Determine if this is the

Buffer Prefix

X'FD'

J

~~~i~~!~~~~f::~~~~~~~~;~~~~:;~~~~:~f:~i

last buffer of the
message

Destination
aCB

Buffer
Disposition
aCB

or

6 Perform inmessage
processing
CHECKPT,
LOG

CANCELMG,
ERRORMSG,
HOLD,
MSGGEN,
REDIRECT

a

Record keeping (

b Error handling

,

SLOWPOLL

Buffer Prefix

Additional unit,
if required for
the error message

RCB

7 Return unused buffers
and free the line

II +0

Chart Cl-1.3 Incoming MH Processing-Description (2 of 2)
Description

.
o
....,

o

'"...
(I)

~

o·
::;
00
-l

Register Usage

Routine

5

Bit 6 of the buffer prefix status byte (PRFSTATl) indicates whether
this is the last buffer of a message. If this byte contains X'02'
(PRFNLSTN), this is not the last buffer. X'FD' (PRFNLSTF) identifies the last buffer of a message. If the buffer is not the final buffer of
the message, or if the logical end-of-message indicator is not set in the
buffer prefix (PRFITCPN), place the destination QCB address (from
SCBDESTQ) in the first word of the buffer. If the buffer is the final
buffer, or if the logical end-of-message indicator is set, put the address
of the buffer disposition QCB in the first word of the buffer.

IEDQA4

6

When the last segment of a message has been received and processed by
the MH up to the inmessage subgroup, the buffer disposition subtask
executes the macro expansions for each macro in the inmessage subgroup. The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are shown in the Program Organization section.

IEDQBD

7

When an INEND macro expansion is detected, the buffer disposition
subtask checks for distribution list, multiple routing, and checkpoint
requests.lf any of these functions have been requested, the appropriate
subtask receives control through a tpost.
The controlling subtask returns unused buffers to the buffer return QCB
and frees the line by tposting the LCB to itself.
The controlling subtask then tposts the buffer to the destination QCB
through the DSPCHAIN entry point in the TCAM dispatcher. This
activates the Destination scheduler, which places the Send scheduler
STCB in the destination LCB. (For concentrator devices, the Send
scheduler STCB goes on the element chain of the concentrator data
ready queue. The concentrator Send scheduler STCB is put on the
STCB chain of the destination LCB.) The appropriate scheduler (Send,
Receive, or GET) is whichever STCB is first in the STCB chain of the
LCB.

IEDQBD
IGG019RB

-

-

--

-

gg

Chart C1-1.4 FORWARD Processing

otil
Termname Table

~

Parameter
List

1 Determine if the buffer
is to be processed by
FORWARD

~
Buffer Prefix

Terminal
Tables

2

Find the destination
name, offset, or address,
and convert this to the
terminal table address

Buffer Prefix
Termname Table

SGB

3 Set up the destination
QCB

Chart Cl-l.4 FORWARD Processing-Description
Description
1

Routine

Register Usage

If the buffer is zero-length, TSO, or recalled text, or if the line is in
extended lock mode, the buffer is not to be processed by the Forward
routine. Return to the calling routine. Branch to IEDQAE, IEDQAI, or
IEDQAl, depending on the input parameter list. (See the Macro
Linkage Charts in the Program Organization section for details on the
input parameter lists for the FORWARD macro.)

IEDQA5

Rl

IEDQAE-Return, in register 15, the destination address from the
option field.

IEDQAE

IEDQAI-Return, in register 15, a negative 4 if this is a multiple-buffer
header or if the EOA string is not found.

IEDQAI

IEDQAI-Return, in register 15, the offset to the termname table
entry. If the terminal name is not found, return X'OO'.

IEDQAl

Place the address of the terminal table entry in register 1.

IEDQTNT

R6

I-parameter list
address
l-current buffer
address

!

2

Use PRFDEST (the termname table offset) and AVTRNMPT (address
of the termname table) to find the terminal table entry.

3

Get the address of the QCB (TRMDESTQ) from the terminal table
entry and place it into the SCBDESTQ field.

!

----------

&'

2-.

o

::s

w

3:

[

o
...,

o

l
::s

co

'"

IEDQAV
- - _ .. _--

I

-

--

-

!

:g

Chart C1-2 Disk Queuing

ov.J

SCB

~

.." X'10' = reusable
X'20' = nonreusable

1 Locate the priority QCB
for the destination of the
message

"0:1

~

+40

2 Allocate disk queuing

AVT

AVT

space for the current
message and the next
message

+1152

--,

+1176

Disk Message Queues
Data Set

C]JJ

3 Write message to disk
queues

AVT

a Get one CPB for each

Buffer Units for
the message

I

".Jl:i:~::~~!!¥:~!':::ililil:'

QCB
portion

unit

~MeS~ge
portion
1m

b Build CCWs in t h e '
CPBs

Reus or
nonreus
Disk

•

......1

~

:

0/

....... : ..

",:.:"

.::.:.,:': ~...

C

Write the message on
the disk message queues
data set

====~::======SIO

I

I

QCBREUS or
QCBNREUS

Chart Cl-2 Disk Queuing-Description

,

~
~

g"
~

~

[

o
.....

o

Io·
::s

\0

Description
Locate the priority QCB (begins at QCB+40) for which the buffer is to
be written on the message queues data set. This address is at
SCBDESTQ. Check QCBDSFLG for X'lO'-reusable disk queuing or
X'20'-nonreusable disk queuing.

2

Store the disk address for the first unit of the message header. Indicate
the location of the first unit of the next message to be received. Update
the index to the disk address to point to the next relative record number
(that is, the next message segment). Assign contiguous relative record
numbers to the remaining units in the message segment, and update the
index in the A VT to keep track of the number of units in the message.
Assign the next-buffer location only if this is a multi-buffer message.
Update the index to the next available location on the disk.

3a

Write the message to disk. Issue a GETMAIN macro for the CPB pool
and store its address in AVTFCPB. There is one CPB for each buffer
unit.

3b

Build channel programs with the CPBs to write the message on the disk
message queues data set. Update the FEFO pointer in the QCB.

3c

The address in the CCW in the CPB points to the disk buffer unit
(CPBXREA) that contains the data. All CCWs may not be present in
each CPB; only those necessary to locate the MBBCCHHR for the
record are present. Issue an SIO instruction to write the message on the
disk message queues data set.
Note: Figures 11 through 15 illustrate the queuing functions of the
Destination scheduler.

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQHM2

Rl
Rl3

IGGOl9QE
IGGOl9RC

I--current buffer
address
I-AVT address

\0
N

Chart C1-3.1 Starting a Send Operation

o
til

STCB chain
Destination aCB

~

1 Gain control of the line

."

~

I

LCB

....
fS~

,,"'

2 Request number of
buffers required for the
message

DCB

a

b Locate the record
of the message to
be sent

3 Obtain and initialize
the necessary CPBs
to begin the disk
read operation

4 Move the data from
the CPB units to the
buffer units
AVT

(Ef~§:;~:~~~:E~~§~_

_I
5 Address the terminal
to start the I/O
operation

Sending
or
receiving

response to
polling

Buffer Units

Initialize the LCB
for sending

aCB

AVT

I

6 Begin MH processing

I

SCB

.....
tii
"'?'ml1

CPBs

.....r::

Chart Cl-3.1 Starting a Send Operation-Description
Description
1

An LCB tposted to itself on top of the ready queue indicates that a line
is free. A send operation can be initiated when the Send scheduler
STCB has top priority in the STCB chain of the LCB. At open time, the
Send scheduler STCB is on the STCB chain of the destination QCB to
await a full message. Use QCBSTCHN (a pointer to the STCB chain)
and QCBRELLN (the relative line number) to find the Send scheduler
STCB. When a message is available, move the Send scheduler STCB to
the STCB chain of the LCB. LCBSTCBA points to the STCB chain.
The Send scheduler STCB remains on the LCB until there is no message
to send. At this time, move the Send scheduler STCB to the STCB chain
of the destination QCB.
For concentrator support: When Concentrator Send Scheduler STCB is
on top of the LCB STCB chain, the concentrator Send scheduler gains
control to process the STCBs on the element chain of the concentrator
data ready queue.

2.

Tpost the ERB to the disk I/O QCB to request buffers. Get the number
of buffer units assigned for send operations for each line from
DCBBUFOU. Put the address of the buffer units into LCBERBCH.

Routine

Register Usage

IGG019R4

Rl

I-LCB address

I
I

2b

Use QCBFFEFO to locate the first message to be received and put the
message address into SCBSCHDR.

IGG019R4 or
IGG019RN

R7
RlO

I-QCB address
I-DCB address

I
!
-

~
~

g'
w

~

gP-

o
...,

o

'0

~.
i:!

\CO

w

(This page left blank intentionally)

94

OS TeAM PLM

Chart Ci-3.1 Starting a Send Operation-Description (Continued)

Description

w
~

ci"
::s

..,
::
'"
;.

8o
..,
o

'"

~
~

o·

::s

\Q

'"

Routine

Register Usage

IEDQFA
IGG019RC

3

Obtain the number of CPBs needed by dividing the size of a buffer
(DCBBUFSI) by the size of a unit (AVTKEYLE) and multiplying the
result (the number of units per buffer) by the number of buffers
(DCBBUFOU). AVTFCPB is the address of the CPB free pool. Build
read data CCWs, set sector, and seek and search CCWs in the CPBs,
and chain them together. All CPB CCWs may not be present in each
CPB; only those necessary to reach the MBBCCHHR of the desired
record are present. LCBSTART points to the CPB chain.

4

Chain the completed CPBs onto the chain (at A VTDKAPQ) of CPBs to IEDQFA
IGG019R2
be processed by CPB cleanup. Tpost the CPB cleanup QCB to itself.
This notifies IEDQFA that the disk I/O operation is complete. Effectively the data is being moved, but in reality the pointer to the buffer units
(LCBFSBFR) is changed to point to the chain of CPB units that contain
data, and the empty buffer units are returned to the buffer-unit pool.

5

After the required number of buffers are filled, tpost the ERB to the
activate-I/O generator, which builds the channel programs to address
the terminal and issues the Start I/O instruction. PRFQCBA points to
theactivate-I/O generator QCB.

IEDQKA
IGG0192E

6

The LCBSENDN bit on indicates a send operation and the LCBNEGRP
bit off indicates a positive response. After a positive response to addressing, tpost the buffer to the STARTMH QCB to begin processing
the message through the message handler. (PRFQCBA now points to
the STARTMH QCB.) If the response to addressing is negative, tpost a
zero-length buffer to the message handler. This indicates an error
condition.

IGG019RO

Rl

I-lOB address

I

\0
0\

C1-3_2 STARTMH for a Send Operation
AVT

o

~

1 Trace the flow of the

Q
;s::

buffers, if required

'1:j

~
AVT

2 Process the buffer

..• :( QCBSDFFO

Register 1

I+TerminaITableE~trY-J

Buffer Prefix

SCB

:;:t:::::::::::;:::::;:::::::::::::::::

Buffer Prefix

a Header buffer

:M::;;:::!:!:!:::::::::::!:::::::;:;

LCB

LCB

[;00]

DCB

b Text buffer
Buffer Prefix
Register 0

o or negative value

l

>:

j

Exit to the message
handler

J

Chart Cl-3.2 STARTMH for a Send Operation-Description
Description

1

Routine

Note: If EOB/ETB processing is specified on the STARTMH
macro, the EO B / ETB handling subtask gains control before the
STARTMH subtask.

IEDQBT

If the A VTFE30 field is not zero, the STARTMH subtask gets the

IEDQAA

address of the Buffer Trace Dump routine (IEDQFE30) from the
A VTFE30 field and links to that routine to trace the flow of buffers.

Register Usage

Rl
R6
It 13

CIl
CD

::;
O·
::I

w

::::
CD

;.
o

c:>-

...,

O

o

'0

~

'g."
::I
\Q
~

28

LCBFSBFR points to the first buffer on the buffer chain and the first
word in the buffer prefix (PRFQCBA) points to the STARTMH QCB.
Place the address of the buffer just tposted to the ST ARTMH QCB in
the AVTADBUF field of the AVT. For output header buffers, update
the FEFO pointer in the destination QCB (QCBFFEFO) with the
FEFO pointer at SCBFEFO, and turn off the "currently sending" flag in
the QCB (QCBSDFFO).
Put the number of reserve characters in the buffer (from PRFSCAN)
into the LCBSIZE field of the LCB. Initialize the scan pointer
(PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte of the prefix or, if reserve characters are present, to the last reserve character. Put the termname table
entry address into PRFDEST.

2b

Get the number of reserve characters from DCBRESER. Set the reserve
characters count in LCBSIZE to zero, and initialize the scan pointer
(PRFSCAN) to point to the last byte in the prefix.

3

For a normal exit, register 0 will contain zeros; for a multiple-bufferheader condition, register 0 will contain a negative value. Compute the
Message Handler entry address and examine register O. If register 0
contains a negative value, exit to the MH with a condition code of 4;
otherwise, determine from the LCB whether the line is sending or receiving, and exit to the MH with a condition code of 1 or 8, respectively.

I-address of the
termname table entry
I-address of the
buffer
I-address of the save
area in the A VT

i

\0
00

Chart C1-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing (Part 1 of 2)

o

Ul

~

1 Execute STARTMH

>

AVT

~

Buffer Prefix

"I:l

~

2 Perform outheader
MSGTYPE,
PATH,
SETSCAN,
TY
CODE, DATETIME,
MSGEDIT,
I
MSGFORM,
SEQUENCE

processing
F unction selection

......... Message editing

CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG

Record keeping

LOCOPT,
MSGLlMIT,
SCREEN,
SETEOF

System control

SLOWPOLL,
TERRSET

Error handling

3 Perform outbuffer
processing
PATH

CODE,
MSGEDIT

Function selection

Subsequent
buffer

Message editing
Start of
text

CHECKPT,
COUNTER,
LOG

Record keeping

LOCOPT

System control

TERRSET

Error handling

Chart Cl-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing-Description (1 of 2)
Description

Vl

"

~

O·
::;

w

s::
~

::r
o

P-

....,

O

o

"d

"

~.
o
::;

\0
\0

1

See Chart Cl-3.2.

2

MH macro expansions link to functional MH routines through the User
Interface routine (IEDQUl). The User Interface routine finds the
address of the current buffer in the A VT field A VT ADBUF, the address
of the LCB in the buffer prefix field PRFLCB, and the address of the
current SCB in the LCBSCBA field of the LCB. The PRFTIC field of
the buffer prefix points to the next buffer unit of the message.
The User Interface routine finds the address of the functional routine for
the macro expansion as follows. The A VTMSGS field of the A VT
contains the address of the MH VCON table. To this value, the User
Interface routine adds an index value obtained from the first byte of the
input parameter list. The routine then places the resulting address in
register 12.
The macros lis'ted, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are
shown in the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program Organization
section.

3

The functions of the macros in the outbuffer subgroup are initiated in
the same way as in the outheader subgroup. See the description in item
2, above.

Routine

Register Usage

lED QUI

R1

I-address of
parameter list

I

o

o

Chart C1·3.3 Outgoing MH Processing (Part 2 of 2)
Perform outmessage
processing
a Check for an application=:;::=====;;;;:L.,
program buffer

o
III

~a::
~

see

""'D"I~

:

>b Check
for a zero· length
buffer and return any
empty units to the
buffer·unit pool

C

Send the message

Chart Cl-3.3 Outgoing MH Processing-Description (2 of 2)
Routine

Description

r.
o

::l

w

~

g
Q.

o....,

o
"CI
~

~.

o

::l

o

Usage

IEDQA4

4a

Examine the QCBFLAG field of the destination QCB (pointed to by the
SCBDESTQ field of the SCB). If QCBFLAG contains a value of X'02',
indicating that the QCB is for a process entry, tpost the buffer to the
read-ahead QCB. The address of the read-ahead QCB is in the
PERAQCB field in the process entry work area.

4b

If the buffer has an indicated length of zero, tpost it to the buffer disposition QCB by branching to the DSPPOST entry point in the TCAM
dispatcher. If the buffer does not have a length of zero, remove all units
that do not contain data from the end of the buffer. Wben the last
empty unit is found, update the PRFNBUNT field of the buffer prefix to
indicate only the number of units that contain data. The chain of empty
units is now considered a separate buffer. The PRFNBUNT field of the
first empty unit contains a count of the number of empty units in the
chain. Place the address of the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB) in the
first word of the first empty unit (PRFQCBA) and tpost the buffer.

4c

Build Read/Write and TIC CCWs in the first three words of each unit.
Include the buffer in the channel program for the line. Issue an I/O
interrupt, send the message, and tpost the buffer to the buffer disposition QCB.

IEDQGT

4d

After the last segment of a message has been sent and processed by the
MH up to the outmessage subgroup, the buffer disposition subtask
executes the macro expansions for each macro in the outmessage subgroup. The macros listed, together with their parameter lists and linkages, are shown in the Macro Linkage Charts in the Program
Organization section.

IEDQBD

5

When an OUTEND macro is detected, return any unused buffers to the
buffer-unit pool by tposting them to the buffer return QCB
(AVTBFRTB). Mark as serviced the message that was just sent by
making the first six bytes of the unit the data portion of the disk record
(disk data record) and putting X'40' in the DATFLAGS field of the disk
data area.
-

Rf~gister

-

-

-- ---

-

------

R6

O-address of the
buffer

o

Chart C2-1

IV

Data Flow: MCP to Application
Program (Part 1 of 2)

1 Prepare data for transfer

o
;:j

Buffer Chai n

Ul

from the MCP to the
application-program
work area

s::>

PEWA

"'t:1

~

1

a Build a special element
for the applicationprogram buffer

X'FD'I

ERB

il~_l~imli~!i

AVT

LCBERBOB

b Prepare to obtain
buffer units for the
application program
message

DECB

C Put the application

program message in the
buffers and place them on
the read-ahead queue
~I

~==:::=>d

PEWA

EJ
DCB

e

Prepare for outgoing
message processing

Indicate that buffers are
ready to be read by the
application program

Disk I/O

OCB

PEWA

.·8

Chart C2-1 Data Flow: MCP to an Application Program-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1

When a buffer of a message is tposted to the destination QCB for an
application program, determine (PRFSTATl=X'FD') if this is the last
buffer of the message. If it is not, return control to the TCAM dispatcher.

IEDQHM

1.

Build a special element for the application-program buffer and tpost it to
the read-ahead QCB (PERAQCB) in the process entry work area.

IEDQEW

1b

A VTREADY points to the first in a chain of elements on the ready
queue. When it points to the special element just built, tpost an ERB
(with a count of the required buffers for the last message) to the disk
I/O QCB. Set the PEWAFLG to X'80' to indicate that the ERB has
been tposted to the disk I/O QCB.

1c

Read the message from the message queues data set into the buffers, and
chain the full buffers off the ERB element chain. Tpost the full element
chain to the read-ahead QCB.

IEDQFA

1d

Put the buffers on the pre-MH queue. If the MHOK flag in PEW AFLG
is on (X'02'), tpost the first message on the pre-MH queue (PECBUF)
to the STARTMH QCB, and tum off the MHOK flag.

IEDQEW

18

If a buffer has just been tposted to the STARTMH QCB, post the

application-program GET/READ ECB (GWAECB in the access method work area) as complete to indicate that the buffers are ready to be
read. This allows the application program to gain control when the MCP
enters a wait state.

g~.

..,
==

['"

o
....

o
't:I

o·~
='

-..,
o

Routine

Register Usage

......

.,..o

Chart C2·' Data Flow: MCP to Application Program (Part 2 of 2)
chain of empty buffers

o
I;n

1 (cont'd)
f Return any unused

rs

~

"tI

buffers to the
buffer-unit pool

READ

~

2 Transfer data from
the MCP to the
application program

mK«{~~%;%%ft1

I

:

>a Read buffers into
the applicationprogram work area
until: all available
buffers are read,
the application program
work area is full, or an
EOM buffer is
encountered

Access Method Work Area
X'Fl' 1st Segment
X'F2' EOM-Last Segment
X'F3' Entire Message
X'4Q' Intermediate Segment

8

DEB

~~~!:::~!~t::::::~

,.:.:.".,••••••••:.:.:.:&••:.:.:.:.:,

! >b

Indicate the number
of buffers read

Access Method
Work Area

~1~1!1~I@imJ

V-

C

~:~~I:~i~c;~;u~ET
or READ, pass
control to the next
sequential instruction
in the application
program

GET

READ

C

Register 15
X'QQ'

]

Chart C2-1 Data Flow: MCP to an Application Program-Description (2 of 2)
Description

w

$l.

15'
~

w

:s::

(I)

~
s:>o
..,
o

'"~

~

15'
~

.....
o

'"

Routine

Register Usage

RO

1f

Tpost the empty buffers to the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB), If
one of the buffers was an EOM, tpost the buffers from the pre-MH
queue to the STARTMH QCB, up to an EOM. At EOM, turn on the
MHOKflag.

2a

When a GET or READ macro is issued in an application program, read
data from buffers on the element chain of the read-ahead QCB into an
application-program work area. The work area contents descriptor byte
(PWACTL) contains a value indicating whether the message read into
the application-program work area is the first, intermediate, or last
segment of the message. The size of the application-program work area
is indicated in the GW ASOW A field of the access method work area.
When an EOM buffer is encountered, set the PW AFLG field of the
access method work area to X'80', and turn on the MHOK flag in
PEW AFLG tq indicate to the GET scheduler that a complete message
has been read by the application program. The outgoing MH in the
MCP can then begin to process a new message.

IGG019RG

2b

DEBT AMW A contains the address of the access method work area.
Build a buffer return element (GWAELEM) in the access method work
area that contains the number of buffers emptied. Using the AQCTL
SVC 102 routine, tpost this element to the read-ahead QCB
(PERAQCB).

IGG019RG
IEDQEB

2c

When a buffer containing an end-of-file indicator in its prefix is encountered, branch to the user-specified EODAD address. If the SETEOF
condition is not present, control is not passed to the next user-coded
instruction in the application program until the user request is completely satisfied. The G WASTAT field of the access method work area
points to the status indicators for a GET/READ operation. After
successful completion of a GET operation, place X'OO' into register 15;
for a READ operation, place a X'7F' completion code in the DECB.

IGG019RG

--

--

.. -

---

-

_

..

_-

------

---

---

-

--

--- - - -

--

-- ---

I-address of the
application program
work area

......
o

Chart C2-2 Data Flow: Application Program to MCP

DEB

0'1

o

til

~

(

PUT

A

,..-_ _ _.....,or

(

WRITE

Jog

~

h
P

Access Method
Work Area

1 Prepare to transfer data
from the application
program to the MCP

PUT[;J

a

t====:::::::> b

Initialize the access
method work area

Register 1

+

Build a special element
to transfer the data

2 Transfer data from the
application program to
the MCP
LCBERBCH

a Request buffers from
the buffer-unit pool
and fi II them with
data
DCB

b Queue the full buffers
for incoming message
processing
C

Return any unused
buffers to the bufferunit pool and pass
control to the next
sequential instruction
in the application
program

LCBERBQB

ApplicationProgram
Work Area

Chart C2-2 Data Flow: Application Program to MCP-Description
Description

~.

::s

~

rs::

~

[
...,o

o
;

'g

g.

::s

....

o

-J

Register Usage

1.

When a PUT or WRITE macro is issued in a SAM-compatible application program, initialize the access method work area with data from the
application-program DCB, DECB, and work area prefix. Put the address of the access method work area into DEBTAMW A.

IGG019RI

Rl

I-address of the
application program
work area

1b

Build a special element (PWAELEM) that contains the address of data
in the application-program work area. If locate mode is used, the address of the application-program work area is at DEBLCMWA; otherwise, it is supplied as an operand of the PUT or WRITE macro. Tpost
this element, using the AQCTL SVC 102 routine, to the PUT scheduler
STCB (PEPSSTCB).

IGG019RI
IEDQEB

RO

I-address of element

2.

When the special element reaches the top of the ready queue
(AVTREADY), build an ERB to request buffers for the data in the
application-program work area. Fill the buffers, one at a time, until the
application-program work area is empty.

IEDQEC

Rl

I-address of element

2b

Tpost the full buffers to the STARTMH QCB (address in DCBMH) for
this application program in order to process the incoming message.

IEDQEC
IEDQEB

2c

Tpost the empty buffers to the buffer return QCB (AVTBFRTB), and
use SVC 102 to post the application-program ECB (PWABCB) complete. As a result, the application program can regain control at its next
sequential instruction whenever the MCP enters the wait state.

IEDQEC

-

r/.l

Routine

_ ... _-

-

--

-

-

----------- --

.---.-.---~

.....

o

Chart C3-1

Application Program/Operator Control I nterfac;e

AVT

00

o

t'-l

CLOSEMC

~s:

MCPCLOSE
STOPLN

."

~

1 Initialize the command
input buffer (CIS)
element to indicate the
type of command

STARTLN
MRELEASE
RELEASEM

Operator Control aca Address
4

Priority

8

Verb
Code

ICHNG
12

16
20
24

Length
X'lC'

- . - - -

0

I

Return
Code

-

X'OC'I

+

+element

Parameter List

3 Place the CIS element
on the operator control
queue

+ aCB
+ element

SVC 102

Wait for command
processing, then
process the indicated
command

of application program processing

I

Parameter List

to the process control
block (PCS)

5 Indicate completion

I

Application Program ECB Address
0
0
0

2 Move the CIS element

4

I

Link Field

I

ECB

~I

X'40'

Operator
Control
aCB

Chart C3-1 Application Program/Operator Control Interface-Description
Description
1

AVTCOMPT points to the command input buffer (CIB). The CIB
fields are initialized according to the macro specified.

2

Move the initialized CIB into the PCB work area beginning at
PCBWRKA (PCB+60). The parameters are the standard SVC 102
parameters with a X'OC' in the high-order byte of the first word.

3

Tpost (using AQCTL SVC 102) the CIB in PCBWRKA (PCB+60) to
the operator control QCB. Issue aWAIT macro to put the application
program into a wait state.

IEDQET
IEDQEB

4

See the Operator Control Linkage Charts in the Program Organization
section for an explanation of the operation performed when a specific
command is entered.

IEDQCA

5

Post the waiting application-program ECB (address in LCBECBPT)
complete.

IEDQCA
IEDQEB

-

VI

"g.
o·
::l

...
s::

"
g
c:>O
....,

o

al

o·~

::l

-'"
o

Routine

-

_.-

_

.. -

._-

IEDQET

Register Usage

-o

Chart C3-2 Application Program Network Control

o

til

~a::

~

/

/

(

TCHNG
aCOPY
AVT

TCOPY

I-t-

1 a locate the specified
entry in the term name
table

DCB

I nvitation list

ICOPY

~==~:~> b locate the specified

groupname

invitation list

TCHNG
areaname

2 a Move data from the
appl ication-program
work area to the
specified MCP
location

ICOPY
aCOPY
TCOPY
areaname

b Read data from the
specified MCP
location into the
appl ication-program
work area

Chart C3-2 Application Program Network Control-Description
Description

til
..

o
....,

o

'0

R
o·
::;

......
......

Routine

1a

Get the termname table address from AVTRNMPT to locate the termname table entry.

IEDQEl
IEDQE2
IEDQE3

1b

Compare the grpname coded on the ICOPY macro with the ddname in
each TCAM line group DCB. Use the DCBINVLI field of the matching
DCB to locate the specified invitation list.

IEDQE4

2a

Move the data from the application-program work area into the MCP
location coded as areaname on the TCHNG macro.

IEDQE3

2b

Read data from the MCP location (coded as areaname on the macro)
into the application-program work area.

IEDQEl
IEDQE2
IEDQE4

RI~gister

Usage

-

N

o
ttl

m

CHECKPOINTING/RESTARTlNG THE SYSTEM

~

...

a:::
"I:j

>

~ Checkpoint

~

e

e

....
Environment Checkpoint
Incident Checkpoint:
MH Request

•

Incident Checkpoint:
Operator Control Request

•

AppllcatJon Program
Checkpomt Request

Legend:

_____>
0

p,,~, '.ocr.""" ,,~

•

Restart

Chart D Checkpointing/Restarting the System
Description

Chart No.

Checkpoint
describes building a checkpoint record and writing the checkpoint record to
disk.
Environment Checkpoint

Dl-l

Incident Checkpoint: MH Request

DI-2

Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request

DI-3

Application Program Checkpoint Request

DI-4

Restart
describes the reconstruction of the MCP environment and the message queues.

1)2

Note: This description applies to Diagrams DJ-J through DJ-4. For
details concerning the checkpoint records, see the DatIl AIWl Layollts section
of this publication.

g.>
~

0'

::s

~

~

Ilo

o
.....

o
"CS

e.0'
.

Chart 01·1

Environment Checkpoint

I

AVT

AVT

MCP

0

:~~i~~~~~~~~~~~1~j~~~~~~l~i~i~i~1~11

...,

1:1>

• READY
Routine
• Reusability·
Copy Subtask
• T,me Delay

()

>
s:::
'"c:I

~

1 Request a checkpoint
from the appropriate
module or command

SUbtask~

I
AVT

HALT

SVC 102
Parameter List

X'70'1+ aCB

I
Checkpoint
Work Area

=t~t~""'~:~@"""'~:~:~~""':~!~:""'~:~:~:1

Main Storage

2

Checkpoint
Work Area

Build an environment
record

Environment
Record Segment

Checkpoint
Control Record

3

Write the checkpoint
record to disk

EXCP

Chart D1-2 Incident Checkpoint: MH Request
OUTMSG
CHECKPT = YES

1 Request a checkpoint

INMSG

AVT

LCB
X'OO'lt QCB

CHECKPT = YES

LeB

Termname Table

IncIdent Record

CheckpoInt
Work Area

Date
Time
Terminal-Table entry

':::::::::::~:::::::::::*:::::;::~:~:;t:::~

0'00'

2

Build an incident record

Sequence Nos.
OptIon Fields

if
n
~

o·

CheckpoInt
Work Area

;~~;i~~~;~~~;~~~~~~

IncIdent
Record

::I

w

:s::

~

:::r
o
~

o...,

o
~
~

o·

::I

>-'

V.

3 Write the checkpoint
record to disk

0'1

o

(Il

~E::
'"d

~

Chart 01·3 Incident Checkpoint: Operator Control Request

--t 1

Operator
Control

~~~~

Register 11

MODIFY
RELEASE

1 -_ _ _ _ _- - '

Register 3

[TR;q~eS~ E-Ie~~t]

Entry Code

1 Request a checkpoint

I ncident Record

Operator
Control AVT

Date

~:~:~:~:~:~:;:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~

2 Build an incident

Time
GETMAIN

disk record
Operator
Control Ckpt.

Checkpoint
Work Area

bllilNl;ililt;lilllllilllll~ 1
H-----'"

3 Write the checkpoint
record to disk

EXCP

Checkpoint
Work Area

Chart 01-4 Application Program Checkpoint Request

Request by TCHNG:

Application Program
}TCHNG
CKREO

l

1 Request the appropriate
checkpoint
DEB

DCB

I nCldent Record
ior TCHNG

CKREO record

Date

Destination OCB

Time

DEB

0'04'

2

Build an incident record
for TCHNG, or a CKREO
record for CKREO

Option Fields

Flag

I

Link Addr

Sequence Nos.

0'18'

CDRCKOFF

CDRCKMSGICDRCKOBC
Priority OCB
Disk POinters

GETMAIN

Option Fields

CheckpOint Work Area


~

ci"
::s
w

;s:
<1>

;.

o
c:lo
o
....,

o

'g

e.o·
::s

....
N
w

Routine

1a

Subtract the restart number in AVTCKRST from the number of the
most current environment record (CKPTTRCT). If the result is positive, use this environment record for the restart. If the result is not
positive, add to it the value from CKPCPRCD. This gives the total
number of environment records.

IGG01943

1b

Read the environment record and place the information in the MCP
tables (terminal table, QCB, LCB, DCB, termname table, SCB, option
table, and invitation list).
Incident Records:
CHECKPT-Update the tables to show the current terminal to receive a
message.
Operator Control-Update the destination QCB to show the current
status of the.line as indicated by an incident record for a Startline or
Stopline operator control command. All other operator control incident
records are processed during READY execution. (See Chart A3.)
TCHNG-Update the tables to show the change in status.
CKREQ Records: Update the MCP tables that pertain to application
programs.

IGG01943
IGG01944

2

Normal restart: Check the messages for logical-read errors. Create the
FEFO chain for all complete, unserviced, and uncanceled messages.
QCBFFEFO-Disk record number of the first message to be received.
Main-storage address of the first record if main-storage-only queuing.
QCBLFEFO-Disk record number of the last message to be received.
Main-storage address of the last record if main-storage-only queuing.
QCBINTLF-Disk record number of the last intercepted message in
FEFO order.
Update the sequence numbers.
STARTUP=WY indicates that no scan of the message queues is to be
done. Locate the last message placed on the queue before the checkpoint was taken. Zero the FEFO chain field to any message placed on
the queue after that checkpoint, and follow CKPTSYN = YES restart
procedures for all queues.
CKPTSYN = YES indicates a system synchronized restart. Create the
FEFO queue, including all the messages on the FEFO queue after the
last checkpoint. If the sequence number of the message on the FIFO
queue is greater than the sequence number in the checkpoint record for
the application queue, mark the message as unserviced .

IGG01945

RE'gister Usage

I

I

",,

<,

,

r-

I

I

I

~

ex:

i

'II

~
Il

...

'II

~
fn

'II

~

z

c
,g

e!

tic

..

::I

£!

ii

,g
'em

c

0

's.

IV
C

0

...
~

•
•
c:J

ii

1\

,I

,

eo.

S

OS TeAM PLM

,
~

I

I

I
, ,

...I
CJ

124

\

11

I

I

I

I

Chart E Closing the System/Network
-

Description

Chart No.

MCP Termination
describes the closing of all opened MCP data sets and the deactivation of the
TCAMsystem

El

Application Program Termination

E2

-

I.
::s

IN

f

5'
Clo

...o

o

'C

i·
-'"
::s

~

....
N

Chart E1

MCP Termination (Part 1 of 2)

t:J\

oVl

~

CLOSEMC,
MCPCLOSE

~

j[

HALT

"tI

AVT

J

1 Indicate to TeAM

X'04' Flush

to begin closedown
processing

X'06' Quick

~

X'04' line free
X'02' receiving
X'01' sending
X'nO' stopped

2 Stop all active lines;

Operator Control A VT

complete any disk
I/O operations in
progress for the
disk message queues
data set

~::~!::~!~:~:~:~1

~~.;"".I

"""'H""'A"""""'LT=-=-i/':"::O:-~ __ . .

OPCLEN
OPCRLN
OPCTNME
OPCFLG
PCB
Not equal
to zero

3 Notify the user if
any DCBs for his
application programs
are open

Closedown
Completion
element

ERB

4 Close the application
program DCBs

5 a Place an element
on the ready queue
to request closedown

AVl~
:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:::::.:!:::!::::::::::::::::::::

AVTREADY

~ ~ ~ ~ ~l~l~l l l l l~\ \f~ ~:~: : : : : :

~

b Process all elements
on the ready queue

System Console

Chart El MCP Termination-Description (1 of 2)
Description
1

Set the closedown switches in the AVTBITI field (X'04' for flush
closedown or X'06' for quick closedown).

IGCZOlOD

2

For a quick closedown, keep a count of the LCBs until all the lines stop
sending.
For a flush closedown, wait for all the queues to be serviced.

IGCV310D
IEDQHK

3

Issue the WTO message IED098I DCB OPEN FOR MESSAGE PROCESSING jobname Then wait for the operator control ECB (AVTOPECA)
to be posted complete by the closedown routines.

IGCZOlOD

4

See Chart E2.

5a

Tpost the closedown completion element onto the ready queue
(A VTREADY).

5b

The TCAM dispatcher gives control to each of the elements on the
ready queue until it reaches the closedown completion element. In the
event that the operator control checkpoint request element is on the
ready queue, the checkpoint executor gains control and requests an
environment checkpoint. The Environment Checkpoint routine recognizes the source as operator control and activates the Checkpoint Notification and Disposition routine to place the closedown completion element on the ready queue. When the TCAM dispatcher recognizes this
element, it continues closedown processing.
-----

en
(1l
~

o·
:::

w

~

(1l

;.
o

P-

....,

O

o

"0

~
~

o·
:::
>-'

tv
-..l

Register Usage

Routine

---------------

IGG019RB or
IGG019RO
IEDQNF
IEDQNK
IEDQNQ

- - - - - L -_ _ _ _

---

--

-----

_________ J

~

Chart E1 MCP Termination (Part 2 of 2)

00

o

tI.I

(5

~

AVT

~§~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~:~:~:~:::~~:~:~

~

AVTCWECA
AVTCKECA

~:~

)

6 Wait for termination of

AVTOPECA

rCLOSE
DCBNAME
Line group DCB

->[

and detach the TCAMattached tasks (checkpoint,
operator control, Comwrite,
and TOTE)

AVTOLECA

A'
I-A

,
I-

AVTOLTCB

f0-

AVTCWTCB

1::.
=> a

•

Close the line group
DCB
Disk Checkpoint
Control Record

/

CLOSE
DCBNAME
checkpoint DCB

/
CLOSE
DCBNAME
message queues DCB

data sets

-

• ">

C

Close the message queues
data sets

~

....

"> b Close the checkpoint
EXCP

I

.:.:.

:::::

.-

0 0 .:

,..

--.....,

~

...;..

'REEMAIN) •

CVT

li!~

d Delete TCAM from the
system

:> +240

J

8

Chart E1 MCP Termination-Description (2 of 2)
Description

Vl

~.
..,::t
a::
(0

;.
o

P-

O
...,

o

"0
(0

~.
::t

......
tv

\0

Routine

6

When the ECBs for operator control checkpoint, COMWRITE, and
TOTE are posted complete, delete the appropriate task by placing zeros
into its TCB address field in the AVT.
ECB Address:
TCB Address:
AVTCKECA Checkpoint
AVTCKTCB
A VTOLECA On-Line Test
AVTOLTCB
AVTCWECA FE Common Write
AVTCWTCB
A VTOPECA Operator Control
AVTOCTB

IEDQNA

6a

Close the line group DCB. Perform OBR/SDR error recording on each
line. Issue SVC 33 to purge I/O on each line. Issue a DISABLE command to disconnect the line. (This is not done for a Type III Adapter on
a 2701 for IBM 2260 remote terminals.) Issue a FREEMAIN macro to
free the LCBs. Clear the fields in the cross-reference table. When all
the line group· DCBs are closed, zero the A VT pointer to the DCB and
free the main storage for the cross-reference table.

ERP modules
IGG02035

6b

Close the checkpoint data sets. Issue an EXCP macro to write the
closedown checkpoint control record. Issue a FREEMAIN macro to
free the work area. Issue a DELETE macro to free the Checkpoint Disk
End appendage.

IGG02041

6c

Close the message queues data sets. Issue a FREEMAIN macro for the
DEB, CPBs, lOBs, buffers, and any main-storage data sets. Zero the
AVT pointer to the DCB. Zero the AVT address pointer from the CVT.

IGG02030

6d

Delete TCAM from the system (place zeros in CVT +240).

R~egister

Usage

w

o

Chart E2 Application Program Termination
Access Method
Work Area

o

tI>

~rs:

1 a Remove the process

."

~

entry work area
from storage

Read-Ahead
Queue

Ready Queue

b Deactivate data transfer

~2a

SCB

AVT

between the application
program and the MCP;
activate the MCP
Free the SCB and
decrement the PCB
use count

I

PCB
"Decrement by one
until zero

b Delete the schedulers
C

Deactivate the
destination OCB

r---,.r I rDestination
QCB

PCB

IX'OQ'I

·.·.:.~~.~.~i.~~. .:.:•

l::::::::::::

~

~

AVT

8

f!!~:.~:::.~.~.:.:.J

~3a
I

: :> b

C

Free the LCB, DEB,
access method work
area, and locate mode
work area

Delete any loaded
GET/PUT modules,
restore the DCB, and
post the operator
control ECB complete
Free the line

Buffer-Unit Pool

Chart E2 Application Program Termination-Description
Description

Routine

1.

Issue a FREEMAIN macro to remove the process entry work area from
main storage.

1b

Tposta special element that contains the address of the DCB process
entry in the termname table to the open/close subtask. Issue aWAIT
macro to allow the MCP to gain control.

IGG02046

2.

Free the process entry work area and the SCB. Decrement the PCB use
count (PCBUCNT) by one until it is zero.

IEDQEU

2b

Delete the appropriate schedulers. The scheduler addresses are in the
AVT:
AVTEW-GET scheduler address
A VTEC-PUT scheduler address
AVTEZ-GET FIFO scheduler address
A VTE7-Retrieve scheduler address

2c

Turn off the "open" flag in the process entry.

Register Usage

I

3.

Free the LCB if the PCB use count (PCBUCNT) field is zero. Free the
access method work area (address at DEBTAMWA), the locate mode
work area (address at DEBLCMWA), and then free the DEB.

IGG02046
I

3b
g>

o·

::I

w

..:::

Q.

o

'0

~
~

o·::I
.w

IGG02046

modules acquired by a LOAD macro. Restore the DCB to its pre-open
status.
Set the "close" flag in the DCB. Post the operator control ECB in the
AVT as complete if AVTCKELF is on. Scan all the TCAM LCBs to
determine if any LCBs are locked to this application program.

a

[
o
...,

If AVTCKELF=X'08', issue a DELETE macro for any GET/PUT

3c

Tpost the LCB to itself to free the line.

IGG02047

!

(This page left blank intentionally)

132

OS TeAM PLM

Section 4: Program Organization
This section contains six sets of charts of information about the organization of the TCAM system.
I. Executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
This chart lists each executable TCAM module in alphabetical order. The entry for each module contain~ a general statement of the
function of the module, a list of the entry points to the module, the external routines used by the module, the tables and work areas
used by the module, and lists of other modules that activate and receive control from this module. Also, each entry shows which
method of operation charts refer to this module and the system library in which this module is stored.
2. Non-executable TCAM Modules Microfiche Directory
This chart lists each non-executable TCAM module in alphabetical order by DSECT name.
3. Macro Linkage Charts
This section contains one chart for each TCAM macro. Each chart shows the macro, its input parameter list, the linkage among the
TCAM modules that this macro effects, and the function performed by each linkage.
4. Operator Control Command Linkage Chart
This chart contains an entry for each type of operator control command. Within each entry there is a
formats, which module a particular format activates, and the function performed by this module.

li~,t

of the various command

5. ERP Linkage Charts

~

:4-

o·

There are two charts in this section, one for start-stop line control and one for BSe. Each chart lists ea::h type of I/O operation with
the errors that can occur during that operation. For each error, the chart shows the ERP module activated and the conditions that
cause that module to perform certain functions.

::s

.j>.

3'
q!j
'"3
o

tS::s

~.

o·
::s

....,..,

6. Flowcharts
Flowcharts for IEDQFA, IEDQFAl, IEDQFA2, IEDQHM, IEDQHMl, IEDQHM2, IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD,
IEDQKE, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2, IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5 are included.

-"'"
w

oVl

;:5
~
."

~

Executable TeAM Modules Microfiche Directory
The modules in the TCAM system have object module names that start with the letters IEDQ. The modules that interface with the
operating system have an IGG prefix, the ERP modules have an IGE prefix, the nucleus resident modules have an IGC prefix (with the
exception of IEDQATTN)' and TCAM-TSO modules have an IEDA prefix.
Module
Name
IEDAYA

IEDAYB

Generic

Entry

Name

Points

TSQ Attention
Routme

TSO TIOC
3270 Edit
Routine

Functions

Allows the user to delete lines
and I or to Interrupt the CPU task

IEDAYA
IEDAYA+12

EdIts output messages contained
TSO buffers and MSGEN
messages contamed In the SCB

IEDAYB

In

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
OTIP

IEDAYS
QTIP SVC
Routine

AVT
CVT

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of

Operation

Library

Chart

IEDAYX
IEDAYF

IEDAYM
IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDAYE

IEDAYO
IEDAYM

TELCMLlB

IEDOUI
(CARRIAGE)

IEDQUI
(CARRIAGE)

TELCMLlB

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDAYM
IEDAYO

IEDAYM
IEDAYO

TELCMLlB

LCB
QCB
RCB
SCB
STCB
TJB
TSB
TSID
Termmal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT

AVT
LCB
OCB
TSID
TCAM
Buffer
Prefix

TSO Buffer
Prefix

IEDAYC

TSO Carnage
Subroutine

Keeps track of, Inserts, or deletes

IEDAYC

IEDOTNT

carnage control characters

AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
SCB
TSB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT

IEDAYD

IEDAYE

Tjme Sharing
DestinatIOn
Scheduler

IEDAYD

TSO TIOC
EdIt Routine

IWAVE

J

Performs the same functions as
the Destination Scheduler when
TSO IS In the system.

IEDAYZ

Inspects and edits T50 output and
MSGGEN messages, except for
messages directed to a 3270.

IEDAVE
IEDAYS
IEDOTNT
OTIP

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
STCB
TSID

AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
TSB
TSID
Buffer Prefix
Termmal Table
Termname Table
TS CVT

__ C-.-.

Module
Name
IEDAYF

Generic
Nama
TSO IOHALT

Entry

Functions

Points
IEDAYF

Routine

Gams control when either a LeB.
buffer, or an ERB IS tposted from

Line End Appendage to effect an
10HALT.

IEDAYH

TSO Hang-up
Routine

IEDAYH
IEDAYH+12

Identifies Ime errors to the
terminal user and disconnects the
terminal

Tablas/
Work
Areas

External

Routines

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDQHG
IGG019RB
OS 10HALT

AVT
DCB
DEB
ERB
LCB
SCB
TSID

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
QTlP

AVT
CVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
TJB
TSB
TIOCRPT

IEDAYX
IGG019RB

IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IGG019RB

IGGO 19RB

TELCMLlB

IEDQUI
(LOGON)

LOGON

TELCMLlB

Buffer Prefix

TS CVT
IEDAYI

TSINPUT Routine

IEDAYI+2

Moves Incoming data from a
IEDQTNT
TCAM buffer Into TSO buffers and QTIP
places the TSO buffers on the TSO
Input buffer queue

AVT
CVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
TIOCBUF
TIOCRPT
TSB
TSI
Buffer PrefIx
Terminal Table
Termname Table

TS CVT
IEDAYL

TCAM/TSO Logon
Routine

IEDAYL

Connects the terminal user to the
TSO subsystem for time sharing
seSSions, on the TeAM subsystem
for message-switching
applications.

Vl

(1)

$1-

o·
::s
.j>.

!:l'

ti6

~

o

~

~.

o·

::s

W
VI

---

IEDQTNT
QTIP

AVT
CVT
DCB
OCT
DEB
LCB
QCB
SCB
STARTMH QCB
TIOCRPT
TJB
TS CVT
TSB
UCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table

eXit address
In cwnmg
or (Iiternate

MH

....
W

0.

o
I'I.l

~

Module

Generic

Name

Na_

Entry
Points

Functions

Tablesl
Work
Areas

External
Ro~

IEDAYI\>1

TSO Message
Generation Routine

IEDAYM
AYMOOO

Processes a me8sag-

W
-.l

expansJons
and routines)

mac:roor
roucrne)

I,

TElCMlIB

Ct-1.4

TElCMlIB

TELCMlIB

.....
w

00

o
tn

;:i
~

Module
Name
IEDOAG

Generic
Name

Message L,m,t
Routine

Entry
Points
IEDOAGOl

Tablesl
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Llmlts the number of messages to
or from a terminal during a single
transmission sequence.

None

~

Entered
From

AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

MSGLlMIT
macro
expansion

Exits
To
MSGLIMIT
macro

Input Sequence
Number Insertion
Routme

IEDOAH01

Verifies and updates an Input
sequence number specified by the
user In a message

IEDOTNT

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDOUI
IEDOUI
(SEQUENCE)
(SEOUENCE)

IEDOAI

SkIp Forward and
Scan Routone

IEDOAI01

Moves the scan potOter forward
the message header a specIfIed

None

AVT
SCB

IEDOUI
(MH macro
or routme)

number of bytes, or fmds and

-

Buffer PrefiX

returns to the caller the next field
beyond the scan pomter.

Library

TELCMLlB

expanSion

IEDOAH

In

Method of
Operation
Chart

IEDOUI
(calhng
macro or

TELCMLlB

C1-1.4

TELCMLlB

routine}

IEDOAJ

SkIp to Character
Set Routone

IEDOAJ01

Advances the- scan pOinter to the
end of a specified character strmg
In a message header

IEDOAX

AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOUI
(FORWARD.
SETSCAN.
IEDOAN. or
IEDOAP)

IEDOUI
(calhng
routmel

TELCMLlB

IEDOAK

Lone Control
Insertion Routme

IEDOAK01

Checks hne control characters and
Inserts them In a message that is
ready to be sent.

IEDOAL
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEDOAO)

AVT
DCB
LCB
SCD
SCT
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOUI
(OUTMSG.
OUTEN D)

IEDOA4
(next macro)

TELCMLlB

IEDOAL

Compare at Offset
Routine

IEDOAL01

FInds and compares the next field

None

AVT
Buffer Pref,x

MH routine

Calhng
routine

TELCMLlB

IEDOAM

Orlgm Routine

IEDOAM01

Verifies or Initializes the ongm of a IEDOTNT
message.

AVT
LCB
OCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDOUI
(ORIGIN)

IEDOUI
(ORIGIN)

TELCMLlB

IEDOAN

MultIple Insertl
Remove Routine

IEDOANOl

Inserts. deletes. and replaces data
at locations specified by character
strongs on the buffer.

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Translation Table

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

TELCMLlB

IEDOAO

Unot Request
Interface Routme

IEDQAOOl

Obtaons a buffer unit requested by None
one of the onsert routInes and adds
the unot to the buffer currently
bemg processed.

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOUI
(lEDOAN.
IEDQAP.
IEDOA2.
IEDOAB.
IEDQBO)

IEDOUI
(Calhng
routone)

TELCMLlB

m a buffer to a character strmg.

--

-

--

IEDOAL
IEDOAX
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(iEDOAF.
IEDOAO)

-----------

I
~-.-

-

Module
Name

Generic
Nama

Entry
Points

gO

........
'"

Exits
Tn

Mathod of
Operation
Chart

Library

Remove at Offset
Routine

IEDOAP01

Removes data from a song Ie
specified location In a buffer and,
optionally. replaces that data with
new data.

IEDOAX
IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEDOAO)

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

TELCMLlB

IEDOAO

Operator Control
Interface Routone

IEDOAOO1

Tests for operator control
characters and conditionally tposts
the buffer to Operator Control for
processing.

IEDOTNT

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IEDOUI
(CODE)

IEDOUI
(CODE)
IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDOAR

Cancel Message
Routone

IEDOAR
Cancels a message by settong a
flag on the buffer prefix

IEDOTNT

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDOBD

IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDOAS

Hold / Release
Terminal Routme

IEDOAS
IEDOAS01
GETCPB

Holds a termInal.

IEDOHG
IEDOHM
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB

AVT
CPB
DCB
DEB
DRO
OCB
OCB Extension
SCB
STCB
UCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDOBD
IEDOCO
IEDOUI
(HOLD)
IGGOl9RB

IEDOFCo
IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDOAT

Create an Error
Message Routine

IEDOAT01
STCBAT+2

BUilds an error message In a buffer IEDOUI
and tpo.ts that buffer to Its
(lEDOAF.
destination.
IEDOAO)

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix

IEDOAZ
IGG019RB

IGGOHIRB

TELCMLlB

IEDOATTN

Attention Routone

IEDOATTN

Determines whether TCAM IS

AVT

105

IGGOHIR5

NUCLEUS

Releases a termonal that was beong
held.

None

running In the system when an
attention Interrupt IS presented by

105

a 2848 or a 3270 control umt.
Activates IGG019R5 when TCAM
IS runmng In the system.

~

f

Entarad
From

IEDOAP

i

f

Tables/
Work
Araas

External
Routines

Functions

IEDOAU

Cutoff Message
Transmission
Routone and
Subtask

IEDOAU
CUTFFaCB
+12

Tests the cutoff count.

OS EXCP

Cuts off the transmiSSion of a
message bemg received after the
receipt of a user-specified number
of bytes or on detection of
Identical characters In the buffer.
--

- - - - - - - - ---

_.

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
aCB
SCB
UCB
Buffer Prefix

IEDOUI
(CUTOFF)
IGG019RB

IEDOU:
(CUTOFF)
IGG01!lRB

TELCMLlB

~
o
til
(i

Generic
Name

Module
Neme

Entry
Points

Functions

Tables/
Work
Areas

Externel
Routines

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

IEDOAV

Look-up TermInal
Entry Routone

IEDOAVOl

Assigns a buffer to tts destinatIOn.

IEDOTNT

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDOUI
(FORWARD,
IEDOAZ,
IEDOA5)

IEDOUI
(FORWARD,
IEDOAZ.
IEDOA5)

IEDQAW

Translate Buffer

IEDOAWOl

Translates the data on a buffer.

IEDOA3

AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
TranslatIon Table

IEDOUI
(CODE,
IEDQAA,
IEDOAB)

IEDOUI
(CODE,
IEDOM,
IEDQAB)

TELCMLlB

IEDOAXOl

Scans the buffer for a specIfIed

None

AVT
Buffer Prefix

IEDOAC
IEDOAI
IEDOAJ
IEDOA4

IEDQAC
IEDQAI
IEDQAJ
IEDOA4

TELCMLlB

~

."

~

Routine

Buffer Scan RoutIne

IEDOAX

character stnng.

Cl-l.4

Librery

TELCMLlB

IEDOAY

Screen Routine

IEDOAYOl

Inltlahzes for a screen command
modification operation on the
message destination.

IEDOTNT

AVT
DEB
LCB
SCB
UCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table

IEDOUI
(SCREEN)

IEDOUI
(SCREEN)
IEDOAT

TELCMLlB

IEDQAZ

Redirect a Message
Routone

IEDOAZOl

Redirects 8 message to the
destonatlon specifoed by the user.

IEDOAV
IEDOUI
(lEDQAE,
IEDOA1)

AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOBD

IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDOAO

SkIp Backward
Routine

IEDQAOOl

Moves the scan pOinter backward
a specIfIed number of bytes In the
header of a message.

None

AVT
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOUI

IEDOUI
(SETSCAN)

TELCMLlB

Bonary Search
RoutIne

IEDQA10l

AVT
Termname Table

IEDOUI
(Any TCAM

IEDOAl

Searches a table that IS arranged
• on collating sequence.

None

(SETSCAN~

routme)

IEDQA2

IEDOA3

Insert at Offset
Routine

IEDQA201

Dynamic Translation
Routme

IEDQA3

Inserts data

In

a message buffer at IEDOUI
(lEDQAF,
IEDQAO)

a specific location.

Determines which translation table

to use for all onput and output
translation for a specIfic terminal.
Retrieves a translation table
address from the approproate
optIon fIeld.

-

IEDOUI
(lEDQAE)

IEDOUI
(Callong
routone)

A4
Cl-l.4

TELCMLIB

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT)

TELCMLIB

AVT
DCB
LCB
SCB

IEDOAW

IEDQAW

TELCMLIB

Module
Nama
IEDQA4

Generic
Nama
IncomIng 10utgolng
Message Dehmlter

Entry
Points
IEDQA401

DUring Incommg message

processing. tposts the buffer to
the proper QCB.

Routine

IEDQAX
IEDQTNT
IGG019RB

Durmg outgoing processmg,

passes the buffer to eIther the
Buffer ASSOclBtion routine

Tablesl
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

In

the

Buffer Management module or to
the Transparent CCW BUIlding
rout me

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
QCB
SCB
SCT
UCB
Buffer Pref,x

Entered
From

EXIts
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDQUI
(IN END,
INMSG,
OUTEND,
or OUTMSG)

IEDQGD
IEDQG,.
IGG015IRB

Cl-13
Cl-3.3

TELCMLlB

Cl-1.4

TELCMLlB

Process Entry

Work Area
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IEDQA5

Forward Routine

IEDQA501

Determines the destination to

which a message

IS

to be sent.

IEDQAV
IEDQB3
IEDQUI
(lEDQAE,
IEDQAI,
IEDQA1)

AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IEDQUI
(FORWARD,
IEDQBA)

IEDQUI
(FORWARD.
IEDQElA)

IEDQA6

Lme Control
Inltlahzatlon
Routine

IEDQA601

Imtlahzes fIelds In the SCB to
indicate the Intervals between the
hne control characters to be
Inserted.

IEDQTNT

AVT
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IEDQUI
(MSGFORM)

IEDQUI
(MSG=ORM)

TELCMLlB

IEDQA7

Counter Routine

IEDQA701

Counts either the complete
messages or message segments

IEDQUI
(lEDQAE)

AVT
Buffer Prefix
OptIon Table

COUNTER

COUNTER

TELCMLlB

macro
expansion

macro
expanSion

IEDQUI
(lEDQAE.
IEDQAF,
IEDQAO)

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
OptIon Table

IEDQUI
(MSGEDIT)

IEDQUI
(MSG:DIT)

TELCMLlB

IEDQTNT
IEDQHGOl
IGG019RB

AVT
LCB
QCB
Termmal Table

IEDQBD

IGG015IRB

TELCMLIB

IEDQUI
(lEDQA5)

AVT
LeB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

IGG019RB

IGGOHIRB

TELCMLIB

AVT
LCB
SCB

IEDQBD
IEDQUI
(CHECKPT)

IGGOH'RB
IEDQUI
(CHEC KPT)

TELCMLlB

that are processed by the MH
subgroup In whIch a COUNTER
macro appears.

IEDQAB

IEDQA9

MultIple Insert at
Offset Routine

IEDQA801

R,edlal Routine

IEDQA9

~

!.

o·
::s

--.,.

a message.

Causes the CPU to try again to
Inltlste contact with a sWitched
station. ThiS routme goes to the
on the time delay queue for an

mterval of tIme specIfIed by the
user m the RETRY macro.

::F

f

In

TIme Delay routine to place a QCB

~

t

Inserts a character strmg at
specified Intervals

IEDQBA

IEDQBB

MultIple Routmg
Subtask

IEDQBAOl

Checkpoint Requast

IEDQBB

Routme

Queues a message for addItIonal
destinations.

IndIcates that a checkpoint request None
has been made.

.,......
t-.)

o
Vl

S

Module
Name
IEDQ~C

Generic
Name
DIstrIbution L,st
Subtask

Entry
Points
IEDQBC

Buffer DIspOSItIon
Subtask

IEDQBDOl
IEDQBD02

IEDQBE

Lock RoutIne

IEDQBE

Unlock Routine

IEDOBF

Cascade LIst
Subtask

IEDOBG

Library

Chart

IGG019RB

Controls MH processing when the
last segment of a message has
been sent or received.

IEDQTNT

AVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IGG019RB

IEDQNX
IGG019RB

locks the connection between the

IEDQTNT

AVT
LCB
OCB
SCB
TermInal Table
Termname Table

IEDOUI
(LOCK)

IEDQUI
(LOCKt

None

AVT
SCB

IEDQUI
(UNLOCKt

IEDOUI
(UNLOCK)

TELCMLIB

IEDQTNT

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
TermInal Table

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

TELCMLIB

Unlocks the currently connected
termmal.

IEDOBG

Method of
Operation

IGG019RB

the

currently connected termmal and
Its process entry destmatfOn.

IEDOBF

Exits
To

AVT
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer PrefIX
Termonal Table
Termname Table

In

dlstrobutlon hst to whIch the
message was routed.

IEDQBD

Areas

Entered
From

IEDQTNT

D"ects a message to each of the
destinations speCified

~

Tables!
Work

Externel
Routines

Functions

Directs a message to the
appropnate entry In the cascade

hst to whIch the message was
routed.

TELCMLlB

Cl-l.3
Cl-3.3
D1-2

TELCMLlB

TELCMLlB

,

I

Termname Table
•

IEDOBH

Concentrator Buffer
DISposition Subtask

IEDOBH
IEDOBHOl
IEDOBH02

Locates the proper OCB-SCB and
onterfaces WIth IEDOBD to control
the executIon of OUTMSG for a
concentrator MH.

IGG019RB

AVT
DRO
LCB
QCB
aCB ExtenSion
SCB
Termonal Table

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

IEDOBl

Message Generation
Routine

IEDOBL

Directs a user-provided message
to a specified destination.

IEDOTNT

AVT
DCB
lCB
SCB
Terminal Table

IEDOBD

IGG019RB

TElCMLlB

IEDQUI
(ORIGINt

IEDOUI

TElCMLIB

Cl-3.3

TELCMLlB

i

I

I

Termname Table
I

IEDQBM

Ongln Routine

for System WIth
Concentrated

Message Handhng
Support

IEDQBMOl

Performs source determination on
messages entered by both
terminals not defined In a
concentrator network and
terminals defined as attached to a
concentrator

IEDQTNT
IEDOAl
IEDOUI
(lEDOAU

AVT
lCB
OCB
OCB ExtenSIon
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Oevlce ID Table
Termonal Table

i
i

Module
Name
IEOOBN

Generic
Name
Data Attach Routine

Entry
Points
IEDOBNOl

Functions

Combines data that could not be
processed from the prevIous
buffer With the current buffer.

IEOOBO

SETEOM Routine

IEOOBOOl

Blocks or deblocks phYSical
transmiSSions Into logical

messages.

IEDOBP

TGOTO Routine

IEOOBPOl

Passes control from one MH to a
second level M H for the handling
of LMO messages entered by

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

IEDOUI
(lEDOAF.
IEOOAO)

AVT
LCB

IEDOAX
IEDOUI
(lEOOAE.
IEOOAF.
IEDOAO.
IEDOBN.
IEOOBR)

AVT
LCB
SCB

IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
(lEDOAE)

AVT
LCB
Line SCB
LMO SCB

terminals attached to a
concentrator.

Buffer PrefiX

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDOUI
(MSGEDIT.
MSGFORM.
SETEOM)

IEDOUI

TELCMLlB

IEDOUI
(SETEOM)

IEDOUI
(MH)
IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IEDOUI
(TGOTO)

IGG019RB
IEDQUI

TELCMLlB

IEDOUI
(OACTION)
IEOOBD
IGG019RB

IEDOUI
IGG019RB

TELCMLlB

IGG019RB

IGG01SRB

IEOOBO

IGG01SRB

TELCMLlB

IEDOUI
(COMMBUF)

IGGOH'RB
IEDOUI

TELCMLlB

Buffer PrefiX

Buffer PrefiX

Terminal Table

IEOOBO

OACTION Routine

IEOOBO
IEDOBOO2

Forces INMSG execution.

Forces OUTMSG execution.
Performs a temporary hold and
Sets the user error bit.

release.

IEDOAl
IEDOBO
IEDOTNT
IEDOUI
User Routine
IGG01909
IGG019RB

AVT
OCB
DEB
DRO
LCB
OCB
aCB ExtenSion
SCB
OVC ID Table
Buffer PrefiX
Termmal Table
User BUllt Parm List

IEOOBT

EOB / ETB Handling
Subtask

IEDOBT

Performs EOT / ETB handling on a
buffer.

IEDOUI
(lEDOAE)

AVT
LCB
SCB

Cl-1.2
Cl-3.2

TELCMLlB

Buffer PrefiX

IEOOBU

CANCELBK Routine

IEOOBU

v.>

Performs mid-batch recovery when IEDOTNT
the LEVEL=BLK operand IS coded
on a CANCELMG macro.

G

o·~
::t
"""
::l'
t§

3

~~.
~

o·::t

-"""
w

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer PrefiX

IEOOBV

COM M BU F Routine

IEOOBV

Moves the current buffer to the

next available data area and
Inserts COMMBUF STCB Into
STCB chain of the appropriate
LeBs.

IEDOTNT

AVT
CMB
Common
Buffer
Data.
Area
Prefix
OCB
LCB
OCB
STCB
Termmal
Table

..

_--_.-

t
o
til

~

Module
Name
IEDOBX

Generic
Name
Log Segment Routone

Entry
Points
IEDOBX

Functions

Writes (logs) a message segment
onto the loggong medIum specifIed
by the user on a BSAM DCB.

~
IEDOBY

Log Message Routone

IEDOBY

Directs a message header to the

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines
OS BSAM
CHECK
OS BSAM
WRITE
OS GETMAIN

AVT
DCB

None

SCB
Buffer PrefIx

destinatIon specIfIed as the log for

Entered
From
IEDOUI
ILOG)

Exits
To
IEDOUI
ILOG)

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

TELCMLlB

I
I

IEDOBD

IGG019RB

I

TELCMLIB

I

messages.

IEDOBZ

Log Scheduler

IEDOBZ

Schedules the loggong of
messages.

I
IGG019RB
OS BSAM
CHECK
OS BSAM
WRITE
OS GETMAIN

AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

TELCMLIB

None

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
OCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termonal Table

MCOUNT

MCOUNT

TELCMLIB

IEDOBl

MCOUNT Routone

IEDOBl

Returns the number of complete
messages on an application
program queue.

IEDOB2

TPDATE RoutIne

IEDOB2

Indicates that record delimiters are None
to be deleted from data going to
an applicatIon program.

CVT
DCB
DEB
Access Method
Work Area

TPDATE
macro
expansion

TPDATE
macro
expansion

TELCMLlB

IEDOB3

DATETIME InsertIon
Routine for
Processing Programs

IEDOB3

Inserts the date and I or time In a
buffer for an applicatIon program.

AVT
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix

IEDQA5

IEDOA5

TElCMLlB

None

I

-

Module
Name
IEOOB4

IEOOCA

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

Slow Poll
RoutlRe

IEOOB4

ResIdent Operator
Control Module

IEOOCA
TRMOFLOC
OCBLOCAT
ALlOCBUF
LCBSETUP
OSTCB

Suspends further polling on

Tablesl
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Entered
From

hne

IEOOBO
IGG019RB
IEOOHG

AVT
LCB
SCB

IEOOBO

Defines the operator control AVT.
sets up a walt hst and Issues SVC
104.

IGC00100
OSWAlT
Calhng
Routme

AVT
Op Ctl AVT
OPCE

OS Task
Management
TranSient
Operator
Control
Routines
TCAM
d,spatcher
OS Task
Management

8

when an error occurs.

Contams subroutmes hnked to by
various operator control tranSient

modules.
OSTCB IS entered directly by the
TCAM dIspatcher when the summy
LCB IS posted to itself to be freed.

E"its
To
IGG01

Method of
Operation
Chart

~RB

Library

TELCMLlB

C3-1

LlNKLIB

TranSient
Operator

I
I

Control
Routines

IEOOEB

AOCTL SVC 102
Routme

IGC102

Moves data across partition
boundaries.

Posts ECBs m other tasks.

IKJTSIOO
OS POST
OS STATUS
TESTOSP

AVT
CVT
TS CVT

IEOOEB
IGG019RB

AVT
OCB
DEB
LCB
PCB
OCB
SCB
Access Method
Work Area

SVC 102
from any
TCAM

The calhng
routine

routine'

Tposts elements to the TCAM
dIsabled ready queue.
Flags TCBs for apphcatlon
programs as eIther ehglble or not
ehglble for swappmg or rollout.
IEOOEC

Put Scheduler

IEOOEC

Removes data from an apphcatlon
program work area and places It In
MCP buffers.

Process Entry

~

g.
::t

""

::p
~

~

o

Oil

Io·
::t

....

""

VI

Work Area
TermlRal Table
Termname Table

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

B2
C2-1
C2-2
C3-1
01-1
01-3
01-4

NUCLEUS

C2-2

LINKLIB

.....

"'"
01

ofIl

~

Module
Name
IEDOES

Generic
Name
Retneve Service

Entry
Points
IEDOES

RoutIne

Functions

ProvIdes TCAM support for
message retroeval from a OTAM
apphcatlon program.

Operator Control I
ApplicatIon Program
Interface Routone

IEDOET

Open I Close Subtask

ApplicatIon

Control
command
to an

Program

PCB
OCB
SCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

A4
E2

TELCMLlB

Reads messages from the message IEDOEB
10 anticipation of a
GET command from an apphcatlon
program.

AVT
DCB
ECB
OCB
Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

C2-1

LlNKLlB

Recognizes a retrieve element and

OCB

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

If an open procedure, allocates
main storage for an application

program In the MCP and loads the
approproate schedulers.
If a close procedure, dea"ocates
the main storage for the
apphcation program on the MCP
and deletes the approproate
schedulers.
IEDOEW

Get Scheduler

IEDOEW

IEDOEB
OSGETMAIN
OS DELETE
FREEMAIN
OS LOAD

queues data set

IEDOEZ

Get Scheduler
FIFO Routone

IEDOEZ

Library

tposts It to the DestInatIon OCB
for an appticatlon program.

None

macro
expansion

I

Chart

An Operator

whIch operator control commands
can be Issued from an application

IEDOEU

Method of
Operation

AVT
CIB
CVT
PCB
OCB

IEDOEB
IEDOE6
OSWAlT

program.

IEDOEU

Exits
To

RETRIEVE

Provides the mterface through

IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(lEDOA11
OSWAlT

Entered
From

AVT
CVT
DEB
LCB
PCB
OCB
SCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area
Buffer Pref,x
Termmal Table
Termname Table

~

IEDOET

Tables!
Work
Areas

External
Routines

RETRIEVE

TELCMLIB

I

macro
expanSion
I

i

I

I

I
C3-1

LlNKLlB
I

applicatIon
program

I

LINKLIB

Module
Name
IEDOEl

Generic
Name
TCOPY Service

Entry
Points
IEDOEl

Routine

Functions

Copies a terminal entry Into an
apphcatlon program work area.

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines
IEDOUI
(lEDOA1)

AVT
CVT
DCB
TCB

Entered
From
TCOPY
macro
expansion

E o.

:p

Checks validity of user Input for

lEDQGT

Transparent
TransmIssion CCW

BUIlding Routine

IEOQGT

CCWs that are necessary to send
transparent data.

Buffer prefix

LCB
QCB
SCB
Terminal Table
AVT
Access method

WORK AREA

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

Macro
expanSion

IEOQA4

Macro
expans on

IGG019flB

Cl-3.3

TELCMLlB

0.

o

o
rIl

~

Module
Name
IEDOHG

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

Functions

Tables!
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

AVT
QCB

Attached
task
TCAM
subtask
IGG019RB
as Interrupt
Routme

Attached
task
TCAM
subtask
IGG019RB
as Interrupt
Routine

D1-1

TElCMLlB

Causes the system to cease hne
activity for the number of seconds
specIfIed on the I NTVAl=
operand of the INTRa macro.

IEDQHG
IGG019RB
as 10HAlT
OSWTO

AVT
DCB
DEB
lOB
lCB
QCB

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

A-1

LlNKLIB

Stops hne activity for a hne or hne

OS EXCP
as 10HAlT

AVT
CCW
DCB
DEB
lOB
LCB

IGG019RB
IGG019RO
IEDOCV

IGG019RB
IGGOl9RO

E1

TElCMLlB

Assl9ns a buffer or a unot to a
location In the message queues
data set

IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
Scheduler
Subroutine

AVT
DCB
lCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
DIsk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDQAS
IEDOFA
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6

IGG016RB
IGG019RP

Cl-2
C2-1

TElCMllB

Assigns a buffer or a umt to a
location In the maIO-storage
message queues data set.

IEDQTNT
Scheduler
Subroutine

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
D,sk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDQAS
IEDOFA1
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6

IGG019RB
IGG019RP

C2-1

TELCMLIB

IEDQHM02
IEDOHM03

Destonatlon Scheduler- IEDQHM2
IEDQHM02
DIsk-Only Queuon9
IEDQHM03

Assigns a buffer or a Untt to a
locatIon on the dIsk message
queues dats set.

IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
Scheduler
Subroutine

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
D,sk Data Area
Termonal Table
Termname Table

IEDQAS
IEDQFA2
IGG019RB
IGG019RP
IGG019R6

IGG019RB
IGG019RP

Cl-2
C2-1

TElCMLlB

s::

IEDOHG
IEDQHG01
IEDQHG02
IEDOHG03
TIMEEXIT

Places a tIme delay request
element on the tIme delay QCB
Places a tIme delay request
element on the time delay queue.
Removes a time delay request
element from the tIme delay
queue.

IEDQHI

System Delay
Subtask

IEDQHI

IEDOHK

Stop lone 1/0
Subtask

IEDOHK

group.
Issues a Prepare HIO command
sequence to check for an attention
sIgnal from a non-TSO 2741 or
1050 termonal.

IEDQHM

Destonatlon Scheduler

IEDOHM1

Destination Scheduler- IEDQHM1

Maon-Storage-Only
Queuon9

-----

Exits
To

IEDQEB
IGG019RB
as STIMER
as TIME

TIme Delay Subtask

"1:1

IEDOHM2

Entered
From

IEDOHM
IEDQHM02
IEDQHM03

Module
Name

::s

~

f
f
a.

ci"

::s

................

Entry
Points

Act,vate-I / 0
Generator Subtask

IEDQKA
IEDQKA02

IEDQKB

Act,vate-I /0
Generator for
BSClines

IEDQKB
I EOQKA02

IEDQKC

Act,vate-I /0
Generator for
Start/Stop Lines

IEDQKC
IEOQKA02

IEDQKA

g.~

Generic
Name

Functions

Builds channel programs for ,mt,al

External
Routines

Tables!
Work
Areas

Entered
From

Ex,ts
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDQTNT
OS EXCP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

IGG01!IRB
IGG01!1RO

Builds channel programs for ,mt,al
contact. cont,nue. and reset
sequences on BSC tines only.

IEDQTNT
OS EXCP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

IGG01!1RB
IGGOlilRO

TELCMlIB

Builds channel programs for mltlal

IEOQTNT
OS EXCP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

IGGOl ~RB
IGG019RO

TELCMlIB

contact. continue, and reset
sequences.

contact. contmue. and reset
sequences on start/ stop hnes
only.

Cl-l.l
Cl-3.1

TELCMlIB

u.

N

Module
Name

o
CIl

(5

IEDOKD

~
"l:I

~

Generic
Name
ActIvate-I/O
Generator Subtask
for Leased and
Start / Stop Lmes
and No TSO

Entrv

Points
IEDOKD
tEDQKA02

Functions

Builds channel programs for Initial
contacts, continue. and reset
sequences for leased and
start/ stop hnes when there IS no
TSO interface necessary.

Tables!
Work
Areas

External
Routines
IEDO,NT
as EXCP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

IGG019RB
tGG019RO

TELCMLlB

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

IGG019RB
IGG019RO

TELCMLlB

AVT
TCB

IGG019RB
OS Termm8tlon Routine

I

Terminal Table

IEDOKE

IEDQNA

ActIvate-I/O
Generator Subtask
for a OTAMCompatIble System

IEDOKE
IEDQKA02

Resident Closedown
Completion Routme

IEDQNA
IEDONA3

BUilds channel programs for initial
contact, continue, and reset
sequences for only those devices

IEDOTNT
as EXCP

that OTAM supports.

Activates the nonreSident

IEDQNA2

closedown completion routine.
Determines whether a TeAM

I

NonreSident
Closedown
Completion
Routme

IEDQNA2

IEDONB

Application Program /
·Checkpolnt Interface

IEDONB
JEOONB02
IEDONB05

Closes down the MCP and any
TCAM attached tasks.

Routine

element and tposts It to the ready
queue In the MCP when an
apphcation program Issues a

TCAM macro that changes the
MCP environment.

'-

--

TELCMLlB

READY
tlon Routine

IGG019RB

as DETACH
as POST
as WAIT
OSWTO

Builds a checkpoint request

El

following

as Termma-

attached task has termmated
abnormally.
IEDONA2

User code

IEDOEB
IEDOTNT
OSWAlT

AVT
DCB
DEB
lOB
TCB

IEDQNA

IEDONA

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
PCB
Access Method
Work Area
Checkpomt
Work Area
Terminal Table
Termname Table

CKREO macro

CKREO macro

expansion

CLOSE macro
expansion
IEDOE3
OPEN macro
expansIOn

expansion

CLOSE macro
expansion

IEDQE3
(WEN macro
expansion

TCHNG macro TCHNG macro
expanSion

expansion

LlNKLIB

DI-2
DI-3
DI-4

LlNKLIB

Module
Name
IEDQND

Generic
Name
Ready Routine

Entry
Points
IEDQNO

Functions

IEOQNG
IEDQNH
IEOQNJ
IEDQNK
IEOQNM
IEOQNO
IEDQNP
IEDQNQ
IEDONR
IEOONS
OS DELETE
OS LOAD
OSWAlT

AVT
CVT

OS Task
Management

OS Tas,

BUilds an InCident dtsk record
when the checkpOint request
element IS an Lea from an MH
macro.

IEOQTNT
OS GETMAIN

AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IEDQNF

IEOQNF

necessary.

IEOONG

~

BUild InCident Record
for MH Routine

IEDQNG

Determines the action required by
the checkpOint task and which
module IS required to do the work.

0.
....

LlNKLlB

01-1
El

LlNKLlB

01

LlNKLlB

CheckpOint

Work Area

I
!

BUilds an InCident checkpOint disk
record when the checkpOint
request element IS from a TCHNG
macro In an application program.

IEDQTNT
OSGETMAIN

AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Option Table
Termmal Table
Termname Table

IEOQNF

IEDONF

01-4

LlNKLlB

IEDQNJ

Incldpnt CheckpOint
for Operator Control
Routme

IEDQNJ

BUilds an inCident checkpOint disk
record when the checkpomt
request element IS from an
operator control command.

OS GETMAIN

AVT
CheckpOint
Work Area
Operator Control AVT

IEDQNF

IEDQNf

01-3

LlNKLlB

IEDQNK

Environment
CheckpOint Routine

IEDQNK

BUilds environment checkpOint
records for disk.

OS GETMAIN

AVT
QCB
CheckpOint
Work Area
InVitation List
Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IEDQNF

IEOQ~

01-1
El

LlNKLlB

::s

::s

Mana~Jement

A3
01-1

IEDQNH

~

g.

expanwon

Library

BUild InCident Record
for TCHNG Routine

c)"

::s
N'

expansion

Method of
Operation
Chart

IEDQNH

~

1
~
i

READY macro

READY macro

Attaches On-Line Test. If
indicated.
IEOONf

Exits
To

AVT
Operator Control AVT
Terminal Table
Termname Table

Loads IEOQNX and I or IEOQHI. If

CheckpOint Executor

Entered
From

IECPCNVT
IECOSCRI
IEDQTNT
OS ATTACH
OS EXCP
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS LOAD
OS POST
OSWAlT
OSWTO

If mdlcated. reads and processes
all mCldent checkpomt records that
are more recent than the
environment record.
Attaches the CheckpOint Executor.

IEOQNF

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

F

!

-..,.
VI

otI.l
(i

Module
Name
IE~QNM

~

Entry
Points

Generic
Name

IEDQNM

Bulid CKREQ D.sk
Record Routme

'"=

~

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Bulids a CKREQ checkpoint d.sk
record for each open destination
aCB that IS associated with the
applicatIOn program that has
.ssued the CKREQ macro.

IEDQTNT
OS GETMAIN

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDQNF

IEDQNF

AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area

IEDQNF

IEDQNF

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
Checkpoint

IEDQNF

IEDQNF

01-1

LlNKlIB

IEDQNF

IEDQNF

E1

LlNKUB

IEDQNF

IEDQNF

LlNKLlB

lEDQNF

IEDQNF

LlNKllB

IEDQBD

IGG019RB

AVT
DEB
QCB
Checkpoint

01-4

LlNKLlB

Work Area

Opt.on Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table
IEDQNO

Checkpomt Queue

IEDQNO

FREEMAIN
Puts disk records on the
checkpoint I/O queue and updates
the last request element for which
a disk record was built.

IEDQNP

Locates the next disk record to be
written, determines the proper

Manager

IEDQNP

Checkpoint D.sk I/O
Routme

ITA, and Issues an EXCP.

IECPCNVT
IECOSCR1
OS EXCP
OS TIME
OSWTO

UNKLIB

Work Area
Termname Table

IEDQNQ

IEDQNQ

Checkpoint
Notification and
DISposition Routine

IEOQNR

IEDQNR

CheckpolntNo Available

AVT
Checkpoint

Handles the situation

OSWTO

AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area

In

which a

checkpoint record cannot be
satisfied.

IEDQNS

CheckpolntNo Inc.dent
Records Routine

IEDQNX

IEDQEB
FREEMAIN
OSWTO

cond.tlOnal GETMAIN for a

Core Routine

IEDQNS

Removes checkpoint request
elements and frees a checkpoint
record In main storage after the
record 15 written on disk.

Operator Awareness

Message Router

IEDQNX

Work Area

Termname Table

Causes an environment checkpoint
to be taken when all the incident
records on the checkpoint data set
have been used.

IEDQEB
IEDQHG

Directs messages to the primary
operator control terminal when
that terminal IS not the system
console.

IEDQTNT

AVT
Checkpoint
Work Area

AVT
lCB
QCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix
Terminal Table

--

Al
01-2

LlNKLlB

Module
Name

IEOQOA

Generic
Name
GETMAIN, Termname
Table Sort, and
Attach Routine

Entry
Points
IEDQOA

Functions

Controls the tranSient routine

IEOQOB. the WTOR Interpreter.
ObtainS main storage for Ime
buffers, a mam-storage message

queues data set, CPBs. trace
tables, and cross-reference tables
Sorts the terrnnarne table entries
and the concentrator deVice I D

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

OS ATTACH
OS CHAP
OS EXTRACT
FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS LINK
OS LOAO
OS QEOIT
OSWTO

AVT
Termmal Table

Entered
From

E>.its

To

INTRO macro

INTRO macro

expansion

expanSion

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

Al

LlNKLIB

Al

LlNKLIB

Termname Table

table entries.
Attaches the operator control,

on-hne test, and FE common write
tasks.

Loads IEOQHI and/or IEOQNX. If
indicated In the AVT.
Scrambles the mput password.

IEDQOB

WTOR Interpreter

IEDQOB

Routine

OSWAlT
redefme certain system values that OSWTO
were specified on the INTRO
OS WTOR
Allows the system operator to

AVT
CVT
TCB

OS LINK
from
IEOQOA

OS LlI~K
to IEOQOA

macro at assembly time.

IEOQOT

TCAM Abnormal
Close Routme

IEDQOTOI

Resets any error or attention flags
that TCAM has modified In the
UCBs.

None

CVT
UCB

System Abend

System Abend

lEOOTNT

Termname Table
Code

IEOQTNT

Converts the two-byte ordmal
Index of a termname table entry to
the actual address of that entry In
the terminal table.

None

Termname Table

Any TCAM
routme

Call1n!l
routine

Cl-1.4

Stored In
the Termname
Table

IEOQUI

User I nteri ace
Routine

IEOQUIOI

Handles the Imkage between MH
macro expansions and the
functional MH routmes.

None

AVT
CVT
LCB
MH VCON Table
SCB
Buffer PrefiX

MH macro
expansions
and routines

MH f(>utlnes

Cl-l.3
Cl-l.2
CI-3.3

TELCMLlB

Handles the linkage among some
of the functional MH routines and
the lower-Ieve~ MH routines.

u:>
(t>
~

o·

::s

~

::l'

.:3

~

.,

~e.
o·~

::s

V1
V1

SVCLIB

'0\"
o
v.>

Generic
Name

Module
Nama

Entry

Points

Functions

Tables!
Work
Arees

External
Routines

IEDOWA
IEDOWM2

LlNKLIB

GETMAIN
area
OlTCB
Unit Test

IEDOWA

IEDOWA
IEDOWM2

LlNKLIB

None

AVT
CVT
OLTCB

IEDOWA

IEDOWA
IEDOWC

LlNKLIB

None

AVT
CVT
LCB
OLTCB
SCB

IEDOWB

IEDOWC
XCTL to
IEDOWH
If TRM

LlNKLIB

ACB
AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
IEDOWC
work
area
LCB
OLTCB
SCB
TCB

IEDOWB

Calls In and establishes the
functions required to execute an
on-line test.

IEDOWB
IEDOWK
IEDOWN
(lEDOW35)
IEDOWP
(lEDOW39)
IEDOWO
(lEDOW37)
IEDOWR
(lEDOW28)
IEDOWS
(lEDOW36)
IEDOWV
(lEDOW21
IEDOWAC)
IEDOWX
(lEDOW41)
IEDOWY
(IEDOWI6)
IEDOW47
IEDOWAB
IEDOWAI
IEDOW42
(lEDOW43)
IEDOW44
IED024

AVT
LCB
OLTCB
TCB

IEDOWAB

TIME Service
Module

IEDOWAB

Returns time of day. In packed
decimal. to the umt test in
Register I.

None

None

IEDOWAJ

CU Test Service
Module

IEDOWAJ

Venfles that all requested channel
addresses are offline or issues a
command to assign them to TOTE.

None

IEDOWB

Resource
Management
Module

IEDOWB

Services requests from IEDOWA.

IEDOWBI

Test Request

IEDOWBI

ObtainS the TRM from the TCAM
buffer and returns the buffer to
TCAM.

~

Message AnalysIs
Buffer Analyzer

IEDOWC

Test Request

Message
AnalysIs
Module 1

IEDOWC

Analyzes TRMs and turns over
control to the appropriate routine
for further processing.

IEDOWK
AVTUI
IEDOCV

Terminal Table
Termname Table

TTE
L..---

Library

IEDOWA

IEDOWA

"I:j

Method of
Operation
Chart

LlNKLIB

TOTE Resident
Module

~

Exits
To
IEDOO5

IEDOWA

~

Entered
From

from
numeric
termrnal

IEDOWCI
IEDOWJ
IEDOWI

LlNKLIB

Generic
Name

Module
Name
IEDQWCl

Test Request
Message
Analysis
Module 2

Entry

IEDQWCl

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Points

Analyzes the test device field of

the TRM.

IEOQWK
AVTVI

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
IEDQWCl

Entered
From

E,jts
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDQWC

IEDQWC2
IEDQWE

L1NKLIB

IEDQWCl

IEDQWD
IEOQWE

L1NKLIB

IEDQWC

IEDQWE

L1NKLIB

IEOQWF
IEDQWF

L1NKLIB

work area
lCB
OLTCB
QCB
SCB
TCB
Terminal Table

Termname Table
UCB
IEDQWC2

Test Request

IEDQWC2

Message
AnalysIs
Module 3
IEDQWD

TOTE Dispatcher
Module

IEDQWD

Verifies the test and option fields

IEDQWK

Work area
OlTCB
VCB

Sets NCP flag If no control print
option was specified In TRM;

AVT
BEB
CDS
CVT
DCB
lCB
OlTCB
TTE
Termname Table
UCB

performs data protection checks;
protect.s other OLTs from uSing

the same devices/lines as
reqUired; stops test devices to

prevent their use by TCAM; and
bUilds TOTPRENT if test IS for
termmals on SWitched hnes.

IEDQWE

IEDQWF

TOTE Test
Control
Module

IEOQWE

OLT Test

IEDQWF

Schedules the OlT5 requested

IEDQWK
IEDQCU
IEDQCV

OLTCB
VCB

Frees the mam storage required by

Device

OLTCB

IEOQWE

IEDQWEl

L1NKLIB

IEDQWE dUring OLT execution
passes control to the OLT Root

Tests

AVT
CVT
DCB
OLTCB

IEDQWC

IEDQ\NC
IEDQNE

L1NKLIB

IEDQWC
IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE

IEDQWE

L1NKLIB

In

the TRM and cleans up after their
execution.

Control
Module 2

IEDQWCZ

of the TRM.

(OLTs)

Module, and receives control back
from It.
t:Il
(1)

a.o

IEDQWH

::l

Numenc Test
Request Message
Handler

IEDQWH

Processes a TRM from a numenc
entry terminal.

IEDQWO

~

::p

Termname Table

o

~

f.
~.

o

::l

-'"
-..I

IEDQWI

TOTE

alias

Conflgurator

IEDQWll

Scheduler

IEDQWI
IEDQWll

Clears the CDS work and Input
areas, sets up the output area for

CDS members and prompts the
user for the type of configuration
functIOn.

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE
IEDQWK
IEDQWE

CDSWORK

VI
00

Module
Name

Generic
Name

o
tI.l

;1

IEDQWIA

>
;s::

Entry
Points

Conf,gurator
and Scheduler

IEDQWIA

Conftgurator

IEAQWID

functions

IEDQWID
IEDQWIU
IEDOWI7
IEDOWI8
IEDOWI9
IEDQWK

CDSWORK

IEOOWI5U
IEDQWIB
IEDQWIA
IEDQWK

OLTCB
UCB
CDS work

ExhibIt TP configuratIOn data set
numbers.

IEDQWK

CDS Work

Determmes whether the TP Ime

IEDQWK

Handles the add,tion of
configuration data to the locai and
remote confIguratIon data sets.

'"0:1

~

IEDQWID

Change / Delete
Scheduler

IEDQWIE

Configuration

IEDQWI5U

Conflgurator
Submodule

Deletes old CDS entnes.

Gets CDS records for CHANGE
function.

IEDQWIE

ExhIbIt Module
IEDQWI5U

Tables!
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

library

IEDOWI
IEDOWID

IEDQWll

IEDOWI
IEDOWIA

IEDQWll
IEDQWIA
IEDQWI5U
IEDQWI8

LlNKLIB

IEDQWI

IEDQWI

LlNKIB

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID

LlNKLIB

UCB

IEDOWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWI9

IEDQWK
CECOM

COS Work

IEDQWIA

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID

LlNKLIB

Service

UCB

IEDQWIA
IEDOWID
IEDQWIE

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID

LlNKLIB

IEDQWIA·

IEDQWI
IfDQWIA

LlNKLIB

area

LlNKLIB

Error
Recovery

area

CDS Work
area

address 15 for commUnicatIon or

graphic devices and obtams the

TCU adapter type.
IEDQWI7

Conflgurator

IEDQWI7

Submodule 3

Determmes Ime type and
translation code.

area

Module
IEDQWI8

Conf,gura tor
Submodule

IEDQWI8

Requests from C. E. and verifIes
terminal name.

AVTUI
IEDQWK

Configurator

Submodule

-

IEDQWI9

Asks the C. E. for the terminal
type and, if the line IS bisync,
determines the translation code of
the terminal.

area

Terminal Table
Termname Table
UCB

Obtains polling cmd addressing
characters from Termmal Table.

IEDQWI9

CDS Work

IEDQWK

CDS Work
area

OLTCB

Module
Name
IEOOWJ

Generic
Nama
Test Request
Message Prompter
Module 1

Entry
Points
IEOOWJ

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Analyzes OLTCB flag bytes to
determme why It was called.

IEOOWK
AVTUI

AVT
CVT
OCB
OEB
IEOOWI
Work area
LCB
OLTCB
OCB
SCB
TCB
Termmal Table

Entered

Exit~.

From

To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IEDOWC
IEOOWCl
IEDOWC2

IEOOWJ'
IEOOWE

LlNKLIB

Termname Table
IEOOWJl

Test Request
Message Prompter

IEDOWJl

Prompts the C. E. for the test and

IEOOWK

IEOOWJl
Work area
OLTCB
SCT

IEOOWJ

IEDOWJl
IEOOWA

LlNKLIB

optIon fIelds of the TRM.

Module 2

IEOOWJ2

Test Request
Message Prompter
Module 3

IEOOWJ2

Prompts the C E. for the alternate
pnnter

IEOOWK
AVTUI

AVT
CVT
OCB
OEB
IEOOWJ2
Work area
OLTCB
OCB
Terminal Table
Termname Table
HE
UCB

IEDOWJl

IEOOWC
IEOOWE

LlNKLIB

IEOOWK

TOTE Message
Module

IEOOWK

Provides two-way commUnication
between TOTE and the operator.

IEOOWL
I EOOWl1
IEDOWL2
IEDOWL3
IEOOWO

OLTCB
TCAM Buffers
Message

Any TOTE
modules

Any TOTE

LlNKLIB

Parameter
List

modulE"

reqUlrmg

requlrttlg

message
service
except TOTE
service
modules

messaqe
serVICE'

except TOTE
serVICE'

modult!s

CIl

~

IEOOWL

::;

TOTE Message
Submodule 1

IEDOWL

Moves requested output message
to the output buffer ,n the OLTCB.

None

OLTCB
Message

IEOOWK

IEDOWl(

LlNKLIB

Parameter

.j>.

List

1

IEOOWL1

j;l

TOTE Message
Submodule 2

IEDOWLI

TOTE Message
Submodule 3

IEOOWL2

3

o

0Cl
~

~.

g.
::;

UI

\Q

IEOOWL2

Moves the requested output
message to the output buffer
the OLTCB.

None

OLTCB
Message
Parameter
L,st

IEOOWK

IEOOWK

LlNKLIB

None

OLTCB
Message
Parameter
List

IEOOWK

IEOOWK

UNKLIB

In

Moves the requested output
message to the output buffer In
the OLTCB.

....

0\

o

otll

~

Module
Name
IEOQWL3

Generic

Name
TOTE Message
Submodule 4

Entry
Points

Functions

Moves requested (output message
to output buffer in the OLTCB.

lEOQWL3

None

Work
Areas
OLTCB
Messag.e
Parameter

Entered

From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Ubrary

IEOOWK

IEOOWK

lINKUB

list

"'CI

~

Tablesl

External
Routines

j

IEOQWM2

Trace Function
Module

IEOOWM2

Provide C. E. with a limited trace
facility for OLT eXEicu!ion and
permits _aluation of service
module ¥eturn comlS.

I EOOWO

IEOOWM2
Work area
OLTCB
SCT

All service
modules

All service
modules

LlNKllB

IEOOWN
altas
IEOOW35

EXIO ServIce
Module

IEOQWN

Imt.ates 1/0 operations.

None

OCB
ECS
lOB
10BLOCKS
OLTCS
TECB

I EOQWA

IEOOWA
I EOOWM2

LlNKLlB

IEOOWO

Access Manager

I EOOWO

Determines the de!:tination output
devIce and communicates with the
on-line test operator.

IEOOGA
IEOQSO
IEOOHM

AVT
lCS
OLTCS
TRM

IEOQWK
IEOQWP
lEOQWPl
IEOQWP2
IEOQWO

IEDOWK
IEOOWP
1EOQWP 1
IEOQWP2
IEOOWQ

LlNKLlB

IEOQWP
alias
lEOOW39

OPRINT Service
Module

I EOQWP

ServIces the OPRINT macro by
formatting the out]:lut messages~

IEOOWO

OLTCS
Section
Preface

IEOQWA

IEOQWPI
IEOOWM2

UNKt.1S

IEDOWPI

OPRlNT ServIce
Module

IEOOWPI

Continues serVICing the OPRINT
macro.

IEOQWO

OLTCS

IEOQWP

IEOOWP2
IEDOWM2

lINKLI8

IEOOWP2

OPRINT Service
Module 2

IEOQWP2

Continues servicing the OPRINT
macro.

IEOQWO

OLTCB

IEOQWPI

IEOQWA
IEDOWM2

LlNKLlB

IEOQWQ
alias
IEOOW37

CECOM ServIce
Module

IEOQWQ

Service requests for
communication with the control
terminal.

IEOOWO

OLTCS

IEOQWA

IEOOWA
lEOOWM2

lINKLlB

IEOQWR
alias
IEOOW28

PLINK Service

IEOOWR
IEOQW28

Loads and deletes rnodules.

None

IEOOWR
Work area
OLTCB

IEOQWA

IEOOWA
I EOQWM2

LlNKLlB

Module

---

I

I

II
I

I
........:- .. _ - - - - - - - - -

Module
Name

Generic
Name

t:ntry
Points

Functions

Causes the on-line test routine to

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Entered
From

None

10BLOCKS
OLTCB
TECB
VCB

IEOOWA

None

OUCB

IEDOWA

Ex~:s

T(,

Method of
Operation

Library

Chart

IEOOW/\
IEDOWln

LlNKLlB

lEDOWJ~

llNKLlB

IEOQWS
aHas
IEDOW36

Walt I/O Service
Routine

IEDOWS

IEDOWV
aJias
IEDOWAC.
IEDOW21

TOTE GRAB

lEDOWV

lEOQWX

TOTE Convert
Service Module

IEDOWX

Converts data from hexadecimal to
EBCDIC or vice versa as specified
by the macro parameter list.

None

None

GETCONFG
Service Module

IEDOWY

Reads the CDS data set for

IEDOWK

DCB
DECB
OLTCB

LlNKLlB

READD ServIce
Module

IEDOW24

IEDOWK

DCB
OECB
lOB

lINKlIB

MORECORE

IEDOW42

None

OLTCB

IEDOWA

IEDOWA
IEDOWM2

LlNKLIB

Issues a Halt 10 to a device.

None

DCB
ECB
lOB
OLTCB
TECB

IEDOWA

IEDOWA
IEDOWM2

UNKLIB

Handles the selection and running

None

IEDOW47
Work area
SCT

IEDOWA

IEDOINA
IEDOINM2

LlNKLlB

OS BSAM
OS EXCP
OS FEOV
OS GETMAIN
OS RDJFCB
OSWAlT
OSWTO

None

OS Task

OS Ta,k

UNKUB

ahas

wait untd the initiated I/O event
has been completed.

Service Module &

ahas

configuration data about a TCV or
terminal.

IEDOW16
IEDOW24

IEDOW42

IEDOWI~2

assignment.

$LETGO ServIce
Module

IEOOW41
IEDOWY

Assigns a secondary device to the
umt test, or removes such an

Reads data from a sequential data

set.

Obtalns.additional main storage

alias

Service Module

for the unit test by a GETMAIN

IEDOW43

and FREE CORE
Service Module

macro.

IEOOWA

IEOOWA
IEDOWM2

LlNKLlB

Frees the main storage obtained

by the MORECORE module.
IEOOW44

010 ServIce
Module

IEDOW44

IEDOW47

Routme Service
Module

IEDOW47

Disk Message
Queue Inlt~ahzer

IEDQXA

IEDOXA
til
(1)

~.

ci"

::I

~

~

~

~

f
~o
::I

.....

0'1
.....

of routines withm an OlT section.

BUIlds a formatted disk data set.

Management

Manugement

-'~-..

0\
t-)

otIJ

~3:

Module
Name
IGCOO10D

Generic
Name

Entry
Points
IGC0010D

Operator Control

Input Handler

Routines

Checks validity of command
format.
Processes comma nds from

'tI

application progrs,m, TOTE, and

~

Tables/
Work
Areas

External

Functions

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

SVC 102
(AQCTL)
OS QEDIT
OS XCTL

AVT
CIBTBL
MPPTBL
OP Ctl AVT
XCTLTBL

IEDQCA
IGC0710D

IEDQCA
IGCM010D
IGCZ010D
IGCD010D
IGC0310D
IGCR010D
IGCOll0D
IGCV010D
IGC10l0D
IGCH010D

SVCLlB

OS XCTL

AVT
OP Ctl AVT
Verb Table
XCTlTBl

IGCOO10D

IGC0710D
IGCDOlOD
IGCH010D
IGCM010D
IGCR010D
IGCZ010D
IGC0310D

SVCLlB

OS XCTL

AVT
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT

All operator
control
command
processmg
routines.

lGC0410D
lGC0710D

SVCLlB

OS XCTL

AVT
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT

lGC0310D

IGC0510D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

OS XCTL

AVT
OP Ctl AVT
TCB
TIOT

IGC0410D

IGC0710D
IGC0810D

SVCLlB

FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
OS QEDIT

AVT
CIB
CVT

SVC 34

IGC0503D
lGC2103D

SVCUB

the system console.
Checks for freed resources and
the element for
acqUires
command processing.
Oequeues Processed mput from
the mput queue.

IGCOll0D

IGCOll0D

Terminal Input
Scanner

Processes operator control
commands from a terminal.
Checks for a
command.

canc(~led

control

Venf,es JOBNAME or PROCNAME
on MODIFY commands.
lGC0310D

IGC0310D

Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 1

Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer.

When the message requested IS
not generated by this module,
control IS transferred to Message
Generator 2.

IGC0410D

lGC0410D

Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 2

Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer.
When the message requested IS
not generated by thiS module,
control IS transfern~d to Message
Generator 3.

IGC0510D

IGC0510D

Operator Control
Error Message
Generator 3

Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
wnter.

1

If the message requested IS not
generated by this module, control
IS transferred to Mt!ssage
Generator 4.

IGC1303D

TCAM Command
Scheduler - SVC 34

-

IGC1303D

BUilds a CIS for anv operator
control command Emtered from
the system console.

Address In
register 14

Module
Name
IGC0610D

Generic
Name
Operator Control

Entry
Points
IGC0610D

Incident Checkpoint
I nterface Routine

IGC0710D

Operator Control
Output Message
Wnter

IGC0710D

Functions

Posts a request to checkpoint (If
checkpoint IS active) to write an
operator control incident record
for the command

Sends a message to a terminal or

to the console.
Passes a return code to TOTE or
an application program.

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

OS XCTL

AVT
Ckpt work
area

OPCE
Op Ctl AVT

Operator Control

VARY, HOLD,
RELEASE Message
Module

r.n

"g.
(")

::l
.j>.

~

o

~

3

o

.,

~

~.
~

c)"
::l

..-

cw

L_

IGC0410D
IGCM210D
IGCM510D
IGCM610D
IGCM710D
IGCM810D
IGCH010D
IGCR010D
IGCI010D
IGCI110D
IGCV110D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D

The module

SCVLlB

Identified

by

O~WTG

field

In

the element
pom1ed to by
OPC:OPCE,

or to the
addr ~ss

In

OPC~SAVE

If

re~,tart

IS In

progress

AVT
IEAOFX
Op Ctl AVT
OPCE
PCB

IGC0310D
IGC0410D
IGC0510D
IGC0810D
IGC0910D
IGCM110D
IGCMA10D
IGCD110D
IGCD210D
IGCD310D
IGCD410D
IGCD510D
IGCD610D
IGCD710D
IGCD810D
IGCD910D

IGCOO10D

SVCLlB

Generates an error message and
transfers control to the output
writer

OS XCTL

AVT
ERRORTAB
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT

IGC0510D

IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGC0910D

Generates rephes requested by
VARY, HOLD, and RELEASE

OS XCTL

AVT
Op Ctl AVT

IGCH010D
IGCR010D
IGCV110D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D

IGC0710D

SVCLlB

Generator 4

Operator Control

Library

Chart

IGC0810D

Error Message

IGC0910D

Operation

AOCTL
OPCGETBUF
OPCLCB
OS XCTL
WTO

Frees any buffer Units associated
with the command

IGC0810D

Method of

E (its
To

Entered
From

operator control modules.

.0'1

....
o
tfl

~

Module
Name
IGCD010D

Generic
Name
DISPLAY Scan/
Map/DIspatch
Routone

Entry
Points
IGCD010D

Functions

Performs vahdity checkong of
display commands.

Entered
From

IGC0310D
IGCD110D
IGCD210D
IGCD310D
IGCD410D
lGCD510D
IGCD610D
IGCD710D
IGCD810D
IGCD910D

SVCLlB

Processes operator control
commands requesting d,splay of
primary or secondary operator
control terminals.

OS XCTL

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Termonal Entry
Termname Table

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

Processes operator control

OS XCTL

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB
Termonal Entry
Termname Table

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

OSXCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCD010D

IGCD03100
IGCD0710D

SVCLlB

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLIB

Determmes the request and

IGCDll0D

IGCD210D

DISPLAY Queue
Status Routine

IGCD210D

DISPLAY InVItatIon

IGCD310D

IGCD310D

commands requestong display of
aCB fIelds.

Processes operator control

commands reque,'tong display of

List Entries

Library

IGCOll0D

transfers control to the proper
d,splay module.

DISPLAY Control
Terminal

Method of
Operation
Chart

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
OpCtl work
area

Maps command data onto element.

IGCD110D

Exits
To

OSXCTl
OPCDCBLK
OPCTPFLK

'1:1

~

Tablesl
Work
Areas

External
Routines

active or mactive terminals.

Termn8me Table

IGCD410D

DISPLAY Intercepted

IGCD410D

PTocesses operator control

OS XCTL

commands requesting dIsplay of
the hst of termmals being held.

Terminals

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area

I

Terminal Entry
Termname Table
IGCD510D

DISPLAY Terminal
Information
Routine

IGCD510D

Processes operator control
commands reques.tlng display of

speCIfIed terminal entry fIelds.

OSXCTL

AVT
OPCE
OpCtl AVT
Sense Byte
ConverslOn

Table
Status Byte
Table
Termonal Entry
Termname Table
---

-

I

Module

Name
IGCD610D

Generic
Name
DISPLAY Line

Entry
Points
IGCD610D

Address Routine

Functions

Processes operator control
commands requesting dIsplay of
the Ime address and relative Ime
number for a specified terminal.

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

OS XCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB

Entered
From

EJClts

10

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCD010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCO::l0D

SVCLlB

Terminal Entry

Termname Table

IGCD710D

DISPLAY InvitatIOn

IGCD710D

List Routine

Processes operator control
commands requesting display of
the status field of inVitation lists.

OS XCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area
Status
Conversion

Table
IGCD810D

DISPLAY Option

IGCD810D

Field Routine

Processes operator control
commands requesting display of
the terminal option fields

OS XCTL

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
Translate Tables

IGCD910D

{)ISPLAY Line
InformatIOn
Routine

IGCD910D

Processes operator control
commands requesting display of

the LCB fields for a specified line.

OS XCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
SCB
Status
Conversion

Table

Vl

g."
~

~

::\'

~

~
~
OJ

~

N·

~

o·
~

......
Cl"\
U1

IGCD010D

IGCO~'10D

0\
0\

o
rn

~'"=

Module
Name

GCH010D

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

HOLD Termtnal

IGCH010D

Transmission
Routine

Fun(:tions

Processes a request to prevent
terminal from aCGeptmg messages

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines
OS XCTL

~

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB

Entered
From

Method of
Operation
Chart

Exits
To

Library

IGCOO10D
IGC0110D
IGCV210D

IGC0610D
IGC0310D

SVCLlB

IGCOO10D

IGClll0D
IGC0610D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCI010D

IGC0610D
IGC0710D
IGCV110D

SVCLlB

IGCM010D

IGC0310D
IGC0710D
IGCM410D
IGCM510D
IGCM710D
IGCM810D
IGCM910D

SVCLlB

Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGCI010D

IGCIOID

Deactivate
Invitation
List Entry
Routine

Deactivates a specified inVitation

OS XCTL

list entry.

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
OP Ctl AVT
aCB
Termmal Entry

Termname Table
IGClll0D

Activate or Move
Invitation
Entry Routtne

IGCll10D

ust

Activates a specified Invitation list
entry or moves a new inVitation

OS XCTL

list.

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
aCB
Termmal Entry
Termname Table

IGCMA10D

MODIFY Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Module II

IGCMA10D

IGC0110D
IGCOO10D

IGC0310D
IGCM210D
IGCM710D
IGCMA10D

SVCLIB

Formats message when operator
control modify function IS
successful.

OS XCTL
OPCDBLK
OPCTOFLK

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work
area

IGC0610D
IGCM910D

IGC0710D

SVCLlB

IGCM210D

Processes operator control
commands raquas tln9 that Auto
Poll be started or .nopped.

OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK

AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT

IGCM010D

IGC0310D
IGC0610D

SVCLlB

IGCM410D

Processes operator control
commands reques110g activation of
the system or poll delay mterval.

OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work

IGCMA10D

IGC0310D
IGC0610D
IGC0710D

SVCLlB

MODIFY Function
Message
Module

IGCM110D

IGCM210D

MODIFY Poll

validity. maps mto element. and
dispatches control to module or to
scan 2 for further scan operations.

Routme

Routme

area

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work

IGCMll0D

MODIFY Interval

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work

Scans MODIFY commands. checks OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK

IGCM010D

IGCM410D

OS XCTL

Checks validity and dispatches
control to proper module.

MODIFY Scan/
Map / Dispatch
Module

IGCM010D

Conttnues scan 0" MODIFY
operator commands.

area
-

---

-

--

----L-

------

_.

Module
Name

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

Functions

IGCM5l0D

MODIFY Intense
Routme

IGCM5l0D

Processes operator control
commands requesting modification
of sense information for intensIve
recording.

IGCM6l0D

MODIFY Trace
Status Routine

IGCM6l0D

IGCM7l0D

MODIFY Control
Termmal
Routme

IGCM7l0D

Processes operator control
commands requestmg that the
primary operator control terminal

OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK

MODIFY Options
Routme

IGCM810D

~

=
~
::p

t
f

f.=
.-

0\
-.l

EXits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IGCMA10D

IGC0310D
IGC06l00

SVCLlB

Processes operator control
OS XCTL
commands requesting modification OPCDCBLK
of trace status for a specified Ime.

AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT

IGCMA10D

IGC03" 00
IGC06" 00

SVCLIB

OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK

AVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work

IGCMA10D

IGC0310D
IGC06100

SVCLlB

Processes operator control
commands requesting modificatIon

of terminal option fields"

2:.
o

Entered
From

AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Terminal Entry
Termname Table

be changed to the terminal
speCified In the command"
IGCM8l0D

Tables!
Work
Areas

External
Routines

area

OS XCTL
OPCDCBLK
OPCTOFLK

AVT
DCB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT.
Option
Characteristics
Table
Option Table
Termmal Entry
Termname Table

IGCMA10D

IGC0310D
IGC0610D

SVCLlB

IGCM910D

DEBUG Service
Aid Routine

IGCM910D

Processes operator control
commands requesting the loading
or deletmg of the service Bid
routmes.

OSXCTL
FE Service
Aid Routine
FREEMAIN
GETMAIN
OS BLDL
OS DELETE
OS LOAD

AVT
CVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
TCB

IGCMA10D

IGCM"10D
IGC03l0D
IGC06l0D

SVCLlB

IGCR010D

Resume Terminal
Transmission

IGCR010D

Processes requests to release a
speCified Intercepted terminal.

OS XCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op ql AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGC0010D
IGCOll0D
IGCV410D

IGC03l0D
IGC0610D

SVCLlB

C7'I
00

o
U>

(j

Module
Name

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

IGCV010D

VARY Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Module

IGCV010D

Stop Lme

IGCV110D

~

Scans VARY operator control
commands. checks vahdlty, maps

Processes opera tor control

commands requE!stmQ that Ime

Routine

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGCOO10D
IGC0110D

IGC0310D
IGCVll0D
IGCV210D
IGCV310D
IGCV410D

SVCLlB

AQCTL
OS XCTL

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Stop"ne

IGCOO10D
IGC0710D
IGCV010D
IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCI010D

IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCI010D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D

SVCLlB

IGCVOlOD
IGCVll0D
IGCOO10D

IGCV110D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D

SVCLlB

IGCV010D
IGCOO10D
IGC0710D

IGC0310D
IGC0610D

IGCV010D
IGCVll0D
IGCOO10D

IGCVll0D
IGC0310D
IGC0610D

~

IGCV110D

Entered
From

OS XCTL

mto element, and dispatches
control to proper module.

'"I:j

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

activity be stopped Immediately or
upon completion of the current
operation.

Request
Element

IGCV210D

Stop Terminal

IGCV210D

Routine

OS XCTL

Processes opera10r control
commands requesting that a
specified terminsil be deactivated
for entering, or deactivated for
both entering and accepting.

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGCV310D

Start Line
Routme

IGCV310D

Processes operator control
commands requestmg that activity
be started on a line or Ime group.

OS XCTL
EXCP

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Stoplme Request
Element

El

SCVLlB

Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGCV410D

Start Termmal
Routme

IGCV410D

Processes operator control
commands reque:;tmg that a
specified terminal be activated for
entering, or activated for both
entering and accEiptlng.

OS XCTL

_L-----_

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table
----

--

-----1-

-

SVClIB

Module
Name
IGCV510D

Generic
Name
Stop General
Poll Routine

Entry
Points
IGCV510D

Functions

Processes operator control

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

OS XCTL

commands requesting that general

polling be stopped.

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation

Library

Chart

IGCV2100

IGC0610D
IGC0910D

SVCLlB

IGCV4100

IGC06100
IGC09100

SVCLlB

IGCOO100
IGC01100
IGCV1100

IGCZ1100
IGC001 DO
IGC03100

IGCV1100

IGCOO10D
IGCV1' 00

Termmal Entry
Termname Table

IGCV6100

Start General

IGCV610D

Poll Routine

Processes operator control
commands requesting that general
polling be started.

OS XCTL

AVT
OCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
QCB
Terminal Entry
Termname Table

IGCZ0100

MCPCLOSE Scan/
Map/Dispatch
Routme

IGCZ010D

Scans MCPCLOSE commands.

OS XCTL

checks validity, maps and
dispatches control to the

MCPCLOSE module.

AVT
CVT
OPCE
Op Ctl AVT
Op Ctl work

01
E1

SVCLlB

area

TCB
IGCZ1100

MCP Closedown
Processing
Routine

--

w

g.
l:I

~

~

.g
;

3
o
....

':l:I

...
~

o·

l:I

.....

CI\
\0

._-

IGCZ110D

Processes MCPCLOSE from an
application program or a HALT
command from a terminal or a
console

AQCTL
OS XCTL

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OPCE
TCB

SVCLlB

I

.....
....;J
o

Module
Name

o

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

III

(i

IGEOOO4G

~

Start/Stop ERP
Control Module

IGEOOO4G

8SC ERP Control
Module

IGEOOO4H

Entered
From

Transfers control to the
appropriate ERP module to
process a specific error condition.

IEDQTNT
as ERREXCP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
SCB
Termmal Table
Termname Table

as I/O

Transfers control to the
appropriate 8SC ERP module to
process a specific error condition.

IEDQTNT
OS ERREXCP

AVT

as I/O

~

~

IGEOOO4H

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Fun·ctions

CCW
DCB
LCB

Supervisor

Supervisor

Terminal Table

Termname Table

IGE0104G

IGE0104H

READ/WRITE Unit
Check ERP Module

BSC Read/Write
EquIpment Check,
Lost Data,

IGE0104G

IGE0104H

Processes read / write Unit check
(except time-out) error conditions
that occur on sts'rt-stop lines.

Processes read/write, umt check,
and

Unit

as

ERREXCP

as ERREXCP AVT

that occur on BSC Imes.

Required, and Unot
ExceptIon ERP
Module
Non-operatIonal
Control UnIt,
UnIt ExceptIon,
and Unot Check
WIth TIme-Out
ERP Module

IGE0204G

IGE0204H

BSC Read/Write
Data Check,
Overrun. and
Command Reject
ERP Module

IGE0204H

IGE0304G

IGE0304G
Unot Check for
Non-read, Non-wrote,
and Non-poll CCWs
ERP Module

'---

--

Informs the operator that a

IGEOOO4G

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

IGE0104G
IGE0204G
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0504G
IGE0604G
IGE0804G
IGE0904G
IGG019RO
IGEOO25F

SVCLIB

IGE0104H
IGE0204G
IGE0204H
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0404H
IGE0504H
IGE0804H
IGE0904H
IGG019RO

SVCLlB

IGE0504G
IGG019RO

SVCLlB

,

I
IGEOOO4H

CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB

exception error conditions

Intervention

IGE0204G

AVT
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB

Exits
To

IGE0504H
IGG019RO

SVCLlB

I

I

I

I

OS ERREXCP
as YVTO

AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
UCB

IGEOOO4G
IGEOOO4H

IGG019RO
IGE0504G

SVCLlB

Processes data check command
reject. or overrun errors on a Read
or WroteCCW

as ERREXCP

AVT
CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB
UCB

IGEOOO4H

IGE0404H
IGE0504H

SVCLlB

Processes umt cht:tcks for
non-read. non-write or non-poll
CCWs.

as ERREXCP

CCW
lOB
LCB
SCB

IGEOOO4G

IGE0504G

SVCLlB

specific control
operational.

Ul1It IS

not

Processes umt eXI~eptlon and umt
check With time-out error
conditions.

I

i

-

Module
Name
IGE0404G

Generic
Name
Auto Poll and Read
Response to Poll
Unit Check and

Entrv
Points
IGE0404G

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Processes Unit checks and Unit
exceptions for poll CCWs and

Entered

ExitH

From

To

Method of
Operation

library

Chart

as

ERREXCP

CCW
LCB

IGEOO04G
IGEOO04H

IGE0504G

SVCLlB

as

ERREXCP

AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
Terminal Table

IGEOO04H
IGE0204H

IGE0504 ~
IGG019RO

SVCLlB

AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB

IGE0025 :
IGG019RO
as Message

SVCLlB

Termmal Table
Termname Table

IGEOO04G
IGE0104G
IGE0204G
IGE0304G
IGE0404G
IGE0604G

AVT
CCW
LCB
SCB
Terminal Table

IGEOO04H
IGE0104H
IGE0204H
IGE0404H
IGEOB04H

IGE0025F

SVCLlB

IGEOO04G

IGE0504G

SVCLlB

read response to poll CCWs.

Unit Exception

ERP Module
IGE0404H

IGE0504G

BSC Second Level
CCW Return Module

IGE0404H

Error Post and

IGE0504G

Second Level
CCW Return Module

IGE0504H

Retry channel programs initiated

by an ERP module

Attempts to retry channel
programs and handles permanent

IEDOTNT
ERREXCP

error situations.

BSC Error Post
Module

IGE0504H

Unit Check and Unit

IGE0604G

Handles permanent error
situations on
hnes

IEDOTNT

Adjusts the retry count and retnes

as

sse

WTlter

Termname Table

IGE0604G

Exception on

, Read/Write

CCWs
for Audio and 2260
Local Devices ERP
Module

the falling CCW sequence when
IDS detects an error on an audio
or local device.

-----

CIl
(D

g.
..,.::s
~

o

113
~
~

£cS"
::s

--:a

ERREXCP

CCW
LCB
SCB

- .l
N

o
Vl

(5
>

Module
Name

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

Functions

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Ubrary

IGE0804G

Start / Stop Channel
Check ERP Module

IGE0804G

Processes channel endmg status
errors.

OS ERREXCP

CCW
LCB
ERPIB

IGEOO04G

IGE0504G

SVClIB

IGE0804H

BSC Channel Check
ERP Module

IGE0804H

Processes channel Emding status
errors on
lines.

OS ERREXCP

CCW
ERPIB
LCB

IGEOO04H

IGE0504H

SVClIB

lGE0904G

Closedown Terminal
StatIstICs Recording
Module

IGE0904G

Provides for termm:C:11 statistics
recording when end -of-day
recording IS specified.

IEDOTNT
OS ERREXCP

LCB
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGEOO04G

IGG019RO

SVClIB

IGE0904H

TPER Recorder
Module

IGE0904H

Interface wIth IGEOt,25F for TPER
recording of SOH % E records.

IEDOTNT
IGE0625F
GETMAIN
FREEMAIN

AVT
CCW
CVT
DCB

IGEOO04H

105

SVClIB

E!::

'"0:1

k

sse

OCT
LCB
ROE
SCB
SeT
Buffer Prefix

-'
IGG019AO

TOTE Start I/O
Appendage

IGG019AO

Turns on UCBNALOC bit in UCB
for graphic deVIces.

None

UCB

105

105

SVClIB

IGG019AP

TOTE Channel End
and Abnormal
End Appendage

IGG019AP

Provides for separate channel and
device end.

None

UCB
lOB

105

lOS

SVClIB

------

-

c ___

-----

-

Module
Name
IGG01900

Generic-

Name
Lone I/O Interrupt
Trace Routine

Entry
Points
IGG01900

Functions

Makes an entry on the lone I/O
None
interrupt trace table each time that
it

IGG01901

IGG01902

Local Receive
Scheduler

IGG01901

Lone End Appendage
for BSC Lines

IGG01902
SCAN

IS

activated.

Schedules receive operations for

Handles I/O interrupts that occur

Schedules ERP, when necessary.

Line End Appendage
for Start/Stop Lones

IGGOl903

Handles I/O onterrupts that occur
with device or channet ending
status on start/ stop tines.

Schedules ERP, when necessary,

IGG01904

Lone End Appendage
for Leased and
Start/Stop Lines
and No TSO

IGG01904

Handles I/O interrupts that occur
with device or channel ending
status on leased or start/ stop
lines.

Schedules ERP, when necessary.

tGG01905

W

!.i0'
~

~

::p

..3
..o

~
0;;
~

~'
0'
~

....:I
W

Lone End Appendage
for a OTAMCompatible System

IGG01905

Handles I {O Interrupts that occur
with devtce or channel ending

status only for those devices
supported by OTAM.

Method of
Operation
Chart

EXits

To

library

IGGOHIRO

SVCUB

User Trace
EXit R Jutine

IEDOKB
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Preftx
Termonal Table

IEDOHK
IEOOKC
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Terminal Table

IEDOKD
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table

IEDOHK
IEDOKE
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
OS POST
TESTDSP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer PrefiX
Termmaf Table

Scans for BSC line control

IGG01903

IGG019RO

Interrupt
Trace Table

AVT
DCB
LCB

characters.

Entered
From

Line I/O

None

2260 and 3270 local lones,

With device or channel endmg
status on BSe lines.

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

-

IGG019RB

IGGOHIRB

SVCUB

lOS

lOS

SVCUB

lOS

SVCLlB

lOS

SVCLlB

lOS

SVCLlB

ERP routine

IGG019RN

lOS
ERP routme

lOS
ERP routtne

lOS
ERP routme

--

-

--

---

-

-

~-

-

~-

-

-

---

-

-""
-...J

o
III

ri

Generic
Name

Module
Name
IGG01906

~

Send Scheduler
for Leased Lmes
and No TSO

Entry
Points
IGG019Q6
LCBSCAN

External
Routines

Fun(:tions

Schedules send clperatlons for

leased hnes only WIth no TSO

Send Scheduler
WIth No TSO

IGG01907
LCBSCAN

Schedules send operations In a
TCAM system thot contams no
TSO mterface.

Checkpomt
Continuation

Restart Subroutine

IGG019Qa
IGG019Qa+4
IGG019Qa+a
IGG019Qa
+12
IGG019QB
+16
IGG019Qa
+20
IGG019Qa
+2a

Checks termmal E'ntnes to
determine whethElr a message

queues scan should be performed.
Executes d,sk I/O on the message
queues data set.

library

IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDQAS

SVClIB

IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
OS 10HALT

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
RCB
STCB
Termmal Table

IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOAS

IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOAS

SVClIB

IECPCNVT
IECOSCR1
IGG019RC
OS GETMAIN
FREEMAIN
OS WAIT

AVT
CPB
OCB
Checkpomt
Work Area
Termmal Table

IGG01943
IGG01945

IGG01943
IGG01945

SVClIB

IGG019RB
OS POST

AVT
DCB
DEB
ORQ
LCB
QCB
QCB ExtensIon
SCB
Termmal Table

IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOBQ

IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDOBQ

None

DEB
Checkpomt
Work Area

OS I/O

OS I/O

Calculates the LCB address of a
"
destmatlon.

IGG019Qa

Method of
Operation
Chart

IGG019RB
IEDQHM
IEDQAS

destination.

IGG019Q7

Exits
To

AVT
DCB
LCB
QCB
RCB
STCB
Termmal Table

Calculates the LC B address of a

~

Entered
From

IGG019RB
OS 10HALT

Interface logic.

"tI

Tables/
Work
Areas

Updates the mesE.sge sequence
number In d terminal entry
Exammes and, If necessary,
updates the queuing mdlces

In

the

AVT.
Inltlahzes registers With values for

IGG01945.
IGG019Q9

Concentrator

Send Scheduler

IGG019Q9
DESTENT

Schedules a sending operation and

effects readmg from multIple
aCBs for concentrator output.

IGG019RA

Checkpomt DIsk End
Appendage

IGG019RA

Writes the checkpoInt control
record after the last segment of an
environment record IS written on

Supervisor

Cl-3.1

SVClIB

SVClIB

Supervisor

dIsk.
-

-

-

Module
Name
IGG019RB

IGG019RC

Generic
Name
TCAM Dispatcher

EXCP Driver

Entry
Points
IGG019RB
DSPBYPAS
DSPCHAIN
DSPDlETE
DSPDISP
DSPllFO
DSPllFOR
DSPllST
DSPPOST
DSPPOSTR
DSPPRIO
DAPPRIOR
DSPTSTQ
DSPTSTR
DSPUNAV
DSPUNAVR
DSPWAIT

Allocates and schedules the
system resources by processing
the elements on the ready queue.

IGG019RC

Completes bUilding the CCWs In
the CPBs that were started by
IEDQFA

In

Entered
From

Exi1S
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

OS DELETE
OS POST
OSWAlT

AVT
QCB
RCB
STCB

Any TCAM
subtask

Any TCA,M
subtasl,

A2-3
Bl-l
BI-2
Cl-l.3

SVCLlB

IECOSCRI
OS EXCP
OSWTO

AVT
CPB
DEB
lOB

IEDQFA
IGG019QB

IGG019RB
IGG019QB

CI-2
Cl-3.1

SVCLlB

IEDQTNT
IGG019RB
IEDQHG
OS POST

AVT
DCB
DEB
lCB
QCB
SCB

IGG019RB
IEDQHM

IGG019RB

SVCLlB

IGG019RB

IGGOHIRB

SVCLlB

IEDQFA

IGG01!!RB

SVCLlB

Acts as a queue manager

according to the label that
returning routines branch to
DSECT table RETTBl

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

the

Starts disk I/O and handles disk
errors

IGG019RD

Buffered Terminal
Scheduler

IGG019RD
BTSTDQCB
TAG

Schedules receive and send
operations for buffered termmals.

Calculates the lCB address of a
destination

Invitation List

Terminal Table
OGG019RE

COMMBUF Send
Scheduler

IGG019RE

Schedules a broadcast send

AVT
CMB
Common
Buffer
Data
area

operation from a common buffer

data area

Prefix

~

g.'"

lCB
QCB
SCB
STCB

~

.j>.

l
:I

o

~::s

g"

o·::s

-

- -I
V.

IGG019RF

EXCP Driver for a
Single CPB

IGG019RF

Completes bUilding the CCWs
the CPB that was begun by
IEDQFA

In

Starts disk I/O and handles disk
errors

IECOSCRI
OS EXCP
OSWTO

AVT
CPB
DEB
lOB

- ..l

0\

o
U'l
(i

Module
Name
IGG019RG

Generic
Name
GET / READ Routine

Entry
Points
IGG019RG

~

Functions

Reads data from the MCP Into a
work area In the applicatIOn
program.

"tI

~

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines
IEDOEB
OS WAIT
User
Checkpoint
EXIt Routine

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
DECB
PCB
OCB

Entered
From
GET/READ

Method of
Operation
Chart

Exits
To

C2-1

GET/READ

Library

SVCLlB

Access Method
Work Area
ApplicatIOn Program

Work Area
Process Entry

I
,

Work Area
Termname Table

I

IGG019RH

GET Compatible

IGG019RH

Routme

Moves data from the MCP to an
application program when the
apphcatlon prognlm IS written In

IEDOEB
OS WAIT

Compatible OTAM.

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
PCB
OCB

GET macro
expansion

GET macro
expansion

PUT/WRITE

PUT/WRITE

PUT macro
expanSion

PUT macro
expanSion

SVCLlB

Access Method
Work Area
Buffer Prefix
Process Entry

Work Area
Termmal Table
Termname Tab~e

IGG019RI

PUT /WRITE Routine

IGG019RI

Prepares data In the apphcatlon
program work area for transfer
Into buffers In thH MCP.

IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(IEDOE8)
OS WAIT
User

Checkpoint
EXit Routine

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
DECB
PCB
OCB
Access Method
Work Area

C2-2

SVCLlB

Process Entry
Work Area
Termname Table

IGG019RJ

PUT Compatible
Routine

IGG019RJ

Prepares data In an application
program work area for transfer

onto buffers

In

thE' M CP.

IEDOEB
IEDOUI
(lEDOE8)
OS WAIT

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
PCB
OCB

SVCLlB

i

Access Method

Work Area
Application Program

I
I

Work Area
Process Entry

Work Area
Termname Table
-

-

--

Module
Nama
IGG019RK

Generic
Name
D,sk End Appendage
for a Songle CPB

Entry
Points
IGG019RK

Functions

Tablas/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Removes the single CPB from the
OS POST
lOB and makes It available for CPB

Entered
From

E.its

10

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

AVT
CPB
lOB
QCB

lOS

lOS

SVCLlB

IGG019RG
OSWAlT

DCB
DEB
DECB
Access Method
Work Area

CHECK

CHEC~

SVCLlB

Builds a message retrieval control
block to be used to retneve a
specified message.

IEDQUI
(lEDQES)

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
QCB
Access Method
Work Area
TermInal Table

POINT

Handles program-controlled
channel mterruptlons

IEDQTNT
IGG019RO
OS POST
TESTOSP

cleanup.
Detects disk errors

ReactIvates the TCAM task.
IGG019RL

Check Routone

IGG019RL

PrOVIdes a check functIon by
testing for the completIon of a
READ or WRITE request and
testing for errors that may have
occurred during that request

IGG019RM

POint Routme

IGG019RM

macro
expansion

macro
expanSion

macro
exparslon

POINT
macro

SVCLIB

exparlSlon

Termname Table

IGG019RN

PCI Appendage

IGG019RN

Frees buffers from the hne

operatIon Just completed and, If
necessary, obtainS additional
buffers.
IGG019RO

TCAM DIspatcher
wIth Subtask Trace

~

g.

::s

f:'

l

IGG019RO
DSPBYPAS
DSPCHAIN
DSPDLETE
DSPDISP
DSPLIFO
DSPLIFOR
DSPLIST
DSPPOST
DSPPOSTR
DSPPRIO
DSPPRIOR
DSPTSTQ
DSPTSTR
DSPUNAV
DSPUNAVR
DSPWAIT

Allocates and schedules the
system resources by processmg
the elements on the ready queue.

Acts as a queue manager

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
Buffer Pref,x
TermInal Table

lOS

lOS

A2-3
Cl-l.l
Cl-3.1

SVCLlB

AVT
QCB
RCB
STCB
Subtask
Trace Table

Any TCAM
subtask

AnyTGAM
sublE sk

A2-3
Bl-l
Bl-2
Cl-l.3

SVCLlB

AVT
CPB
LCB
QCB
Buffer Pref,x
Termonal Table

IEDQFA
IGG019RB

IEDQFA
IGG019RB

01-1

SVCLlB

Termname Table

IEDQFE10
OS DELETE
OS POST
OSWAlT

according to the label that
returnong routones branch to on the
OSECT table RETTBL.
Makes an entry In the subtask
trace table each tIme that a
subtask IS actIvated.

3

o

!E·
c)"

::s

......
......

IGG019RP

Reusab,lity-Copy
Subtask

IGG019RP
REUSQCB
REAOONE
UNITQCB
COPY
WRITQCB

Makes the dIsk message queues
data set available for reuse.

IEDQHG
IEDQHM
IEDQTNT
Copies an entire message from one
OS POST

message queue to another.

Termnarne Table

I

-....
00

o

Module

Name

Generic
Name

Entry

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Points

Entered
From

Exits
To

Method of
Operation

Library

Chart

~

~

IGG019RO

Post Pendmg Routine

IGG019RO

>
~

Posts complete the ECB for a task
that has an as POST pending
when that task

IS

bemg rolled

as

POST

In

.."

t'""
~

AVT
CVT
DEB
PCB
TCB

IEAORORI

IEAORORI

lOS
ERP routme
IGG019RN

lOS

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

AVT
CPB
lOB
OCB

lOS

lOS

Cl-31

SVCLlB

AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB

IGG019RB

IGG019RB

Cl-l.l

SVCLlB

IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOAS

IGG019RB
IEDOHM
IEDOAS

Cl-31

SVCLlB

SVCLlB

Process Entry

Work Area
IGG019RO

lme End Appendage

IGG019RO
SCAN

Handles I/O Interrupts that occur
with devlce'or chEIn-nel ending
status.
Schedules ERP, when necessary

Scans for BSe
characters.

Ilnl:t

control

IEDOHK
IEDOKA
IEDOTNT
IGG01900
as POST
TESTDSP

AVT
CCW
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
SCB
Buffer Prefix

Cl-l.l

SVCLlB

Cl-3 1

Termmal Table

IGG019Rl

Dial Receive Scheduler IGG019Rl

Initiates receive operations for a

dial line and prepclres for send
operations upon completion of the
Input

IEDAYZ
IEDOHG
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
as EXCP
as TIME

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB

SVCLlB

Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGG019R2

Disk End Appendage

IGG019R2

Removes CPBs from the lOB and

as

POST

makes them avalh:lble for CPB
cleanup
Detects disk errors.

Reactivates the TeAM task
IGG019R3

Leased Receive

Scheduler

IGG019R3
OEVENT

ServIces receive operations on
leased Imes

IEDAYZ
IGG019RB
as POST

Terminal Table

IGG019R4

Send Scheduler

IGG019R4
LCBSCAN

Schedules send operations.
Calculates the lCB address of a
destination.

IEDAYZ
IEDOTNT
IGG019RB
as 10HALT

AVT
DCB
LCB
OCB
RCB
STCB
TS OCB
Termmal Table
-----

----

-

Module
Name

Generic
Name

Entry
Points

IGG019R5

AttentIon Handler

IGG019R5

IGG019R6

Start-up Message
Routine

IGG019R6

Functions

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

E) its
To

Entered
From

Schedules a receive operation for
a device that has entered an
attention Interrupt.

OS POST
TESTDSP

AVT
DCB
DEB
LCB

IEDQATTN

lOS

Obtains and queues any messages

IEDQHM02
IEDQTNT
IGG019RC
OSWAlT

AVT
CPB
DCB
LCB
QCB
SCB
OptIon Table
Buffer Pref,x

IGG019RB

IGGOI

that the user has to send to a
terminal at start-up time.

User routmes

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

SVCLlB

~RB

SVCLlB

Termname Table

Termonal Table
IGG01930

DIsk Message Queues IGG01930
Open Routone-Load 1

Obtains mam storage for and
Inltlahzes a DEB for a message

OS GETMAIN

AVT
DCB
UCB

OS XCTL

OS XCTL
(lGG01931
or
IGG01933)

A2-1

SVCLlB

OS GETMAIN

AVT
DEB
lOB

OS XCTL
(lGG01930)

OSXCTL
(lGG1l1934
or
IGG01933)

A2-1

SVCLIB

OS SYNCH
OSWTO

AVT
DCB

OS XCTL
from any
TCAM open

OS AEEND
AnyTGAM

A4

SVCLlB

queues DCB.

IGG01931

DIsk Message Queues
Open Routone-Load 2

IGG01931

Completes onltlallzatlon of the DEB
extents.
Builds and onltlallzes all lOBs
required for disk operation.

IGG01933

Open Error Handler

IGG01933

Handles all seriOUS errors detected
durmg the opening of an

applicatIon program DCB. a
mess8ge queues DeB, or a hne

executor

open
executor

group DCB.
IGG01934

D,sk Message Queues IGG01934
Open RoutIne-Load 3

Performs all the dIsabled
initialization functions, loads the

TCAM D,spatcher, EXCP Drover,
DIsk End Appendage, and the
ReusabIlity-Copy subtask,

w
g.
=

~

~.

=

-

- .)

\0

OS XCTL
(lGG01931)

OS XCTL
tIGG'J1934.
IGG0190S,
or
IGG(1941)

A2-1

SVCLIB

Lone Group Open
Routone-Load 1

IGG01935

Obtains main storage for and
Inltlahzes a line DEB

OS GETMAIN

DEB
OCT
LCB
UCB

OS XCTL

OS X(TL
(lGG01936
or
IGG01933)

A2-3

SVCLIB

IGG01936

Lone Group Open
Routone-Load 2

IGG01936

Determines the size of the channel
programs for all deVices 10 the line

OS GETMAIN

OCT
LCB
QCB
STCB
UCB

OS XCTL
OGG01935)

OS XCTL
(lGG01937
or
IGG(1933)

A2-3

SVCLlB

None

LCB
STCB

OS XCTL
(lGG01936)

OS XCTL
(lGG01938)

A2-3

SVCLlB

group beIng opened.
Obtaons maon storage for an LCB
for each line.

~

o·

AVT
DCB
DEB

IGG01935

1
~=

FREEMAIN
OS LOAD
OS GETMAIN

IGG01937
L-

________

Lone Group Open
RoutIne-Load 3

IGG01937

BUIlds and lnotlahzes all LCBs for
thIs hne DCB open

-

00

o

otil
(i

Module
Name
IGG01938

~

'"
~

Generic
Name

Line Group Open
Routine-Load 4

Entry

IGG01938

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Func1ions

Points

BUilds channel preograms

In

the

None

Entered
From

as XCTL

LCB

LCBs for the lines of the line group

(IGG01937)

Exits
To

Method of
Operation
Chart

as XCTL

Library

SVCLlB

(IGG01939)

bemg opened

IGG01939

Line Group Open
Routine-Load 5

IGG01939

Loads some of the modules
required for line operation. the PCI

Appendage and the Line End
Appendag e

FREEMAIN
OS GETMAIN
as LOAD

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
TCB

as XCTL

None

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
TCB

as XCTL

Loads.the device-dependent
special characters required for
mltlal I/O operations

IGG0194B

Application Program
Open Error Interface

IGG0194B

Cleans up partially open DCBs that
eXist as a result of an open error
that occurred for other than the
first DeB In a multiple-open

Routine

macro

(IGG01938)

(IGG01946
or
IGG01947)

as

XCTL
(IGG01940)

A2-3

as

XCTL
(IGG01933)

SVCLlB

SVCLlB

Process Entry

Work Area
Terminal Table
IGG01940

Line Group Open
Routine-Load 6

IGG01940

Completes loading the modules
required for Ime operation: the
Send Scheduler. the TCAM

as
as

EXCP
LOAD

Dispatcher, the appropriate

receive schedulers. and the
Start-up Message routine
Starts I/O on each hne

In

the Ime

CheckpOint Open
Routme

IGG01941

ObtainS mam storB,ge for and
Initializes a checkpomt work area
In a MCP

(IGG01939)

as XCTL

----

- - ~-------------

SVCLlB

A2-2

SVCLlB

Table

as
as

EXCP
GETMAIN
OSWTO

as

AVT
CVT
JFCB
CheckpOint DCB
CheckpOint DEB
CheckpOint Work

XCTL
(IGG01934)

as

XCTL
(IGG01942.
IGG01943.
or
IGG01949)

Area
'-------

A2-3

(IGG01948)

Special Characters

9rouP
IGG01941

as XCTL

AVT
CVT
DCB
OCT
DEB
LCB
TIOT

-----

I

i
-

---

Module
Name
IGG01942

Generic
Name

Checkpoint DIsk
Initialization Routine

Entry
Points
IGG01942

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

functions

Initiahzes the disk checkpoint data
set Into specific areas for a control
record, environment checkpoint

records, CKREO records, and
incident records.

IECPCNVT
IECOSCRI
as EXCP
as WAIT
OSWTO

AVT
CVT
Checkpoint DCB
CheckpOInt DEB
Checkpoint OCB
Checkpoint

Entered
From

as XCTL
(lGG01949,
IGG01941,
or
IGG01943)

EXits

T>

as XCl L

Method of
Operation
Chart

library

A2-2

SVCLlB

D2

SVCLlB

D2

SVCLlB

as XC fL

D2

SVCLlB

as XCfL

A4

SVCLlB

(lGG01944

or
IGG0190S)

Work Area

IGG01943

Checkpoint/ Restart

IGG01943

from Environment
Record Routine

Reconstructs the MCP

IGG01908

environment from the environment

as LOAD

record segments
data set.

In

the checkpoint

AVT
CVT
TCB
Checkpoint DCB
Checkpoint DEB
Checkpoint OCB
Checkpoint

as XCTL
(IGG01941 )

as XCTL
(lGG01942
or
IGGO' 944)

Work Area
Invitation List

Termmal Table
Termname Table
IGG01944

CheckpoInt/ Restart
from IncIdent and
CKREO Records

IGG01944

Routine

Updates the MCP environment
with the incident checkpoint
record for stop hne or start hne
and wIth the CKREO records.

IEDOTNT
IGG01908
OSWTO

AVT
CVT
DCB
OCB
Checkpomt

as XCTL
(lGG01942
or
IGG01943)

as XC'CL
(lGG01945
or
IGGOl90S)

Work Area

OptIon Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGG01945

Checkpoint

IGG01945

Continuation
Restart Routine

Performs any required processmg
of the message queues data set at
restart time.

IEDOTNT
IGG01908
as DELETE

AVT
CPB
OCB

as XCTL
(lGG01944)

Buffer Prefix

Checkpoint
Work Area
DIsk Data Area
Termname Table

Terminal Table

~

$:l.

o·

::l
.".

::p
o

11:3

o

'5::s

~.

o·::I

-

00

.....

IGG01946

GET /PUT and
READ/WRITE Open
Executor - load 1

IGG01946

Opens Input and output DCBs
application program.

In

an IEDOEB

IEDOUI
(lEDOA1)
as GETMAIN
as LOAD
OSWAlT

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
JFCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area
Process Entry

Work Area
Termname Table

as XCTL

(lGG01947)
IGG01933

-

co
I>.)

o
tn

~

Module
Name
IGG01947

~

Generic
Name
GET/PUT and
READ/WRITE Open
Executor-Load 2

Entry
Points
IGG01947

Tables/
Work
Areas

External
Routines

Functions

Completes ope",n!! an Input DCB

IEDOEB
IEDONB
as GETMAIN

In an apphcatlon program

~

Entered
From

Exits
To

as XCTL

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
JFCB
TCB
Access Method

Method of
Operation
Chart

Library

as XCTL

A4

SVCLlB

as XCTL

A2-3

SVCLlB

A2-2

SVCLlB

(lGG01946)

Work Area
Process Entry

Work Area
Termname Table

IGG01948

Line Group Open
Routine-Load 7

IGG01948

Places hne-specltm mformatlon
the cross-reference table

as TIME

In

OSWTO

EXilmlOes each ImE' for completion
of the Initial I/O 0l,eratlons
IGG01949

CheckpOint Disk

IGG01949

Allocation Routine

Determines the size of the vanous
checkpOint records, for the
checkpOint data sets.

as XCTL

LCB
QCB
UCB

(lGG01940)

(lGG0190S)

Cross-Reference

Table
OSWTO

Inltlahzes the checkpOint work
area With the number of tracks In
the checkpOint data set, the size

of each disk record. and the
number of records per track

as XCTL

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
QCB
as I/O OCT
CheckpOint
Work Area

as XCTL

(lGG01941)

(lGG01942)

InVitation List

Option Table
Terminal Table
Termname Table

IGG02030

Disk Message Queues
Close Routine

IGG02030

IGG02035

Line Group Close
Routine-Load 1

IGG02035

Closes a message queues DeB
TCAM MCP

In

a

Issues an EXCP on the hne to
perform error recordmg.
Abends any appliC15ltlon programs,
If necessary.

IGG02036

Line Group Close
Routine-Load 2

IGG02036

Purges all I/O on the hnes
associated With th", DCB.

Clears any associated entries
the cross-reference' table.

DCB
DEB
TCB
Cross-Reference
Table

as XCTL

as XCTL

El

SVCLlB

as ABEND
as EXCP

DCB
DEB
TCB

as XCTL

as XCTL

El

SVCLlB

CVT
DCB
DEB
LCB
TCB
Cross-Reference
Table

as XCTL

OSWAlT
OSWTO
FREEMAIN

as PURGE

Disables the hnes and frees the
associated LCBs.

- - - - - - - - '---

FREEMAIN

In

OSWAlT
OSWTO

(lGG02036)

as XCTL

(lGG02035)

--

--

--

-

-

SVCLlB

Module
Nama

Ganaric
Nama

Entry
Points

Functions

Extarnal
Routinas

Tablas/
Work
Areas

Entared
From

Exits
To

Mathodof
Operation
Chart

Library

IGG02041

Checkpoont Close
Routine

IGG02041

Closes the checkpoont DCB on an
MCP.

OS DELETE
OS EXCP
FREEMAIN
OSWAlT
OSWTO

AVT
CVT
Checkpoont
Work Area

OS XCTl
(lGG02030)

OS J(CTl

El

SVCLlB

IGG02046

GET/PUT and
READ /WRITE Close
Executor-load 1

IGG02046

Closes a GET / PUT or a
READ/WRITE DCB on an
applicatIon program by
deactlvatmg the data
communicatIon link between the
applicatIon program and the MCP.

IEDQEB
IEDQNB
IEDQTNT
OS DELETE
FREEMAIN
OSWAlT

AVT
CVT
DCB
DEB
lCB
QCB
TCB
Access Method
Work Area

OS XCTl
(OS CLOSE)

OS)(CTl
(lGG02047)

E2

SVCLlS

OS XCTl
(lGG02046)

OS )(CTl

E2

SVClIB

Process Entry

Work Area
Termonal Table
IGG02047

GET /PUT and
READ/WRITE Close
Executor-load 2

IGG02047

Completes closong a GET/PUT or a IEDQEB
IEDQTNT
READ/WRITE DCB on an
applicatIon program by unlockIng
any TCAM lCBs that are locked
to the applicatIon program DCB.

AVT
CVT
DCB
lCB
Termname Table

-------

g>
g,

o·
::I

~

1
~
i
~.

e;.

o·

::I

..-

co
w

~

Non-Executable TeAM l\flodules Milcrofiche Directory

ofIl
(i

DSECT

Goneric Name

Macro Name

~

IEDCBDA

Common Buffer Data Area Pref..

IEDCBDA

~

IEDCMB

Common Buffer Master OCB

IEDCMB

IEDOAVTD

Address Vector Table

TAVTD

IEDOCCW

Channel Command Word

TCCWD

IEDOCDRD

InCident or Environment CheckpCHnt Disk Record

IEDOCIBD

Command Input Block

CIB

IEDOCKPD

Checkpomt Work Area

TCKPD

IEDOCPB

Channel Program Block

TCPBD

IEDOCRED

Checkpoint Request Element-Incident or CKREO

tEDOC5

Operator Control Work Area

IEDODATA

Disk Data Record Area

TDATAD

IEDODEB

Data Extent Block for TCAM Application Programs

TDEBAPD

IEDODEB

Data Extent Block

TDEBD

IEDQDlSP

TCAM Dispatcher DSECT

TDISPD

IEDOORQ

Concentrator Data Ready Queue

TORQO

IE DODVCT

Concentrator Device to Table

TOVCIOTO

IEOQIOB

Input/Output Block

TIOBD

line Control Block

TlCBO

Operator Control AVT

TOPCAVTD

IEOQOPCE

Operator Control Element

TOPCEO

IEOOPCB

Process Control Block

TPCBO

IEDOPEWA

Process Entry Work Area

TPEWAO

IEDQPRF

Buffer Pr.,flx

TPRFO

IEOQQCB

Queue ContFol Block

TQCBO

IEOQQCBE

Queue COI1t,oI Block ExtenSIon

TOCBED

IEOORECB

Resource Control Block

TRECBO

IEDOSCB

Station Cc.ntrol Block

TSCBD

IEDOSECT

Work Are.. Mecro

FORECORE

"11

IEDQlCB
IEDOOPCD

-

Generic~

DSECT

tfl

~
o·
::s
f:

{

MacroN.....

IEOOSTCB

Subtask ContrW Block

TSTCBD

IEOOTCB

T aslt COntrot Block

TTCBD

IEOOTNTD

Termname Table

TTNTD

IEDQTRM

Terminal Table Entry

TTRMD

IEOOTSI

Time Sharing Qu_ Control BIodt

TTSID

IEOOWRKA

Access Method Work Area

TACSMD

IEOQXSA

Extended Save Area Macro

IEEXSA

IEOO10

IBM 1030 Translate Tab...

IEDQl1

IBM 1050 Translate Table

IEOO12

IBM 1050 Folded Translate Table

IEOQ13

IBM 1'060 Translate Tabfe

IEOQ14

IBM 2260 Translate Table

IEOQ15

Alras for IEOO14

IEOQ16

IBM 2740 Translate Tabl&

IEOQ17

IBM 274!t Folded Translate Table

IEOO1S

World Trade Teletype Adapter IWTTAl. ITA2 Translate Table

tEOQ19

World Trade Teletype Adepter IWTTAJ. ZSC3 Translate Tabl&

IEDQ20

AT&T l15A or Western Union 83B3 Translate Tabl&

IEOOl1

AT&T TWX. with Parity Translate Table

IEDQ22

AT&T TWX. without Parity Translate Tabl&

I EOO23

IBM 2780. 6-bit Code Translate Tabl&

IEOQ24

USASCII Code Translate Table

IEOQ25

Dummy Tabl& (EBCDIC to EBCDIC!

IEOQ26

IBM 274t. BCD Code Translate Table

IEDQ27

IBM 2741. EBCO Code Translate Teble

IEDQ2S

IBM 274t. Correspondence Code Translate Table

IGG019RR

IBM 1030. 1050. 1060. 2740. 2741 Spec;al Characters Table

IGG019RS

IBM 2260 Remote Speciel Characters Table

IGG019RT

AT&T 115A or Weatern Un;on 83B3 Special Characters Table

'0

1
o·
::s

....
co

CA

--- -------------------

-

--------

-- -

- - - - - -- ---------

00
0\

o
{Il

IGG019RU

ATT&T TWX, with Odd Panty SplOc.al Characters Table

(i

IGG019RV

IBM 2260 Local Spec.al Characters Table

IGG019RW

World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA) Special Characters Table

IGG019RX

AT&T

IGG019RY

Audio Spe.:.al Characters Table

IGG019R7

BSC EBCDIC Code Special Charac:ters Table

IGG019R8

BSC USASCII Code Special Char!lcters Table

~

"1:1

~

IGG019R9

Mac.oName

Generic Name

DSECT

TWx, with Even Panty Special Characters Table

BSC 6-blt Code Spec.al Charactel sTable

'--

---

--

Macro Linkage Charts
The macro linkage charts show the functional results that occur when TCAM
macros are issued. The macro and any information about where it can appear is
located on the extreme left of each chart. If the MCP assembly generates 2.
parameter list from a macro, this list is shown under the heading Parameter List.
The Linkage column shows which TCAM modules gain control when the specified
macro is coded. Next to each module name there is a brief statement of the
functions of that module.
The macros are arranged in alphabetical order.
The following symbols show the linkage among the modules:

Macro

-

Branch

_

Branch and link

+--+

Transfer control (XCTL)

.-(xx~

Issue SVC xx

Parameter List

Linkage

ATTEN
(INMSG/OUTMSG)
(TSO)

a.'"

2
Index
to
IEDAYX

0

::s
~

::p

Parameter
List
Length

X'01'
Indicates
Mask Present

I
Mask

XOO

X'12'

,..
00
-..l

Provide the user the ability
to effect line deletion or CPU
task interruption.

t---+QTIP SVC Clear the input and omput
queues and swap the Wier
into main storage.

Address of Attention Routine
-

Bit

Provide linkage to the TSO
Attention or Hangup routines.

XOO

8
Unused

Return any unused buffers.

t---+ IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
XOO

::s

,.,...N'
o·
::s

!

IEDAYA

Mask

:3

oa,.,

1

IEDAYX

3

4

~
,.,....
0

IEDQA4

""--1
IEDQBD

o

(n

Function

-

IGGOl9RB Tpost the ERBs.

00
00

~
~

l'Baaleter List

Macro

LiIIlage

F.adioB

IEDQA4

CANCELMG with LEVEL=BLK

~

••

(Tpost)

~

I

I

t

~
---------------------~~ry~--------~
Mask

"

I

:

Bit

~

o

:!c:J :
X'OO'

MilSk

~

t

I

necessa.ry

6 Recall is
1 Indicates an unconditional mask

Logical 1 AND the mask

Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG!OUTMSG
macro expansions.-and check
the parameter list.
Recall the last good block of
data from disk and tpost it
back, with an ad;usted
PRFSlZE, to the destination
QCB.
Get the terminal entry address.

IEDQA4

3

1 Parameter List
Index to
Length and
IEDOARLogical
and Bits=----1_ _ __

Bit

I

IEDQTNT

CANCELMG with LEVEL=MSG (INMSG/OUTMSG)

I

I

lEDQBU

RecaH is necessa.
Indicates
an unconditional mask

Note: With LEVEL=BLK, the logical bit is always
off. indicating an OR fmlCtion.

4 J

IEDQBD

:

• 1EioBD
I, IEDQAR

~
.....

1

IEDQTNT

Return any unused buffers.
Notify tbe Destination
Schedular to cancel the message currently being received.
Get the terminal entry address.

Parameter List

Macro

CARRIAGE
(TSO)

Linkage

Function

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routi [Ie.

t
IEDAYC

1

IEDQTNT

Get the terminal entry address.

CHECK

IGGOl9RL

Test for completion or errors in
the execution of READ or
WRITE macros.

CHECKPT (INHDR/OUTHDR,INBUF/OUTBUF)

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQBB

Set the "checkpoint request"
flag.

o

1
Index to
IEOQBB

2
Parameter List
Length - X'04'

, t

3
X'OO'

X '00'
I

(INMSG/OUTMSG)

fo·
::s

.j:Io.

::p

~:I

~e.

i'

....

~

Maintain the position count for
carriages of keyboard devices.

or
IEDfA4
IEDfBD

Return any unused buffers.

IEDQBB

Tpost the ERB to the buffer
disposition QCB.

\C

o

o

{Il

(i

Macro
CK~EQ

Parameter List

Linkage

FImetien

IEDQNB

Build a "checkpoint request"
element and tpost it to the
checkpoint QCB. The format
of this element is:

~

~

Offset

1

o
Kev
X'SO'

Address of Checkpoint acB

Priority

Link Address

4

8

Address of Application
Program ECB

12
Address of Application
Program DEB Chain

J---IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

~

IEDQEB
Tpost the "checkpoint request"
(SVC 102) element to the checkpoint QCB
in the MCP.

Macro

Parameter List

CLOSE
(Application Program)

Linkage

SVC20

I

,

IGG02046
IGd02047

I

IEDQEU

CLOSE
(Checkpoint)

,
I
I
I
I

1Gc!02041

Post the application program
ECB as complete and return to
the TCAM Dispatcher.

Remove the DEB for the DCB
from the DEB chain in the
TCB. Free all lOBs associated with the DCB.
Close the checkpoint DCB.

SVC20

~

lGG02035
I
I
t
I

W
a

Deactivate the data transfer
communication link between an
application program and
the MCP.

SVC20
lGG02030

CLOSE
(Line Group)

FlUIdion

IGdow36

Perform error record mg. If the
close is the result of an MCP
ABEND, terminate the
application program.
Close the line group DCB.

ci"
::s

~

::p

1

I
o·

::s

....

....

\Q

CLOSE
(Message Queues)

SVC~~::l

Ib

Remove the DEB for the DCB
from the DEB chain m the
TCB. Free all lOBs associated
with the DCB.

......

\D
to.)

o
til

~3:

Parameter List

Macro

Linkage

lETT

CLOSEMC
(Compatible QTAM)

~

~

IEDQEB

l

CODE

o

3

~,

Index to
IEOOAW

Parameter
List length

4

sw",

X'SO' Use the Tran:dation Table

address in the DCB
X'40' Use a nonstandard Translation
Table
X'20' Entry is from INBUF or OUTBUF
X'W' Entry is from INMSG or OUTMSG
X'OO' Use a standard Translation Table

o

2
Index to
IEOOAI

Parameter
list length

3
Register
15 Offset

Variable
length
Indicator

4

Blank
Character

Perform the TCAM operator
control functions from an
application program without
using PUT.
Move data across partition
boundaries.

lEDQE6

Scramble the password.

lED QUI

Activate an MH routine.

IErlQAW

Translate the data in the buffer.

3

Address of the Translation Table

Status

FUBCtion

Address of Characters

I

I

Parameter List

Macro
COMMBUF

o

1

Parameter
List
Length

Index to
IEOQBV

Function

IE~QUI

Link to functional MH routine.

IEDQBV

3

2

Linkage

• Insert COMMBUF STCBs
into the STCB chains of the
appropriate LCBs.

MAXOEEP

4
Address of TLiST
-

----

----

--

-

-

Count either complete
messages or message
segments.

COUNTER

o
Index to
IEOQA7

::1::

3

2

Parameter List Option Field
Length - X'04' Offset

Register
15 Offset

Link to IEDQAE.

IEJQAE

Get the option field 2 ddress.

lED QUI

Activate an MH routine.

•

CTBFORM (OUTBUF)

o

3

2
Index to
IEOQGH

Parameter
List Length

CTBFORM
Options

Reserved

Index to
IEOQAF

Index to
IEOQAO

Index to
IEOQAE

Option Field
Offset

rtGLrnDQnrr

4

tI1

'"

o·~::l
~

~

o

~o

..

0;:

::l

N'

~

O·

::l

-

'"
IN

CTBFORM Options:
X'OJ'
Insert the option field data
X'02'
Insert the device identification
X'04'
Insert a CTB ending character

't= ,

IEDQUI

I

'IEDQAE

L--1EDQAO
IEDQAF

Insert device identifications,
CTB ending charactf rs, and
option field data.
Get the terminal entry address.
Activate an MH routine.
Locate an option field address.
Get a buffer unit.
Insert data in the buffer.

-'""'"
o
en

~

Parameter List

Macro
CUTOFF

o

-,-.

1

Liakage

Function

IE~QUl

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAU

Cut off the transmission of a
message being received after
receipt of a user-specified number of bytes, or on detection of
identical characters in the
buffer.

IE1QUl

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAF

Insert data and return.

"'CI

fC

Parameter List

Index to
IEDOAU

Requested ::JutOff
Length

Length - X'04'

~------~--------I----------

DATETIME

o

1

Index to
IEOOAF
and Bit

Bit

Insert data, adjust the prefix,
adjust the offset by the length
of the data inserted, and return.

"""'TyPO"j

6 ON Requests the expand buffer
function

Shift data across several units
and return.
Expand the buffer by shifting
data left into the resen

a:::

"1:1

~

LOCK

0

Index to
IEDQBE
Bit

LOCOPT

]

Bit

1

Get the terminal entry address.

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEJQAE

Calculate an option field
address.

IEDQTNT

Get the terminal entry address.

7 Message lock

o

2

3
.

Index to
IEOQAE

lParameter List Option Field
Length - X'04' Offset

Register
Offset

LOG (INMSG/OUTMSG)

Index to
IEOQBY
and Bits

t

IEDQA4

:)

o

4

IEDQTNT

u~B
X'OO'

PM.......
Length - X'OS'.
,

Address of LClGTYPE Entry

1

(Tpost)

3

X'00'

ITBLIEOQm
IEDQBY

Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG!OUTMSG
macro expansions, ami check
the parameter list.
Get the terminal entry address.
Tpost a recalled header to the
destination QCB and activate
the Log Scheduler.

Macro

PlII'IIIIleter List

WG (INHDR/OUTHDR,INBUF/OUTBUF)

Address of DeB

LOGON
(TSO/TCAM)

I
I

2

t

unused

IE~QUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQBX

Log a message segme[ t.

WRITE

Write the units of the
buffers.

OS BSAM
CHECK

Check the WRITE
operation.

JSGETMAIN

Get main storage.

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

t

o
Index to
IEOAYL

Function

I~OSBSAM

o
Index to
IEOQBX

Linkage

Parameter
list length

3
unused

Address of SlARTMH
QeB

:
I

IEllIEOQTNT

Inform TSO of a succl:ssful user
log on and route the messages.
Get the terminal entry address.

I

QTIPSVC

Connect to a TSO or
TCAMMH.

BRI4

Exit to LOGON exit address
inSTARTMH QCBof
connected MH.

IEDQBl

Supply the count of complete
messages for an applkation
program.

!

LOGTYPE No executable code is generated.

J.

1:1

~

fi
i·g:
l'"

::s

to.)

o

w

MCOUNT

~
o

~

ti

Parameter Ust

Macro

MCPCLOSE

Linkage

FUIIdion

IEDQET

Perform a subset of the TCAM
operator control functions
without issuing a PUT macro
instruction.

t

~

(SVC 102)

."

~

LIEDQEB

' - - - -... OS WAIT

MHGET

o

:!

MHGET
10

X'OO'

4

Parameter
List
Length

Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs
complete.
Put the application program
into the wait state.

1 - - - - 1 IEDQE6

Scramble the password,

IEDQGP

Make data in buffer
available to user routine.

IEDQGP

Move data from user work
area to buffer.

3
Answer
Register

Work Area
Register

Address of Work Area
(If Sp4!cified)
~---

--

-

--

--

--

--

MHPUT

o

3

"

4.

MHPUT
10

X'01'

Parameter
List
Length

Work Area
Register

4

Address of Work Area
(If Specified)

Us,er Reserve
Count

Macro

Parameter List

MRELEASE

Linkage

F1IIICti0ll

IEDQET

Perf{)rm a subset of the TCAM
operator control funcl ions
without issuing a PUT macro
instruction.

t

(SVC 102)
LIEDQEB

1..-_ _••

L..--_ _ _
o

~

o·~::s
~

:p

~

El

~,.,
~

g.
::s
N

o

Ul

Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs
complete.

OS WAIT

Put the application pr :>gram
into the wait state.

lEDQE6

Scramble the password.

to.>

o

0'>

o
til

(i

Parameter List

Macro

MSGEDIT

o

~

"'1:1

~

3

2
Index to
lEDQAN

Parameter H.t
Length

Index to
IEDQAF

Index to
IEDOAJ

Blank
Character

Number
of Entries

Index to
IEDQAO

Linkage

Function

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDtQAN

Translate and test all the
data in a buffer.

J

L

IEDQAF

LIEDQAX

4

Reserved

L..-_.... IEDQAO

8
Reserved

Address of the Characters Table

IEDQAL

12

Insert or shift data in a buffer.
Scan for a TO delimiter
character string.
Get an additional buffer for
the insert function.
Find the address of the
character string.

IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
Key

Status

Data Desclription

16

"FROM" Delimiter
Description

"TO" Delimiter
Description

20

A Total of 31 Entries

f
Status

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Data=characte rs
Data=idles (res.erve characters)
Data=CONTRACT
TO=character string
TO=offset or SCAN
TO=count
Inclusive FROM
Inclusive TO

1

~List

Macro

MSGEDIT Data-REPLACE,TO=character string:

o

3

2
Index to
IEOOAP
and Bft

Status

Index to
IEOOAF

Index to
JEOQAO

Lillkage

F..ction

IED,QUI

Activate an MH routilla.M-1D iSlIfIeCified
7 FO«.M-NAME is specified

Activate an MH routiIle.
Move the scan pointer forward.
Search the termanme table
for a match. (Entered only if
the FOItM=NAME OJ no
FORM parameter is
specified. )

~

g.::s

~

1
~
i
::s

~
gO
....

to.)

\C

::J~~~

OUT.UF

e

2
te
IEOOAE

~fMllex

"'ametar Lis Option field
I'-ength - X'04' Offset

3
Register
15 Offset

Activate an MH routine.
Calculate the option field
address.

LIEOQTNT Get the terminal entr) address.

N
N

o

o
CIl

(i

Macro

Parameter Ust

Linkage

If OUTMSG is not coded, OUTEND also generates the
OUTMSG parameter list.

OUTEND

o

~
;:g

1

Index to
IEOQAK

is:

2:

3
Index to
IEOQAF

Parameter List
Length· X'04'

Function

Index to
IEOQAO
_

IF OUTMSG is coded, OUTEND generates a X'OIOO',
which indicates the end of the OUTMSG subgroup.

.... _ - - _ . _ - - -

o
I ndex to
IEOQA4

I

Parameter List
Length· X'02'

o

2

3

OUTHDR
Index to
IEOQAE
L -_____

~_

Parameter List
Length· X'04'

Option Field
Offset

Register
15 Offset

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEJQAE

Calculate the option field
address.

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

Macro

Parameter List

OUTMSG

o

3

2
~ndex

to

Parameter List
Length - X'04'

IEDQAE

o

Option Field
Offset

Function

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAE

Calculate the option field
address.

Register
15 Offset

f

Index to
IEDQGH
and Flags

Linkage

Parameter List
Length

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

IEDtQUI

Activate an MH routine.

!~D~<{~

Insert the CTB end characters,
determine the CTB end and
concentrator end-of-message.
Link the buffers in tbl! chain.

Parameter List Length:
X'04' - No MSGFORM is specified
X'OS' - MSGFORM without ENDCHAR and COUNT
is specified
X'CO' - MSGFORM with ENDCHAR and COUNT is
specified

L. IEDQTNT Get the terminal entr y address.

Activate an MH routine.

LIEDQAO

Get a buffer unit.

1
IEDQAF

The parameter list length is the sum of:
t. The IEDQGH parameter list
2. The lEDQAK parameter list
3. The IEDQA4 parameter list
Flag:

IEDQUI

L -_ _
I

IGGOl9RB Return the excess buffers and
tpost the ERB to the concentrator scheduler. Mark the
message serviced.

X'O]' Entry is from OUTMSG
IEDQUI

f

I.
::f

~

::p
~

~

i~.

g.
::f

N
N

......

Insert the CTB ending
character.

Activate an MH routine.
I

L -_ _ _
I

IEDQA4
IGGOl9RB Exit

N
N

N

Macro

o
v.>

~

Parameter List

OUTMSG

o

"tI

2
Index to
IEDOAK

~

Parameter List
Length - X'04'

Linkage

Function

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

3
Index to
IEDOAF

Index to
IEDOAD

lEDQiL IEDQAF

Insert data in the buffer.
LIEDQAO

4,
Address of Scan Routine*
I
L
_____________ _

Check and insert line-control
characters.

_...1

L -_ _
•

Insert line-control characters
in the buffer.

IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

*Present if ENDCHAR and COUNT are specified on
MSGFORM in OUTHDR.
' - - - - -.... IEDQAL

Get the data byte address.

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQ~ALIEDQAL

Get the scan pointer address.

o
Index to
IEDOA4

Parameter List
Length - X'02'

LIEDQAX

Scan for the specified
character.

IGGOl9RB Tpost empty units to the buffer.
L -_ _ _
•

L -_ _ _.....

IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IEDQGD* Build CCWs in the buffer and
or
link the buffers in the idles
IEDQGT
loop for transparent output to a
BSC terminal.
*For concentrator support,
IEDQGD builds the CCWs
and returns to IEDQGH.

Macro

Parameter List

PATH

o
Index to
IEDOAI
and Bit
4

3

2

Blank
Character

Bit

Parameter List
Length - X'08'

Variable
Length

Register
15 Offset

Linkage

Function

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAE

Calculate the option field
address.

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entr) address.

Address of Characters

7 No blank character is specified

o

3

2
Index to
IEDOAE

Parameter List
Length - X'04'

Option Field
Offset

Register
15 Offset

!

1

IE QUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAI

Search a table that is arranged
in collating sequence.

I

PCB

POINT

No executable code is generated. This is an application program work area.

IGGOl9RM

t

u:>

a'"o·
::s

.j>.

3

OQ

i>l

S

o


t->
W

Build a message retrit val
control block.

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAI

Scan the termname t< ble
for the specified terminal name.

t->
t->

.j>.

o
I:Il

;:s

rar-ter List

MIlCI'tt
PRIORITY

o

~

2
Index to

"I:j

IEOQAI

t""'

~

and Bit

Parameter Lil,t
length - X'08'

3

Register
15 Offset

Linklle

FIIBCti911

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAI

Search a table that is arranged
in collating sequence.

length

4

Blank
Character

Bit

Address of Characters

7 No blank charal:ter is specified

PUT

lGGOI'iLIEDQE8
[OSWAlT

IEDQEB

Prepare data for transfer into
buffers in the MCP.
Scan the termname table.
Allow the Put Scheduler in the
MCP to empty the application
program PUT/WRITE work
area.
Tpost a special element to the
Put Scheduler in the MCP.
User checkpoint exit routiHe.

IEDQEC
LIEDQEB

Move data froIl1 the application
program into MCP buffers.
OS POST the application
program ECB as complete.

Macro

Parameter List

Linkage

PUT
(Compatible QT AM)

Function

IL

IGG019

IEDQE'

Scan the termname table for
the specified terminal name.

LOSWAIT

IEDQEB

QACTION
(INHDR)

o
Index to
tEOO80

Parameter List
Length

r.

Tpost a special element to the
Put Scheduler in the MCP.
Move data from the application
program to MCP buffers.

LIEDQEB

OS POST the applica1 ion
program ECB as complete.

IEDtQUI

Activate an MH routi [le.

Reserved

IE[fU1

Activate an MH routi[le.

IEDQAI

Get the term name table offset.

IEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
IGG019RB Tpost to IEDQBD to execute
the OUTMSG macro. Exit and
tpost the buffer to the queue.

4

Reserved

Allow the Put Schedwer in the
MCP to empty the application
program PUT/WRIT E work
area.

IEDQEC

IED~QBtL

2

Prepare data for transfer into
MCP buffers.

Address of User-Written Status
Analysis Exit
' - - -_ _
I

o

IGGOl9Q9 Put the attached terminal
on the data ready queue.

::1

7:

::p
~

j;.l

:3

QCOPY

IEDQE2

o

'5

::1
~.

::to

o

::1

tv
tv
VI

LIEDQE8

Copy a queue control block into
a work area.
Scan the termname tRble
for the specified terminal name.

N
N

Q\

o

(I.l

~

Macro

Parameter List

QSTART

No executable code is gener,ated.

Linkage

Function

IGGOr~

Read data from a full buffer
into the program area.

is::
"tI

~

READ

OSWAlT

Wait for the data to arrive.

IEDQEB

Tpost a special element to the
Get Scheduler.

-

'-------_0 User checkpoint exit routine.
IEDQEW
LIEDQEB

Read from the message queues
data set.
OS POST the application
program ECB as complete to
activate the waiting
application program.

Macro

READY

Parameter List

Linkage

Function

IEDQND

Read and process ch,~ckpoint
records or update the
TRMST ATE and op lion fields.
Or move data into the
operator control WOl k area.

-

L

_ _~

OS
ATTACH

Attach the Checkpoint
Executor and on-line test.

GETMAIN Get main storage needed by
on-line test.
FREEMAINFree the main storage
acquired by the GETMAIN
SVC.
IEDQTNT Obtain the terminal
address.

'~ntry

OS EXCP

Start an I/O operation.

OS LOAD

Load a TCAM modtle.

OS POST

Post an ECB.

OS WTO

Send an operator me.ssage.

OS WAIT

Allow time to complete
the event.

IECPCNVT Convert the TTR to an
MBBCCHHR addre:,s.

~o
::s

.j>.

::f'

t§.,

:3

o

,j(!

~.

o·~::s
tv
tv

--l

N
N
00

o
tfl

~;s::

Macro

Linkage

Parameter List

IEDQA4

REDIRECT (INMSG/OUTMSG)

o

'"l:I

~

1

3

2

Index to
IEDQAZ
and Bits

Function

Parameter u s B
Length and
Status
Logical

Mask

(Tpost)

IEDQBD

Return any unused buffers,
execute the INMSG/OUTMSG
macro expansions, and check
the parameter list.

4 II
I

I
I

Mask

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

I

8

IEDQAZ
Destination
Status

Bit

Variable Data

6 Recall is necessary
7 An unconditional mask is specified

Redirect a message to its
destination.

1

IEDQUI

It:

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAE
IEDQAI

Bit

Get the destination key for the
message.

6 Recall is necessary
'----+. IEDQAV

Logical AND the mask
Status

Get an option field address.

X'OI' indicates that the lED QAT
parameter list follows

Destination Status and Variail>le Data:
C'S' +AL3(O) - send to the source
C'D' +AL3(O) - send to the destination
C'N' +AL3(destination name) - send to
the named destination
C'O' +index to IEDQAE+ALl(optional offset)send to the destination named in the
option field

Get the terminal entry for
the destination.

rar-ter List

Macro

RELEASEM

o

Liakage

FlIIIdion

IEDQET

Perform a subset of the TCAM
operator control functions without issuing a PUT.

LIEDQEB

Operator Control aCB Address
4

Priority

Link Field

OS WAIT

Put the into application
program into a wait S1.ate.

IEDQE6

Scramble the password.

I

8
Verb Code

Parameter List
Length-X"'C'

X'OO'

•. . '"0-1

12

I

,

ECB Address for the Applieation Program
I

16

i

0
.

20

0
24

0

I

I

rIl

~::s
~

f
i
o

o·

::s

~

.....

-0

L -_ _ _
•

Move data across partition
boundaries and post ECBs as
complete.

to.)

w
<:>

o

(Il

t1

Maero

Pvameter List

RETRIEVE

Linkaee

FUIldioD

IEDQE$

Provide TCAM support for
message retrieval.

t

~

IEDQUI

~

'-IEDQAl
OSWAlT
L...-_ _
•

IEDQEB

IEDQE7

I~IGG019RB
IEDQEB

Activate an MH routine.
Scan the termname table
for the specified terminal name.
Wait for the requested buffer to
be retrieved.
Tpost the special element to the
retrieve scheduler QCB.
Retrieve a buffer from a disk
message queue.
Tpost elements.
OS POST the Retrieve Service
routine ECB as complete.

GETMAIN Get main storage for an LCB
and an SCB.
L -_ _
•

RETRY

o

2
Index to
IEOQA9

Parameter List
Length-X'04'

3

Interv,~
~

I

FREEMAINRelease main storage for the
LCB andSCB.

IEDQA4
(TOO")

IE~QBD

IEDQA9

The RETRY macro causes the
CPU to try again to initiate
contact with a switched station
at the expiration of a
specified interval of time.

PanuneterList

Macro
SCREEN

o

1

Index to
IEOQAI
andBit

2
Parameter List
Length· X'OS'

3
Register
15 Offset

Lillkllle

FlIIICtioB

1EDeUl

Activate an MH roul ine.

IEDQAI

Move the scan point.!r forward.

IE~QUI

Activate an MH

IEDQAY

Check the unit control block
and initialize.

Variable
Length

4
Blank
Character

Bit

Address of Characters

I

7 No blank character is specified

o

1
Index

2
Request
Code

Flags

fOUl

ine.

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.
Index

~

a.o

::s
.,..

::p

1

i
r+

o·::s

N
W

Bits
Bit

0-6Index to IEDQAY
7 ON· indicates that the user
specified one of the following:
WRE, WLA, WOC, XRE, XLA, XDC,
EAU. OFF· indicates that none
of the above were specified.

Request Code
X'OO' WDC or no operand
X'Ol'WLA
X'02'WRE
X'03'EAU
X'IO' XDC
X'It' XLA
X'I2'XRE
Flag Byte
Bit 0 ON . RETRIEVE = YES
OFF - RETRIEVE=NO
Bits t -7 reserved

~

w

w

orn

r5

Macro

Puaateter List

SEQUENCE

o

~

~

t

Index. to

Index to
IEDQAF-

IEDOAD

Bit

LiIIkage

FadioR

IED.QUl

Activate an MH routine.

j=

Insert the output sequence
number.

t

Activate an MH routine.

.IEDQAF

Expand the buffer.

7 No blank character is specified

o

't

IED.QUI

Parameter List
length· X'OT

tndex to
JEOOAH

IEohAH

Activafe an MH routine.

.

Verify and update an input
~number.

L'EDQTNT

o

2

f
tndex
to
-

'EOCAI
and Bit
4
Blenk
Character

Parameter list
length· X'08'

Get a terminal entry address.

:l

~
Variable

X'OO·

length

.

Address of Charaaers

Indicator

.

IED.QUI

lE~

Activate an MH routine.
.Move the scan pointer forward.

Parameter List

Macro

SETEOF

o
Index to
tEDQAI

and Bit
4

Blank
Character

Bit

.

tI.l

o·~::s

..,.
~

o

1
{
~

!:t.

o
::s

N
...,
...,

3

2

1
Parameter List
Length - X'OS'

Register
t5 Offset

Address of Characters

1 No blank character is specified

Variable
Length

l

Linkage

Function

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAI

Move the scan pointer forward.

I.,)

IN
.j>.

o
til

~

Macro

Linkage

Parameter List

Function

SETEOM

Activate an MH routine.

o

'"I:j

~

2

3

Index to
IEOOBO

Parameter List
Length

Status Byte

Index to
IEOOBN

Index to
IEOOBR

Index to
IEOOAF

SETEOM control module.
Activate an MH routine.

Index to
IEOOAE

IEDQAO

4
Index to
IEOQAO

8

IEDQBR
IEDQBN

L

HoldOCB

12 •
Integer
(LENGTH)

16**•

Length of
ENOCHAR
String

Opfld2 of
LENGTH

X'OO'

Address of ENOCHAR S".tring

~-------------------SETEOM OCB - expanded only if PROCESS=YES
is specified

28 ~---------------------

Status Byte:
X'OJ' - ENDCHAR is specified
X'02' - END CHAR is in the option field
X'04' - LENGTH is specified
X'OS' - LENGTH is in the option field
X'] 0' - PROCESS= YES
X'20' - REMOVE= YES
X'40' - EOM =ETB
X'SO' - reserved

Determine the logical message,
if on the COUNT macro.
Combine data.

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAF

Attach a buffer unit or shift
data.
Calculate the option field
address .

LIEDQTNT Get the terminal entry address.

IED~AX

20

24

IEDQAE

Get and attach an additional
buffer.

Scan for an EOM string.

P.......eterList

Macro
SETEOM

Unkage

FlIDdion

IE~QUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEQQAJ

Move the scan pointer to the
end of the character siring.

*If both LENGTH operands are in the option fields:

12
Opfld2 0f
LENGTH

Opfld1 0f
LENGTH

X'OO'

X'OO'

or X'OOOOOOOO' if LENGTH is not specified

**If ENDCHAR is in the option field:

,. I

Opfldof

ENOCHAR

I

I

X'OOIIOOO'

or X'OOOOOOOO' if ENDCHAR is not specified

SETSCAN

o

1
Index to
IEDQAJ

and Bit
4

3

2
Parameter List
Length - X'OS'

Blank
Character

Status

Address of Characters

- - - - - -_ _ L..--

~

::s

.j>.

."

~..,
3

S'

0r-

o:

::s

N"

~

c·
::s
tv
W
U.

Bit

7 No blank character i5 specified

Status

X'OO' - return the scan pointer
X'FF' - update the scan pointer

Register
Offset

LIEDQAX

Scan for a character sl ring.

tv

IN

0'1

o
;1
>
s::
~

Parameter List

Macro

SETSCAN

o

"0

t-

s::

2
Index to
IEOQAI
and Bit

Parameter list
Length - X '06'

Blank
Character

X'00'

-

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAI

Move the scan pointer forward.

IEDfUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDQAO

Move the scan pointer
backward.

IEDQUI

Activate an MH routine.

IEDtAYS

Handle simulated attention
for TSO,

7 No blank character is specified

o

2
Index to
IEOQAO

SIMATTN
(TSO)

Function

Skip C

4

Bit

::=J

Linkage

Parameter list
Length _ X'04'

~

Skip o~

I

LmDQU~!...--t-~~~-1-__
ENQMGR8

.l1-1

ENQUEUE A
8UFFER I N THE
CHANNEL PROGRAM

8

•

8

03

1-1
E.,fI'I'iloIoIl""-----,
_CJ...4_
....
SET UP TO TPOST
THE ERB TO
LCBRCQCB

C

C?
C5

..
"w....................."""""\
1"OST
PERFORM A TF'05T

C

•
o

o

•

.
>=--J

E

SET UP TO TPOST
TO THE MH

E

•

.

F

F

..

•
FREEBFR5

G

G

,

•

.

r.;"]

'V'

H

H

..

•
J

..

•
>-_..!...-J f~t ~~B T~O T~~~T

K

ACTIVATE QCB

III

280

OS TeAM PLM

3

III

4

Chart FAl-8

(1-8) CPB INITIALIZATION -MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

,

F IX I T
FAI-2,83

FAI-IO,KI

FAI-1.C5

FAI-14.H5

FA 1-1 IE I

FAI-5,GI

FAI-9,.JI,E3

S

GET THE 5eB AND
LCS ADDRESS;
SET THE ADDRESS
Tel MOVE DATA TO

KEEP THE
ADDRESS OF THE
LAST TPOSTED
UNIT

AT UN[T+12

..

SUBTRACT I FROM
THE MESSAGE

LINK THE UN 1 T

COUNT IN THE
aCB

TO THE PREVIOUS
BUFFER

B

.
PUT THE aCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER

C

CLEAR AND SET
THE TIC

C

..
o

OSPPOSTR

SET THE DUMMY
CPS ADDRESS

TPOST THE
ELEMENT

SET THE LCB AND
THE SCB FIELDS

o

.
E

C

CLEAR THE
FIELDS

RETURN

)

E

..
r:;,

F

'V

F

.
G

G

..
H

H

.
J

,J

..
K

K

,.

4

,.

Section 4: Program OrglUlization

281

Chart FAI-9

(l-9) CPB INITIALIZATION -MAIN-STORAGE.()NLY QUEUING

,

,

,

3

4

..

A

FAI-2,K4
FAI"'7,G4

B

MERGE THE
ENABLED AND
DISABLED CDUNT
FIELDS

•

GET THE ERB

•
c

C

•
D

UNLINK THE
BUFFERS FROM
THE ERB

SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT

D

•
POST
PERFORM A TPO ST

E

E

•
F

F

•
G

G

H

UNLINK THE
BUFFER AND
PREPARE TO
TPOST I T TO MH

H

•

•
POST
PERFORM A TPOST

•
K

K

2

282

OS TeAM PLM

•

•

•

Chart FAl·lO (110) CPB INITIALIZATION· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

•

•

•

4

A

F"AI-IO,G3

F'AI-5,B3

FA I - I ,K 1

84

•
8

}----I

•

NO MAIN STORAGE
UNITS NOW IN
USE

B

•

•
C

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE HEADER
OF THIS MESSAGE

c

•

•

D

D

•

•
:>----1

E

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE MESSAGE

E

•

•
...-_ _.t...I:..6J,;;;.J.;i."D5
F

RTNBFR

LINK THE
PREVIOUS

F

CHAIN OR RETURN
A 8UrrER

MESSAGE TO TH I 5

MESSAGE

•

•

G

G

•

•

H

H

•

•

J

•

•

K

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

283

Chart FAl-11 (111) CPB INITIAUZATION - MAIN..sTORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

,

4

5

A

A
FAI-2,KI

•

FAI-2,C3,Ci5

FAI-2,85

FAI-3,KI

FAI-3,.J2

FAI-3,03

..

E4
B

B

•

..
SET SCBUNTCT
0

C

C

..

•
GET THE
DESTINATION
FROM THE BUFFER
PREFIX

D

SET UP TO BUILD
THE SAME BUFrER
SI ZE

D

..
GET THE
LCBTTCIN OFFSET

E

E

..

•
IEDQTNT
GET THE
TERM I NAL ENTRY
ADDRESS

F"

..

•
YES

G

GET THE BUFF"ER
SIZE

G

..

(

H

RETURN

)

CALCULATE THE
NUMBER OF UN I TS

H

.

•
BUILD THE ERB

J

.J

•

..

K

K

.

284

OS TeAM PLM

.

3

.

..

Chart FAI-12 (I12) CPB INITIALIZATION - MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

•

..
B

•

•

4

,

FAI-3,H2

F A I - 3.02

.

FAI-6.D2

GET THE KEY
LENGTH & THE

ADD ONE TO THE
NUMBER OF UNITS

FIRST BUFFER
ADDRESS

B

..

..
C

..

..

o

o

..
E

DECREMENT THE
NO. OF UNITS IN
BUFFER IF ENTRY
WAS AT ADDNBUNT

SUBTRACT THE

KEY LENGTH FROM

THE BUFFER SIZE

.

..
NO

F

SET THE LAST
UN I T ADDR~SS

F

..
G

E

..
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT

PUT THE ERB ON
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

UNIT

..

G

..
SET THE
REMAINING SIZE
= COUNT OF DATA

H

H

1 N THE NEW UN I T

..

..
PUT THE COUNT
NEEDEO TO FILL
THE UNIT IN
TaUNT

J

J

..

..
(

•

RETURN

2

)

K

•

Section 4: Program Organization

285

Chart FA1·13 (113) CPS INITIALIZATION· MAINoSTORAGE.QNLY QUEUING

,

2

,

,

,

A

..

FA1 ... 1.... ~C4

FAI-4,K5

FA 1-1,01

FAI-Z.Et

FAI-3,C5

F'AI-6,D3

eET THE
DESTINATION QCB
ADDRESS AND THE
PRIORITY LEVEL

LINK THE UNIT
INTO THE TIC OF
THE ElUF"F"ER

e

..
CLEAR AND
INITIAUZE THE
DP CODE

B

•

F'

C

•

GET THE ADDRESS
OF' THE F"IRST
PRIORITY QCB

C

..

•

0

0

..

•
PRIORITY aCB
ADDRESS • 5 I ZE
OF PRIORITY QCB
X PRIORITY
LEVEL

E

..

E

•

F

F"

..

•

C

G

..

•

H

H

•

•

.J

J

.

•

K

K

•

286

OS TeAM PLM

2

•

•

•

Chart FA1·14

(114) CPB INITIALIZATION· MAIN STORAGE ONLY QUEUING

,

2

,

,

,

FAI-9.DI

FAl-6,El

FAI-14,C2

It

B

•
SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT
CPS WORK COUNT

SUBTRACT I FROM
THE SCB CPB
COUNT

=

B

•

It

SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT = 0

C

C

•

It

. -_ _ _....=.....,AI
SETEOM

D

SET 'END OF
MESSAGE'
INDICATORS

D

It

•

E

E

It

•

F

PUT THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT INTO THE
SCBSCSEG FIELD

•

It

SET UP TO rpOST
THE ERB TO
IEOQFAI

G

•

It

SET THE CPB
COUNT
0

=

H

PERFORM A TPOST

H

•

It

I -I

03

It

•

K

K

,.

,.

4

,.

Section 4: Program Organization

287

Chart FAl·IS (115) CPB INITIALIZATION ·MAIN-8TORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

.

,

A

FAI-I,K3

FAt-I.C3

..

FA1-1,83

S

CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
SUFFER

8

..

•
SET AND SAVE

THE POS I T I VE

C

CHANNEL COMMAND

.
o

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE LAST CPS
ON THE QUEUE

SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS AND
THE TIC

ADD ONE TO THE
LAS1 SUFFER
UNI T COUNT

o

..

•
E

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE SUFFER
LINK FIELD

SET UP TO TPOST
THE UNITS TO
THE SUFFER
RETuRN --.........

•

SET U~ TO T~OST
THE e:RB TO THe:
ACTIVATE QCB

K

•

3

•

4

•

5

Section 4: Program Organization

295

Chart FA2-8

(2-8) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK-ONLY QUEUING

•

•

•

•

4

N
GET THE DCB
ADDRESS

A

..

•
A5
SAVE THE SCAN

FINDESTQ

~~W~~~E

B

NO

FIND THE
DESTINATION QCB

NY~E~RSI~~D

B

.

•
PUT THE PREF I X
IN THE SCB

C

SET THE
SCHEDULER

C

..

•
B

AI

A5

LAST
D

S I ZECK

SET THE SIZE OF
DATA IN THE
LAST UN IT

CHECK THE
BUFFER SIZE

0

..

•
GET THE SIZE
AND CLEAR THE
DATA

E

E

.

•
SET THE

'NO

1~~~~i~;Z~L~~~

F

SAVE THE FEFO
POINTER

F

ADDRESS TO MOVE
DATA FROM

..

•
SET THE COUNT

OF DATA TO BE

G

MOVED

IINWKAI
SIZE

G

..

•
GET AN

H

H

ADD I TI DNAL UN IT

.

C0J
EI

•

A4
USELCB
NO

SET REQUESTED
BUFFER SIZE IN
THE ERB

~

..

•
A3
OFFSET
K

SET REQUESTED
BUFFER SIZE IN
THE ERB

K

2-9
Al

•

296

OS TCAM PLM

2

•

•

4

•

5

Chart FA2-9

(2-9) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING

•

GtJ

•

•

•

4

~y

A

•
B

•
=

SET THE COUNT
OF DA TA MovED
KEY OR PREF I X
SIZE

SET X
THE NO.
OF IDLES PLUS
PREFIX SIZE
PLUS THE AMOUNT
MOVEO

=

B

•
C

•
SET THE PREFIX
NEEOED

C

•

•
...._ _...I..&.II=..,A4

C;ET:;.BF..;R~_-I

o

~-9
C;ET A BUFFER
EI

0

•

•

E

LINK A UNIT TO
THE BUrrER

E

•

•

F

F

•

•

C;

C;

•

•
SET UP TO MOVE

H

•

DATA FROM THE

LINK TO THE

NEXT BYTE IN
THE OLD UNiT

PREVIOUS BUFFER
OR UNIT

r-_ _ _

BjoI.LIo.wJ;;lIo'-':"'_ _..

•

.IOII..-.~A4

FIXIT

SET UP FOR THE

J

H

YES

TEXT PREFIX

ADO A UNIT TO A
BUFFER

J

•

•
SET THE ADORESS
OF THE NEW LAST
UNIT

K

z

.

AOD THE COUNT
OF DATA LEFT TO
MOVE ANO THE

K

PRErlX SIZE

4

•

5

Section 4: Program Organization

297

Chart FA2·10 (210) CPB INITIALIZATION" DISK..QNLY QUEUING

,

~

,

,

AI

,

~
A4

RTNSCHD

FLAGINTC
YES

QC~~~~~a ~7~LO

YES

F'REECPBA
FREE A CP~

~8

AI

e

EI

..

~

C

SET UP TO EXIT
TO APPQEMTY
IF"A,,-5,Gal

C

..
D

..
RESET LCSSENO
AND QCBSDFFO
FLAGS

D

..

~

It

RESET 'BUFFERED
TERM I NAL MI DOLE
OF MESSAGE'
F"LAG

SET THE DATA
FIELD AND
LASTIFEFO

E

..

~

EZ
OATAONLY
BUILD THE CCWS
AND SET THE
'QUEUING' I'LAG

F

..

~

A3
e:XCPINQZ
ADO A CPS TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM

G

G

..

..
OSPPOSTR
TP05 T THE ERe
TO IGGOl9Q9

H

SET UP TO
BYPASS CPSFREE

H

..

..
OSPPOSTR

J

TP~6T':::~fL~CS

J

..

..
FAZ-I,03
FA2-S,G2

K

..

298

OS TCAM PLM

K

z

•

3

..

4

•

5

Chart FA2·11 (211) CPB INITIALIZATION . DISK"()NLY QUEUING

,

,

,

4

,

~
AI

SET THE PRFS I ZE
FIELD

..
AI
FULLBUF

NO

B

PROCESS A FULL
BUFFER

B

..

•

C

..

•
A3

A3

ADONBUNT

NO

LlNKTIC

PUT THE TOTAL
NUMBER OF" UNITS
IN THE PREFIX
KEY LElliGTH
nELD

LINK A UNIT TO
THE BUFFER

GET AN
ADD I T I aNAl.. UN I T

0

SET THE F"IRST
BYTE OF DATA AT
THE ADORES S OF
UNIT + 12

..

•

AI
SET X = DES I RED
BUFFER SIZE CURRENT BUF"FER
SIZE; DATA IN
NEW UNIT = 0

FREECPBA

E

0

FREE A CPB

..

E

..

F

..

..
SET THE AMOUNT
OF gAT A TO Bt;:
MOVE
NTO THE
N!;:W UN T EQUAL
TO X

I

G

G

..

•

~

SETEOM
H

JI

SET 'END OF

MESSAGE

t

INDICATORS

H

•
J

..

•
FULLBUF
K

PROCESS A FU\-l,.
SUFFER

K

2-7
91

•

2

•

•

4

•

5

Section 4: Program Organi:!:ation

299

Chart FA2-12 (212) CPB INITIALIZATION -DISK-ONLY QUEUING

•

•

3

•

4

•

SET X • SIZE OF
I O~ES PLUS THE

S~~E~I~ ~mix

A

A

SI ZE

.

•
SAVE THE
PRFOEST ANO
PRFQ8ACK FIELDS

8

B

..

•

c

C

..
o

o

.

•
COPY PREF I X I
SET THE AMOUNT
OF DATA MOVED
INTO THE NEW
UNIT = X

E

10

.

..
SET PRFSCAN =
0; UNIT COUNT =
Y

F

Y; PRFS I ZE

=

.

.
...-_ _"':'U=I.:I."A4
FIXIT

ADD A UNIT TO A

G

G

8UFFER

.

•

H

H

..

•
=

• TO' ADORESS
UNIT AODRESS +
y. 'FROt.P
ADORESS
UNIT
ADDRESS + WKACT

J

SET UP TO MOVE
X CHARACTERS
(AMOUNT OF OATA
LEFT IN THE
WORK AREAl

YO:S

=

J-4EW WKACT •

WKACT

t<

O~D

X; NEW

INWKA ;; OLD

MOVE THE DATA

INWKA -

..

X

J

•
SET UP TO MOVE

AMD0~~ ~~TObvE

K

K

=

ADDRESS OF
OLD 'TO' UNIT-Y

•

300

OS TeAM PLM

2

•

•

4

•

Chart FA2·13 (213) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING

•

•

•

•

FA2-2,Cl

FA2-2,D5

FA2-3,El

FA2-13,Dl

•

4

FA2-2,K4

FA2-13,C2

FA2-3,85
FAZ-6.J3,J4

•

FA2-7,C5

REQCPB

FA2-15,JI

REQUEST A CPs

FA2-15,E3

B

•
UNITFREE
FREE BUFFER
UNITS

•

•
SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS AND

ADD ONE TO THE

LAST BUFFER

CHA I N OR RETURN

•
E

D

THE TIC

UN I T COUNT

THE BUFFER

•

FflWOW"I.u.....:.._ _...,
RESTORE THE
DEST I NAT I ON QCB
ADDRESS

SET UP TO TPQST
THE UNITS TO
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

CHA I N THE UN I T

INTO THE TIC
CHAIN

E

•

•
WRKD
F

KEEP THE

ADDRESS OF THE

SUlLO CCWS

F

LAST TPOSTED

UNIT

•

•
PUT THE QCB

G

ADDRESS I N THE
BUFFER

G

•

•
DSPPOSTR
H

TPQST THE UN ITS

H

•

•
(

J

RETURN

)

•

•

K

K

•

•

4

•
Section 4: Program Organization

301

Chart FA2·14 (214) CPB INITIALIZATION ·DISK.QNLY QUEUING

•

•

•

•

4

A

•

F"A2-Z,C4

FA2-9,J4

FA2-1,Fl

FA2-3,C2

FA2-12,GI

FA2-2,F3

SUSRACT ONE
FROM THE
MESSAGE COUNT
IN THE QCB

LINK THE UNIT
TO THE PREY IOUS
BUFFER

B

..
B

..

•
CLEAR AND SET
THE TIC

C

C

.
o

SET THE LCB AND
SCB FIELDS

FINO THE SCB
FOR THE
DESTINATION

o

.

•
UPDATE THE FEFO

>Y,,;"''';S_-I

E

I~O+~~E~C~A~52

E

THE DESTINATION

..

•
REQCP81
F

RE;:QUEST ONE CPB

F

..

•
G

SET CPBADDR ::
QCBlFEFO

G

..

•
SET THE DATA

H

FIELO = PREFIX

H

+ FEFO POINTER

..
EXCPINQI
ADD A CPB TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM

..

•
K

•

302

OS TeAM PLM

2

•

•

4

•

Chart FA2·15 (215) CPB INITIALIZATION. DISK-ONLY QUEUING

•

•

•

•

FA2-II,B3

FA2-6,G3

FA2-II,K)

FAZ-6,G4

•

4

FA2-1,C2

FA2-4,C4

•

FA2-7,G4

MERGE THE
ENABLED "NO
DISABLED COUNT
FIELDS

B

GET THE seB
SIZE

GET THE ERa

•

B

•

c

(

RETURN

)

ADD FOUR TO THE
NUMBER OF UNITS
AND SUBTRACT
THE KEYLENGTH

C

FROM seB 5 I ZE

•

•

D

UNL INK THE
BUFFERS FROM
THE ERe

see

SET THE

UNIT COUNT

o

•

•
POST

RETURN

PERFORM A TPQST

E

E

•

•

F

F

•

•

G

G

•

•
UNLINK
TI005T

•

THE

BUFFER AND
PREPARE TO

H

H

IT TO MH

•

,....__..L...a...........A5
POST

PERFORM A TPOST

J

J

•
(

RETURN

)

K

•

•

4

Section 4: Program Organization

303

Chart FA2-16 (216) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK ONLY QUEUING

•

•

•

4

,

A
1 ,C3

FA2-2,EI,J3,H4,C5

FA2-tO,G4

FA2-7,83

FA2-3,F2 FA2-5,Jl

FA2~la,Hl

FA2~

FA2-4,B2

•

FA2-14,..Jl

S

CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
SUFFER

GET THE ADQRISSS
OF ENQMGRC

GET THE ADDRESS
OF ENQMGRC

S

..

•

E.f'Wo"""'.......-'-_-'1
C

SET ANO SAVE
THE POSITIVE
CHANNEL COMMAND

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE INPUT
CPS QUEUE

5ET SC8UNTCT
0

..

•

o

0

..

•
GET THE AOORESS

OF THE BUFFER

E

E

LI NK FIELD

..

•
CORRECT THE

NO

F

LINK ADORES 5
FOR THE cps;
CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD

F

.

•
SET THE NEW
LAST ELEMENT

G

G

.

•

H

H

..

•
LI NK TH I S
ELEMENT TO THE

PREvIOUS LAST

J

ELEMENT

..

•

K

K

.,

304

OS TeAM PLM

.,

.,

4

.,

Chart FA2·17 (217) CPB INITIALIZATION. DISK.QNLY QUEUING

•

•

•
6

•

FA2-2,G4

FA2-2,D4

f'A~-2,

FAZ"13,Fl

F'AZ"13,Bl

FA2-!4,FI

4

•

0:3, A5

•

MAKE REGISTER

BUILD TflE WRITE
KEY AND DATA
CCWS

< 0

8

•

•
C

SET CP8ADDR :
CURRENT RECORD
NUMBER I N TflE
PREFIX

c

•

•

o

SAVE THE
ADDRESS AND TflE
NUMBER OF UNITS

REMOVE A CPS

o

•

•

E

E

•

•

•

•

G

G

•
RETURN

H

•
J

•
K

•

2

•

3

•

4

•

Section 4: Pr9gram Organization

305

Chart FA2-I8 (218) CPB INITIALIZATION - DISK~NLY QUEUING

•

2

•

•

•

4

A

A

•

FA2-3,.J5

FA2-3,C5

FA2-3,H4

FA2-4,B3,E3

FA2-8,Kl

FA2-8,.J2

FA2-8,03

.

~4

B

S

•

..

C

C

..
D

~

GET THE LCS
ADDRESS, NO. OF
TH~

G~T

E3

CURR~NT

CPS. AND COUNT

TH~

S~T

DESTINATION
FROM THE BUFFER
PR~FI X

TH~

OF DATA MOVED

E

~

ADD ONE TO
SCSCPSNO; CLEAR
THE WORK AR~A

NO

UP TO SUlLO
SAM~ SUFFER
SIZ~

D

..

(

GET TH~
LCSTTC I N OFFS~T

R~TURN

)

~

..

•
T

F

SET INTO THE
SCSSCSEG FIELD
THE NUMS~R OF
THE R~CORD ~UST
READ

IEDQTNT
GET THE
TERM I NAL ENTRY
OF"FSET

F"

..

•
G

BUILD R~AD KEY
AND DATA CCWS

GET THE BUFFER
SIZE

YES

G

..
A3
EXCPINQ2
H

GET

TH~

DCB

aS~~~~Ssli~E

ADD A CPB TO
THE CHANNEL
PROGRAM

CALCULATE THE
NUMBER OF UN ITS

AND THE NUMSER
OF UNITS

H

..

•
~

SUILD THE ERB

J

..

•

K

.

306

OS TeAM PLM

.

3

.

4

.

5

Chart FA2·19 (219) CPB INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING

"

"

"

3

4

"

A
FA,2-8 t D2

FA2-8,H2
FA2-1 I ,02

•
B

GET THE KEY
LENGTH. THE
F\ R ST BUFFER
ADDRESS

•

ADD ONE TO THE
NUMI9ER OF UN I TS

B

•

•

c

C

•

•
SUBTRACT 1 FROM

DECREMENT THE
NO. OF UNITS IN
BUFFER IF ENTRY
WAS AT ADDNBUNT

THE AVAILABLE

U~~m~R AC~~mR

D

o

•
E

•
SUBTRACT THE
KEY LENGTH FROM
THE BUFFER SIZE

E

•

•
NO

SET THE LAST
UNI T ADDRESS

PUT THE ERB ON
THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

•
G

•
2-5
G

GET THE ADDR~SS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT

•

G

•
SET THE
REMAINING SIZE

= COUNT OF DATA

H

H

IN THE NEW UNIT

•
PUT THE COUNT
NEEDED TO FILL
THE UNIT IN
TOUNT

J

J

•

•

K

K

.

.

3

.

4

.

Section 4: Program Organization

307

Chart FA2·20 (220) CPB INITIALIZATION" DISK-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

FA2-1 I,H3

•

•

,

4

FAZ-9,E5

FA2-I,EI

FA~-3!E3

FAZ-II,D3

FA2-2,A2

FA2-8,85

GET THE
DESTINATION Qce
ADDRESS ANO THE
PRIORITY LEVEL

LINK THO: UNIT
INTO THE TIC OF
THE BUFFER

B

..
e

..

•
F
CLEAR AND
IN I TI ALI ZE THE
OP CODE

C

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE FIRST
PR lOR I TY QCB

C

•

.

D

D

•

..
PRIORITY QCB
AODRESS • SIZE
OF PRIORITY QCB
X F'RIORITY
LEVEL

E

E

..

•
F

•

..

G

G

•

..

H

H

•

.

J

..

.

K

•

308

OS TeAM PLM

•

•

4

•

Chart FA2·21 (221) CPS INITIALIZATION· DISK-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

4

,

FA2-S.H2

FA2-5.EI

FA2-5,G5

FA2-5,G2

"

•

PUT THE

APPQEMTY

ADDRESS

8

8

1~~61~t~~II!N

•

"
UNL I NK THE CPS

•

"
D

c

PUT THE CPS IN
THE CPS FREE
POOL

D

•

"

(

RETURN

)

E

"
F

F

•

"
G

G

"

•

H

H

•

"
~

~

•

"
K

K

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

309

Chart FA2·22 (222) CPB INITIAUZATION . DISK ONLY QUEUING

•

•

•

•

4

A

A
F"A2-fD,E3,F'4

.
8

FA2-15,DI

FA2-II,EI

FA<-22,C2

FA2-7,Al

•

~A<-10,B2

SET THE SCB

SUBTRACT 1 FROM
THE SCB CPs
COUNT

UNIT COUNT =

B

CPS WORK COUNT

.

•
, -_ _ _"j;"Q...........A4

)

LASTTEST
YES

SET THE SCB
UNIT COUNT
0

=

SET THE SCB
UNI T COUNT

C

..
D

•
ADD I TO
SCBNXCPB;

SUBTRACT 1 FROM

0

01 SK COUNT

..

•

E

E

.

•

F

F'

•
ADD 4 TO THE
ADDRESS

G

G

..

•
CFIiII'_OA....l.-_ _.,
PUT

H

~RFXTRA

$C8SCSEG

IN

PUT THE CPS IN
THE CPS FREE
POOL

H

.
J

•
K

K

•

310

OS TeAM PLM

•

•

4

•

Chart HM-!

(HM!) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

cr

9

•

REPLACE THE 5GB

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE BUFFER,

B

•

•

PRIORITY WITH
THE OFFSET TO
CURRENT PRIORITY LEVEL QCB

OF THE LeB, AND
OF THE 5CB

B

•
GET THE AODRESS

OF THE MASTER

C

NO

C

QCB AND OF THE
FIRST PRIORITY
QCB

..

•
NO

0

0

..

•
CKDELAYQ

ADO ONE TO THE
QUEUE MESSAGE

E

NO

COUNT

REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE, IF THERE

E

..

•
PRTY

QCB ADOR

=

PRTY OFFSET X

F

PRTY QCB 5 I ZE +

FIRST PRTY QCB
ADDR

..

•
SET FOR MESSAGE
TO GO TO THE

SET X = THE

PREFIX SIZE

HIGHEST

G

PRIORITY aCB

G

..

•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
UNIT; ADD ONE
TO THE COUNTER

H

SUBTRACT

AVTKEYLE FROM X

8

..

H

•

GET THE ADORESS

OF THE NEXT

SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS = THE

PR I OR I TY LEVEL

J

COUNTER

QCB

..

•
NO

K

SET UP TO TPOST
THE NEXT UNIT

POSTSUB
TPOST THE
BUFFER

TO THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

K

r;:;;l

'V

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

311

Chart HM-2

(HM2) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

~

•

•

•

•

9

AI

PQSTDISK

~

YES

SETFEFo

REPLACE THE QCB
HIGHEST

SET THE QCB AND
5GB FEFO

PR I OR I TY LEVEL

A

PO INTERS

•

•
SAMELAST

SENDIN I T

TEST FOR

EXAMINE THE
MESSAGE AND LC8

INITIATE MODE
NOW ACT I VE

•

B

•
PDSTSUBA

FINDSTCB

TPOST THE ER8

C

GET THE STCB
ADDRESS

C

•
CNTUN I TS

D

D

•
E

E

•
OUPLCORE

F

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

TEST FOR SINGLE

UN I T HEADER

F

•
INCRNT
G

INCREMENT

SWAP BUFFER

UNITS

OUPL I CATE

HEADER COUNT

•
SET UP TO TPOST

H

THIS BUFFER TO
THE COPY QCB

0p

SETD I SK

QUEUNITS

SET THE ADDRESS
FOR THIS BUFFER

QUEUE THE
BUFFER UNITS

~
H4

PQSTSU8
TPOST THE
BUFFER

G

•
H

•
4
SETD I SK

SET THE ADDRESS
FOR THIS BUFFER

•

•
UPDATE REUSABLE

K

K

DISK DATA SET.
IF NECESSARY

•

312

OS TeAM PLM

•

4

•

Chart HM·3

(HM3) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

~

•

•

4

AI

QUEUE I

~

~

NO

MOVE SCBDNSEG
TO PRFCRCD AND
SCBDCHDR

PRFCHDR

TO

.

.
SET Y
PRFNBUNT -

B

B

.

It

.

.
MOVE THE AVT
ADDRESS VALUE
TO PRFXTRA

SET THE NEW

QCBFHTZ AND

QCBFHLZ FIELDS

0

LASTSEG
MOVE QC8DNHDR
TO PRFCRCD AND

ADD 4 TIMES

y

TO THE AVT

VALUE OF
ADDRESS

PRFCRca TO
SC9DCHDR

E

..
F

..
MOVE QCBQBACK
TO PRFHQBCK AND

!EDQTNT

GET THE
TERMINAL ENTRY

PRFCRCD TO

QCBQBACK

ADDRESS

.

It

G

MovE THE AVT
ADDRESS FIELD
TO QCBDNHDR AND
TO PRFNHDR

MOVE AVT VALUE
OF ADDRESS TO
SC8DNSEG AND TO
PRFNTXT

GET THE QCB
ADDRESS

G

•

It

H

.

ADDONE

GETNTXT

ADD 4 TO THE

GET THE

AVT VALUE OF

ADDRESS

ADDITIONAL

RECORDS ADDRESS

MovE PRFCRCD TO
QCBLKRRN

MOVE QCBQ8ACK
TO PRFTQBCK AND

ADDONE

ADD 4 TO THE
AVT

PRFCRCO TO
QCBQBACK

VALUE OF

ADDRESS

H

.

It

FINDSTCB

SAMELA5T

GET THE 5TC8
ADDRESS

EXAMINE THE
MESSAGE AND THE
LeB

.
K

8

FINDSTCB
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS

K

~

r;.;l

'V

'\Y
4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

313

Chart HM-4

(HM4) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

I

•

r;;;;J

'\/

0.,...."""'''"'-'''-__,

~

4

SET UP TO TPOST
THE BUFFER TO

INCRCNT

INCREMENT
DUPLICATE
HEAOER RECORD

THE 0 I SK 110
QCB

1--_....,...._---1

•

•
REMOVE ONE UNIT

B

8

•

•
CALCULATE THE

ABSOLUTE
RELATIVE RECORD
NUMBER FROM
AVTRADOR

~--~~C

TRANSFER OAT A

C

•
ASSIGN1A

o

ASSIGN THE

QUEUING
POINTERS

o

•
CALCULATE Y
ABSOLUTE RRN

=

DIVIDED BY

E

E

TOT AL NUMBER OF

RECORDS

•

•
CALCULATE X =
TOTAL NUMBER OF

RECORDS 0 I v I OED
BY 4

F

F

•

•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE ELEMENT TO

THE SPECIFIED
QCB ILCBRCQCBJ

G

•
REPLACE

DSPPOSTR

AVTRADDR WITH
H

TPOST ELEMENT

ADJUSTED Y
VALUE

H

•

•
DSPPOSTR

F I NDSTCB

TPQST THE REUS
QCB TO START
REUS CLEANUP

FIND THE STCB

ADDRESS

J

•

•
CALCULATE LOAD

POINT

PO I NT +

=1LOAD
/4 THE

K

TOTAL NUMBER OF
RECORDS

,

314

OS TeAM PLM

,

,

Chart HM-S

(HMS) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

•

•

4

ACTIVATED BY THE
REUSAB I L I TY-COPY

A

SUBTASK
HM-l0.CI

..

•

B

B

.

•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
SCB

C

..

•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE DCB AND
OF THE FIRST
LCB IN THE LINE
GROUP

GET ADDRESS OF
LAST PREFIX
UNiT

0

0

..

•
E

C

SET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS PER
BUFFER EQUAL TO
1

FIND THE SCB
ADDRESS AND THE
LCB WITH THE
DIAL SCHEDULER

YES

E

..
UNITCNT

F

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE RIGHT
LCB AND SCB

COUNT ONE UN I T

F

.

•
NO

G

G

..

•
H

ADD 1 TO
NUMBER. WR I TE
IN QUEUED
BUFFER

NO

H

.

•
C

MAKE THE LAST

.J

UNIT TIC TO
THIS UNIT

.

•

K

•

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

315

Chart HM-6

(HM6) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

,

,

,

HM-2,BI

HM-I,K5

HM-7.E 1,82

HM-2.G5

~-IC

B

RETURN •

4

)

,

4

HM-2,D4

PUT THE BUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REGISTER

.
DUPLCORE

GET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS IN A
BUFFER

LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER

B

.

.
RETURN

PUT THE QCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER

SET THE NUMBER
EQUAL TO 1

.
ADO THE NUMBER
TO THE AYT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS

DSPPOSTR
TPOST THE
BUFFER

0

0

.

.

(

E

RETURN

)

YES

E

.

.
SET A NEW AVT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS

F

.

..

G

G

.

..

H

H

QP .
AI

CHAIN ONE UNIT
TO THE PREV IOUS
UNIT

J

.
K

..
FREE THESE
UNITS

YES

~

'V
.

316

J

OS TeAM PLM

4

Chart HM·7

(HM7) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

•

4

•

A

.

•
SENDINIT

FLAG THE HEADER

~~~~L~~~~ f~~ ~~stO

SEE I F AN I N I TIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT

B

B

OF THE BUFFER

.

•
>--"--+!

C

SUBTRACT I FROM
THE MESSAGE
COUNT

C

•

.

D

D

•

.
SENDINIT

E

SEE I F AN IN 1TIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT

QUEUE ONE UN IT

E

.

•
SETFEFO
PUT THE FEFO
POINTERS IN THE
QCB AND SCB

F

F

..
FINDSTCB
FIND THE STC8
ADDRESS

G

.

•
H

G

SAMELAST

SET UP TO QUEUE

EXAMINE Ttii
BUFFER AND lII'E
LCB

ONE UNIT

H

.

•
ASSIGN!
J

QUEUE THE UN I T

•

.

K

K

•

2

•

4

•

5

Section 4: Program Organization

317

Chart HM-S

(HMS) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

HM-2,C5

..

HM-7,G5

•

I ,E4

HM-2,85

HM-B,Dl

HM-3,.J5

HM~

HM-3,J2,K5

•

HM-4,J5

•

HM-7,H5

YES
B

B

.

•
I EDQHG02

YES

REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM THE TIME
DELAY QUEUE

C

C

..

•
LOCKMSG

CKDELA YQ

D

REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER

REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE. IF THERE

TEST FOR A LOCK

STCB

D

RESPONSE

MESSAGE

.

•

E

E

.

•
SET UP TO TPOST

THE Lee FOR A
SEND OPERATION

F

.

•

(0

CALCULATE
15
ADDRESS +
OFFSET AT
ADDRES5-2

REG [STER

G

G

..

•
BALR

H

14,15

SET X = Qce
ADDRESS AND Y
SEARCH VALUE

EXECUTE THE
SCHEDULER AT
REGISTER 15

H

..

•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE

"

YES

5C§:BANgFo~H~HE

REMOVE THE Lea

FROM THE CHAIN

Qce

.
K

"

•

(

RETURN

)

MOVE Y TO X;

MOVE THE Lee
INSRCE VALUE TO
Y

..

318

F

OS TeAM PLM

.

.

4

(

RETURN

)

K

Chart HM·9

(HM9) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

.

..

.

HM-2,H4

.

..

4

HM-4,D5

HM-7,,J 1

HM-2. G4

HM-9.G2

SET THE PRFCORE
FIELD

B

.

SAVE THE BUFFER

ADDRESS

B

.

..
TRANSFER ONE
UNIT

C

..

.
GET THE ADDRESS

OF THE PREVIOUS
HEADER AND

o

o

CHAIN THIS ONE

IN

.
GET THE ADDRESS

E

OF THE PREVIOUS
UNIT AND PUT
PRFCDRE IN ITS
PRFNTXT FIELD

MOVE PRFCORE TO
SC8CLSEG AND TO
QCBCPVHD

RESTORE
ADDRESSES

E

.
SET THE LOCK

RELATIVE RECORD
NUMBER IN THE
QCB

MOVE PRFCORE TO
SCBCLSEG

F

.

..
ASS I GJ\J 1

QUEUE THIS
BUFFER

G

G

..

.

H

H

..

.
PUT ZERO I N THE

TIC COUNT FIELD

.

..

K

.

..

4

Section 4: Program Organization

319

Chart HM·lO

(HMlO) DESTINATION SCHEDULER

•

•

•

•

4

A

It

HM-2,A5

HM-2,F2

HM-4,F5

HM-6,85

HM-2,K2

HM-2,.J2

HM-B,D4

•

HM-7,F5

B

GET THE HEADER
BUFFER ADDRESS

LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER

B

•

It

IEOQHM03

C

C

It

•

D

D

It

•

E

UPDATE THE

see

WITH THE NEW
FEFO POINTER

E

•

It

F

UPDATE THE QCB
FEFO PO INTERS

F

HM-2,H3,J4

HM-3,Hl,H4

HM-2,G2

•
ADD 4 TO THE

AVT VALUE OF

G

G

ADDRESS

•

It

ADD I TO
DUPLICATE
HEADER COUNT

H

H

•

It

PUT SCSDNSEG IN
PRFCRCD

.J

.J

•

It

SET THE SUFFER
ADDRESS

K

3

320

OS TeAM PLM

----~~~~~-

4

K

•

Chart HMI-I

(HI I) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE.QNLY QUEUING

,

,

,

4

,

A

..
B

GET THE ADDRESS
OF' THE BUFFER I
OF" D~H~H~C~CBAND

REPLACE THE SCB
PRIORITY WITH
THE DF"F"SET TO
CURRENT PRIORITY LEVEL QCB

B

.

•
C

GET THE ADDRESS
OF" THE MASTER
QCB AND OF" THE
FIRST PRIORITY
QCB

NO

C

.

•
NO

0

D

•

.
CKDELAYQ
ADD ONE TO THE
QUEUE MESSAGE
COUNT

E

NO

REMOVE ELEMENT
F"ROM TIME DELAY
QUEUE, IF" THERE

E

..

•
=

PR TY QCB ADDR
PRTY OF"F"SET x
PRTY QCB SIZE +
F"IRST PRTY QCB
AD DR

F"

F"

.
=

SET MSG TO GO
TO THE HIGHEST
PRIORITY DCB

G

SET X
THE
PREF"IX SIZE

G

..

•
GET THE ADDRESS

OF THE NEXT

NO

AVTKEYLE F"ROM X

H

.

B3

•
J

SUBTRACT

T~N +~~ ~gSN~~~

H

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
PRIORITY LEvEL
QCB

SET THE NUMBER
OF" UNITS
THE
COUNTER

=

J

..

•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE NEXT UNIT
TO THE BUFFER
RETURN QCB

NO
K

•

2

•

3

•

4

POSTSUB
TPQST THE
BUF"F"ER

K

•

Section 4: Program Organization

321

Chart HMl-2

(H12) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE'()NLY QUEUING

~

•

•

•

•

':l
PQSTDISK

~

>Y.::E.;:S_-t REPL~T~H~~~ aCB

A

PRIORITY LEvEL

•
SENDINIT
B

8

TEST FOR

INITIATE MODE
NOW ACTIVE

•
YES
C

POSTSUBA

TPQST THE ERe

PUT THE aCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER

C

•

•
4
CNTUNITS

COUNT BFR UNITS

0

&.

UPDATE

0

AVT

ADDR VALUE

•

•
NO

E

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE SUFFER
RETURN QCB

E

•

•

F

INCRCNT

SET~EFO

COUNT THE

SET QCB AND seB
FEFO POINTERS

DUPLICATE
BUFFER

F

•
4

QUE UN I 1S

REMovE ONE UNIT

FROM THE BUFFER

G

SAMELAST

QUEUE THE
BUFFER UNITS

TRANSFER DATA

EXAMINE THE

MESSAGE AND Lce

•

•
H

ASSIGNIA

FINDSTCB

ASSIGN THE
QUEUING

GET THE STCB
ADDRESS

POINTERS

H

•

•
SETFEFO
SET FEFQ

J

IN THE
QCB AND THE SCB

POINTERS

DSPPOSTR
TPOST THE
ELEMENT

J

•

•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE SPEC I FI ED

QCB AT LCBRCQCB

.

322

G

as TeAM PLM

FINDSTCB
GET THE STCB
ADDRESS

.

4

..

Chart HMl·3 (H13) DESTINATION SCHEDULER ·MAIN-STORAGE..QNLY QUEUING

,

,

3

,

,

4

ACTIVATED BY THE
REUSAB I L.I TY-COPY
SUBTASK
HMI-S,CI

•

.

B

B

•

..

C

C

•

.

o

GET ADDRESS OF
THE L.AST PREFIX
UNIT

>-=--J

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
SCB

o

..

•
UNITCNT
E

COUNT ONE UN I T

E

.

•
F

NO
GET THE ADDRESS
>.;;...-------------1
OF THE L.AST
PREFIX

..

•

G

..

•
H

MAKE THE L.AST
UNIT TIC TO
THIS UNIT

H

•

..

•

..

K

K

•

3

5

Section 4: Program Organization

323

Chart HMl-4 (H14) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

..

,

HMl-2,81

HM1-1

HMl-5,Dl

HMI-2,F3

1 K5

,

4

HMI-2,02

.

HMI-5,B2

8

(

RETURN +

+

DUPLCORE

)

PUT THE BUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REG I STER I

GET THE NUMBER
OF UNITS IN A
BUFFER

LOCATE ORIGINAL
HEADER

B

..

•
P
PUT THE QCB
ADDRESS IN THE
BUFFER

C

SET THE NUMBER
EQUAL TO I

•
OSPPOSTR

ADD THE NUMBER
TO THE AVT

VALUE OF

TPOST THE
BUFFER

0

D

ADDRESS

..

•
YES

E

E

.

•
SET A NEW AVT
VALUE OF
ADDRESS

F

..

•

G

G

..

•

H

H

HIS
AI

CHAIN ONE UNIT
TO THE PREVIOUS
UNIT

~

..
K

•
FREE THESE
UNITS

YES

,.

324

•

OS TeAM PLM

,.

4

Chart HMl·S

(H1S) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

•

A

..

•
FLAG THE HEADER

SENDUN I T

>:'::""..(..._1 L~~U f~~ ~~stO

SEE IF INITIATE
MODE MSG BE I NG
SEND

B

9

OF THE BUFFER

•
C

C

..

•
SENDI NIT

o

SEE IF AN INITIATE MESSAGE
IS BEING SENT

o

QUEUE .ONE UN I T

..

•
SETFEFO
PUr THE FEFO
POINTERS IN THE
aCB AND SCB

E

E

..
FINOSTCB

FIND THE STCB
ADDRESS

F

..
.--_ _...................."\4
G

•

SAMELAST

SET UP TO QUEUE
ONE UNIT

EXAMINE THE
AND THE
LCB

G

BUFFE~

..

•
ASSIGNI

H

QUEUE THE UNIT

H

•

..

•

K

•

•

•

Section 4: Program Organization

325

Chart HMl·6 (Hl6) DESTINATION SCHEDULER - MAIN-STORAGE-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

3

•

4

A

A

..

HMI-2,H5,K3

HMI-I,E4

HMI-2,G5

HMI-5,F!5

HMl-6,Dl

HMI-5,G5

•
YES

8

8

.

•
IEOQHG02

C

YES

REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM THE TI ME
DELAY QUEUE

C

..

•
CKOELAYQ

D

LOCKMSG

REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER
STCe

REMOVE ELE:MENT
FR"'" T liOIE DELA Y
QuEUE, IF THERE

TEST FOR A LOCK
RESPONSE
MESSAGE

0

.

•

E

E

.

•
SET UP TO TPOST
THE Lce FOR A
SEND OPERATION

F

.
G

•
CALCULATE
REG I STER 15
ADDRESS +
OFFSET AT
AOORESS-2

..
AL~'

H

I.

G

•
15

=

SET X
Qce
ADORESS AND Y
SEARCH VALUE

SR T H E
AT
R 15

H

.

•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE

.J

F

YES

SC~:8 AN8" O~H~HE

REMOVE THE Lce
FROM THE CHA I N

.J

ace

.

•
~g~~ tH~OL~~

K

I NSRCE VALUE TO
Y

•

326

-=--1

C

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE WORK
AREA AND OF THE
seB

•

C

•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE DeB AND
OF THE FIRST
LeB IN THE LINE
GROUP

D

o

•

•
YES

:>-=--1

E

•

FIND THE se8
ADDRESS AND THE
LCB WITH THE
DIAL SCHEDULER

E

•
GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE RIGHT
LCB AND SCB

•

•

G

G

•

•

H

H

•

•

J

J

•

•

K

K

2

•

4

Section 4: Program Organization

333

Chart HM2·6 (H26) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· DISK.QNLY QUEUING

,

1(1

,

•

3

A

..

HMi2-I,K5

HM2-2,SI

HM~-2,F'2

HM2-3,1"t2

•
GET THE
ADD I T I ONAL
RECORDS ADDRESS

PUT THE SUFFER
ADDRESS IN
REGISTER I

e

8

..

•

C

C

..

•

D

D

..

•

E

E

..

•
F

..

•
G
HM2-3 ,H I

HM2-7,04

HM2-3 ;H4

•

•

ADO FOUR TO THE
AV'r vALUE OF
ADDRESS

H

H

..

•
J

•

•

K

•

334

OS teAM PLM

•

3

4

•

Chart HM2·7

(H27) DESTINATION SCHEDULER· DISK-ONLY QUEUING

,

,

,

•

5

A

A

•

HM2-3,..J2

HM2-1,£4

HM2-3,K5

HM2-1,OI

HM2-3,..J5

.
YES

8

B

•

•
IEDQHG02

YES

REMOVE EL.EMENT
FROM THE T I ME
DELAY QUEUE

C

C

•

•
4

CKDELAYQ
')

L.OCKMSG

REPLACE THE
SEND SCHEDULER
STCB

REMOVE ELEMENT
FROM T I ME DELAY
IF THERE

QUEUE,

TEST FOR A LOCK
RESPONSE
MESSAGE

0

•

•

E

E

•

•
SET UP TO TP05T
THE Lce FOR A
SEND OPERATION

F

•
G

•
CALCULATE
REGI STER 15

ADDRESS

G

+

OFFSET AT
ADDRESS-2

•

•
BALR 14,15

H

=

SET X
QCB
ADDRESS ANO Y
SEARCH VAL.uE

EXECuTE THE
SCHEDULER AT
REGI STER 15

H

•

•
RESTORE THE
ADDRESS OF THE

~

F

REMOVE THE Lce
FROM THE CHAIN

YES

5C§:8ANgFo~H!fHE

~

QCB

•

•
~g~~ tH~°L.~~

K

I N5RCE VALUE TO
Y

•

•

K

•

5

Section 4: Program Organization

335

Chart KA-I

(KAI) ACTNATE-I/O GENERATOR SUBTASK

,

3

,

,

4

110 GENERATOR:
THI S
ENTRY POINT ALSO SERVES

~---------- THIS CHART ALSO

A

•

,

----,r---

APPLI ES TO MODULES
RO-8,H4

Q3-6,H3,F5

I£OQK9,

RO-9,F4

Q3-3,F5

I EDQKD , AND IEDQKE

Q2-8,J5

Q4-5,Ci5

~------~ ~~g~R5~ l~8Q~~DQ~~~QKC,

KA-I,Cl

I EOQKC ,

•

Q5-6,H4

IEDQTNT
CALCULATE THE
TERMNAME OFFSET

B

•

•
C

A

IEDQKA02
HAVE 110
GENERATOR BUILD
CHAN PROG

C

•

•
GET THE
CONCENTRATOR
TERMINAL

D

o

•

•

E

E

•

•

F

•

•
SET UP BUFFER
PRIORITY AND
LINK FIELDS FOR
TPOSTING

G

G

•

•
EXECUTE THE
EXPAND
SUBROUTINE

H

•
J

•
NO OP THE FIRST
TiC

J

•

•
EXCP - TO
START
CHANNEL
PROGRAM

K

.

336

H

OS TeAM PLM

3

K

.

4

.

5

Chart KA·2

(KA2) ACTIVATE·I/O GENERATOR SUBTASK

,

,

,

,

4

KA-I,H5

KA-2,E3

SET THE ADDRESS
OF THE MODEL
CHANNEL PROGRAM
TABLE

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE CCW OAT A
AREA

•
B

..
B

.

•

(

C

RETURN

)

GET THE CORRECT
CCWS

C

..

•
SET THE DATA
COUNT

0

0

..

•
EXPANDER
E

EXECUTE THE
EXPANDER
SUBROUTINE

..

•
SET tHE DATA
ADDRESS

F

..

•
G

SET THE OP CODE

G

•

..

H

H

•

..
POINT TO THE
NEXT ENTRY IN
THE MODEL TABLE

J

J

..

•

K

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

337

Chart Q2·1

(Q21) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

,

•

3

•

4

•

,.

•

B

B

,.

•

c

c

,.

•

D

D

,.

..

E

E

,.

..

F

F

,.

•

G

G

,.

•
GET THE RETURN
ADDRESS TO THE
1/0 SUPER VI SOR
TO SCHEDULE ERP

H

H

,.

•

J

,.

•
K

.

338

OS TeAM PLM

..

.

4

.

Chart Q2·2

(Q22) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSe LINES

•

~

'V
~

~

y

•

•

~

y

•

SET A NEGA T I VE
RESPONSE

.

•
TPQS T THE ERB

SET THE Lee TO
BE TPOSTED TO
THE Qce ADDRESS

DISPOSITION QCB

THE Lee

SET THE PARAM-

ETER LIST TO
B

SPECIFIED IN

TO THE BUFFER

..

•
ENQUEUE

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE

ENQUEUE

PUT THE ELEMENT
ON THE READY
QUEUE

PUT THE ERB ON

THE READY QUEUE

INVITATION
LIST; RESET THE

RECEIVE LIMIT

SET THE Lee TO

9E TPOSTEo TO
THE BUFFER
DISPOSITION QCB

C

..

•
ADJUST THE

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT

RETURN REG [ 5 TER
SO THAT THE Eca
r 5 NOT POS TED

D

D

ENTRy

..

•
RESTORE THE

REGISTERS FOR

THE I/O

E

E

SUPERV I SOR

..

•
F

(

RETURN

)

F

•

.

G

G

•

..
I EDQTNT

H

H

•

'

..
J

.

•
SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW

•

•

•

K

4

Section 4: Program Organization

339

Chart Q2·3 (Q23) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

,

2

,

,

4

,

A

..

..
4
CHACK

B

GET A RESPONSE
TO THE
SELECT ION

B

..

..

C

.

..
D

GET THE
TERMINAL ENTRY
ADDRESS

0

.

..
GET THI1: L I S1 OF
BUFFER S FOR THE
MH

E

E

..

..

F

PUT THE eUF"FIE:RS
ON THE READY
QUEUE

F

..

..
SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW

G

G

.

..
GET THE RETURN

H

~?8R~G~E~S I ~~~
TO SCHEOULE ERP

H

..

..
R~am~~ST~8R
THE I/O
SUPER V I SOR

J

J

.

.

K

K

•

340

OS TeAM PLM

2

.

4

•

Chart Q24 (Q24) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

•

•

•

4

•

•

•

8

8

•

•
CHECK THE
RESPONSE

C

C

•

•
WRITE AN EOT TO
RESET

0

•

•

E

•

•
8SCRSP
F

8UILD A WRITE
ENQ

GET THE RESTART
POINT

F

•

•

G

G

•

•

H

H

•

•
CHECK 10 AND
SET A 8RANCH
RETURN

J

J

•

•

K

K

•

2

•

3

•

4

•

5

Section 4: Program Orga/lization

341

Chart Q2-5

(Q25) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

•

•

•

4

•

CHACK

CHECK THE
RESPONSE

CHECK THE

RESPONSE

•

•

8

8

•

•

c

c

•
o

o

•

•

E

SET UP TO
RESTART ON THE
NEXT CCW

E

•

•
F

•

•

G

G

'--_ _ _ _--!._ _ _ _ _-\ H5

•

r---~I

H

H

•
RESTORE THE
REGISTERS FOR
THE

.j

I/O

.j

SUPER V I SOR

•

•
K

•

342

OS TeAM PLM

4

•

Chart Q2-6 (Q26) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

•

4

SCAN

F INDBUFF
A

•

•

•

GI;:T THE CURRENT
BUFFER

A

SCAN LINE
CONTROL

•

•
ENQUEUE
B

SET UP TO
RESTART ON READ
LCOUT

TPOST THE
BUFFER TO THE
t.4H AS EOt.4

•

•
C

ADJUST THE
RETURN REGISTER
SO THAT THE ECB
I S NOT POSTED

FINDBUFF

SET UP TO START
AT WRITE ACK
INAKI

SET THE CURRENT
BUFFER BASE

BUILD A WRITE
NAK. READ TEXT

C

•

•
RESTDRE THE
REGISTERS FOR
THE I/O
SUPERVISOR

0

DECREMENT THE
DATA SIZE

E

E

•

•
YES

F

F

•

•
CHACK

ENQUEUE!

CHECK THE
RESPONSE

TPOST THE
BUFFER TO THE
MH

SET THE TIC
CHAIN FOR
TRANSPARENT
SUFFER

YES

G

•

•

4
YES

H

I DCHK

CHACK

CHECK THE
RESPONSE

CHECK THE
RESPONSE

F"INDBUF"F"
GET THE CURRENT
BUF"FER

H

•

•
IDCHK

RESTART ON THE
DISABLE

YES

J

TPOST THE;
BUFFER TO THE
t.4H WITH ERROR

NO

CHECK THE 10;

SET UP FOR A
BRANCH RETURN

J

•

•
K

D

•

•

G

B

SET UP TO
RESTART ON READ
10 ENQ

ENQUEUE

RESTORE THE
PREVIOUS CCW
AND CS.

•

2

•

3

•

4

PUT THE BUFF"ER
ON THE READY
QUE;UE

•

K

5

Section 4: Program Orgllllization

343

Chart Q2-7

(Q27) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR BSC LINES

•

•

•

•
FINOBUFF
FIND THE
CURRENT SUFFER

•

N;.;O_.......

D

PREVIOUS
ELEMENTS

..

o

•
I NCREMENT THE
BUFFER COUNT

E

PUT THE CURRENT
ELEMENT AT THE
TOP OF THE
READY QUEUE

GET THE ADDRESS
OF THE NEXT
BUFFER

E

..

•
SET THE PREF I X
SIZE; SET THE
PARAMETERS TO
TPOST TO THE MH

F

CLEAR THE L1 NK
FIELD OF THE
CURRENT ELEMENT

.
G

T~R~~~T C~~T~E~~

•
SET THE
PARAMETER L1 ST
FOR BUFFER
RETURN

ENQUEUE

PUT THE BUFFER
ON THE READY
QUEUE

G

.

•
POST - POST
THE SYSTEM
WAIT
COMPLETE

H

H

•
J

..

•

K

K

•

372

as TeAM PLM

•

•

4

•

Chart 05·8

(058) LINE END APPENDAGE FOR A OTAM-COMPATIBLE SYSTEM

•

..

•

•

•

Q5-5 t A2

•
GET THE ADDRESS

9

DFT~~ElgC~h§ET

8

AREA

..

•
YES

C

AD..JUST THE
RESPONSE LENGTH
8Y 2

C

..

•
YES

D

ADJUST THE
RESPONSE LENGTH
8Y I

D

..
E

•
PAD THE
RESPONSE AREA
WITH SLANKS

E

..
F

•
GET # Or I NV I TATION LISTS
AND PO I NTER TO
INVITATION LiST
FOR THIS LINE

F

•
RETURN

G

)

G

..

•
H

H

..

N:.;:O_ _... PREeV bb~ m~ TO
START ON

S

S

..
c

•
PERFORM SOURCE
DETERMINATION

SET NO RETRY

C

..

•
ADJUST SIZE
8UFFER

D

..
E

A

___
SET EOT INTO
SUFFER

SET ADDRESS EIIP
INVLIST
CHARACTERS

IN

D

•
.I...I:=-u...~'4

ENQUEUE

SET ERP PENDING
INDICATOR

TPOST THE
SUFFER

..

E

•
ADJUST THE

RETURN REGISTER
SO THE Eca IS
NOT POSTED

F

F

..

•

G

G

..

•

H

H

•
J

J

..

•

K

K

•

384

OS TeAM PLM

4

•

Chart RO-9

(R09) LINE END APPENDAGE

,

,

,

,

8

Y
YES

CHANGE THE
PREPARE TO A
READ COMMAND

NO

A

•
e

•

•
SET THE RESTART
ADDRESS TO READ

•

•
o

TPOST THE Lee

D

TO IEDQHK

•

•
RESTORE

E

C

ASSUME 2741;

REGISTERS FOR
THE I/O

>=-'--1 C~~~~~R~E~D s~9

SUPERV I SOR

THE RESTART
ADDRESS

•

E

•
I EDQKA

BUILD A 1050
CHANNEL PROGRAM

F

F

•
ENQUElJ E
G

TPOST THE Lee
TO THE HALTIO
ROUTINE

G

•
H

H

•

•
J

•

•

K

K

•

3

4

Section 4: Program Organization

385

Chart RO·lO (ROA) UNE END APPENDAGE

•

•

3

•

,

4

A

A

.

..

B

B

..

..

C

C

..

.

0

0

.

..
4
ENQUEUE

E

TPOST THE I..CB
TO THE HANGUP
ROUTINE

E

..

..

F"

F"

..

.

G

G

..

..
4
ENQUEUE

H

TPOST THE
BUF"F"ER TO MH

H

.

..
I NCREMENT THE
RETURN REG I STER
TO SKIP THE
POST IN IDS

.J

.J

..

..

K

K

•

386

OS TCAM PLM

2

•

3

•

5

Chart RO·ll

(ROB) LINE END APPENDAGE

,

,

,

RO-o,C2,Dl,H4 RO-4,Dl

•

RO-8,D3

RQ1,A3 •

,

4

RO-15,Dl

RD-2 , CI,e2

RO-6,EI,E3,K5

RO-3,E3

RO-1,C3,03,F3,J3

RO-5,J2

RO-8,G3,G4,J5

PUT QCB ADDR

THE ELEMENT;

IN

GET ADDR OF THE
LAST ELEMENT ON
READY QUEUE

B

•

RO-9,G2,D3
RO-IO,E4,H4
B

RO-' I ,Ci2

•

•
(

C

SET THE CURRENT

)

RETURN

ELEMENT AS THE
LAST IN THE
DISABLED READY
QUEUE

C

•

•
INSERT THE

>-N.:;O_......-I

o

r~R~R~T cR~T~E~~
PREVIOUS
ELEMENTS

•

•
INCREMENT THE

PUT THE CURRENT
ELEMENT AT THE
TOP OF THE
READY QUEUE

GET THE ADDRESS

BUFFER COUNT

E

OF THE NEXT
BUFFER

E

•

•
SET THE PREF I X
SIZE;

F

SET

CLEAR THE LINK
FIELD OF THE
CURRENT ELEMENT

THE

PARAMETERS TO
TPOST TO THE MH

F

•

•
G

D

SET THE
PARAMETER LIST
FOR BUFFER
RETURN

ENQUEUE
G

PUT THE BUFFER

ON THE READY
QUEUE

•

•
POST - POST
THE SYSTEM
WAIT
COMPLETE

H

H

•

•

~

~

•

•
K

III

2

III

III

4

5

Section 4: Program Organization

387

Chart RO·12

C

(ROC) LINE END APPENDAGE

,

,

,

IDCHK
RO-8,E2

RO-4.J4

RO-6,G3.HI

•
B

,

4

:'::".1.--1

WR I ~~S~~

!f~~

SET UP TO
RJ;:START ON THE
NEXT BLOCK

TO

TERMINAL

E

(

•

•
SET AN
INDICATOR THAT
THE LINE IS IN
TEXT MODE

F

F

•
G

~ESTORE THE
REGIsTERS FOR
THE I/O
SUPER V I SOR

SET THE OFFSET
IN THE SCB FOR
POSS ISLE RECALL

G

•

•

H

H

•

•
BUILD A WRITE
EOT TO RESET
THE TERM I NAL

•

•

K

K

•

2

•

•

4

•

Section 4: Program Organization

391

Chart ROG (ROG) LINE END APPENDAGE

•

A

2

•

•

3

•

4

5

(SOURCER )

A

.

•
8

LOCATE
INV ITATION LIST

B

..

•
C

GET CONTROL
UNIT ADDRESS IN
BUFFER

C

..

•
D

LOAD NUMBER
ACTIVE INVLIST
ENTRIES

D

.

•
E

LOAD INVITATION
LIST POINTER

YES

SET SOURCE IN
LCB

E

..

•
STEP TO NEXT
INVITATION LIST
ENTRY

F

SET ADDR
INVITATION
CHARS FOR ERP

.

•
G

(

RETURN

)
..

•
>.;:;.:--------------1 CLEAR

H

Eg~RCE

IN

H

..

•
DER I VE NUMBER
INACTIVE
ENTRIES

.)

J

..

•
RESET CONTROL
UNIT ADDRESS

K

•

392

OS TeAM PLM

K

•

3

•

4

•

5

Chart ROH (ROH) LINE END APPENDAGE

•

A

(

LOOKER

2

•

•

4

•

)

A

•
B

•
OERIVE
INVITATION LIST
AOORESS

B

•
NO

C

OER I VE SOURCE
F"ROM INVLIST
POINTER

C

•
0

•
TNT DC ODE OER I VE
TRMTABLE AOOR
CURR CONNECTEO

0

•

•
CALCULATE OCT
ENTRY AOORESS

E

E

•
F"

•

(

RETURN

)

F"

•

•

C;

C;

•

•

H

H

•

•

J

J

•

•

K

K

•

2

•

4

•

Section 4: Prosram Organization

393

Chart ROJ

(ROJ) LINE END APPENDAGE

•

•

•

•

4

A

..

•
B

DER IVE
INVITATION LIST
ADDRESS

B

.

•
c

DERIVE ADDRESS
F'IRST TNT INDEX

C

•
o

SAVe: INVLIST
ENTRY INDEX

LOAD TOTAL

NUMBER INVLIST

0

ENTRIES

..

•
LOAD I NVL I ST
ENTRIES

E

E

..

•
POINT TO FIRST
INVLIST ENTRY

STEP TO NEXT
INDEX

F

..

•
SET ERROR
I NVLI ST CHARS
ADDRESS

G

..

•
YES
H

H

..

•
STEP TO NEXT
INVLIST ENTRY

DERIVE NUMBER
INACTIVE
INVLlST ENTRIES

J

..

•
'-------------1

K

,.

394

G

OS TeAM PLM

2

,.

,.

POINT TO FIRST
I NACT I VE ENTRY

4

K

Section 5: Data Area Layouts
TCAM Control Block Linkages
Main Storage Location 16

+

CVTPTR

~

Stotion Control Block

(

~r-_m_U"_"'_I_IO_"_'_V._C_lo_r_l~Ob_I·_·
'..""

•

t

__________

__l1

K'~

+

240(FO)

AVT Address

V

____________

1"I"

~

t

AVTCSTCS

~~

v\

Line Control Block

Data Extent Black

0
"8)

Data Extent Block

--jj
V

Next DEB

ddname

}~;'~:~d
.-I

0

DEBTCBAD

t

TCB

4(4)

DEBDEBAD

t

Next DEB

1'\ ,~

~

... MCP TCB
... I/O Trace Table

376(178)

AVTREADY

Enabled Ready Queue

380(l7C)

AVTREADD

Disabled Ready Queue

388(184)

AVTCKGET

+

392(188)

AVTOCGET

•

40(28)

1--___.L..-I_ _ _ _ _ _..:..t_U_CB_ _ _ _- - i

Code

LCBSTART
10BSTART

48(30)

r-----------~------____j
52(34)

LCBDCBPT
10BDCBPT

96(60)

LCBINVPT

24(18) r-DE_B_DC_BA_D_ _ _ _ _t.;..._D_C_B_ _ _ _- t

Repeated

't:

/-______;-__________--j
AVTTCB

D

r----r-------.------~

LCBECBPT
10BRCBPT

Completion

36(24)

_16~~\r-_ _-,-ID_E_BD_S_CBA
_ _..;.+__
DS_C_B_ _ _

stepname

\
1

I \

SCB D;,ectory

________________
__
80(50) L -__~ISCBTRANS
4oCurH'nt Tlcmslation Table

~-------r------~----------~

" +

\

8(8)

~[

AVTRACE

+

0 1-_ _ _ _
ISC_B_D_E_S_T_Q_ _
t_D_"_S'_in_"_'i_o_n_u_C_B_--;0

---------.--------l
I Sense Bytes

ddname

372(174)

LCBSCBDA

,V

l

Stollon Conh 01 810ck

I/O Block - ...
32(20)

iobname

2S(IC)

368(170)

sea

____

/
(Task I/O Table

AVT

... Device Characteristics Table

1-0:_:_f:f_se~_Ct-:ta-D- r-Re-sou-rc-e-c-a-n-tr-O-I-B-la-ck-

24(1
current

0

~"'"
328(148)

Task Control Block

J{ ~r-_:~_:_~_:__~!~ _:_;_u_e_ue

'-----=------.,)

~

TCB

t

ECB

t

Channel Program

~
i

t

\

DCB

for each

dev;.~ce

32(20)

DEBUCBAD

t

UCB

~--k--------------------'

Unit Control Block

1

UCBNAME

Unit Name

28(1 C)

Checkpoint Work Area

32(20)

Ol)erator Control AVT

DCBIOBAD

...

CCW

lOB

t
o
r-----~----__ll ~~--~----~
IDCBTRANS

Invitat,on
list Entry

..------J
J
It

11
12(C)

+~urrent

Code

Translation Tables " ' -

Flags

Data

Count

J

4

Translation Tables

412(19C)

AVTBASE

420(IA4)

AVTDISTR

424(IA8)

AVTRNMPT

492(1 EC)

AVTOSECB

... AVT

+
+

Subtask Trace Table

OS TCAM ECB

496(1 FO)

AVTPCBPT

... First PCB

AVTOPTPT

+

720(200)

AVTADBUF

+

AVTCOREC

+

900(384)

__

Option Table

Buffer currently being processed

DCBTlOT

44(2C)

DCBDEBAD

Invitation list

1\

...

lII-----..JI

"-... . .

SCT

Outgoing
8(8)

""'"

~

l,nvchors2

1176(498)

AVTADEBR

TRMSTAT

Termnome Table

12(C)

AVTADEBN

Information

+

Address

Reusable Disk DEB

~ Nonreusable Disk DEB

~O

13
(D)

16
(10)

40
(28)

QCBSTCHN

•

STCB Chain

•

DCB or PCB

I OCBDCBAD

Start of Priority GlCB

16(10)

TRMCHCIN
DCT Index

.1
T

TRMCONC

For a process entry,
Process Entry Work Area

I I

TRMOPTBL

Option
Table
Offset

I
Concentrator Device ID Table

L-_~,/~___D_e_v_ic_e_D_e_~_n_de_n_t_F_ie_l_ds_ _ _ _~r---.I---~1~~______________~I_T_er_m_n_a_m_e_T_a_b'_e_Of__fs_e_t-11

~~

Buffer Prefix

I

Element Chain

IX'FE'I···
I

Buffer Unit Pool

+

OCBEXTO

32(20)

40(28)
Itgul,nvchars I

QCBELCHN

o_T_e_rm_i_na_I_T_a,b

Code and Control

1152(480)

24(18)

1-le-T:-:-t~-,-y-ES-T-Q--+-:--D-e-st-in-a-t-io-n-Q-C--B--'

____

I

_ _ _ _ __,

____________________

~~~~al

Destination OCB

Incoming

DEB

I DCBSCTAD

~---.---=:----...--..........,

••• 102101103:

I

TIOT
Offset

+
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:1
S'"~_c·_'a_I_C_h_ara_ct_e_rs_T_a_b_le
----::DC:-BI-N-V-Ll-----T---ln-vi-ta-ti-~--Li-st--------~~ .~
48(30)

Termname Tobie

500(1 F4)

40(28)

Device Characteristics Table
Length

Type

Name

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

395

Insert foldout page 395 at end of book.

Linkages from a TeAM Buffer Prefix
Buffer Prefix
0

PRFQCBA

4(4)

PRFLI NK

Destination QCB
•

....

QCB

QCBELCHN

0

12(C)
16(10)

+

PRFSRCE
Source Offset

28(1 C)
QCBSTCHN

32(20)

V

to Termnome

PRFSCAN
Scan Pointer

40(28)

Elements

PRFDEST
Destination Offset to
Termname Table

+

STCB chain

+
+

DCBIOBAD

I

32(20)

DCBTRANS

\

QCBDCBAD

+

DCB or PCB

44(2C)

DEB

DCBSCTAD

t

I

48(30)

60(3C)

+

DCBDEBAD

t

DCBINVLI

~

Translation Tables

r----

Invitation list

~

Start of the lOB

1\

+

DEBDSCBA

DSCB

+

DEBTCBAD

•

DEBDEBAD

SeT

LCB

32(20)

I

-16(10)

lOB

LCB

Table

24(18)

+

li nk address

8(8)
PRFLCB

Data ExlL'nt Block

Data Control Block

TCB
Next DEB

24(18)

DEBDCBAD

+

DCB

32(20)

DEBUCBAD

t

UCB

Station Control Block
48(30)
52(34)

72(48)

LCBSTART
LCBDCBPT

LCBRECAD

92(5C)

LCBSCBA

96(60)

LCBINVPT

t

Channel program

+

0

DCB
80(50)

t

Current message

+

Current SCB

+

t

ISCBDESTQ

1

t

SCBTRANS

Special ChOiactelS Table

Destination QCB

Current

I

Translation Table

I

block

Current invitation

list entry

Translation Table

(U

Incoming

Outgoing

Terminal Table Entry
Control
Word

CE'Obl'/
~

! gu!

Invchars 1

!,nvchars 2

! X'FE'

I· .

I

TRMDESTQ

I

Code and
16(10)

Terminal name

Address

Terminal name

Address

----------------,

Termname Table Offset

I

TRMCHCIN
DCT index

TRMCONC

L

1"\

Device) Dependent Fields

etc.

I

Destination GCB

I
8

Control Information

Concentrator Oevice ID Table

t

G

I---

Option Table

Devi ce Characteristi cs Table
Characteristics list

4(4)

Option CharacterisHcs Table Address

Option Characteristics Table

I

~---------~.--.---.--------~

~

0

length

type

name

10(A)

length

type

name

Characteristics list
etc.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

397

Insert foldout page 397 '8t end of book.

Linkage among Storage Areas in the MCP and an Application Program
Message Control Program

Application Program

(

r:

Task Cantral Black

8 (8) TCBDEB

tDES queue

DEBTCBAD t
4 (4)

DEBEBAD

8 (8)

DEBPCBAD

24 (1S)

t

MH

LCB

I

t

40 (28)

PC8TC8AD

+

PCBLCBAD

~

l/1

+

LC8DC8PT

PCB

V

TC8

LJ

rCB

+
+

next DEB

PCB

?'

DEBTAMOS Termname
Table offset for

20 (14)

PC8MH

32 (20)

Process Entry Work Area

this process entry

16 (10)

I

Line Control Block

)

Data Extent Block

0(0)

12 (C)

--.....,

Process Control Block

DEBQCBAD

+~(t"Ohead

DEBTAMWA tAccess Method
work area

DEBDCBAD tDCB

PEPCBAD

+

PERAQC8

Read-ohead QCB

32 (20)

16
120 (7S)

PEWADEB

132 (84)

PEWAPROC

PCB

t

DEB

t'-~";"~I\
Terminal Table

Access Method Work Area

4 (4)

PWAPEWA

16B (AS) IOBSRCE

+

Process Entry
work area

lJ

Desti notion QCB

32 (20)

+

QCBDCBAD

PCB

I
Tennname Table

offset

Termnom'e Tobie

Code and Control Information
Terminal name

111

Terminal name

I

1

Dato Control Block

DCBDEBAD

0(0)

+

TRMDESTQ

Destination QCB

address

12 (C)
etc,

44 (2C)

Terminal Table Entry

address

TRMSTAT

+

Process

Entry work area

t DEB

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

399

Insert foldout page 399 at end of book.

Address Vector Table
The TCAM address vector table (AVT) is assembled at the beginning of a Message Control Program. The basic AVT occupies bytes 0-1055 and is assembled
when ENVIRON=TSO on the INTRO macro. If main-storage-only queuing is
specified (DISK==NO,ENVIRON==TCAM or MIXED), the AVT occupies bytes
0-1079. When disk queuing is used, the AVT occupies bytes 0-1225.
When either the Disk Message Queues Open or the Line Group Open routine
loads the TCAM Dispatcher, the routine also places in the CVT a pointer to a
field that contains the address of the AVT. The fields in the AVT are initialized
both during the assembly of the INTRO macro and at MCP initialization time.
The AVT p~ovides work areas in which TCAM routines can store variables. The
AVT also contains constant areas shared by more than one macro expansion or
TCAM subroutine. The AVT contains five save areas--one for the MCP, one for
each level of control in the MCP, and one for disabled code. For efficient internal
control, the AVT also contains module addresses, special elements, control bytes
and bits, and the two ready queues.
The DSECT names of the AVT fields are shown in the following layout. A more
detailed description of the fields and the data they might contain follows the
DSECT layout.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

401

IEDOAVTD
1.0(0)

1.,44

AVTSAVE1
Message Control Program Save Area
AVTSAVE2
Dispatcher Save Area

tOOl
AVTSAVE3
Subtask Save Area

1216t081

AVTSAVE4
First Level Subroutine Save Area

128811201
AVTSAVEX
Disabled Save Area
1+320(140)

_r

AVTDLO
DLQ=Termname

1

I

I

1
I
.... r-

+328 (1481
AVTCSTCS
Address of the First Entry in the Device Characteristics Table
+332 (14CI

.........+336 (1501

AVTDPARM
Disabled Parameter List

AVTDOUBX
Disabled Doubleword Scratch Area

.... "

+344 (1581
AVTDOUBL
Enabled Scratch Area

}.352 ""'"

AVTCTLCH
Operator Control Characters

+360 (1681

.....

-

AVTPASWD
Password

I
--

+368 (1701
AVTTCB
Address of the Message Control Program's TCB; Set by OPEN
+372 (1741

AVTRACE
Trace Table Address

+376 (1781
AVTREADY
Enabled Ready Queue

........+380 (17CI
+388 (1841

+392 (1881

402

OS TeAM PLM

AVTREADD
Disabled FIFO Ready Queue

AVTCKGET
Checkpoint Work Area Address
AVTOCGET
Operator Control Work Area Address

....

:

+396 (18C)

AVTEXA2S
Executed I nstructions to Save the User's Registers
1+402 (192)

AVTEXS2A
Executed I nstructions to
Save the User's Registers

408 (198)
AVTPARM
Address of Parameters
412 (19C)
AVTBASE
Address of the A VT
416 (1AO)
AVTPARM3
Address of Additional Optional Parameters
420 (1A4)
AVTDISTR
Address of the Dispatcher Subtask Trace Table
424 (1A8)
AVTRNMPT
Address of the Termname Table
428 (1AC)
AVTRDYA
Address of User Exit in the READY Macro Expansion
432 (1BO)
AVTBSCAN
Line End Appendage BSC Message Scan
436 (1B4)
AVTRARTN
Address of Routine to Update Line I/O Trace Table
440 (1B8)

... '"

~~

AVTPOST
Tpost Parameter List Used by Operator Control

... r448 (1CO)

~,.-.

AVTSPLPT
Start Parameter List Pointer; Set by INTRO
453 (1C5)

452 (1C4)
AVTCIB
CIB=lnteger

484 (1C6)
AVTNOLBF
LN UN ITS=lnteger

AVTNCKPR
CKREQS=lnteger

456 (1C8)
AVTAS
Address of the Hold/Release Terminal Routine
460 (1CC)
AVTCKTCB
Address of the Checkpoint TCB
464 (100)
AVTOCTCB
Address of the Operator Control TCB
468 (104)
AVTOLTCB
Address of the On-Line Test TCB
472 (108)
AVTCWTCB
Address of the FE Common Write TCB

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

403

476 (tDC)

AVTCWeCA
FE Common Write ECB

480 (lEO)
AVTCKECA
Checkpoint ECB
484 (1E4)
AVTOLECA
On-Line Test ECB
488 (lE8)

492 (lEC)

AVTOPECA
Operator Control ECB
AVTOSECB
ECB Used by the Dispatcher to Cause TCAM
Task to be In the Walt State

496 (lFOI
AVTPCBPT
Address of the First Process Control Block
500 (1 F4)
AVTOPTPT
Address of the Option Table
504 (lF8)

AVTKA02
Address of the I/O Generator In the Activate Subtask

508 (lFC)
AVTREXIT
TREXIT=Name
512 (200)
AVTCRSRF
CROSSRF= Integer
516 (204)
AVTCOMPT
Address of Communications Parameter List
520 (2081
AVTUI
Address of the User Interface Routine
524 (20C)
AVTE8
Address of the Application Program Binary Search
AVTOLIST
528 (210)
I
_ _ _ _ _ _ ~L2:~~ ~t~e~J

AVTHG02
Address of the Routine to Remove a Checkpoint
Element from the Time Delay OCB

532 (214)
AVTAL
Address of the Scan at Offset Routine
536 (218)
AVTGD
Address of the Buffer ASSOCiation Routine
540 (21C)
AVTGT
Address of the Transparent CCW Builder Routine (IEDOGT)
544 (220)
AVTAX
Address of the Buffer Scan Routine

404

OS TeAM PLM

548 (224)

AVTEA
Address of the TCAM Dispatcher
552 (228)

AVTHA
Address of the Receive Scheduler
556122C)

AVTSCOPT

I

r- __S~e~I':. OPti~n ~e~J

AVTHD
Address of the Send Scheduler

560 (230)

AVTEW
Address of the Get Schedu ler
564 (234)

AVTEC
Address of the Put Scheduler

568(238)

AVTEZ
Address of the Get FIFO Scheduler

572 123C)

AVTBZ
Address of the Log Scheduler
576 (240)

AVTR1
Address of the Dial Schedu ler

580 (244)

AVTHB
Address of the Buffered Scheduler
584(248)

AVTE7
Address of th€ Retneve Scheduler

588124C)
Address of the Local Receive Scheduler
592 (250)

AVTCSCH
Address of the Concentrator Send Scheduler
596(254)
Reserved
600 (258)
Reserved
604125C)

AVTCMBSS
Address of the COMMBUF Send Scheduler

608(260)
Reserved
612(264)
Reserved
616(268)

AVTABEND
BALR 1,0

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

405

620 (26C)
B IEDSVC13

624 (270)
AVTDMECB
Dummy Line 1/0 ECB
628 (274)

AVTA3TL
Address of the Translate LIst for the DynamIc Translation RoutIne (IEDaA3)

632 (278)
AVTTONE
WTTONE=lnteger; Address of World Trade Tone Characters
636 (27C)

AVTNX
Address of the Operator Awareness Message Routing Routine

640 (280)

AVTIOT
Address of Line 1/0 Trace Table Handler

644 (284)

AVTHI
Address of System Delay aCB

648 (288)
AVTHK
Address of the Stopllne aCB
652 (28C)

--

... -

AVTCKRMV
Request for Removal of Checkpoint Routine
Element from TIme Delay aueue

--

AVTCKELE
Checkpoint Request Element, Start of Checkpoint aCB

676 (2A4)

677 (2A5)
AVTCKQAD
Address of the Checkpoint aCB

AVTSCBSZ
SCB SIze
681 (2A9)

680 (2A8) AVTCKELF
Checkpoint Request
Element Flags

682 (2AA)
AVTCKELV
CPINTVL=Tlme Interval

AVTCPRCD
CP R CDS= Integer

684 (2AC)

686 (2AE)
AVTCKTIM
TIme of Day Interrupt

688 (2BO)

I ndex to aCB Address
690 (2B2)

AVTOPXCL
ID of OPEN Module with Error
I
I
_ _ _INTRO ~et~n ':o~ _ ~
692 (2B4) AVTOPETR

696 (2B81

700 (2BC)

704 (2COI

406

....

as TeAM PLM

AVTOPERT
OPEN Error Type

AVTHG01
Address of TIme Delay SubroutIne

AVTCKLNK
Link FIeld On the TIme Queue

AVTDELEM
Dummy Last Element

AVTDELAD
Address of the Dummy Last Element

287 (2AF)
AVTOPERL
OPEN Error Locator
691 (2B3IAVTCKBYT
Status at Checkpoint
and Time Delay

-

Ji08

(2C4)

716 (2CC)

1

AVTCCELE
I nCI°d ent Ch ec k pOint Request EI ement

..... rAVTCLRHI
Mask for Clearing Left Two
Bytes of a Register

--

718 (2CE)
AVTHFF
Half Word of X'FF FF'

720 (200)
AVTADBUF
Address of Buffer
724 (204)
AVT2260L
Address of 2260 Local Receive Scheduler
728 (208)
AVTSYSER
System Error Flags
732 (2DC)

729 (209)
AVTMSGS
List of Optional VCONs

AVTCBOCB
Address of the COMMBUF Master QCB

736 (2EO)
AVTSUPPT
Address of the Start-up Message QCB
740 (2E4)

744 (2E8)

--

748 (2EC)

AVTTSOPT
Address of the Time Sharing Input QCB

AVTOCOPT
Address of the Application Program Open/Close Routine
h

AVTDELYB
Time Delay Subtask QCB

----------------~----------------AVTREFTM
1 766 (2FE)
AVTINOUT
Reference Time
Dummy INEND/OUTEND Parameter List

AVTIMOPS
SVC 102 Parameter
776 (308)

780 (30C)

AVTTlMQ
Time Delay Queue

AVTBFREB
Buffer' Request QCB

AVTBFRTB
Buffer Return QCB

AVTCKPTB
Checkpoint QCB

I
IT

}816 (330)
AVTOPCOB
Operator Control QCB
1828 (33C)

T

AVTOLTOB
On-Line Test QCB

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

407

::L

Ji340 (348)

1521354)

AVTACTIB
Activate aCB

I

AVTClOSB
Closedown aCB

I

164 (360)
AVTCPRMB
aCB to Remove an Element from the Time Delay aCB

I. .

AVTDSIOB
Disk I/O aCB

I--

(3781

AVTCPBCB
CPB Cleanup aCB

-r
900 (384)

AVTCOREC
Buffer Unit Pool Address
904 (388)

AVTCADDR
Main Storage aueue Count

908 (38C)
AVTFZERO
Fullword of All Zeros
912 (390)

AVTCAREA
FE Common Write Interface Area Address of the Patch Module

916 (394)
AVTCWPM1
FE Common Write Interface Area - First Parameter Pointer
920 (398)

924 (39C) AVTCWFl1
FE Common Write Flag Byte 1
928 (3AO)

AVTCWEC1
FE Common Write Interface Area - First ECB
925 (39D) AVTCWFl2
FE Common Write Flag Byte 2

926 (39E) AVTCWTS1
FE Common Write Flag Byte 3

.927 (39F) AVTCWTS2
FE Common Write Flag Byte 4

AVTCWPM2
FE Common Write Interface Area - Second Parameter Pointer

932 (3A4)
AVTCWEC2
FE Common Write Interface Area - Second ECB

.

936 (3A8)
AVTAFE10
Address of FE STCB Trace Dump Routine
940 (3AC)

AVTAFE20
Address of FE I/O Trace Dump Routine

944 (3BO)
AVTAFE30
Address of FE Buffer Dump Routine
_~48

408

(3B4)

OS TeAM PLM

AVTCWINT
FE Common Write Interface Area - Patch Area

--

1012 (3F4)

--

AVTGETMN
GETMAIN Parameter List

----

1022 (3FE)

1024 (400)

AVTHA2
Constant = 2

1026 (402)
AVTHA4
Constant = 4

AVTHA3
Constant = 3
1028 (404)

1030 (406)
AVTHA7
Constant = 7

AVTHA16
Constant = 16

1032 (408)

1034 (40A)
AVTKEYLE
KEY LEN on the Message Queues

AVTLNCNT
Number of Lines Opened

1()36 (40C)

1038 (40E)

AVTOPCON
Termname Table Offset to the Primary
Operator Control Terminal

1042 (412)

AVTSMCNT
Number of Lines Serviced by the
Start-up Message Subtask

1046 (416)

AVTDLQX
Offset in Termname Table of the
Dead Letter Queue

AVTOPCNT
Number of Lines Taken by Operator Control
1040 (410)

1044 (414)

AVTAVFCT
Number of Buffers in the Buffer
Units Pool
AVTINTLV
Number of Seconds of a System Delay
INTVAL=lnteger

1048 (418)

1050 (41A)
AVTBIT1
Flag Bits

AVTDUMBR
Dummy Line Trace Table Update
1052 (41C)
AVTBIT3
Flag Bits

1053 (410)
AVTCKRST
REST ART= Integer

1051 (41B)
AVTBIT2
Flag Bits

1054 (41E)
AVTDSKCT
Number of Buffers on CPBs

1056 (420)
AVTHM02
Address of the Destination Scheduler
1060 (424)
AVTCMIN
MSM I N= Integer
1064 (428)
AVTCMAX
MSMAX=lnteger
1068 (42C)

AVTTOTNC
Number of Records in the Entire.Message Queues Data Set
(MSUN ITS=lnteger)

_.2072 (430)

_r-

-I-..

AVTNCPBQ
Queue of Buffers and ERBs Waiting to be Processed

_r-

1080 (438)
AVTFL
Address of the Disk EXCP Driver Routine
1084 (43C)

AVTIA
Address of the REUS part of the Reusability Copy Subtask

1088 (440)
AVTCOPY
Copy Subtask QCB Pointer

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

409

j01092 (444)

AVTDKAPQ
Queue of CPBs to be Processed by CPB Cleanup (Duiabled)

:L

1100 (44C)

AVTDKENQ
Queue of CPBs to be Processed by CPB Cleanup (Enabled)
1108 (454)

AVTNOBFQ
Queue of CPBs without Buffers
1116 (45C)

AVTREUSQ
Reserved

J12414641
_r""

AVTlNCPQ
Queue of CPBs Requesting I/O be Done by EXCP Driver

1132 (46C)

AVTFCPB
Address of the CPB Free Pool
1136 (470)

AVTCPBPT
Address of the CPB Free Pool to be Freed by Disk Close

1140 (474)

AVTlOBR
Address of a Series of lOBs, One for Each Extent of the Reusable Disk Queue

1144 (478)

AVTIOBN
Address of a Series of lOBs, One for Each Extent of the Nonreusable Disk Queue
1148 (47C)

AVTLODPT
Absolute Disk Record Number Indicating Time to Activate the
REUS part of the Reusability - Copy Subtask

1152 (480)

AVTADEBR
Address of the DEBEOEA Field in the DEB for the Reusable Disk
Message Queues Data Set

1156 (484)

AVTNOVOR
Number of Extents

1160(488)

In

the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

AVTRCTRR
Number of Records Per Track On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1164 (48C)

AVTTRCYR
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1168 (490)

AVTTOTNR
Number of Records in the Entire Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1172 (494)

AVTVOLRR
Product of the Number of Extents Times the Number of Records
Per Track On the Reusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1176 (498)

AVTADEBN
Address of the DEBEOEA Field in the DEB for the Nonreusable
Disk Message Queues Data Set

1180 (49C)

AVTNOVON
Number of Extents in the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

410

as TeAM PLM

I--

1184 (4AO)

AVTRCTRN
Number of Records Per Track On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1188 (4A4)

AVTTRCYN
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1192 (4A8)

AVTTOTNN
Number of Records

In

the Entire Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

AVTVOLRN

1196 (4AC)

Product of the Number of Extents Times the Number of Record~ Per
Track On the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set
1200 (4BO)

AVTHRESN
Absolute Record Number (Threshold) to Cause Closedown Due to the
Filling of the Nonreusable Disk Message Queues Data Set

1204 (4B4)

AVTNADDR
Index to Nonreusable Oisk Relative Record Number of the Next Record to be Assigned

1208 (4B8)

AVTRADDR
Ind/lx to Reusable Disk Relative Record Number of the Next Record to be Assigned

1212 (4BC)

~~

_....

~-

AVTHRESE
Nonreusable Threshold Closedown Element

1223 (4C7)

AVTHRESS
Status Completion Code
1224 (4C8)

AVTCPBNO
CPB; Integer

1226 (4CA)
Reserved

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

411

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

AVTSAVEI

72

Message Control Program save area

72

(48)

AVTSAVE2

72

Dispatcher save area

144 (90)

AVTSAVE3

72

Subtask save area

216 (D8)

AVTSAVE4

72

First-level subroutine save area

288 (l20)

AVTSAVEX

40

Disabled save area

320 (140)

AVTDLQ

8

At assembly time, set by the DLQ=termname operand of the
INTRO macro. After the termname table is sorted, this value is
moved to A VTDLQX and this field (A VTDLQ) is overlaid and used
as part of the disabled save area.

328 (l48)

AVTCSTCS

4

Address of the first entry in the device characteristics table

332 (l4C) AVTDPARM

4

Disabled parameter list (used with AVTDOUBX)

336 (150)

AVTDOUBX

8

Disabled double word scratch area

344 (158)

AVTDOUBL

8

Enabled double word scratch area

352 (160)

AVTCTLCH

8

Operator Control characters

360 (168)

AVTPASWD

8

Message Control Program password

368 (170)

AVTTCB

4

Address of the Message Control Program TCB-set by the first
open routine

372 (174)

AVTRACE

4

Line II 0 interrupt trace table address

The following are the ready queues for the TeAM Dispatcher:
376 (178)

AVTREADY

4

Enabled ready queue-points to the first item in the chain of
elements that is to be processed by the TCAM Dispatcher

380 (17C) AVTREADD

8

Disabled FIFO ready queue-controls the chain of elements tposted
from disabled routines. The first word points to the first element;
the second word points to the last element on the chain.

388 (184)

AVTCKGET

4

Address of the checkpoint work area; set after a successful
GETMAIN is completed by the Checkpoint Open routine

392 (188)

AVTOCGET

4

Address of the operator control work area

396 (l8C) AVTEXA2S

6

Instructions to be executed to save the user's registers

402 (l92)

AVTEXS2A

6

Continuation of the instructions to be executed to save the user's
registers

408 (198)

AVTPARM

4

Address of the parameters to be processed

412 (19C) AVTBASE

4

Address of the AVT

416 (lAO) AVTPARM3

4

Address of additional optional parameters

420 (1A4) AVTDISTR

4

Address of the Dispatcher's subtask trace table

424 (lA8) AVTRNMPT

4

Address of the termname table

428 (lAC) AVTRDYA

4

User exit address in the READY macro expansion

432 (IBO)

AVTBSCAN

4

Line End Appendage address for BSC message scan

436 (lB4)

AVTRART

4

l\ddress of the routine to update the line II0 interrupt trace table

440 (lB8)

AVTPOST

8

Tpost parameter list used by Operator Control

4

Start parameter list address-set by the INTRO macro expansion

448 (lCO) AVTSPLPT

412

OS TCAMPLM

Offset

Bytes

Description

452 (l C4) A VTCIB

1

The maximum number of command input blocks that can be utilized
at anyone time in the TCAM system-set by the CIB=integer
operand of the INTRO macro

453 (lC5) AVTNCKPR

1

The maximum decimal number of destination queues in use at any
time for application programs that use a CKREQ macro-set by the
CKREQS=integer operand of the INTRO macro

454 (l C6) A VTNOLBF

2

Specifies the number of buffer units that may be used to build
buffers for messages-set by the LNUNITS=integer operand of the
INTRO macro

456 (lC8) AVTAS

4

Address of the Hold/Release Terminal routine

Name

The foUowing are the addresses of the TCBs of the attached tasks:
460 (1 CC) A VTCKTCB

4

Address of the Checkpoint TCB

464 (lDO) A VTOCTCB

4

Address of the Operator ControlTCB

468 (lD4) AVTOLTCB

4

Address of the On-Line Test TCB

472 (l D8) A VTCWTCB

4

Address of the FE Common Write TCB

The foUowing are the event control blocks (ECBs) for the attached tasks:
476 (lDC) AVTCWECA

4

FE Common Write ECB

480 (lEO)

A VTCKECA

4

Checkpoint ECB

484 (lE4)

A VTOLECA

4

On-Line Test ECB

488 (lE8)

AVTOPECA

4

Operator Control ECB

492 (lEC) A VTOSECB

4

ECB used by the Dispatcher to cause the TCAM task to be in the
WAIT state

496 (lFO)

A VTPCBPT

4

Address of the first process control block (PCB)

500 (lF4)

AVTOPTPT

4

Address of the option table

504 (lF8)

A VTKA02

4

Address of the I/O Generator routine in the Activate subtask

508 (lFC) A VTREXIT

4

Address of a user-written routine to be given control when all
entries in the TCAM I/O interrupt trace table have been filled-set
by the TREXIT=name operand of the INTRO macro

512 (200)

AVTCRSRF

4

Specifies the number of entries in the cross-reference table-set by
the CROSSRF =integer operand of the INTRO macro; replaced by
the address of the cross-reference table.

516 (204)

AVTCOMPT

4

Address of the communications parameter list

520 (208)

AVTUI

4

Address of the User Interface routine

524 (20C) AVTE8

4

Address of the Application Program Binary Search routine

528 (210)

AVTHG02

4

Address of the routine to remove a checkpoint element from the
time delay QCB

528 (210)

AVTOLTST

1

Set by the OLTEST=integer operand of the INTRO macro

532 (214)

AVTAL

4

Address of the Scan at Offset routine

536 (218)

AVTGD

4

Address of the Buffer Association routine

540 (21C) AVTGT

4

Address of the Transparent Transmission CCW Building routine
(IEDQGT)

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

413

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

544 (220)

AVTAX

4

Address of the Buffer Scan routine

548 (224)

AVTEA

4

Address of the TCAM Dispatcher

552 (228)

AVTHA

4

Address of the Receive Scheduler

556 (22C) AVTHD

4

Address of the Send Scheduler

556 (22C) AVTSCOPT

1

Scheduler option field

Bit Dermitions:
Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTCMBUF

3

X'10'

Common buffer transmission

AVTCONC

4

X'08'

Concentrator mixed

AVTCONCO

5

X'04'

Concentrator only

AVTN2741

6

X'02'

No 2741 and no TSO

AVTNDIAL

7

X'OI'

No dial

560 (230)

AVTEW

4

Address of the Get Scheduler

564 (234)

AVTEC

4

Address of the Put Scheduler

568 (238)

AVTEZ

4

Address of the Get FIFO Scheduler

572 (23C) AVTBZ

4

Address of the Log Scheduler

576 (240)

AVTRI

4

Address of the Dial Scheduler

580 (244)

AVTHB

4

Address of the Buffered Scheduler

584 (248)

AVTE7

4

Address of the Retrieve Scheduler

4

Address of the Local Receive Scheduler

4

Address of the Concentrator Send Scheduler

588 (24C)
592 (250)

AVTCSCH

The foUowing are the special elements used in TeAM:
596 (254)

8

Reserved

4

Address of the COMMBUF Send Scheduler

608 (260)

8

Reserved

616 (268)

2

Reserved

618 (26A) AVTABEND

6

This field contains the following code for an 045 abend:
BALR 1,0
IEDSVC13
B

624 (270)

AVTDMECB

4

Address of the dummy line I/O ECB

628 (274)

AVTA3TL

4

Address of the translate list for the Dynamic Translation routine

632 (278)

AVTTONE

4

Contains either a zero or the address of a field consisting of 2
halfwords; the first contains the WTTONE integer from the INTRO
macro and the second a X'FF' representing the number of charac·
ters specified by WTTONE.

636 (27C) AVTNX

4

Address of Operator Awareness Message Routing routine

640 (280)

AVTIOT

4

Address of Line I/O Trace Table routine

644 (284)

AVTHI

4

Address of system delay QCB

648 (288)

AVTHK

4

Address of stopline QCB

604 (256)

414

AVTCMBSS

OSTCAMPLM

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

652 (28C) AVTCKRMV

16

Request for removal of the checkpoint request element from the
time delay queue

668 (29C) AVTCKELE

8

Checkpoint request element-the Time Delay or Reusability
subtasks tpost this element to start the checkpoint routines

676 (2A4) AVTSCBSZ

1

Specifies the number of bytes in the SCB including the save area for
the user's registers.

677 (2A5) AVTCKQAD

3

Address of checkpoint QCB

680 (2A8) AVTCKELF

1

Checkpoint request element flag bits

Bit definitions:

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTCRDYN

0

X'80'

Checkpoint requested by the READY macro
expansion

AVTCMCPN

1

X'40'

Checkpoint requested by the MCPCLOSE macro

2

X'20'

Unused

AVTCINCN

3

X'10'

Checkpoint requested by the No Incident Records
routine

AVTCCLCN

4

X'08'

Closedown completion bit

AVTCPIPN

5

X'04'

Checkpoint in progress bit

AVTCRTLN

6

X'02'

Checkpoint requested

AVTWARM

7

X'OI'

Warm restart

681 (2A9) AVTCPRCD

1

The number of environment checkpoint records to be retained in the
checkpoint data set at anyone time-set by the CPRCDS=integer
operand of the INTRO macro

682 (2AA) AVTCKELV

2

The number of seconds between environment checkpoints-set by
the CPINTVL=integer operand of the INTRO macro

684 (2AC) AVTCKTIM

2

Time-of-day interrupt

686 (2AE)

1

Index to the QCB address

687 (2AF) AVTOPERL

1

Open error location

688 (2BO)

AVTOPXCL

2

Module ID of the routine that has an error

690 (2B2) AVTOPERT

1

Specifies the type of open error that occurred

691 (2B3)

AVTCKBYT

1

Specifies the checkpoint and time delay status

692 (2B4)

AVTOPETR

1

INTRO return code

692 (2B4)

AVTHGOI

4

Address of the Time Delay subroutine

696 (2B8)

AVTCKLNK

4

Link field on the time queue

700 (2BC) AVTDELEM

4

Dummy last element-used as the last element in any QCB's (or the
ready queue's) element chain

704 (2CO) AVTDELAD

4

Address of the dummy last element

708 (2C4) AVTCCELE

8

Incident checkpoint request element-tposted by the Operator
Control task to request an incident checkpoint

716 (2CC) AVTCLRHI

2

Mask used with the next halfword to clear the left two bytes of a
register

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

415

Bytes

Description

718 (2CE) AVTFF

2

Halfword equal to X'FFFF'

720 (2DO) AVTADBUF

4

Address of the buffer currently being processed

724 (2D4) AVT2260L

4

Address of the 2260 Local Receive Scheduler

728 (2D8) AVTSYSER

1

System error flag byte-set by the operands of the INTRO macro as
follows:

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTCMINN

0

X'80'

The number of main-storage queue units less than
that specified by MSMIN =integer

AVTCMAXN

1

X'40'

The number of main-storage queue units more than
that specified by MSMAX=integer

Offset

Name

2-7
729 (2D9) AVTMSGS

3

Reserved

Address of a list of optional VCONs

The following is a list of pointers to QCBs:
732 (2DC) AVTCBQCB

4

Address of the COMMBUF master QCB

736 (2EO) AVTSUPPT

4

Address of the start-up message QCB

740 (2E4)

4

Address of the time sharing input QCB

4

Address of the application program Open/ Close subtask

AVTTSOPT

744 (2E8) AVTOCQPT

The following is a list of required QCBs:
748 (2EC) AVTDELYB

20

Time Delay subtask QCB

764 (2FC) AVTREFTM

2

Represents the reference time, current time of day, plus or minus 6
hours

766 (2FE) AVTINOUT

2

Dummy INEND/OUTEND parameter list

768 (300)

AVTIMQPS

8

SVC 102 parameter-to tpost the time QCB to itself at the interrupt

776 (308)

AVTTIMQ

4

Time delay queue

780 (30C) AVTBFREB

12

Buffer request QCB

792 (318)

AVTBFRTB

12

Buffer request QCB

804 (324)

AVTCKPTB

12

Checkpoint QCB

816 (330)

AVTOPCOB

12

Operator Control QCB

828 (33C) AVTOLTQB

12

On-Line Test QCB

840 (348)

AVTACTIB

12

Activate QCB

852 (354)

AVTCLOSB

12

Closedown completion QCB

864 (360)

AVTCPRMB

12

QCB to remove an element from the time delay QCB

876 (36C) AVTDSIOB

12

Disk I/O QCB

888 (378)

AVTCPBCB

12

CPB cleanup QCB

900 (384)

AVTCOREC

4

Buffer unit pool address

904 (388)

AVTCADDR

4

Main-storage queue count

4

Fullword of zeros

908 (38C) AVTFZERO

The following is the FE Common Write task interface area:
912 (390)

416

AVTCAREA

OSTCAMPLM

4

Address of the Patch module for this task

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

916 (394)

AVTCWPM1

4

First parameter list pointer for this task

920 (398)

AVTCWEC1

4

First ECB for this task

924 (39C) AVTCWFL1

1

First flag byte for this task

Bit definitions:
Name

Bit

AVTCOMWN 0

925 (39D) AVTCWFL2

Value

Description

X'80'

Specifies that the FE Common Write task is
attached; set by the COMWRTE= YES operand of
the INTRO macro

1

Second flag byte for this task

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTCWACT

0

X'80'

Specifies that the FE Common Write task is active;
set by the COMWRTE= YES operand of the INTROmacro

926 (39E) AVTCWTS1

1

Third flag byte for this task

927 (39F)

1

Fourth flag byte for this task

928 (3AO) AVTCWPM2

4

Second parameter pointer for this task

932 (3A4) AVTCWEC2

4

Second ECB for this task

936 (3A8) AVTAFE10

4

Address of the FE STCB Trace Dump routine-IEDQFE10

940 (3AC) AVTAFE20

4

Address of the FE I/O Trace Dump routine-IEDQFE20

944 (3BO) AVTAFE30

4

Address of the FE Buffer Dump routine-IEDQFE30

948 (3B4)

64

Patch area for this task

10

GETMAIN parameter list

1022 (3FE) AVTHA2

2

Constant = 2

1024(400)

AVTHA3

2

Constant = 3

1026 (402)

AVTHA4

2

Constant = 4

1028 (404)

AVTHA7

2

Constant = 7

1030(406)

AVTHA16

2

Constant = 16

1032 (408)

AVTKEYLE

2

Specifies the size in bytes of a buffer unit-set by the
KEYLEN=integer operand of the INTRO macro

1034 (40A) AVTLNCNT

2

Number of lines opened-set by the Line Group Open
routine--<:hecked by the Time Delay subtask

1036 (40C) AVTOPCNT

2

Number of lines taken by the Operator Control task-set by the
System Delay subtask and the Operator Control task

1038 (40E) AVTOPCON

2

Termname table offset to the entry for the primary Operator
Control terminal-set by the PRIMARY =termname operand of the
INTROmacro

1040(410)

AVTAVFCT

2

Number of buffers in the buffer unit pool-this value is equal to the
sum of the LNUNITS=integer and the MSUNITS=integer operands
of the INTRO macro

1042 (412)

AVTSMCNT

2

Number of lines serviced by the Start-up Message subtask

1012 (3F4)

AVTCWTS2

AVTGETMN

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

417

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

1044 (414)

AVTINTLV

2

Number of seconds of a system delay-set by Operator Control or
by the INTVAL=integer operand of the INTRO macro; checked by
the Time Delay subtask

1046 (416)

AVTDLQX

2

Termname table offset of the dead-letter queue-moved from the
A VTDLQ field of the A VT after the termname table is sorted at
execution time

1048 (418)

AVTDUMBR

2

Dummy line II 0 interrupt trace table update

1

Flag bits

1050 (41A) AVTBITl

Bit Definitions:

1051 (4IB)

AVTBIT2

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTAPLKN

0

X'80'

Prevents the Disk End Appendage from adding a
CPB to the disabled disk end QCB for CPB Cleanup

AVTAPLKF

X'7F'
0
Off

Mask to permit the Disk End Appendage to add a
CPB to the disabled disk end QCB for CPB
Cleanup

AVTTSON

1

X'40'

Specifies that the TCAM environment has TSO or
is mixed-set by the ENVIRON=TSO or MIXED
operand of the INTRO macro

AVTAQTAN

2

X'20'

Specifies that the system environment has TCAM
or is mixed-set by the ENVIRON=TCAM or
MIXED operand of INTRO

AVTDLAYN

3

X'lO'

Specifies that a system delay is in effect-set by the
Operator Control task

AVTDLAYF

X'EF'
3
Off

Mask to specify that a system delay is not in
effect-bit 3 is turned off by the Time Delay
subtask

AVTREADN

4

X'08'

Specifies that the READY macro expansion has
been executed-set by the READY macro expansion; checked by the open routines

AVTCLOSN

5

X'04'

Closedown indicator:
O-closedown not requested
l-closedown requested

AVTQUCKN

6

X'02'

Type of closedown:
O-Flush closedown
I-Quick closedown

AVTDISKN

7

X'OI'

Specifies that none of the message queues data sets
are disk queued

1

Flag bits

Bit definitions:

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTRUFTN

0

X'80'

Reserved

0

X'7F'

Mask for the "Reusability first time" switch turned
off by Reusability

AVTRUF

Off

418

as TeAM PLM

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

AVTREUSN

I

X'40'

AVTREUSF

X'BF'
I
Off

AVTCOPYN

2

X'20'

Specifies that the Reusability-Copy function is
requesting control

3

X'tO'

Specifies that TOPMSG=NO is set in the INTRO
macro

AVTSTRTN

4

X'08'

Restart is in progress

AVTSTRTF

4
X'F7'
Off

AVTOPEIN

5

X'04'

Initial load done indicator

6,7

X'03'

Specifies the line type as nonswitched Start/Stop
only- set by the Activate routine or the Line End
Appendage

6

X'02'

Specifies the line type as Start/Stop, switched or
nonswitched-set by the Activate routine or the
Line End Appendage

7

X'OI'

Specifies the line type as binary synchronous-set
by the Activate routine or Line End Appendage

I

Mask to specify that Reusability is not
running-turned off by Reusability

Mask to specify that restart is not in progress

Specifies the line type as both BSC and Start/Stop,
switched and nonswitched, all possible line
combinations-set by the Activate routine or Lb.-Ie
End Appendage

All
Off

I052(4IC) AVTBIT3

Specifies that Reusability is running-set by
Reusability; checked by CPB Cleanup

Flag bits

Bit Definitions:

Name

Bit

Value

Description

AVTSTAN

7

X'Ot'

Specifies that either a cold or warm restart is to be
performed following a normal quick close or a flush
close-set by STARTUP=C or STARTUP=W
operand of the INTRO macro

AVTSTACN

6

X'02'

Specifies that a cold start is to be performed
following a normal quick or a flush close and that a
continuation restart is to be performed following
system failure-set by the STARTUP=C operand
of the INTRO macro

AVTSTAWN

6 X'FD'
Off

AVTSTAIN

5

X'04'

Mask to specify that a warm restart is to be
performed following
a normal quick or a flush close and that a
continuation restart is to be performed following
system failure-set by the STARTUP=W operand
of the INTRO macro
Specifies that the status of each invitation list is to
be included in the checkpoint record-set by the
STARTUP=I operand of the INTRO macro

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

419

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

AVTSTAYN

4

X'08'

Specifies that no continuation restart is to be
performed following a normal quick close, a flush
close, or system failure-set by the STARTUP= Y
operand of the INTRO macro

AVTOLTBN

3

X'lO'

Specifies that the maximum size in the
OLTEST=keyword operand in the INTRO macro
(the maximum number of on-line tests that can be
performed) has been reached-set, checked, and
reset by TOTE

AVTTSAB

2

X'20'

Specifies that TSO has abended-set by the Time
Sharing Abend module; checked by the TSINPUT
and TSOUTPUT routines; reset by the Start Time
Sharing routine

AVTRFULN

1

X'40'

Reusable disk zone full-set by Reusability

AVTRFULF

0,2, X'BF'
3
Off

Mask to specify that reusable disk is ready to
receive-checked by Receive Scheduler and Line
End Appendage; turned off by Reusability

AVTRECVN

o

Main-storage queue is full-set by Destination
Scheduler when the number of main-storage queue
units > or = the number specified in the
MSMAX= operand of the INTRO macro; turned
off by Disk I/O; checked by the Receive Scheduler
and Line End Appendage

X'80'

1053 (41D) AVTCKRST

1

Specifies which checkpoint record the TCAM restart facility should
use in attempting to restructure the MCP environment as it existed
at the time of closedown or system failure-set by the
RESTART=integer operand of the INTRO macro

1054 (41E)

2

Specifies the number of buffers on CPBs

AVTDSKCT

*******************************************
This is the end of the basic A VT when
ENVIRON=TSO

*******************************************
1056 (420)

A VTMH02

4

Address of the Destination Scheduler

1060 (424)

AVTCMIN

4

Specifies the percentage of the number of units in the message
queues data set below which the data set is not crowded-set by the
MSMIN = integer operand of the INTRO macro

1064 (428)

AVTCMAX

4

Specifies the percentage of the number of units in the message
queues data set above which means that the data set is nearly
full-set by the MSMAX=integer operand of the INTRO macro

1068 (42C) AVTTOTNC

4

Number of records in the entire message queues data set-set by the
MSUNITS=integer operand of the INTRO macro

1072(430)

8

Queue of buffers and ERBs waiting t? be processed

420

AVTNCPBQ

as TeAM PLM

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

............................................
This is the end of the AVT when
main-storage queuing only is specified
(DISK=NO, ENVIRON=TCAM or MIXED)

............................................
1080(438)

AVTFL

4

Address of the Disk EXCP Driver routine

1084 (43C) AVTIA

4

Address of the REUS part of the Reusability-Copy subtask

1088(440)

AVTCOPY

4

Address of the Copy subtask QCB

1092(444)

AVTDKAPQ

8

Queue of the CPBs to be processed by CPB Cleanup (disabled)

1100 (44C) AVTDKENQ

8

Queue of CPBs to be processed by CPB Cleanup (enabled)

1108 (454)

AVTNOBFQ

8

Queue of CPBs without buffers-used by CPB Cleanup

1116 (45C) AVTREUSQ

8

Reserved

1124 (464)

8

Queue of CPBs requesting that I/O be done by EXCP Driver

1132 (46C) AVTFCPB

4

Queue of inactive CPBs-the CPB free pool

1136 (470)

AVTCPBPT

4

Address of the CPB free pool to be freed by the Disk Close
routine-AVTFCPB is initially set to this same value

1140 (474)

AVTIOBR

4

Address of a series of lOBs, one for each extent of the reusable disk
queue

1144 (478)

AVTIOBN

4

Address of a list of lOBs, one for each extent of the nonreusable
disk queue

4

Absolute disk record number that indicates when the REUS part of
the Reusability-Copy subtask is to activated-the initial value is
3/8 of the total number of records on the reusable disk message
queues data set

AVTINCPQ

1148 (47C) AVTLODPT

The next 6-word area is initiated by the OPEN for the reusable disk message queues data set for use by the
MBBCCHHR Converter routine.
1152(480)

AVTADEBR

4

Address of the DEBEOEA field in the DEB for the reusable disk
message queues data set

1156 (484)

AVTNOVOR

4

Number of extents in the reusable disk message queues data set

1160(488)

AVTRCTRR

4

Number of records per track on the reusable disk message queues
data set'

1164 (48C) AVTTRCYR

4

Number of tracks per cylinder on the reusable disk message queues
data set

1168 (490)

AVTTOTNR

4

Number of records in the entire reusable disk message queues data
set

1172 (494)

AVTVOLRR

4

Product of the number of extents times the number of records per
track on the reusable disk message queues data set

The next 7~word area is initialized by the OPEN for the nonreusable disk message queues data set for use by the
MBBCCHHR Converter routine.
1176(498)

AVTADEBN

4

Address of the DEBEOEA field in the DEB for the nonreusable disk
message queues data set

1180 (49C) AVTNOVON

4

Number of extents in the nonreusable disk message queues data set

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

421

Offset

Bytes

Description

1184 (4AO) AVTRCTRN

4

Number of records per track on the nonreusable disk message
queues data set

1188 (4A4) AVTTRCYN

4

Number of tracks per cylinder on the nonreusable disk message
queues data set

1192 (4A8) AVTTOTNN

4

Number of records in the entire nonreusable disk message queues
data set

1196 (4AC) AVTVOLRN

4

Product of the number of extents times the number of records per
track on the nonreusable disk message queues data set

1200 (4BO)

AVTHRESN

4

The absolute record number that is the threshold to cause closedown
due to the filling of the nonreusable disk message queues data set

1204 (4B4)

AVTNADDR

4

Index to nonreusable disk relative record number-next available
location·

1208 (4B8)

AVTRADDR

4

Index to reusable disk relative record number-next available
location·

1212 (4BC) AVTHRESE

12

Nonreusable threshold closedown element

1223 (4C7) AVTHRESS

1

Completion code-used to indicate status

Name

X'FF' - an unused element
X'FO' - the element has been tposted
X'OO' - Closedown indication
X'04' - Closedown indication
1224 (4C8) AVTCPBNO

2

Specifies the value coded in the CPB=integer operand of the
INTROmacro

*Note: This field contains a number which, when adjusted, (by adding 3 and dividing 4) yields the absolute
relative record number.

422

OS TeAM PLM

Access Method Work Area
The access method work area (IEDQWRKA) is a variable-length table that
provides intermediate storage fields, pointers to control blocks, switches, and
space for a work area. When a DCB in an application program is being opened,
the GET/PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor (IGGO 1946) allocates main
storage for and initializes the access method work area.
The Open Executor puts the address of the work area in the DEBTAMW A field
of the data extent block (DEB) for the application program. The address of the
DEB is in the DCBDEBAD field in the associated data control block (DCB) in
the application program. The DEB address is also in the PEWADEB field of the
process entry work area in the MCP so that routines in the MCP can refer to the
access method work area by first examining the DEB.
The access method work area is variable in length depending upon whether or not
the user specified a SYNAD exit routine. If the user does not specify a SYNAD
exit routine, the fullword field GWASTAT/PWASTAT is set to zero (0). If,
however, the user does specify such a routine, the field GW AST AT /PW AST AT
contains the address of the status indicators. The status indicators are in a 14byte field that is added to the end of the access method work area when required
by a SYNAD routine request. There are two status indicators for the SYNAD
routine. The first is bit zero of the second byte of the 14-byte area. When this bit
is set to 1, the command issued is rejected because work units are out of sequence.
The second status indicator is bit 1 of the thirteenth byte. When this bit is set to
1, an incorrect length has been specified, thus creating a work area overflow.
The format of the access method work area is illustrated below; descriptions of
the fields follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

423

IEDQWRKA
0(0)

PWASAVE
GWASAVE
Address of User's Register Save Area

4 (4)

PWAPEWA
Address of the Process Entry Work Area

8 (8)
GWAPEB
Address of a Part-Empty Buffer
12 (C)
f-- - - -

PWASTART
Address of the First Byte of Data in the Work Area
- - ---~--- - - - GWAMOVE Address of the Next Byte in a Buffer to be Moved
PWACKPT
GWACKPT
Address of the User's Checkpoint Routine

16 (10)

20 (14)

24 (18)

1-- -

GWAPEWA
Address of the Next Empty Byte in the User's Work Area

--- -

----- -

PWAECB
.0..._
PUT/WRITE
ECB_ _
GWAECB
GET/READ ECB

___

.......28 (1C)

PWAELEM
GWAELEM
Special AOCTL Element

48 (30)

PWALIST
GWALIST
AOCT L Parameter List

....

----- ------

-

-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - -

-

--- -- -_.
-~

--

-----------

MOVE AD
Address of the Field to be Moved
52 (34)

TARGETAD
Address of Where the Data is to be Moved
57 (39)

56 (38)

LENGTHAD
Address of the Length of the Field

PFLAG
End-of-List Indicator

........60 (3C)

_r--

-

132 (84)

I

-

-- - - - - -

- -

--

IOBPSAVE
Address of a Partly Empty Buffer Unit

-

GWASTAT

_ _ _ _ _ _AJ!d.!].st.Qf..Q.!:ILREAD St!luLJ.pQi£a!2!s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -

-

PWASTAT
Address of PUT/WRITE Status Indicators
144 (90)

148 (94)

424

OS TCAM PLM

-I-

"':::,.....

Reserved

EOM Processed GET/REAr;

136 (88)

140 (8C)

-

134 (86)

PWAFLG

PUT/WRITE Reader Needed

1- _ _ _ _ -

PWASAVA
PUT/WRITE Save Area
-GVirASA'iJA- GET/READ Save Area

PWASOWA
GWASOWA
Size of the User's Work Area
GWABUFL
Size of an MCP Buffeh

146 (92)
PWACTL
Work Area Contents
Descriptor Byte

147 (93) GWAADEL
Record Delimiter

150 (96)

151 (97) PWARECFM
GWARECFM
General Switches

PWAOPTCD
GWAOPTCD
General Switches

---

154 (9A)

152 (98)
GWALAECL
Size of a Logical Work Unit

PWAOFF
Termname Table Offset for Message Destination

156 (9C)
CTLADDA
Address of the Work Area Control Byte
162 (A2)

160 (AO)
GWASCAN
Size of Field to be Scanned

BUFCNT
Empty-Buffer Counter

164 (A4)

166 (A6)
IOBPSZE
Prefix Size Work Area

IOBUSZE
Count of Data In a Logical Buffer
168 (A8)

170 (AA)
IOBSACE
Termname Table Offset

......
_...172 (AC)

Reserved

_....

--

GWAATVE
Message Retrieval Work Area

180 (B4)

GWADTSA
General SWitCheS

181 (B5)
Reserved

Note: When there are two field names for one field, those field names
beginning with P are used when the user is coding in PUT mode, and those
field names beginning with G are used when the user is coding in GET mode.
Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

PWASAVE

4

Address of the user register save area

0

(0)

GWASAVE

4

Address of the user register save area

4

(4)

PWAPEWA

4

Address of the process entry work area

8

(8)

GWAPEB

4

Address of a partially empty buffer-the one being used

12

(C)

PWASTART

4

Address of the first byte of data in the user work area

12

(C)

GWAMOVE

4

Address of next byte to be moved in a buffer

16

(10)

PWACKPT

4

Reserved

16

(10)

GWACKPT

4

Reserved

20

(14)

GWAPEWA

4

Address of next empty byte in user work area

24

(18)

PWAECB

4

PUT /WRITE ECB

24

(18)

GWAECB

4

GET/READ ECB

28

(1C)

PWAELEM

20

Special AQCTL element

28

(1C)

GWAELEM

20

Special AQCTL element

48

(30)

PWALIST

4

AQCTL parameter list

48

(30)

GWALIST

4

AQCTL parameter list

48

(30)

MOVEAD

4

Address of the field to be moved

52

(34)

TARGETAD

4

Address of the area into which data is to be moved

56

(38)

PFLAG

1

Indicator of end of parameter list

57

(39)

LENGTHAD

3

Address of the length field of the parameter list

60

(3C)

PWASAVA

72

PUT/WRITE save area

60

(3C)

GWASAVA

72

READ / CHECK save area
Section 5: Data Area Layouts

425

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

132 (84)

PWAFLG

2

X'20' header needed (PUT/WRITE)
X'80' EOM processed (GET/READ)

PWAFLG+1
136 (88)

IOBPSAVE

4

Address of partially empty buffer unit

140 (8C)

GWASTAT

4

Address of status indicators

140 (8C)

PWASTAT

4

Address of status indicators

144 (90)

PWASOWA

2

Size of user work area

144 (90)

GWASOWA

2

Size of user work area

146 (92)

PWACTL

1

Work area contents descriptor byte- contains a value indicating
whether the message in the work area is the first, intermediate, or
last segment of the message. The following are the bit settings:
Bits

Value

Meaning

0,1,2,
3,7

X'F1'

first segment (header)

0,1,2,
3,6

X'F2'

last segment (EOM)

0,1,2,
3,6,7

X'F3'

entire message

1

X'40'

intermediate segment

147 (93)

GWARDEL

1

End of record for GET/PUT-copied from the process entry

148 (94)

GWABUFL

2

Size of MCP buffer

150 (96)

PWAOPTCD

1

General switch; bit settings. are:

Name

Bits Value

FIRSTPUT

7

150 (96)

GWAOPTCD

X'Ol'

Meaning

first-time switch for locate mode

1

General switch; bit settings are:

Name

Bits Value

TNMEFLG

0

X'80'

OPTCD= W (source terminal field)

MSGFLG

1

X'40'

OPTCB= U (message rather than record format)

CTLBYTE

2

X'20'

OPTCD=C (control byte flag)

EODADFLG

3

X'tO'

EODAD exit flag mask

RECDEL

4

X'08'

First-time RECDEL flag

RTVFLG

5

X'04'

Retrieve mode switch mask

PARTBUF

6

X'02'

Partially empty buffer left on main-storage QCB

SYNADFLG

7

X'Ol'

DCBOPTCD bit which, if set, effects exit to SYNAD
routine

Meaning

151 (97)

PWARECFM

1

PUT /WRITE; no bits set

151 (97)

GWARECFM

1

GET/READ; bit settings are:

Name

Bits Value

RETFLG

5

X'04'

Retrieve mode may be entered

INCWA

7

X'OI'

Incomplete work area

2

Size of logical work unit

152 (98)
426

GWALRECL

OSTCAMPLM

v

,

Meaning

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

154 (9A)

PWAOFF

2

PUT Scheduler-termname table offset for message destination

156 (9C)

CTLADDR

4

Address of work area control byte; address of PWACTL within the
work area

160 (AO)

GWASCAN

2

Size of field to be scanned

162 (A2)

BUFCNT

2

Empty-buffer counter

164 (A4)

IOBUSZE

2

Count of data in a logical buffer-number of bytes in a buffer unit

166 (A6)

IOBPSZE

2

Number of bytes in a buffer-prefix size work area

168 (A8)

IOBSRCE

2

Termname table offset

2

Reserved

170 (AA)
172 (AC)

GWARTVE

8

Message retrieval work area

180 (B4)

GWADTSA

1

General switch; bit settings are:

Name

Bits Value

DELETE

1

3

Reserved

181 (B5)

X'40'

Meaning

DELETE=YES

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

427

(This page left blank intentionally)

428

OS TeAM PLM

Buffer Prefix

First buffer of a message:
Offset

o

4
Key
PRFKEY

Priority
PRFPRI

QCB address
PRFQCBA

Link field
PRFLINK

Link to
next
unit and
TIC CCW

or
or
CCWOP
Code

or

Next
address
to be
transferred

CCW
flags

12 (C)

8

5

Unused

Number
of units
in this
buffer

13(0)

16(10)

LCB
address

CCW
count

Source
offset
in the
Termname
Table

18 (12)
Size of
data in
this
buffer

20 (14)
Status
byte

21 (15)
Pointer to
additional
records on
disk
PRFXTRA
or to the
current
record in
main storage

24 (18)
Scan
pointer
offset

PRFCOUNT PRFTIC PRFNBUNT PRFLCB PRFSRCE PRFSIZE PRFSTAT1 PRFCORE PRFSCAN

PRFOPCOE PRFIOADR PRFFLAGS

~I

RCB

26 (1A)
Pointer to
next buffer
of this
message if
not last
buffer
PRFNTXT
or text queueback chain if
last buffer
PRFTQBCK

29 (10)
Pointer
to the
first
unit of
the
current
buffer

32 (20)

35 (23)

Pointer
to the
first
buffer
of the
next
message

Queue-back
chain of
the first
buffers of
messages

38 (26)

40 (28)

Input
Destination
sequence offset
number
in the
Termname
Table

PRFCRCD PRFNHDR PRFHQBCK PRFISEQ

PRFDEST

First or 30-byte Buffer Prefix

-=.l

The first 12 bytes are not placed on the
queue for the message queues data set.

0

42 (2A) -

12 (C)
Unit control area

First buffer prefix

Start of the message header or data

PRFSUNIT

PRFSHDR

Subsequent buffer of a message:
Offset

o

5

4
Key
PRFKEY

QCB address
PRFQCBA

Priority
PRFPRI

or
or
CCWOP
Code

Next
address
to be
transferred

12(C)

8
Link to
next
unit and
TIC CCW

Link field
PRFLINK

Number
of units
in this
buffer

or
Unused

CCW
flags

13 (D)

16 (10)

LCB
address

Source
offset
in the
Termname
Table

18 (12)
Size of
data in
this
buffer

CCW
count

-

~I

RCB

21 (15)
Pointer to
additional
records on
disk
PRFXTRA
or to the
current
record in
main storagE

12 (C)

24 (18)

26 (1A)

Scan
pointer
offset

Pointer to
next buffer
of this
message if
not last
buffer
PRFNTXT
or text queueback chain if
last buffer

PRFSCAN

PRFTQBCK

Subsequent or 23-byte Buffer Prefix

29 (10)
Pointer
to the
first
unit of
the
current
buffer

32 (20)
Pointer
to the
first
buffer
of the
current
message

PRFCRCK PRFCHDR
--"

-

The first 12 bytes are not placed on the
queue for the message queues data set.

Unit control area

Status
byte

PRFCOUNT PRFTIC PRFNBUNT PRFLCB PRFSRCE PRFSIZE PRFSTAT1 PRFCORE

PRFOPCDE PRFIOADR PRFFLAGS

o

20 (14)

35 (23)
Subsequent buffer prefix

Continuation of message header or start or
continuation of message data

PRFSUNIT

PRFSTXT

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

429

Insert foldout page 429 at end of book.

IEOQPRF
0(0)
- -PRFOPCOE,"PRFKEv
OP Code or Key

jiw- -

-

PRFRCB
Resource Control Block
PRFlOAOR, PRFOcBAQCB Or Next I/O Address

4 (4)
'-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

- - - ---

PRFRCB
(Cant.)

-

-:~)

PRFFLAGS, PRFPRI
CCW Flags Or Priority

I
I

- - - - - - - - - - ------ - - - PRFLINK
Buffer Link Field
- - - PRFCOUNT
- - - - - - -~i6}

I

CCW Count

8 (8)
PRFTIC
TIC CCW Or Link to Next Unit
12 (C)
PRFSUNIT, PRFNBUNT
Number of Units in this Buffer
16 (10)

13 (D)
PRFLCB
LCB Address
18 (12)

PRFSRCE
Termname Table Offset for Source of Message

20 (14)

21 (15) PRFSTSO
Start of TSO Data

PRFSIZE
Si ze of Data i n-th is Buffer
22 (16)

PRFEOB
Offset to EOB in the Buffer

------- -----------------PRFXTRA
Address of Additional Records
------ ----------------------- -------PRFCORE
------------

PRFSTAT1
Status Byte

Address of the Current Record
24 (18)

28 (1C)
PRFNTXT,PRFTQBCK
(Cant.)
32 (20)

r----------36 (24)

40 (28)

0

(0)

0

(0)

0

(0)

(1)
(1)

4
4

(4)
(4)

5

(5)

6

(6)

26' (1A)

PRFSCAN
Scan POinter Address

PRFNTXT
Next Text Segment Address
PRFTQBCK
Text Queue-Back Chain

r-------- ------------- -----

29 (10)

PRFCRCO
Current Segment Address

PRFNHOR
PRFSTXT
35 (23)
_ _ _ ..§t~t 2f TexL _ _ _ _
Address of the Next Header Segment
------PRFCHOR--- - - - - - - - - - - - PRFHQBCK
Address of the Header of the Current Message
Header Queue-Back Chain
38 (26)

PRFHQBCK
(Cant.)

PRFISEQ
Input Sequence Number

PRFDEST
Termname Table Offset for Destination of Message

PRFRCB
PRFOPCDE
PRFKEY
PRFIOADR

8

1
3

PRFQCBA
PRFFLAGS
PRFPRI

3

PRFLINK
PRFCOUNT

3

1
2

Resource control block
CCW operation code, when I/O is being performed
Element key of the buffer
Next data byte (address) to be transferred (Read), when I/O is being
performed
QCB address, when the buffer is an element
CCW flags, when I/O is being performed
Priority of the buffer, when it is an element
Link field of the buffer, unused when a CCW
CCW (Read/Write) count

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

431

Offset

Name

(8)

PRFTIC

8

Bytes

4

Description

TIC CCW & link to the next unit. The high-order byte contains one of the
following:

Bits Value Meaning
X'80'
Logical end of message
0
X'40'
Header converted to text
1
Start of the logical unit
Number of units in this buffer
1
Pointer to the LCB
3
Termname table offset for the source of the message
2
Size of data in this buffer
2
Status byte:
Bits Value Meaning
Name
X'80'
Cancel message has been executed
0
PRFCNCLN
All X'FF' Mask to specify that the message is not canceled
PRFCNCLF
On
X'40' Error message is in this buffer
PRFERMGN
1
X'BF' Mask to specify that this is not an error message buffer
PRFERMGF
1
Off
X'20' Message is being held
PRFITCPN
2
X'DF' Mask to specify that the message is not being held
PRFITCPF
2
Off
X'IO'
This is a TSO buffer
PRFTSBUF
3
X'08' Duplicate-header buffer
PRFDUPLN
4
X'F7' Mask to specify an original buffer
PRFDUPLF
4
Off
X'04'
SETEOF was executed
PRFEOFN
5
X'FB' Mask to specify that SETEOF was not executed
PRFEOFF
5
Off
PRFLOCK .. PRFEOFN
LOCK executed this messa-ge
X'02'
PRFNLSTN
6
Not the last buffer of a message
PRFNLSTF
6
X'FD' Mask to specify the last buffer of a message
Off
PRENHDRN
X'Ol'
Not the first buffer of a message
7
PRFNHDRF
X'FE' Mask to specify the first buffer of a message
7
Off
Start of time sharing data
3
Pointer to the additional records
3
Pointer to the current record
Offset to EOB in the buffer (receive)
2

Name
PRFEOMSG
PRFBFMM
12
12
13
16
18
20

(C)
(C)
(D)
(10)
(12)
(14)

PRFSUNIT
P.RFNBUNT
PRFLCB
PRFSRCE
PRFSIZE
PRFSTATl

21
21
21

(15)
(15)
(15)

22

(16)

PRFSTSO
PRFXTRA
PRFCORE
PRFEOB

24
26
26
29
32
32
35
35
38
40

432

(18)
(1 A)
(1 A)
(10)

(20)
(20)
(23)
(23)
(26)
(28)

PRFSCAN
PRFNTXT
PRFTQBCK
PRFCRCD
PRFNHDR
PRFCHDR
PRFSTXT
PRFHQBCK
PRFISEQ
PRFDEST

OS TCAM PLM

2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2

Scan pointer address
Pointer to the next text segment
Queue-back chain of text segments
Pointer to the current segment
Pointer to the next header segment
Pointer to the header of the current message
Start of text data in a subsequent buffer
Queue-back chain of header segments
Input sequence number
Termname table offset for the destination of the message

Channel Program Block
The channel program block (IEDQCPB) contains the disk channel program and
other information pertinent to the disk I/O involved. Within the channel program
the CPB contains pointers to its associated unit and to the next CPB as well as the
actual number of the unit being processed and its MBBCCHHR equivalent. The
address of the first CPB is in the AVTCPBPT field of the address vector table.
The same address is in the A VTFCPB field of the A VT at INTRa execution time,
but this field changes during the execution of the channel program as it always
points to the first CPB in the LIFO CPB queue.
In disk queuing, CPBs are used to read to or write from the destination queues. If
disk queuing is used, the pool of CPBs is created by a nonresident routine called
by the INTRa macro expansion. The user specifies the number of CPBs to be
built to handle the message queues buffers in the CPB=integer operand of the
INTRa macro instruction. Each CPB is built in main storage and is an allocated a
work area equal in size to one buffer unit (including the 12-byte unit control
area). Initially this unit is contiguous with the CPB, but as processing continues,
the unit may be from the buffer unit pool. The CPBXREA field points to the
associated unit, which is actually the disk data area.
The format of the channel program block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.
IEDQCPB
0(0)
~-

CPBHEADF
Seek Head CCW

--- - - ---- CPBSEEK
- - -- - r11 . - - - - - - --CPBHEAD
(1)

- - -

Head 10 Address
CPBHEADF
(Cont.)
- -1- - - - - - ...... -15"(51CPBSEKFL
16(6)
CPBSEKCT
Reserved
I
Seek Flag
I
Seek Count
8 (8)
CPBSETAF
Set Sector CCW
f- - - - - - - - - - - r. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CPBSET
,9(9)
CPBSETA
OP Code
,
Set Sector 10 Address
12 (C)
CPBSETAF
(Cont.)
- - - -CPBSETCT- - - - - CPBSETFL- - - - f"13(0)Reserved
: 14 (E 1
Set Sector Count
Set Sector Flag

-----

OP Code

4 (4)

- --- ---

------

l

- --- --,----

16 (10)
CPBSRCH
OP Code

-------- - - --------- - 17(11) - -- - - CPBSREC
Record 10 Address
CPBSRECF
(Cont.)

1

20 (14)
cPBSRHFL- Search Flag

24 (181

-- -- -

-

CPBTlC1
OP Code

28 (1CI

-- 32 (201

u.

----

CPBSRECF
Search 10 Equal CCW

-- - -

---

- -- --

CPBSECTR
Sector 10

-

-121(151

:

-

- - -

Reserved

- 122 (16)I
I

- -i

-- - -

------

Search Count

CPBTICSF
TIC to Search CCW
-1- - - - - - 125 (19)
CPBTICS
Search CCW Address
C"BTICSF
(Cont.)
29I10I- CPBUNUSD
Reserved
I

,

- - - ------CPBSRHCT

- -

- -- ---- - -------

- --- - - - --- - - ---- - - -- -CPBAREAF
Read/Wnte CCW

'II ...

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

433

"r-

t------CPBRDWR -

- -

-:33(21)

OP Code

- - - --- -

I

36 (24)

-- - --

- - i

CPBRWFL
ReadlWnte Flag

-

37(25)

-- -

Reserved

- 141 (29)

CPBXDWR
OP Code

I

- -CPBXWFL
-- - Read/Wrlte F 1l1li

145
I

i20) -

- -

CPBXREA
1/0 Area Address

Reserved

CPBXREAF
(Cont.)
- - 146(2EI
:

- - - --

------

-

--- - -

----- -

- --

-

CPBXOUNT
Number of Bytes to Read or Wnte

CPBNEXTF
TIC to Nel(t CPB CCW

48 (30)

r--

Number of Bytes to Read or W~lte

-- - -- -

44 (2CI
~-

-- - -CPBCOUNT
- - - - - ---- -1---,38 (26)

CPBXREAF
Second ReadlWnte CCW

- --- -

.
-- -- --

CPBAREAF
(Cont.)

I

40 (28)
!--

- -

CPBAREA
1/0 Area Address

-----

- --CPBTlC2

- ; 49(31,

OP Code

- - -

I

-- -

- - -- - - -- - - ---

CPBNEXT
Nel(t CPB Address

--

--

52 (34)

r- - - -

CPBFLAG Flag Byte

CPBADDR
Indel( to Absolute Record Number

--,

I

56 (38)

64(40)

65 (411

CPBTOUNT
Data to be Moved Count

CPBINWKA
Work Area Data Count

68 (44)

-- - -

- -

CPBUNTCT
Unit Data Count

434

--

CP8ABSAD
MBBCCHHR Value

-I-

-r

OS TeAM PLM

-

:69(45T

J

--

-t"""

66 (42)

CPBWKACT
Work Area Start Address

CPBAERBF
ERB Address

- - CPBAERB
--

ERB Address

-

----

67 (43)

CPBNUMB
Current CPB Number

--- -- - -

- -

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

CPBHEADF

Start of the Seek Head CCW

0

(0)

CPBHEADF

Start of the Seek Head CCW

0

(0)

CPBSEEK

1

Seek Head op code

1

(1)

CPBHEAD

3

Pointer to the head ID

4

(4)

CPBSEKFL

1

Seek CCW flag, command chaining

6

(6)

CPBSEKCT

2

Seek count of 6

8

(8)

CPBSETAF

8

(8)

CPBSET

1

Set Sector op code

9

(9)

CPBSETA

3

Pointer to sector ID byte

12

(C)

CPBSETFL

1

Set Sector flag byte

13

(D)

1

Reserved

14

(E)

CPBSETCT

2

Set Sector count of 1

16

(10)

CPBSRCH

1

Search ID Equal op code

17

(11)

CPBSREC

3

Pointer to the record ID

20

(14)

CPBSRHFL

1

Search CCW flag

21

(15)

1

Reserved

22

(16)

CPBSRHCT

3

Search count of 5

24

(18)

CPBTICSF

24

(18)

CPBTIC1

1

TIC op code

25

(19)

CPBTICS

3

Address of the Search CCW

28

(1C)

CPBSECTR

1

Set sector ID

29

(lD)

CPBUNUSA

3

Reserved

32

(20)

CPBAREAF

32

(20)

CPBRDWR

1

Read/Write op code

33

(21)

CPBAREA

3

Address of the II 0 area

36

(24)

CPBRWFL

1

Read/Write flag

37

(25)

1

Reserved

38

(26)

CPBCOUNT

2

Number of bytes to be read or written

40

(28)

CPBXREAF

40

(28)

CPBXDWR

1

Read/Write op code

41

(29)

CPBXREA

3

Address of the II 0 area

44

(2C)

CPBXWFL

1

Read/Write flag

45

(2S)

1

Reserved

46

(2E)

CPBXOUNT

2

Number of bytes to be read or written

48

(30)

CPBNEXTF

48

(30)

CPBTIC2

1

TIC op code

49

(31)

CPBNEXT

3

Pointer to the next CPB

52

(34)

CPBFLAG

1

Flag byte

Start of the Set Sector CCW

Start of the TIC to Search CCW

Start of the Read/Write CCW

Start of the second Read/Write CCW

Start of the TIC to next CPB CCW

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

435

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

52

(34)

CPBADDR

4

Index to absolute record number-this field contains a number
which when adjusted (by adding 3 and dividing by 4), yields the
absolute record number.

55

(37)

CPBQTYPE

I

The low-order two bits of the number determine the queue type as
follows:
B'll'-Reusable disk'queuing
B'IO'-Reserved
B'OI'-Nonreusable disk queuing
B'OO'-Main-storage queuing

56

(38)

CPBABSAD

8

MBBCCHHR value

64

(40)

CPBINWKA

I

Count of the data in the work area

64

(40)

4

LCB address, if the CPB is for IGGOI 9RP

65

(41)

CPBTOUNT

I

Count of the data to be moved into a unit

66

(42)

CPBWKACT

I

Where to start in the work area

67

(43)

CPBNUMB

I

Sequential number of the current CPB

68

(44)

CPBAERBF

4

Address of the ERB, or the work area unit address (for IGGOI9RP)

68

(44)

CPBUNTCT

I

Count of data already in the unit

69

(45)

CPBAERB

3

The following are the CCW bit definitions:
Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

CPBCDC

0

X'80'

Data chaining

CPBCCC

I

X'40'

Command chaining

CPBSLIC

2

Suppress incorrect length

CPBSKIPC

3

X'20'
X'IO'

7

X'OI'

Write Data or Key and Data bit

CPBNOPC

6,7

X'03'

NO OP command

CPBWRC

5,7

X'05'

Write Data command

CPBRDC

5,6

X'06'

Read Data command

CPBKEYB

4

X'08'

Key bit

CPBTICC

4

X'08'

TIC command

CPBWRKC

4,5,7

X'OD'

Write Key and Data command

CPBRDKC

4,5,6

X'OE'

Read Key and Data command

CPBSEEKC

3,4,6,7

X'IB'

Seek Head command

CPBSETC

2,6,7

X'23'

Set Sector command

CCWFlags:

CCW Commands:
CPBWRITB

436

OS TeAM PLM

I

Skip data

Checkpoint Di$k Records
Checkpoint Control Record: The checkpoint control record is written on disk from
the area starting at CKPCNTLR in the checkpoint work area each time that an
environment checkpoint record is written.
Offset

2

0
FIlii! byte

Number of

current
enVlfonment

inCident

Number of
available

records

inCident

record
CKPTTRCT

CKPFLAGS
Offset

8

4

3

Inde. to the

CKPINCNT

5
TTR of the fIrst
CKREO record

records

TTR of the last
CK REO record
on f;rst CKREO
records track

CKPINCNO

CKPCRRNO

CKPTTRCR

9

121CI
TTR of the fIrst

Number of bytes

InCident record

Incident record

In

on first mcldent

Value of the
INTRO

record segment

operand

CKREOS

Value of the
INTRO
operand
CPRCDS

CKPBPERR

CKPCKRQS

CKPCPRCD

an environment

records trick
CKPlNRNO
Offset

CKPTTRIN

17 (111

16 (101

Length of a
CKREO record

per track

CKPIPERT

CKPCPERT

CKPCKRLN

InCident

records

Length of an
Incident record

CKPINCLN

inCident record wratten

CKPRPERT

CKPTTRLI

28 (lCI

30 (1EI

Data on track
preceding current
environment segment

Data on track
precethng current

CKPSECLT

CKPSECLI

InCident

Data on track
precedmg first

record

CKREO record
CKPSECCR

37 (251

Data on track

3 byte TTR for fIrst

Data on track

preceding fIrst

enVironment record. All

preceding first segment

incident record

other TTRs follow thIS
CKPTTRT1

CKPSECT1

CKPSECIN

(0)

TTR of the last

environment

34 (22)

Offset 32 (20 I

0

21 (151

Number of

record segments
per trIck

26 (1A)

Offset 24 (18)

Offset

20 (141

18 (121

Number of
CKREO
records
per track

Number of

15 (FI

14 (EI

TTR of last

Name

Bytes

Description

CKPFLAGS

1

Flag byte:
X'80'-normal
closedown

of enVlfonment record

Initialized By

Altered By

Set by IGG01943
Turned off by
IGG01944

X'lO'-Open CKREQ

IGG01944

X'20'-Open incident

IGG01944

X'40'-Open environment

IGG01943

X'08'-No environment
records are available
X'04'-Value of
start-up parameter
that indicates
whether invitation
lists are to be
checkpointed
X'02't-0S synchronous
checkpoint

IGG01943,
IGG01941
Set by IGG01949

IGG01943

IGG01949

IGG01949

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

437

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

Altered By

X'O l'-Operator
control incident
records are present
1

(1)

CKPTTRCT

1

Index to the
current environment checkpoint
record

IGG01942 initializes IEDQNP changes this
this field to 1
field after each
environment
checkpoint

2

(2)

CKPINCNT

1

Total number of
incident records
in the data set

IGG01949

3

(3)

CKPINCNO

1

Number of incident records
that are available for use

Cold start
(IGGOI949)
Warm start
(IGGOI941)

4

(4)

CKPCRRNO 1

TTR of the last
CKREQ record on
the first track
that contains
CKREQ records

IGG01942

5

(5)

CKPTTRCR

3

TTR of the first
CKREQ record

IGG01942

8

(8)

CKPINRNO

1

TTR of the last
incident record
on the first track
that contains
incident records

IGG01942

9

(9)

CKPTTRIN

3

TTR of the first
incident record

IGG01942

12

(C)

CKPBPERR

2

Number of bytes
in each environment record segment

IGG01949

14

(E)

CKPRKRQS

1

Value of CKREQS
(from INTRO)
for the last
start-up-used
at restart time
instead of the
corresponding
value in the A VT

Cold start
IGG01942
Warm start
(IGGOI944)

15

(F)

CKPCPRCD

1

Value of CPRCDS
(from INTRO) for
last start-upused at restart
time instead of
the corresponding
value in the A VT

Cold start
(IGGOI942)
Warm start
(IGGOI943)

16

(10)

CKPIPERT

1

Number of incident
records per track

IGG01949

438

OSTCAMPLM

IEDQNG,IEDQNH,
IEDQNI,IEDQNJ,
IEDQNO

Offset

1:7

(11)

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

CKPPRQNO

1

Maximum number of
priority QCBs used
by an OS synchronous process entry

IGG01949

Number of CKREQ
records per track
(overlays CKPPRQNO)

IGG01949

CKPCPERT

18

(12)

CKPCKRLN

2

Length of a CKREQ
record, depends on
the number of
option fields

IGG01949

20

(14)

CKPRPERT

1

Number of environment record segments per track

IGG01949

21

(15)

CKPTTRLI

3

TTR of the last
incident record
written

IGG01941

24

(18)

CKPINCLN

2

Length of an incident
record

IGG01949

26

(1A)

CKPSECLT

2

Data on track preceding
the environment record

IEDQNP

28

(1C)

CKPSECLI

2

Data on track preceding
the current incident
record

IEDQNP

30

(1E)

CKPSECCR

2

Data on track preceding
the first CKREQ record

IEDQNP

32

(20)

CKPSECIN

2

Data on track preceding
the first incident
record

IEDQNP

34

(22)

CKPTTRTl

3

3-byte TTR for the first
environment record. All
other TTRs follow this.

IEDQNP

37

(25)

CKPSECTl

2

Data on track preceding
the first segment of the
environment record

IEDQNP

Altered By

IEDQNP

There are as many three-byte TTR fields for environment checkpoint records as
there are records indicated in CKPCPRCD.
Environment Checkpoint Record Segment: Main storage in which to build an
environment checkpoint record segment is obtained by the Environment Checkpoint routine (IEDQNK) each time that an environment checkpoint is requested.
The format and length of an environment checkpoint vary according to option
table and terminal table entries. The environment record contains one section of
data, with the associated option fields, for each single, group, line, and process
entry of the terminal table.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

439

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

0

(0)

CDRDATE

4

Date of the checkpoint

IEDQNP

4

(4)

CDRTIME

4

Time that the record
is written

IEDQNP

8

(8)

CDRKEY

1

Key byte:

IEDQNK

X'lC'-last segment
of an environment
checkpoint record
X'20'-a segment
that is not the
last segment of
an environment
checkpoint record
9

(9)

CDRTTRLI

12

(C)

CDRDATA

440

OS TeAM PLM

3

TTR of the last
incident record
written

IEDQNP

This is tJIe point at which the.
checkpointed fields from the
terminal table start. Only single,
group, line, and process entries
are checkpointed, and different
fields are included under different
conditions. These conditions are
stated as each item is described.
Each entry is checkpointed as
follows:
1

Terminal entry status byte (from
TRMSTATE) included only for a single,
group, or line entry

IEDQNK

2

Input sequence number (from TRMINSEQ)
included only for a single, group,
line, or process entry that is disk
queued

IEDQNK

2

Output sequence number (from
TRMOUTSQ) included only for a single,
group, line, or process entry that
is disk queued

IEDQNK

n

Option fields for the terminal
table entry

IEDQNK

2

Count of messages for this
destination (from QCBMSGCT in the QCB
referred to by TRMDESTQ) included
for any single, group, line, or
process entry that has not had its
QCB checkpointed

IEDQNK

Offset

12+n

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

3

Queue-back message chain pointer
(from QCBQBACK) included for any
single, group, line, or process entry
that has not had its QCB checkpointed

IEDQNK

21

Disk pointers from QCBDNHDR through
QCBLFEFO in a priority-level QCB that
is attached to this destination QCB;
there is one of these 21-byte entries
for each priority-level QCB attached
to a destination QCB that is being
checkpointed

IEDQNK

3

LCBSTAT1, LCBSTAT2, DCBINTVL
for any single, group, or line entry

IEDQNK

n

Invitation list for any single,
line, or group entry that has not had its
destination QCB checkpoinfed;
QCBDCBAD points to the DeB, and
DCBINVLI points to the invitation
list; the length of the list is
equal to the number of entries
times the length of each entry plus
eight control bytes

IEDQNK

2

The following information is at
the end of the environment record.
IEDQNK
Termname table offset to
the primary operator control terminal
(from the A VT field A VTOPCON)

2

Number of seconds in a system
system delay (from the A VT field
AVTINTLV)

IEDQNK

1

TCAM status byte (from the A VT
field A VTBIT 1)

IEDQNK

1

TCAM status byte (from the A VT
field A VTBIT2)

IEDQNK

4

Nonreusable disk relative
record address (from the A VT field
AVTNADDR)

IEDQNK

4

Reusable disk relative record
address (from the A VT field
AVTRADDR)

IEDQNK

4

Value of AVTLODPT

IEDQNK

Section S: Data Area Layouts

441

In summary, the general format of an environment checkpoint record is as follows:
Offset

o

4

9

8

12

,

{

Date Time Key TTR of last Termin al Table Option flefds QCB data LCB data DCB data Invitation
for the
for the
for the
for the
List for the
X'20' incident
data fo r the
first entry
first entry first entry first entry first entry
red used
first en try

,

Terminal Table
data for the
second entry

Option fields
for the
second entry

.~

Second segment
offset
4
0
8

9

12

Date Time Key TTR of last
X'1C' incident
rcd used

(

QCB
for th
seco~
I

Terminal Table
data for the
\--'--_-\

Option fields
for the

QCB data
for the

LCB data
for the

DCB data
for the

Invitation
List for the

D

A VT

~-"'""--_'I \-_......._ ; ""_'---\ \-_.1.----\ r.-.........--\ ..._~_f-'llelds

Incident Checkpoint Record for the CHECKPT Macro: The Build Incident Record
for the MH routine (IEDQNG) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in which to
build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area at
CKPLDRB in the checkpoint work area. If the CHECKPT macro is issued in the
incoming group of MH, the terminal that sent the current buffer is checkpointed.
If the CHECKPT macro is issued in the outgoing group of MH, the terminal that
is to receive the current message is checkpointed. The length of this record
depends on which option table fields are used for the terminal being checkpointed.
The Build Incident Record for the MH routine uses the LCB field LCBTTCIN,
the offset to the current termname table entry, as input to the Termname Table
code (IEDQTNT) to get the correct terminal entry address. The terminal entry
field TRMOPTBL is an offset to the beginning of the option table fields for this
terminal. The routine adds the option table offset from the terminal entry to the
option table address (from A VTOPTPT in the A VT) to refer to the beginning of
the option table data for this terminal and uses the individual option entry offsets
in the terminal entry to refer to the specific option data entries for this terminal.
The second word of the option table contains the address of the option characteristics table, each entry of which corresponds in consecutive order to each option
entry offset in a terminal entry. If the Build Incident Record for the MH routine
finds that a halfword option entry offset in the terminal entry does not contain
X'FF', the routine gets the address of the option data by adding the halfword
option entry offset to the beginning of the option data for this terminal to get the
beginning of this data field, gets the length of this option data field for the corresponding option characteristics table entry, and moves the option data to the next
available location in the incident checkpoint record.
Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

0

(0)

CDRDATE

4

Date of the checkpoint

IEDQNB

4

(4)

CDRTIME

4

Time that the record is written

IEDQNP

8

(8)

CDRKEY

1

Key byte:

IEDQNG

D'OO'-CHECKPT record
9

(9)

442

OS TCAMPLM

CDRSTAT

1

The terminal status (from TRMSTATE)

IEDQNG

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

10

(A)

CDROFFS

2

The offset to the terminal that
is currently connected on the line
of the LCB that is the request
element (from LCBTTCIN)

IEDQNG

12

(C)

CDRSEQIN

2

Input sequence number

IEDQNG

14

(E)

CDRSEQOU 2

Output sequence number

IEDQNG

16

(10)

CDROPTN

Beginning of the option
fields defined for the terminal referred
to by the offset in bytes 10-11.
The manner in which IEDQNG checkpoints these option fields is
described in the write-up that
precedes this record layout.

IEDQNG

In summary, the general format of an incident checkpoint record for the
CHECKPT macro is as follows:

o

4

Date

8
Key
0'00'

Time

10 (A)

9
Terminal
status

12 Ie)

Terminal
offset

Sequence
numbers

1611 0)

-- .. __________________________________
-r~

-I..

-J1r

O_p_tio_n_d_a_ta_f_le_ld_s________________________________

Incident Checkpoint for Operator Control: The Build Incident Checkpoint for
Operator Control routine (IEDQNJ) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in
which to build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area
at CKPLDRB in the checkpoint work area. This routine initializes this checkpoint
record from the operator control checkpoint element pointed to by OPCCOPCE
in the Operator Control AVT.
Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

o

(0)

CDRDATE

4

Date of the checkpoint

IEDQNP

4

(4)

CDRTIME

4

Time that the record is written

IEDQNP

8

(8)

CDRKEY

1

Key byte:

IEDQNJ

D' 16 '-Operator Control record
9

(9)

CDRTTRLI

3

Flag bits:

IEDQNJ

Bit 22-ON-Last segment
Off-Intermediate segment
Bit 23-0n-Continuation segment
Off-First or only segment
12

(C)

36

Operator Control checkpoint element
pointed to by OPCCOPCE in the Operator
Control AVT

IEDQNJ

Section

5:

Data Area Layouts

443

In summary, the format of an incident checkpoint record for operator control is as
follows:

o

4

8

9

r Ti~ I ~~.. I
1
(C±1------'--------I-------....-------11
FI"

12

T

T

Operator Control Checkpoint Element

Incident Checkpoint for the TCHNG Macro: The Build Incident Checkpoint for
TCHNG routine (IEDQNH) issues a GETMAIN for main storage in which to
build this incident checkpoint record and places the address of this area at
CKPLDRB in'the checkpoint work area. The checkpoint of the option data fields
is handled exactly as explained in the Incident Checkpoint for the CHECKPT
Macro discussion.
Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

0

(0)

CDRDATE

4

Date of the checkpoint

IEDQNP

4

(4)

CDRTIME

4

Time that the record is written

IEDQNP

8

(8)

CDRKEY

1

Key byte:

IEDQNH

D'04'-TCHNG record

9

(9)

CDRSTAT

1

Terminal entry status byte
(from TRMSTATE)

IEDQNH

10

(A)

CDROFFS

2

Offset to the termname
table entry for the terminal
being checkpointed (from
bytes 12-13 of the checkpoint
request element)

IEDQNH

12

(C)

CDROPTN

Beginning of the option fields
defined for the terminal referred
to by the offset in
bytes to-II.

IEDQNH

In summary, the general format of an incident checkpoint for TCHNG record is as
follows:

Date

444

8

4

0

OS TeAM PLM

Time

10 (AI

9
Key
0'04'

Terminal
status
byte

121CI

(

•

Terminal
offset

Option data

.

{

CKREQ Checkpoint Record: The Build CKREQ Disk Record routine (IEDQNM)
issues a GETMAIN macro for main storage in which to build this CKREQ
checkpoint record and places a pointer to this area in the CKPLDRB field of the
checkpoint work area. The format and length of this checkpoint record depends
upon the number of priority QCBs associated with the destination QCB that is
being checkpointed; there is one 21-byte area of QCB disk pointers for each
priority level. The checkpoint of the option data fields is handled exactly as
explained in the Incident Checkpoint for the CHECKPT Macro discussion. The
CKREQ record DSECT is IEDQCDRD.

Offset

o

(0)

Name

Bytes

CDRCKFLG 1

Description

Initialized By

Flag bits:
Bit 0- On-CLREQ is not complete
Off-CKREQ is complete

IEDQNM

3

Link address of the checkpoint
disk I/O queue (from CKPIOQF
and CKPIOQL in the checkpoint
work area)

IEDQNM

2

Input sequence number (from
TRMINSEQ in the terminal entry
that is referred to by the offset
at CDRCKOFF)

IEDQNM

1

(1)

4

(4)

CDRCKIN

6

(6)

CDRCKOUT 2

Output sequence number (from
TRMOUTSQ in the terminal entry
that is referred to by the offset
at CDRCKOFF)

IEDQNM

8

(8)

CDRKEY

Key byte:

IEDQNM

1

X'18'-CKREQ record

9

(9)

1

10

(A)

CDRCKOFF 2

Termname Table offset (from
DEBTAMOS in the associated DEB)

IEDQNM

12

(C)

CDRCKMSG 2

QCB message count (from
QCBMSGCT in the destination QCB)

IEDQNM

14

(E)

CDRCKQBC 3

Queue-back chain pointer (from
QCBQBACK in the destination QCB)

IEDQNM

17

(11)

CDRCKQCB 21

Priority QCB disk pointers (from
the first 21 bytes of the priority
level QCB):

IEDQNM

Reserved

QCBDNDHR-disk record number for the
next first unit of a message received
QCBFHDLZ-disk record number of the
first unit of the first message in the
last zone used for this queue
QCBFHDTZ-disk record number of
the first unit of the first message
for this queue in the current zone

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

445

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Initialized By

QCBINTFF-disk record number in the
link field of the message on the read-ahead

queue
QCBINTLF-disk record number of the
message on the read-ahead queue
QCBFFEFO-disk record number of the
first message received in FEFO order
QCBLFEFO-disk record number of the
last message received in FEFO order
Beginning of the option fields
defined for the terminal referred to
byCDRCKOFF

17 +(21 x n) CDRCKOPT
where n is
the number
of priority
level QCBs

IEDQNM

In summary, the general format of a CKREQ checkpoint record is as follows:
Offset

o

6

4
Flag
Lmk address

CORCKFLG

Input sequence number

Output sequence number

CORCKIN

CORCKOUT

Offset
101 A )

9

S
Key
X'1S'

Reserved

CORKEY

14 (E)

121C)

(

•

Termmal name
offset

ace message
count

aueu e-back
cham pomter

CORCKOFF

CORCKMSG

CDR CKOBC
J

Offset
17 (11)

(

17 + (21 )( n)

~------~~------~~--~~--~--------~ T--------~----------------------------__,
J
PriOrity ace disk
pomters for the first
priority level

Priority ace disk
pointers for the last
priOrity level

Option data fields

________~~____--__--~~~--------~l~--------------------------------------~
CORCKOCB

J

446

OS TCAM PLM

Checkpoint Elements
Environment Checkpoint Request Element:
Offset

o

Defined at A VTCKELE in the A VT
Key
X'70'

aCB address

Four words long
Key field-always B'01110000'

4

Link address
Source
flag

8

12
(CI

Source flag:
Checkpoint
time interval

Reserved

Time of
interrupt

Reserved

B'lOOOOOOO'-requested by READY
B'OlOOOOOO'-requested by MCPCLOSE
B'OOOlOOOO'-requested by the CheckpointNo Incident Records routine
B'OOlOOOOO'-requested by other routines

Offset

o

Key
X'OO'

Checkpoint aCB
address

4

MH Checkpoint Request Element:
Defined as the LCB

Link address

Key field-always B'OOOOOOOO'
60
(5AI

Terminal
name offset

o

Application Program Checkpoint Request Element:

CKREa

Offset
Key
X'50'

Checkpoint aCB
address

Defined at PCBWRKA in the PCB-one for
each application program
Four words long

4

Link address

8

ECB

B'OllOOOOO'-requested by CKREQ

DEB chain address

B'OOO 10000'-requested by TCHNG

12
(CI

TCHNG

Offset

o

Key
X'10'

Checkpoint aCB
address

4

Li n k address

8

ECB

12
(CI

Key field-depends on the macro

Terminal
name offset

Reserved

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

447

Operator Control Checkpoint Request Element:

Offset

o

Checkpoint aCB
address

Key
X'40'

4

Link address

Request
element chain

Key
X'02'

4

ECB

8

Address of the STCB
code offset

448

Two words long
Key field-B'OlOOOOOO'-requested by
VARY, MODIFY, RELEASE, HOLD, ICHNG,
MRELEASE, or RELEASEM

Checkpoint QCB:

Offset

o

Defined at AVTCCELE in the A VT

OS TeAM PLM

Defined at AVTCKPTB in the A VT
Three words long
Third word always points to the key
field of this QCB. The key field
is the offset to the checkpoint STCB
Key field-B'OOOOOOlO'-tells the TCAM
Dispatcher to post the ECB in the
second word and to take the element off
the top of the ready queue and chain it
to the request element chain, which is
in the first word of the QCB.

Checkpoint Work Area
The checkpoint work area is a local constants and variables area that is used by all
of the checkpoint routines. This work area contains the checkpoint data set
control record, as well as pointers to the other checkpoint records. The checkpoint work area is allocated by a GETMAIN in the Checkpoint Open routine
(lGG01941), which also places the address of the work area in the AVTCKGET
field of the AVT. During a cold start-up, the constant fields in the work area are
initialized by the Checkpoint Open routine, the Checkpoint Disk Initialization
routine (IGG01942), and the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine (lGGOI949).
The variable fields in the checkpoint work area are initialized and changed as
required by the checkpoint routines.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

449

IEOQCKPO

1
--

CKPSAVEl
Save Area for the Load Module
72 (48)

CKPIOB
lOB for Checkpoint Disk I/O

r------ -- --,CKPIOFLl

-

I

~;;F~

-

-

-:- -

-

CKPIOS~

-

-

-: -

-

-

~KPI~N-;-

76 (4C)
CKPIOECB
ECB Address
80 (50)

CKPIOFL3

88 (58)

81 (51)
CKPIOCSW
Channel Status Word
89 (59)
CKPIOCPA
Channel Program Address

CKPIOSIO
Condition Codes
93(50)

92 (5C)

CKPIOOCB
DCB Address

Reserved
97 (61)

96(60)

CKPIOR'ST
Restart Address

Reserved
100 (64)

CKPIOBCI
Block Count Increment

102 (66)

CKPIORC
Error Count
107 (6B)

105 (69)

104 (68)

CKPIOBB
BB Seek Address

CKPIOM
M Seek Address

111 (6F)

109 (60)
Continued
112 (70)

CKPIOCC
CC Seek Address

CKPIOHH
HH Seek Address

CKPIOR
R Seek Address

CKPECB
ECB Posted by IDS

116 (74)

CKPEXCP
Address of the Current Record Being Written

120 (78)

CKPCNVRT
Label Used for the CVD Instruction

r----------------------------~~C~--------------------------ECB List for WAIT

~-------

- --------- ---- - -- -CKPEPLOC-- --- - - - - -- - ------ ------EPLOC for the LOAD Macro

128 (80)

132 (84)

136 (88)

450

OS TeAM PLM

CKPIOQF
Address of the First Record On the Checkpoint Disk I/O Queue

CKPIOQL
Address of the Last Record On the Checkpoint Disk I/O Queue

CKPLREB
Address of the Last Request Element for Which a Record Was Built

140 (SC)
CKPLDRB
Address of the Last Record Built
CKPSECTR
Sector 10 for Set Sector Command

144 (90)

-- - - - -CKPffiR'B- - of the CKREQ-TTR Table

_.....

148 (941

-

CKPCPARM
Parameters for the Convert Routine

-r

r

156 (9CI
CKPPARM2
Parameter for the Sector Convert Routine
161 (All

160 (AOI
CKPCRLEN
Control Record Length

163 (A31

162 (A21 CKPSWCH2
SWitch for the
Checkpolnted Invitation List

CKPSWCH1
Switch for the
CheckpOint QCB

CKPERRCT
Count Or Read Errors
Found by IGG01843

164 (A4)
Reserwd

--

CKPCCWS
Channel Program
CKPseEKC
Sect CYlinder

168 (AS)

176 (BO)

-'-

I

CKPSETSC
Set Sector or No OP

1

84 ,88'

I

CKPSCHID
Search 10 Command

1192 (CO)

r- -,197 (C5)

- -- -

CKPTIC
T~Command

-

----

- fDffRC'f
TTR of the Last Segment Written,

CKPRW
ReadlWrite

1208

(DO)

21S (OA)

220 (DC)

I-

CKPGETML
GETMAIN Parameter List

_r

CKPMSG
CKPMSGLN
Message Buffer Length

1

r

CKPWKALN
Checkpoint Work Area Length

222 (DE)
Reserved

--

- '-

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

451

124

lEO)

1...

CKPMSGTX
Message Text
CKPSAVE2
Save Area

.... ,...
261 (105)

r:

I
-

-

-

-

-

~

CKPMSGTP
.1Y.E.e2! ~ec!E0~t

262 (106)

T"'1266- (WA) -

-

-

264 (108)

I
~68(1ocr

-

-

-

CKPMSGPN- -

-

I
...L

-

-

-

-

-

I

281 (119)

!

CKPMSGG L

_ _ _ _ .!.£0'llJ _

~

!lOBI

- - - - -

-

- -

CKPMSGGL
GETMAIN Length That Was Not Satisfied

-r284 (11 C)

_ _ _ _ ..... _ _ _ _ _ _

CKPRCDSR
No Segments In One Environment Checkpoint
- - -CKPTRKSA - - - Number of Tracks Available
'267
CKPMsGL -Message Length - CKPMSGPN Process Entry Name

f------- ----(~~.)-- -- ___________ -.l
_I-

Rec~

_ ..J

- - -

-

-

-

- -

-~

-r

CKPTRMAD
Terminal Entry Address

...288 (120)

........

CKPCNTLR
Beginning of the Checkpoint Control Record

1

T

Temporary Use of the Checkpoint Work Area During' Checkpoint Open:
116(74~

11S(76)
CKPCYLNO
Cylinder Number

120 (7S)
CKPRCDNO
Record Number
124 (7C)

CKPHEDNO
Head Number

121 (79) CKPKEYLN

122 (7A)

Key Length

CKPDATLN
Data Length

CKPCTTRC
Current Entry in the CKREQ-TTR Table

12S (SO)

-~

136 (SS)

CKPIPERE
Number of Incident Or CKREQ
Records in One Environment Record Segment

140 (SC)

452

-

I-

CKPDATIM
Date and Time of the Last Environment Checkpoint

-r

OS TeAM PLM

-r

13S (SA)

CKPCTTRA
Address of the TTR of the Environment Record
to be Used for Restart

Reserved

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

CKPSAVE1

72

Save area for the load module

72

(48)

CKPIOB

40

lOB for the checkpoint disk I/O operations

72

(48)

CKPIOFL1

1

73

(49)

CKPIOFL2

1

II 0 error flags
II 0 error flags

74

(4A)

CKPIOSNO

75

(4B)

CKPIOSN1

76

(4C)

CKPIOECB

4

ECB address

80

(50)

CKPIOFL3

1

II 0 error flags

81

(51)

CKPIOCSW

7

Channel status word

88

(58)

CKPIOSIO

1

Start I/O condition codes

89

(59)

CKPIOCPA

3

Channel program address

92

(5C)

1

Reserved

93

(5D)

3

DCB address

96

(60)

1

Reserved

97

(61)

CKPIORST

3

Restart address

100 (64)

CKPIOBCI

2

Block count increment

102 (66)

CKPIORC

2

Error count

104 (68)

CKPIOM

1

M seek address

105 (69)

CKPIOBB

2

BB seek address

107 (6B)

CKPIOCC

2

CC seek address

109 (6D)

CKPIOHH

2

HH seek address

111 (6F)

CKPIOR

1

R seek address

112 (70)

CKPECB

4

ECB posted by the I/O Supervisor

116 (74)

CKPEXCP

4

Address of the current record being written

116 (74)

CKPCYLNO

2

During checkpoint open, the cylinder number

118 (76)

CKPHEDNO

2

During checkpoint open, the head number

120 (78)

CKPCNVRT

8

Label used for the CVD instruction

120 (78)

CKPECBL

8

ECB list for WAIT

120 (78)

CKPEPLOC

8

EPLOC for the LOAD macro

120 (78)

CKPRCDNO

1

During checkpoint open, the record number

121 (79)

CKPKEYLN

1

During checkpoint open, the key length

122 (7A)

CKPDATLN

2

During checkpoint open, the data length

124 (7C)

CKPCTTRC

4

Address of the current entry in the CKREQ-TTR table-used for
restart open

128 (80)

CKPIOQF

4

Address of the first record on the checkpoint disk I/O queue

128 (80)

CKPDATIM

8

Date and time of the last environment checkpoint, used during
checkpoint open

132 (84)

CKPIOQL

4

Address of the last record on the checkpoint disk II 0 queue

136 (88)

CKPLREB

4

Address of the last request element for which a checkpoint record
was built

CKPIODCB

Section 5; Data Area Layouts

453

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

136 (88)

CKPIPERE

2

During checkpoint open, the number of incident or CKREQ
checkpoints in one environment record segment

140 (8C)

CKPLDRB

4

Address of the last disk record built

140 (8C)

CKPCTTRA

4

During checkpoint open, the address of the TTR of the environment
record being used for restart

144 (90)

CKPCTTRB

4

Address of the beginning of the CKREQ-TTR table

148 (94)

CKPCPARM

8

Parameters for the Convert routine: the address of the DEB and the
address for the conversion result

156 (9C)

CKPPARM2

4

Parameter for Sector Convert routine (UCB type and address)

160 AO)

CKPCRLEN

1

Length of the control record

161 (At)

CKPSWCHI

1

Switch used for comparing a QCB to see if it has been checkpointed

162 (A2)

CKPSWCH2

1

Switch used for comparing an invitation list to determine whether it
has been checkpointed

163 (A3)

CKPERRCT

1

Count of the read errors found by IGG01943

4

Reserved

164 (A4)
168 (A8)

CKPCCWS

32

Channel program

168 (A8)

CKPSEEKC

8

Seek Cylinder command

184 (B8)

CKPSCHID

8

Search ID command

192 (CO)

CKPTIC

8

TIC command

197 (C5)

CKPTTRLT

3

TTR of the last environment segment written

200 (C8)

CKPRW

8

Read/Write command

CKPREAD

Read Data CCW

CKPWRITE

Write Data CCW

CKPWCKD

Write Count, Key, and Data CCW

208 (CO)

CKPGETML

10

GETMAIN parameter list

218 (DA)

CKPWKALN

2

Length of the checkpoint work area

220 (DC)

CKPMSG

220 (DC)

CKPMSGLN

222 (DE)

Message buffer used for WTO
2

Length of the message buffer

2

Reserved

224 (EO)

CKPMSGTX

37

Message text

224 (EO)

CKPSAVE2

15

Temporary storage area

261 (l05)

CKPMSGTP

20

Type of checkpoint record

262 (l06)

CKPRCDSR

2

Number of segments in one environment checkpoint

264 (l08)

CKPTRKLN

2

Reserved

266 (lOA) CKPTRKSA

2

Number of tracks available in the checkpoint data set

267 (lOB)

CKPMSGPN

4

Process entry name

281 (l19)

CKPMSGGL

4

GETMAIN length that could not be satisfied

284 (lIC) CKPTRMAD

4

Terminal entry address

288 (l20)

1

Beginning of the checkpoint control record

454

CKPCNTLR

OS TCAMPLM

Command Input Buffer
The command input buffer (IEZCIB) is a variable-length communication parameter list that is used by Operator Control to process a command. The buffer
describes the command sent from the console. The CIB shows the command
code, the identification of the console that issued the command, and the actual
data in the command.
When the INTRO macro instruction is expanded at TCAM execution time, the
INTRO macro generates linkage to a module that issues an EXTRACT macro.
The FIELDS= parameter specified on the EXTRACT macro is
FIELDS=COMM, which calls for the communication parameter list.
A VTCOMPT is specified as the answer area address on the EXTRACT macro.
The operating system places the address of the communication parameter list
(command input buffer) in the AVTCOMPT field of the address vector table.
When a command is entered, SVC 34 performs a GETMAIN for the area required
by the command input buffer, and the buffer is initialized at that time.
The format of the command input buffer is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.

IEZCIB
0(0)
CIBNEXT
Address of the Next CIB in the Queue
4 (4)

5 (5)

CIBVERB
Code Byte

6 (6)
CIBLEN
Buffer Length
Reserved

13 (D)

12 (e)
CIBCONID
Console 10

14 (E)
CIBOATLN
CIB Datil Length

Reserved

_.....

16 (10)

--

CIBOATA
CIB Data

T

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

455

Offset

Name

Byte

Description

o

(0)

CIBNEXT

4

Address of the next CIB in the
queue (0 for last)

4

(4)

CIBVERB

1

Bit settings for this field are:

5

(5)

6

(6)

12

(C)

13

(D)

14

(E)

16

(10)

CIBLEN

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

CIBSTART

5

X'04'

START command code

CIBMODFY

1,5

X'44'

MODIFY command code

CIBSTOP

1,2,5

X'64'

STOP command code

CIBVARY

2,4

X'2S"

VARY command code

CIBHALT

2,3,4,5

X'3C'

HALT command code

CIBDISPL

1,2,4

X'68'

DISPLA Y command code

CIBHOLD

1,2.4,5

X'6C'

HOLD command code

CIBRELSE

1,2,3

X'70'

RELEASE command code

1

Length of the butfer (including control fields) in
double words

6

Reserved

1

Identifier of the console issuing the command

1

Reserved

CIBDATLN

2

Length of data in the CIB

CIBDATA

n

Beginning of the data from the command operand:

CIBCONID

START data-contains the fourth positional parameter, parmvalue
MODIFY data-contains the residual operand image following the
comma, terminating the first positional parameter
STOP data-none, CIB generated only to give the console ID to the
recipient task
VARY data-contains the operand field for the command issued
HALT data-contains the operand field for the command issued
DISPLA Y data-contains the operand field for the command issued
HOLD data-contains the operand field for the command issued
RELEASE data-contains the operand field for the commandissued

456

OS TeAM PLM

Concentrator Data Ready Queue
A concentrator data ready queue (DRQ) controls message concentration for
output to a concentrator. There is one DRQ for every concentrator defined in the
TCAM system. A DRQ is the same size as a master destination QCB.
A data ready queue has three primary fields: a pointer to the element chain, a link
address, and a pointer to the STCB chain. The element chain consists of send
scheduler STCBs from destination queues that have data ready to be sent to a
concentrator. The link and the STCB chain fields are the same as for a master
QCB.
The address of the DRQ for a concentrator is in the TRMDESTQ field of the
terminal entry for the concentrator.
The DSECT names of the DRQ fields are shown in the following layout. Descriptions of the fields follow the layout.

IEDQDRQ
0(0)

1 (1)

DRQELCHN
Element Chain

DRQFLAG1
Flag Byte
4(4)

DRQPRI

5 (5)

DRQLINK
DRQ Link Field

Priority
8 (8)

DRQSTVTO

9(9)

DRQSTCHN

Index into the
Subtask Vector Table
12 (C)

DROSTPRI
STCB Priority

16 (10)

STCB Chain
13 (D)

DRQSLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB
18 (12)

17 (11)

DRQBUFCT
Total Buffer Count
20 (14)

DRQTDO

DRQSTAT

ERB Buffer Count

Time Delay Queue Offset

QCB Status Byte

21 (15)

DRQCURQ

DRQSCBOF
SCB Offset
24 (18)

DRQFLAG3

Pointer to the Current QCB
25 (191

DRQRESV

DRQ Flag Byte
28 (1C)

Reserved
29 (10)

DRQPRLVL
Highest-Priority Level Message
32 (20)

19 (13)

DRQERBCT

DRQRELLN

33 (21)

27 (1B)

DRQCTBCT
CTB Count

DRQCTBMX

Maximum CTBs per Concentrator

DRQTDLNK
Link Field for the Time Delay Queue
DRQPRVLK
Link Field Pointer
DRQDCBAD
DCB Address

Relative Line Number
36 (24)

I

26 (1A)

37 (25)

DRQFLAG2
DRQ Status Byte

DRQQBACK
Queue-Back Chain Pointer

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

457

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

o

DRQFLAGI

1

DRQ flag byte

(0)

Bit Definitions:
Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DRQDRQQ

5

X'04'

Indicates a DRQ

DRQFQCB

6

X'02'

Indicates a QCB

DRQHELD

7

X'OI'

Stop sending-reuse

1 (1)

DRQELCHN

3

Element chain of Send Scheduler STCBs

4 (4)

DRQPRI

1

Priority of the DRQ

5 (5)

DRQLINK

3

Link field of the DRQ

8 (8)

DRQSTVTO

1

Index to the appropriate entry in the sub task vector table

Bit Definitions:
Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DRQCSVTO

2

X'20'

DRQ VTO (offset)

9 (9)

DRQSTCHN

3

STCB chain pointer

12(C)

DRQSTPRI

1

Priority of the STCB

13 (D)

DRQSLINK

3

Pointer to the next STCB in the chain

16(10)

DRQBUFCT

1

Total buffer count

17(11)

DRQERBCT

1

ERB buffer count

18(12)

DRQTDO

1

Time delay queue offset

19(13)

DRQSTAT

1

Status of this QCB

Bit Definitions:
Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DRQEOM

0

X'80'

End of message is sent

DRQTRMHO 1

X'40'

Terminal was held

DRQBUFRD

2

X'20'

Buffered terminal

DRQSEND

3

X'10'

Sending to a buffered terminal

DRQRECEV

4

X'08'

Receiving from a buffered terminal

DRQSCHDL

5

X'04'

Put in the time delay queue when inactive

DRQCLOCK

6

X'02'

ON =CLOCK, OFF = INTERVAL

DRQTIME

7

X'OI'

Delay is greater than 12 hours

20

(14)

DRQSCBOF

1

Offset to the proper SCB

21

(15)

DRQCURQ

3

Pointer to the current QCB

24

(18)

DRQFLAG3

1

DRQ flag byte

Bit Definitions:

458

OS TeAM PLM

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DRQFSPCI

1

X'80'

First PCI for a concentrated message

DRQERBAV

2

X'40'

Enabled code requested the ERB

Offset

Name

Byte

Description

25

(19)

ORQRESV

1

Reserved

26

(1A)

ORQCTBCT

1

CTB count

27

(1B)

ORQCTBMX

1

Maximum number of CTBs per concentrated message

28

(1C)

ORQPRLVL

1

Highest-priority level message

29

(10)

ORQPRVLK

3

Pointer to the link field

29

(10)

ORQTOLNK

3

Link field for the time delay queue

32

(20)

ORQRELLN

1

Relative line number

33

(21)

ORQOCBAO

3

OCB address

36

(24)

ORQFLAG2

1

ORQ status byte

Bit Definitions:

37

(25)

ORQQBACK

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

ORQTSSES

0

X'80'

TSO session is in progress

DRQRSRV

3

X'lO'

Reuse serviced bit

ORQTERMQ

4

X'08'

Queuing is by terminal

ORQSOFFO

5

X'04'

Currently sending a FEFO message

ORQPROC

6

X'02'

This QCB is for a process entry

ORQCKPT

7

:?,'Ol'

Checkpoint flag

3

Queue-back chain pointer

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

459

(This page left blank' intentionally)

460

OS TCAM PLM

Common Buffer Oata Area Prefix
The common buffer data area prefix is a three-word prefix to each data area used
for transmitting broadcast data. Storage is allocated for each data area prefix at
INTRO time. The data area prefix is partially initialized at INTRO time, the rest
when the COMMBUF macro is executed.
The format of the common buffer data area prefix is shown in the following
layout. Descriptions of the fields follow the illustration.

IEDCBDA
0(0)

1 (1)
CBDAINDX

CBDAADDFI

Index Byte

Plonter to Data in the Area

4 (4)

6 (6)

CBDALEN

CBDAUSCT

Length of Data in this Area
8 (8)

CBDAFLG1

9 (9)

Fleg Byte

Offset

Number of

CBDAFLG2

Lees Using this Area

10 (A)
Reserved

Flag Byte

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

CBDAINDX

1

Index byte

1

(1)

CBDAADDR

3

Pointer to data in this area

4

(4)

CBDALEN

2

Length of data in this area

6

(6)

CBDAUSCT

2

Number of LCBs using this area

8

(8)

CBDAFLGI

1

Flag byte 1

Bit Definitions:

Name
CBDAINUS

9

(9)

10

(A)

CBDAFLG2

Bit Value
X'Ol'
7

1

Flag byte 1

2

Reserved

Meaning
data in use

Section S: Data Area Layouts

461

(This page left blank intentionally)

462

OS TeAM PLM

Common Buffer Master QCB
The common buffer master QCB (CMB) is a fixed-length, control block of 32
bytes. This control block regulates the use of common buffer data areas and
STCBs used in transmitting broadcast data. Storage is allocated for the QCB at
INTRO time. The QCB is also initialized at INTRO time.
Note: There is no priority QCB for common buffer transmission.
is truncated at the displacement 32 (X'20').

The QCB

The format of the common buffer master QCB is shown in the following layout.
Descriptions of the fields follow the layout.
IEDCMB
0(0)

1 (1)
CMBFLAG1

CMBSTCB
Address of First STCB

Flag Byte
4 (4)

5 (5)

CMBPRI

CMBLINK

Priority
8 (8)

Pionter to Next STCB in Chain
9 (9)

CMBSTVTO
Index to Entry in
Subtask Vector Table

CMBRETRN
Reserved
14 (E)

12 (C)

16 (10)

20 (14)

CMBDAREA

CMBASTCB

Number of Data Areas

Number of Available STCBs

CMBFINDX
Index to First
Data Area Prefi x

17 (11)

CMBLlNDX

21 (18)

CMBFIRST
Address of First Data Area Prefix
CMBLAST

Index to Last
Data Area Prefix
24 (18)

Address of Last Data Area Prefix
25 (19)

CMBNINDX

CMBNEXT

I ndex to Next
Data Area Prefix

Address of Next Data Area Prefix
30 (1 E)

28 (1C)

CMBSIZE

Reserved

Data Area Size

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

CMBFLAG1

1

Flag byte

1

(1)

CMBSTCB

3

Address of first STCB

4

(4)

CMBPRI

1

Priority

5

(5)

CMBLINK

3

Pointer to next STCB in chain

8

(8)

CMBSTVTO

1

Index to the entry in the subtask
vector table

9

(9)

CMBRETRN

3

Reserved

12

(C)

CMBDAREA

2

Number of data areas

14

(E)

CMBASTCB

2

Number of available STCBs

16

(10)

CMBFINDX

1

Index to the first data area prefix

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

463

Offset

Name

Byte

Description

17

(11)

CMBFIRST

3

Address of the first data area prefix

20

(14)

CMBLINDX

1

Index to the last data area prefix

21

(15)

CMBLAST

3

Address of the last data area prefix

24

(18)

CMBINDX

1

Index to the next data area prefix

25

(19)

CMBNEXT

3

Address of the next data area prefix

28

(Ie)

2

Reserved

30

(IE)

2

Data area size

464

CMBSIZE

as TeAM PLM

Concentrator Device ID Table
There is one device 10 table for each concentrator defined in the TCAM system.
Each table consists of a control area that contains information about the entire
table, an entry for the concentrator, and one entry for each of the attached
terminals. Each entry contains the length of the 10, the device 10, and the
termname table offset for this concentrator or terminal. A device 10 table is used
to find the proper terminal entry for a terminal that is attached to the concentrator.
A device 10 of X'FF' represents either a concentrator or an attached terminal for
which DVCID=NONE is coded. A X'FE' denotes the end of the table.
The following is the format of the control area and of the concentrator entry for a
concentrator device 10 table.
IEDQDVCT
0(0)
DVCNO
Number of Entries in the Table
DVCIDLTH
Length of Device ID Characters
4 (4)

DVCECW
End of the Control Word
X'01'

1 (1)

DVCRSV
Reserved
DVCCHAR
ID Characters

2 (2)

3 (3)

DVCENLTH

DVCSTAT

Entry Length

Status Byte

6 (6)

5 (5)

Termname Table Offset

X 'FF'

The device ID entries for the terminals attached to the concentrator follow the
concentrator entry. ~ach device ID entry has one of the two following formats.
If DVCID=NONE is coded:
DVCID"' NONE
X '01'

X 'FF'

Termname Table Offset

V-17-C

If DVCID=CHAR is coded:
DVCID "' CHAR

) 1

r-----------------~~------~~--------~--------------------------------------~
( (
Length of the Device ID

Device 10 Characters

V-17-D

Termname Table Offset

\ ________ ________________________________________

~------------------~------~I~

~

~

( (

The following is the assembled DSECT format of this table.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

465

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0 (0)

DVCNO

1

For the control area, the number
of entries in the table

0 (0)

DVCIDLTH

1

For a concentrator entry, the
length of the device ID characters

1 (1)

DVCRSV

1

For the control area, reserved

1 (1)

DVCCHAR

1+

For a concentrator entry, the ID
characters (1 or more bytes)

2 (2)

DVCENLTH

1

For the control area, the length
of an entry

3 (3)

DVCSTAT

1

For the control area, a status
byte

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DVCSORTD

1

X'40'

The table is sorted

4 (4)

466

DVCECW

The end of rhe control word

DVCEND

X'FE'-the end of the table

as TeAM PLM

Data Control Block
The data control block (DCB) is a storage area through which information needed
for the access routines to store and retrieve data is communicated. The format of
a TCAM DCB is determined by the character of the data set it represents. There
are five types of data control blocks used in TCAM message control programs and
application programs. They are:
line groups
message queues
checkpoint
message logging
application program
The TCAM DCB is divided into three segments-prefix, foundation, and extension. The contents of the foundation segment changes during processing. Storage
is allocated for the DCB at assembly time, and it is initialized partially at assembly
time and partially at execution time according to the parameters specified on the
DD card. Before open time, the first doubleword of the foundation segment, at a
displacement of 40 (X'28) from the beginning of the DCB, contains the ddname
of the data set to be opened. After the data set is opened, the same doubleword
contains the address of the data extent block. This address is used to set up
linkages in the TCAM execution.
The address of the TCAM data control block is in the DEBDCBAD field of the
data extent block. The same address is also in the QCBDCBAD field of the
destination queue control block.
The format of a data control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

467

Data Control Block DSECT (lHADCBI
Data Set Interface

r- --

-------~--------------------I

Line Group

I
I
I

20 (141

I

21 (151

DCBUFOU
DCBUFIN
Number of Buffers

24 (181

DCBMH
MH Address for th" Line Group
25 (191

DCBINTVL
I nVltatlon Delay
Interval

28 (IC) DCBBFUMA
Maximum Buffer Count

-

I- _ _ ..,!prJrmsf.!:!. 32 (20)

36 (24)

DCBPCI
PCI Byte

26 (IA)

I
I

DCBDSORG
Data Set Organ lZatlon

DCBIOBAD
lOB Base Address

-l
33 (21)

DCBCPRI
Prooroty

DCBTRANS
Translation Table Address

DCBEIOBX

Extended lOB Index
1-------

I

DCBEXLST
Ex It List Address

....J

Message Queues
20 (14)
Reserved
26 (IA)
DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIZation
28 (lC)

f-- -

Reserved

- --

I

- -

DCBIOBAD
Before Open, A VT Address

_J

32 (20)

33 (211

DCBTHRES
Disk Threshold Value
36 (24)
~

Reserved

Reserved

_ _ . _ _ _ _ _ --.JI

DCBEXLST
EXit List Address

Checkpoint
20 (14)
Reserved
26 (IA)
DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIZation
28 (IC)

.... ---

I

Reserved

- --

I

_-l

DCBIOBAD
Before Open, A VT Address

32 (20)
Reserved
36 (24)

~--

Reserved

--- -

_

....I

DCBEXLST
EXit List Address

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -l

468

OS TeAM PLM

Data Set Interface (Cont.1

r -Message
- -Logging
---

---,

iO(14)

--

Reserved

32 (201
DCBEDDAD
DECB POInter
36 (24)
Reserved

ApplicatIon Program
20 (14)
Reserved
24 (18)

26 (lAI
DCBBUFL
Buffer Length

DCBDSORG
Data Set OrganIzatIon

28 (lCI
Reserved
32 (201
DCBEODAD
End-of-FI)e Routine Address
36 (241

DCBRECFM

:

r- ___R::o~ F~r~at_ _ _ J

DCBEXLST
EXIt List Address

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

J

469

Foundation

---,

r---Bafor. OPEN

J!o

I

J-I

1281
DCBDDNAM
Data Set Name

~r

48 (301

49 (311

DCBOFLGS
Open Flags

50 (321

DCBIFLG

105 Error Flags

r-

DCBMACR
Macro InstructIon Reference

I
I
I

I

I

After OPEN
42 (2AI

40(281

DCBTlOT
DO Offset
DCBtFLGS

44 (2CI

I

1--------- ..J
105 Error Flags

48 (301

DCBMACRF
Macro InstructIon Reference

DCBDEBAD
DEB Address

DaIOFLGS
Open Flags

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..JI

Extension

r - - -

- - - - - - - - - - -.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,

Line Group
48 (301

1--- 521341

Reserved

-- - - -

I

DCBSCTAD
SpecIal Characters Table Address

....J
53 (351

DCBILCT
Count of
InvItatIon LIsts

54 (361
DCBUNTCT
UnIt Count

DCBBUFSI
Buffer S,ze

56(38)
DCBRESER
Reser..,e Bytes Counts
60 (3e)
DCBINVLI
InvItatIon L,st Address

I

DCBINVLI

I

DCBINVLI

l

DCBINVLI

~

........ au-1Ch.:kpoint
48(30)

1----- --52(34)

:

_....J

Reserved

53(35)
DCBOPTCD
Coda Byte
Re_ved

~-------------------------------------~

470

OS TCAM PLM

Extension (Cont.)

-------------------------,

r -Message
- -Logging
-48 (301

I
-...I

Reserved

-- ---

DCBREAD,DCBWRITE
READ or WRITE Module Address

52 (341

---

Reserved

72 (481

73 (491

DCBNCP
Count of Wrtte
Operations

--

Reserved

T

T
Applic.tion Program

48 (301

I

Reserved

--- - - - - - - DCBOPTCD
52 (341
_ _ _ _ ~d!..!lyte

J

DCBREAD, DCBWRITE
DCBGET,DCBPUT
READ/WRITE or GET/PUT Module Address

I

-

- .J

DCBCHECK
CHECK Module Address

56 (381
DCBSYNAD
Synch'ronlZlng Routone Address
62 (3EI

60 (3CI

DCBBLKSI
MaXimum Block Size

Reserved

--_

64 (401

--

.....

Reserved
82 (521
DCBLRECL
logical Record length

84 (541

DCBCNTRL,DCBNOTE, DCBPOINT
CNTRl or NOTE/POINT Routine Address

L _________________________ -

_______

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

..J

471

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

1

Bits 0-3:
Number of buffers assigned initially for receiving operations, for
each line in line group

Line Group Interface

20(14)

DCBBUFIN /
DCBBUFOU

Bits 4-7:
Number of buffers assigned initially for sending operations, for each
line in the line group
21(15)

DCBMH

3

Address of the message handler for this line group

24(18)

DCBINTVt

1

Number of seconds on invitation delay

25(19)

DCBPCI

1

Program-controlled interruption (PCI) handling byte:

26

(lA)

DCBDSORG

2

Bit

Value

Meaning

0

X'80'

PCI=(X,)

1

X'40'

PCI=(,X)

2

X'20'

PCI=(A,)

3

X'10'

PCI=(,A)

4

X'08'

PCI=(N,)

5

X_04'

PCI=(,N)

6

X'02'

PCI=(R,)

7

X'OI'

PCI=(,R)

Data set organization:
Byte 0=0
Byte 1 (Code)=TX X'40'

28

(1C)

DCBBFUMA

1

Maximum number of buffers to be used for data transfer for each
line in this group

28

(1C)

DCBIOBAD

4

Before open: address of AVT. After open: base for addressing
lOBs (BASE=address of first lOB minus length of one LCB)

32

(20)

DCBCPRI

1

Relative priority to be given to sending and receiving operations
Bits

Value

0-4

33

412

(21)

DCBTRANS

OS TCAM PLM

3

Meaning

Reserved bits

5

X'04'

R-Receiving has priority

6

X'02'

E-Receiving and sending have equal priori

7

X'OI'

S-Sending has priority

Address of the translation table
Table

Code

IEDQI0
IEDQll
IEDQ12
IEDQ13
IEDQ14
IEDQIS
IEDQ16
IEDQ17

1030
1050
105F
1060
2260
2265
2740
274F

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

IEDQ18
IEDQ19
IEDQ20
IEDQ21
IEDQ22
IEDQ23
IEDQ24
IEDQ25
IEDQ26
IEDQ27
IEDQ28
user table

ITA2
ZSC3
TTYA
TTYB
TTYC
6BIT
ASCI
EBCD
BC41
EB41
CR41
user table name

36

(24)

DCBEIOBX

1

Extended lOB index (size of an LCB)

36

(24)

DCBEXLST

4

Address of the exit list

Direct Access Storage Device Message Queue Interface, Checkpoint Data Set Interface, Message Logging Interface,
Application Program Interface
20

(14)

24

(18)

26

(1A)

4

Reserved

DCBBUFL

2

Length of the buffer

DCBDSORG

2

Data set organization:
Byte 0=0
Byte 1 (Code)=TQ X'20'

28

(1C)

28

(1C)

32

1

Reserved

DCBIOBAD

4

Before open: address of the A VT

(20)

DCBTHRES

1

Percentage of the nonreusable disk, message queue records to be
used before a flush closedown of the system is initiated

32

(20)

DCBEODAD

4

Message logging-work area used as a DECB pointer; Application
program-address of user end-of-file routine

36

(24)

DCBRECFM

1

Record format

36

(24)

DCBEXLST

4

Address of the exit list

Foundation Segment-Before Open
40

(28)

DCBDDNAM

8

Data set name

48

(30)

DCBOFLGS

1

Flags used by OPEN:
Bit

Value

0,1,2,
4,5,6

Meaning

Reserved

3

X'lO'

Open has been successfully completed

7

X'OI'

DCB is being processed by I/O support rou

49

(31)

DCBIFLG

1

Used by lOS for error conditions

50

(32)

DCBMACR

2

Macro instruction reference:
Bit

Value

Meaning

Byte 1
0,2,3,
4,5,6,7

Reserved

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

473

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

1

X'40'

GET

Byte 2
0,2,3,
4,5,6,7

1

Reserved
X'40'

PUT

Foundation Segment-After Open
40

(28)

DCBTIOT

2

Offset of the DD entry from beginning of the TIOT

42

(2A)

PCBMACRF

2

Same as DCBMACR before OPEN

44

(2C)

DCBIFLGS

1

Same as DCBIFLG before OPEN

45

(2D)

DCBDEBAD

3

Address of DEB

48

(30)

DCBOFLGS

1

Same as DCBOFLGS before OPEN

Line Group Extension
49

(31)

DCaSCTAD

3

Address of special characters table

52

(34)

DCBILCT

1

Count of invitation lists

53

(35)

DCBUNTCT

1

Before open: numerical value of the SCT. After open: count of
units for one buffer

54

(36)

DCBBUFSI

2

Size of all buffers used for this line group

56

(38)

DCBRESER

4

4 one-b'yte values (zero default value)

60

(3C)

Byte 1

Number of bytes reserved in the buffer receiving the first incoming
segment of a message

Byte 2

Number of bytes reserved in all buffers except the one containing
the first segment of a message

Bytes 3-4

Reserved

DCBINVLI

4n

4-byte address for each (n ) invitation list
Bits

Byte 1

Value·

0,1,
3,5,
6,7,

Meaning

Reserved

2

Off

[A, ]

4

Off

[,A]

2

On

[B, ]

4

On

[,a]

Bytes 2-4

Reserved

Message Queues/Checkpoint Extension
49

(31)

52

(34)

474

DCBOPTCD

OS TeAM PLM

3

Reserved

1

Code byte:
Bit

Value

Meaning

2

X'20'

Checkpoint

6

X'02'

Nonreusable disk queues

7

X'Ol'

Reusable disk queues

Offset

53

Name

Bytes

(35)

Description

7

Reserved

4

Address of the READ or WRITE module

20

Reserved

Message Logging Extension
48

(30)

52

(34)

72

(48)

73

(49)

DCBREAD,
DCBWRITE
DCBNCP

1

Number of Write operations that can
be performed

15

Reserved

Application Program Extension
48

(30)

DCBREAD,
DCBWRITE
DCBGET,
DCBPUT

4

Address of the READ or WRITE module
Address of the GET or PUT module

52

(34)

DCBOPTCD

1

Option codes

52

(34)

DCBCHECK

4

Address of the CHECK module

56

(38)

DCBSYNAD

4

Address of the user synchronizing
routine

60

(3C)

DCBFLAGI

1

TCAM flag byte

61

(3D)

62

(3E)

64

(40)

82

(52)

DCBLRECL

84

(54)

DCBCNTRL,
DCBNOTE,
DCBPOINT

DCBBLKSI

Bits

Value

Meaning

0

X'SO'

STOP.QUICK
Specified by user

1

X'40'

STOP-PLUSH
Specified by user

1

Reserved

2

Matimum block size

18

Reserved

2

Logical record length or block size
Address of the CNTRL or the NOTE/POINT
module

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

475

(This page left blank intentionally)

476

OS TeAM PLM

Data Event Control Block
The data event control block (DECB) is created when a READ or WRITE macro
instruction is expanded. It contains information about the input or output operation that is requested by the macro instruction.
The format for the data event control block is illustrated below; descriptions of
the fields follow the illustration.
DECB
0(0)

DECSDECB
Event Control Block
6(6)

4 (4)

DECTYPE

DECLNGTH

Reserved

Length of Data or of Key and Data

8 (8)

DECDCBAD
DCB Address
12 (C)

DECAREA
Read/Write Area Address

16 (10)

DECIOBPT
Reserved

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

DECSDECB

4

Event control block

4

(4)

DECTYPE

2

Reserved

6

(6)

DECLNGTH

2

Length of key and data (if there is a key); length of
work area for an application program

8

(8)

DECDCBAD

4

Address of the DCB to which this I/O request is
related

12

(C)

DECAREA

4

Address of the Read/Write area; address of work area
for an application program

16

(10)

DECIOBPT

4

Reserved

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

477

(This page left blank intentionally)

478

OS TeAM PLM

Data Extent Block
The data extent block (DEB) is a fixed-length control block with a 36-byte prefix.
The DEB describes the extents of the data set with which the DEB is associated.
The DEB contains such addresses as the DCB, the UCB, and the TCB. The
number of extents associated with the data set is also in the DES. For line groups,
the DEB contains the number of lines in a line group and with which line number
the data set is used. For a message queue, the DEB contains the number of
extents of the data set and their size. The data extent block prefix contains the
addresses of the data set appendages (the PCI Appendage, the Channel End
Appendage, and others).
The address of the DEBTCBAD field of the data extent block is in the DCBDEBAD field of the data control block. The address of the beginning of the DEB
prefix is at a displacement of -36(-X'24') from the address of the DEBTCBAD
field. Storage is allocated for the DEB and it is initialized at open time.
Note: The displacements on this control block do not agree with the TDEBD
macro, which has the relative zero displacement at DEBEOEA. The disk
message queues routines use the TDEBD macro offsets. The A VTADEBN
and AVTADEBR fields of the TeAM A VT contain the address of the
DEBEOEA field of ihe DEB.
The format of the DEB prefix and the data extent block itself is illusttated below;
descriptions of the fields follow.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

479

IEDQDEB
-36 (-241
DEBEOEA
Address of the End-of-Extent Appendage
-32 (-201

DEBSIOA
Address of the Start I/O Appendage

-28 (-1CI
DEBPCIA
Address of the PCI Appendage
-24 (-181

DEBCEA
Address of the Channel End Appendage

-20 (-141
DEBXCEA
Address of the Abnormal End Appendage
-16 (-101

-15 (-FI

DEBWKARA
I/O Support Work Area

DEBDSCBA
Address of the DSCB

-8 (-81
DEBDCBMK
DCB Modification Mask
-4 (-41
DEBLNGTH
Length of the DEB in Double Words

o (01

DEBNMSUB
Number of OPEN Subroutines

t-

----

I

J

4 (41
DEBAMl:NG
.
I
Length of Access Method Sectl~ J

1------DEBOFLGS
Data Set Flags

8 (81

DEBOPATB
Type of I/O

12 (CI

f-16 (101

-

DEBNMEXT
Number of Extents

1

J
I
I

~

20 (141

-

DEBPRIOR
Zero

24 (181
DEBPROTG
Protection Key DEB 10

-

I
I
--'
I
I
J

28 (1CI

32 (201

DEBEXSCL
Extent Scale

DEBDVMOD
Device Modifier

t-

480

I
....J

I-

OS TeAM PLM

DEBTCBAD
Address of the TCB

DEBDEBAD
Address of the Next DEB

DEBIRBAD
Address of the I RB
DEBSYSPG
Address of the First lOB in the System Purge Chain

DEBUSRPG
Address of the First lOB in the User Purge Chain

DEBECBAD
Address of the Parameter List to-Find t/;1e Purge ECB

DEBDCBAD
Address of the DCB

-I
I

..J

I
I
J

DEBAPPAD
Address of the I/O Appendage Vector Table

DEBUCBAD
Address of the UCB

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

-36

(-24)

DEBEOEA

4

Address of End-Of-Extent Appendage

-32

(-20)

DEBSIOA

4

Address of Start I/O Appendage

-28

(-IC)

DEBPCIA

4

Address of PCI Appendage

-24 (-18)

DEBCEA

4

Address of Channel End Appendage

-20 (-14)

DEBXCEA

4

Address of Abnormal and Normal Line End Appendage

-16

(-10)

DEBWKARA

1

I/O support work area

-15

(-F)

DEBDSCBA

7

Address of DSCB

-8

(-8)

DEBDCMK

4

DCB modification mask

-4

( -4)

DEBLNGTH

4

Length of the DEB in double words

0

(0)

DEBNMSUB

1

Number of OPEN subroutines

0

(0)

DEBTCBAD

4

Address of the TCB

4

(4)

DEBAMLNG

4

(4)

DEBDEBAD

4

Address of the next DEB

8

(8)

DEBOFLGS

1

Data set flags

8

(8)

DEBIRDAD

4

Address of the IRB

12

(C)

DEBOPATB

1

Type ofl/O

12

(C)

DEBSYSPG

4

Address of the first lOB in the system purge chain

16

(10)

DEBNMEXT

1

Number of extents

16

(10)

DEBUSRPG

4

Address of the first lOB in the user purge chain

20

(14)

DEBPRIOR

1

Zero

20

(14)

DEBECBA

4

Address of the parameter list to find the purge ECB

24

(18)

DEBPROTG

24

(18)

DEBDCBAD

4

Address of the DCB

28

(lC)

DEBEXSCL

1

Extent scale

28

(IC)

DEBAPPAD

4

Address of the I/O Appendage vector table

32

(20)

DEBDVMOD

1

Device modifier

32

(20)

DEBUCBAD

4

Address of the UCB

Length access method section

Protection key DEB ID

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

481

(This page left blank intentionally)

482

OS TeAM PLM

Data Extent Block for Application Programs
There is a special application program data extent block (DEB) that has the same
DSECT name, IEDQDEB, as the regular TCAM DEB. The format of this special
DEB and descriptions of the fields follow.

IEDQDEB - Application Program
1 (1)

0(0)
DEBTAMID
TCAM DEB Identifier

DEBTCBAD
Address of the TCB for this DEB
5 (5)

4 (4)

OEBDEBAD
Address of the Next DEB

Reserved
8 (8)

9 (9)
DEBPCBAD
Address of the Process Control Block

Reserved

14 (E)

12 (C)
DEBTAMOS
Process Entry Termname Table Offset
16 (10)

17 (11)
DEBQCBAD
Address of Read·Ahead aCB

OEBTAMPP
Post Pending Flag Byte
21 (15)

20 (14)

DEBTAMWA
Address of TCAM Access Method Work Area

Reserved

24 (18)

25 (19)
DEBDCBAD
Address of the DCB for this DEB

Raserved

28 (1e)

29 (10)
Reserved

32 (20)

DEBSOWA
Size of Locate Mode Work Area

DEBLCMWA
Address of Locate Mode Work Area

DEBEND
End of DEB
DEBSIZE
Size of DEB

Section S: Data Area Layouts

483

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

DEBTAMID

1

TCAM DEB identifier; if bits 0 and 1 are on, this is a TCAM DEB

1

(1)

DEBTCBAD

3

Address of the TCB for this DEB

4

(4)

1

Reserved

5

(5)

3

Address of the next DEB in the same task

8

(8)

1

Reserved

9

(9)

DEBPCBAD

3

Address of the process control block for this task

12

(C)

DEBTAMOS

2

Offset to the termname table entry for the corresponding process
entry

14

(E)

DEBSOWA

2

Size of the locate mode work area

16

(10)

DEBTAMPP

1

Post-pending flag byte

17

(11)

DEBQCBAD

3

Address of the read-ahead QCB

20

(14)

1

Reserved

21

(15)

DEBTAMWA 3

24

(18)

1

Reserved

25

(19)

3

Address of the DCB for this DEB

28

(IC)

1

Reserved

29

(ID)

DEBLCMWA 3

Address of the locate mode work area

32

(20)

DEBEND

1

End of the DEB indicator

32

(20)

DEB SIZE

1

Size of the DEB in bytes

484

DEBDEBAD

DEBDCBAD

OS TeAM PLM

Address of the TCAM access method work area

Device Characteristics Table
The device characteristics table (DCT) is a variable-length table that contains
one four-byte entry for each type of terminal or station defined in the TCAM
system. The DCT is generated by the specification of the TERMINAL macro
instructions. At assembly time, each entry is allocated and initialized to describe
the characteristics of the particular type of terminal or group of terminals; a single
four-byte entry is generated for all terminals that have identical characteristics.
The address of the device characteristics table is assembled in the A VTCSTCS
field of the address vector table. The one-byte index (TRMCHCIN) in a terminal
entry in the terminal table provides the offset to the specific device characteristics
table entry for a station.
Bits are set in the DCT entry to indicate the type of station. Combinations of
these bit settings may be coded where applicable. The specific values for a DCT
entry are outlined below.
Offset

0

(0)

1

(1)

2 (2)

3 (3)

Name

Value

Description

Reserved
CINHIBIT

X'80'

Terminal can use Read Inhibit CCWs

CBREAK

X'40'

Terminal has the Reverse Break feature

CATTEN

X'20'

Terminal has the Attention feature

C504l

X'lO'

2741 and 1050 Interrupt Feature supported

C274l

X'08'

2741 on this line

C3270

X'04'

3270 device

CSRDEU

X'02'

Stand-alone device

CUMASK

X'Ol'

Control unit (2848 or 3270)

CBISYNC

X'80'

BSC station

CBRDCST

X'40'

Terminal is for broadcast data

CTWX

X'20'

TWX 3335 terminal

CSTNCTL

X'lO'

Terminal has the Station Control feature

CXMITCTL

X'08'

Terminal has the Transmit Control feature

CCONTENT

X'04'

Contention device

CLOCAL

X'02'

Local device

CAUDIO

X'Ol~

Audio device

CWTTA

X'40'

World Trade Telegraph

CENDCTL

X'20'

Terminal has end-to-end controls (2780)

CCHECK

X'lO'

Terminal has the Checking feature

CCONTIN

X'04'

Terminal is capable of a Continue operation

CNOIDLES

X'02'

Terminal has no idles defined (2260 Remote)

C2760

X'Ol'

2760

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

485

(This page left blank intentionally)

486

OS TeAM PLM

Disk Data Area
The disk record is composed of count, key, and data. The count field is set at disk
initialization time. When a unit is used as a disk buffer, the data portion of the
disk record comes from the first six bytes of the unit, and the key portion of the
disk record (which contains the text of the message itself) comes from that portion
of the unit following the 12-byte unit prefix. The disk data area is the first six
bytes of the unit prefix. When the unit is a disk buffer or is going through the
channel, the address of the disk data area is in the Read or Write Data CCW in
the channel program block. The address of the disk data area is usually also in the
CPBXREA field of the channel program block.
Storage is allocated for the disk data area at IEDQXA execution time. At that
same time, the disk data area is initialized to zeros. The actual data in the disk
data area is placed there either by Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) or by
Reusability-Copy (IGG019RP).
The first six bytes of the IEDQDAT A DSECT defines the data portion of the disk
record (the disk data area). The last two bytes of the DSECT are bytes 7 and 8 of
the unit prefix and are used only in main storage (they are not written to disk and
are, therefore, not part of the disk data area).
The format of the IEDQDATA DSECT is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.

IEOQOATA
0(0)

4 (4)

1 (1)

OATFLAGS

OATFEFO

Flag Byte

FEFO Pointer

OATCOUNT
Text Byte Count

OATSEQOT

6 (6)

OATSCAN
Scan Pointer Save Area

Output Sequence Number

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

487

Offset

0

(0)

Name

Bytes

Description

DATFLAGS

1

Flag byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

DATNPRFX

0

X'80'

No prefix is in the record

X'7F'
1
Off
DATSENT

1

X'40'

X'BF'
1
Off
DATCNCLD

2

X'20'

Mask to specify that a prefix is in the record
Message has been serviced
Mask to specify that the message has not been
serviced
Message is canceled

X'DF' Mask to specify that the message is not canceled
2
Off
DATLOSTN

X'EF' Mask to specify that a message is lost from the
3
Off
main-storage queue

1

(1)

DATFEFO

3

FEFO pointer to the next message to be completely received for this
destination

4

(4)

DATCOUNT

2

For text records only, the number of bytes of significant text in this
record key field, or zero if not the last text record

4

(4)

DATSEQOT

2

For header records only, the sequence-out number

6

(6)

DATSCAN

2

Saves the scan pointer (number of reserve characters remaining)
while building a buffer from this unit; not used in a main-storage
disk message queue data set and not part of the disk data area

488

OS TeAM PLM

Element Request Block
The element request block (ERB) is a fixed-length table of fourteen bytes located
at a displacement of X'4C' from the beginning of the line control block. TCAM
uses the ERB to request buffers for transmissions of data. The beginning of the
element request block is at a displacement of +44 (X'2C') from the beginning of
the input/output block within the LCB. The address of the lOB is in the DCBIOBAD field of the data control block.
Storage is allocated for the element request block at open time. The ERB is
initialized at various times depending upon its function. When it is being used to
request buffers, the ERB may be initialized by the Send Scheduler, Receive
Scheduler, Get Scheduler, or the Put Scheduler. When it is being used to get
recalled buffers, the ERB may be initialized by Buffer Disposition, EOB Check, or
the Buffered Terminal Scheduler.
When TeAM uses an element request block (ERB) to request buffers for a line, it
tposts an ERB to the appropriate QCB to obtain filled buffers for a send operation or empty buffers for a receive operation. The QCB pointer refers to the
queue control block to which the ERB is tposted. The link address points to the
next element on the queue that contains the ERB. The status field indicates the
status of the ERB (for example, that it has been tposted for a buffer, or that it is
available, etc.). The chain field contains a pointer to the first buffer in a chain of
buffers to be used in the operation. If the buffer unit pool is empty (all buffer
units are in use), the ERB is placed in a chain of ERBs waiting for buffers and
remains there until a buffer is returned and assigned to it. The two count fields
indicate the number .of buffers requested for an operation. Two fields are necessary because a disabled routine may need to increment the count and an enabled
routine to decrement the count.
The format of the element request block and descriptions of the fields are included
in the discussion of the line control block.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

489

(This page left blank intentionally)

490

OS TeAM PLM

Invitation List
The INVLIST==(name of list, ... ) operand of a DCB macro specifies the names of
the invitation lists for the lines of the line group represented by the DCB. There is
one invitation list for each line in a line group, and the DCB contains a pointer to
the control word of each of its invitation lists. An INVLIST macro specifies the
actual entries in each invitation list.
An invitation list contains the invitation (polling) characters for terminals that
may generate messages to the CPU on the same line. The order in which the
invitation characters of the terminals are listed determines the order in which the
terminals on the line are polled.
Invitation lists may contain both active and inactive entries. Active entries are
those invited to enter a message on each pass through the list; an X'FE' follows
the last active entry. An inactive entry is one that is not currently being invited to
enter messages. Inactive entries in the list are located after the X'FE' indicator.
The methods of establishing and altering the status of the entries in the invitation
list are discussed in the section Establishing Contact in the System!360 OS
TCAM Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC30~2024.
The general format 'of an invitation list is eight bytes of control information,
followed by an invitation list entry for each active terminal on the line, followed
by an end-of-list indicator (X'FE'), followed by an entry for each inactive termi~
nal o~ the line.
An invitation list with n active entries has the following format:

r~" I~~'~____ ~_O ~_:_~ _~_I ~
4 -__

___

___

______

~_+8

__ln_v_Ch_aB__

~~~~_I_nv_c_ha_B ~ ~~~~ ~_X_'_FE_'~
__

___

__

Rell·Reln are the two-byte relative positions in the termname table for the entries
represented by the invitation characters. There is one two-byte field for
each entry in the invitation list, in reverse order.
Control Word is a field defining the status of the invitation li!/t. (See format
below.)
CPU /D, for dial terminals, is the address of a field that contains the ID sequence
assigned to the computer. The field referred to contains a length byte, which
specifies the number of bytes in the ID sequence, followed by the ID sequence itself. For buffered terminals, the CPU ID field in an invitation list
has the following format:
Offset

+s

+4

Active
Count

+7
UCB

Status

Reserved

Tenninal
Count

Active Count is the number of active terminals on the line to which TCAM is
currently sending'. This field is initialized to zero at line open time.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

491

UCB Status is set to X'O l' at line open time if the VCB for the line indicates
Auto Poll. Otherwise, this field contains X'OO'.
Terminal Count is the total number of terminals on this line. This field is initialized at line open time.
Invchars are the invitation or polling characters to be used {or the terminal. The
one-byte index following Invchars points to the corresponding relative
position field that precedes the control word.
X'FE' is the end-of-list indicator, which is used to separate active and inactive
entries. An EOT character precedes the X'FE' as an end-of-transmission
character in an invitation list for BSC Auto Poll terminals.

The control word of an invitation list has the following format:
Offset

~-------.~----~~~-----r~----~

Total entries indicates the number of active and inactive entries in the list (if this
byte is equal to zero, the list is for an output-only line; there is no message
traffic from the terminals).
Active entries indicates the number of entries currently being invited. If byte 1 is
equal to zero, all the entries in the list are inactive.
Width indicates the size of each entry in the list (the size includes the one-byte
index that follows the invitation characters).
Sta,tus indicates whether the list is active or inactive and whether it is being
autopolled.
Status bits

492

OS TCAM PLM

Meaning

o

ON--EOT= was specified on the INVLIST macro
OFF--EOT= was not specified on the INVLIST macro

1

ON-Offsets to the termname table entries have been sorted
OFF-Offsets to the termname table entries have not been
sorted

2

Contention bit

3-4

Reserved

5

Indicates whether the list has been processed by
Checkpoint/Restart (flip/flop)

6

ON-Active list OFF-Inactive list

7

ON--List is being autopolled OFF-Programmed poll is in
effect

The invitation list entries have the same format whether the terminals are under
control of the Auto Poll facility, the programmed poll facility, or some other
scheme, such as contention. The width of each entry is indicated in byte 2 of the
control word.
The format of each entry in an invitation list is:
Invitation
Characters

K

The invitation characters (polling characters) are in the hexadecimal form of the
transmission code. K is the one-byte index field used to indicate the relative
position of the entry in the list and to find the two-byte pointer to the corresponding entry in the termname table.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

493

(This page left blank intentionally)

494

OS TCAM PLM

Input/Output Control Block (IOBLOCKS)
The input/output control block is a map of the major control blocks used in I/O
operations to the test device. It contains the VCB address, LCB address, and
termname table address for the test device, the TECB address, the lOB, DCB, and
ECB.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

495

lOB LOCKS
0(0)

ECBOLT
Event Control Block
6 (6)

4 (4)

OLTTNOFF
Terminal Name Table Entry Offset

OLTUCBA
Unit Control Block Address
8 (8)

9 (9)
OLTLCBA
LCB Address

OLTTCRLN
TCAM Relative Line No.
12 (C)

OLTTNTA
Terminal Name Table Entry Address
16 (10)
OLTRLTNT
Address of Real TNT Entry
22 (16)

20 (14)

23 (17)

OLTFLG1
Test Device
Flag Byte

OLTEABLN
Extended Area Length

Reserved

24 (18)
OLTDTBUF
Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Address
31 (1 F)

30 (1E)

28 (1C)
OLTDTCNT
Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Size

OLTFLAG2
Data Blocking Flags

32 (20)
Reserved

36 (24)
TECBADDR
Address of Test Event Control Block
.41 (29)

40 (28)
IOBFLG1
First Flag Byte

42 (2A)

44 (2C)

I-- 44 (2C)

-

- - -

IOBSINS
First Two: sense Byte

IOBFLG2
Second Flag Byte

-.-

- -

45 (20)

IOBECBAD
ECB Address

- - - - - -- - -

- -

- -

- ---

IOBECBCD
ECB Code
48 (30)

1-48 (30)

IOBCSW
'Channel Status Word

- - - - -

- - - - - - 49 (31)

-

-

- - -- - -

IOBFLG3
Third Flag Byte
IOBCSW1
Last 7 Bytes of Last CSW

496

OS TeAM PLM

-

-

- --

lOB LOCKS
56 (38)

10BCCWAD
CCW Address

1----56 (38)

-- -- - - -- - -r-57 (39)

-

-

10BsIOCD
Start I/O Code

-

-

-

-

-

- - --

Reserved

60 (3C)

10BDCBAD
DCB Address
65 (41)

64 (40)

10BRsTAD
Restart Address

10BREPM
Reposition Modifier
68 (44)

70 (46)

10BINCR
Block Count Increment

72 (48)

73 (49)
10BUCBX
UCB Index

10BWORK
Work Area
77(40)

76 (4C)

10BCSWs
CSW Save Area

IOBFLG4
TOTE and Appendage Flags

-

~-

10BERRCT
Error Counts

- --

_1-84 (54)

-------- ---1
... 10.

1----------..
~

ORG

DCBDCDEP
Device Dependent Field

105 (69)

104 (68)
DCBBUFNO
No. of Buffers in Data Set

....

DCBBUFCB
Buffer Pool Control BUFCB Address
110 (6E)

108 (6C)

DCBDsORG
Data Set Organization

DCBBUFL
Buffer Length
112 (70)
DCBIOBAD
I/O Block Address
116(74)

117 (75)
DCBEODAD
End of Data Set Routine

DCBBGFEK
Buff. Techn., Alignm.
121 (79)

120 (78)

DCBEXLsT
Exit List

DCBRECFM
Record Format
126 (7E)

124 (7C)
DCBTlOT
DO Offset
128 (80)
DCBIFLGs
I/O Supervisor Flags

DCBMACRF
Macro I nstruction Reference

129 (81)
DCBDEBAD
Data Extent Block Address

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

497

,...

lOB LOCKS
132 (84)

133 (85)

OCaOFLGS

Reserved

Open Flags
136 (88)

137 (89)

DCBOPTCD
Option Codes

Reserved

138 (90)

DCBEOEA

140 (92)

End of Extent Appendage
142 (94)

DCBSIOA
Start 1/0 Appendage
DCBXENDA
Abnormal End Appendage

OS TCAM PLM

144 (96)

DCBCENDA
Channel End Appendage

. 148 (9A)

146 (98)

498

DCBPCIA
Program Controlled Interrupt Appendage

Reserved

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

.0

(0)

ECBOLT

4

Event Control Block

4

(4)

OLTUCBA

2

Unit Control Block address

6

OLTTNOFF

2

Terminal Name Table Entry offset

8

(6)
(8)

OLTTCRLN

1

TCAM Relative Line No.

9

(9)

OLTLCBA

3

LCB address

12

(C)

OLTTNTA

4

Terminal Name Table Entry address

16

(10)

OLTRLTNT

4

Address of Real TNT Entry

20

(14)

OLTEABLN

2

Extended area length

22

(16)

OLTFLGI

1

Test Device Flag Byte

Name

Bits Value

OLTTNTAS

0

1

Reserved

X'80'

Meaning

TOTE TNT Entry assigned

23

(17)

24

(18)

OLTDTBUF

4

Data Blocking Field Response Buff address

28

(IC)

OLTDTCNT

2

Data Blocking Field Response Buffer Size

30

(1E)

OLTFLAG2

1

Data Blocking Flags

Name

Bits Value

OLTPTIMD

0

X'80'

Post WAITIO immediately

OLTMVDAT

1

X'40'

Move response to buffer

OLTLV3IO

2

X'20'

Last EXIO to device was
level 3

OLTSIOAC

3

X'lO'

EXIO to device is outstanding

5

Reserved

Meaning

31

(1 F)

36

(24)

TECBADDR

4

Address of Test Event Control Block

40

(28)

IOBFLGl

1

First Flag Byte

41

(29)

IOBFLG2

1

Second Flag Byte

42

(2A)

IOBSENS

2

First two sense bytes

44

(2C)

IOBECBAD

44

(2C)

ICBECBCD

45

(2D)

48

(30)

IOBCSW

48

(30)

IOBFLG3

1

Third Flag Byte

49

(31)

IOBCSWI

7

Last 7 bytes of last CSW

56

(38)

IOBCCWAD

56

(38)

IOBSIOCD

57

(39)

60

(3C)

IOBDCBAD

4

DCB address

64

(40)

IOBREPM

1

Reposition Modifier

ECB address
1

ECB code

3
Channel Status Word

CCWaddress
1

Start 110 Code

3

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

4':1;';

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

65

(41)

IOBRSTAD

3

Restart address

68

(44)

IOBINCR

2

Block Count Increment

70

(46)

IOBERRCT

2

Error Counts

72

(48)

IOBUCBX

1

UCBlndex

73

(49)

IOBWORK

3

Work area

76

(4C)

IOBFLG4

1

Flags for TOTE and its appendix

Name

Bits Value

IOBATTN

0

X'80'

Attention Interrupt expected

IOBCSWV

1

X'40'

CSW Save Area Valid

IOBSEC

2

X'20'

Secondary lOB

IOBPPI

3

X'10'

Primary lOB

IOBATNE

4

X'08'

Error on CE/DE before ATTN

IOBCSWNV

5

X'04'

CSW Area 2 invalid

Meaning

77

(4D)

IOBCSWS

84

(54)

ORG

84

(54)

DCB

84

(54)

DCBDCDEP

20

104 (68).

DCBBUFNO

1

Number of buffers in data set

105 (69)

DCBBUFCB

3

Buffer Pool Control Block address

108 (6C)

DCBBUFL

2

Buffer lentgh

110 (6E)

DCBDSORG

2

Data set organization

112 (70)

DCBIOBAD

4

1/0 Block address

116 (74)

DCBGFEK

1

Buffer technique, alignment

117 (75)

DCBEODAD

3

End of data set routine

120 (78)

DCBRECFM

1

Record format

121 (79)

DCBEXLST

3

Exit List

124 (7C)

DCBTIOT

2

DD offset

126 (7E)

DCBMACRF

2

Macro instruction reference

128 (80)

DCBIFLGS

1

1/0 supervisor flags

129 (81)

DCBDEBAD

3

Data extent block address

132 (84)

DCBOFLGS

1

Open flags

3

Reserved

1

Option codes

7

Reserved

133 (85)
136 (88)

DCBOPTCD

137 (89)

500

as TeAM PLM

7

CSW Save Area

44
Device dependent field

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

138 (90)

DCBEOEA

2

End of extent appendage

140 (92)

DCBPCIA

2

Program controlled interrupt appendage

142 (94)

DCBSIOA

2

Start 110 appendage

144 (96)

DCBCENDA

2

Channel end appendage

146 (98)

DCBXENDA

2

Abnormal end appendage

2

Reserved

148 (9A)

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

501

(This page left blank.intentionally)

502

OS TeAM PLM

Line Control Block
The line control block (IEDQLCB) is a fixed-length table that contains the
information that must be maintained on a line or line group basis. There is one
line control block for each line. The LCB maintains such information as pointers
to the channel program, the corresponding DCB, the last serviced PCI, and the
chain of waiting QCBs. The LCB also contains the buffer chain, the subtask
chain, and the I/O status. When the LCB is functioning as a QCB, the line
control block contains the address of the first STCB. Within the LCB, at a
displacement of 76 (X'4C'), is the element request block. (For further information on the ERB see the discussion of the element request block.) The I/O block
is also in the LCB at a displacement of X'20' from the beginning.
To find the address of a specific LCB for a line group from a DCB, the TCAM
modules first multiply the relative line number for this line times the value in
DCBEIOBX and add the result to the value in DCBIOBAD. The result is the
address of the lOB for this LCB. The LCB begins at -X'20' from the lOB
address.
Storage is allocated and the line control block is initialized at open time for the
DCB for the line gr~up.
The format of the line control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

503

IEOQLCB
0(0)

1 (1)
LCBKEY
Element Key of Buffer

LCBQCBA
Address of the QCB

LCBRCB
Resource Control Block

5 (5)

4 (4)
LCBPRI
Priority of Buffer

LCBLlNK
Link Field of Buffer
9 (9)

8 (8)

LCBSTCBA
Address of the Fjrst STCB When LCB is a QCB

LCBRSKEY
Receive Scheduler Key
12 (C)

13 (0)
LCBRSLNK
Address of the Next Item in the Chain

LCBRSPRI
Receive Scheduler Priority

18"(12)

16 (10)

20 (14)

19 (13)

LCBTOL
Time Delay Queue Offset

LCBEOLTO
End of List Time Delay

LCBTSOB
TSO Status Bits

21 (15)
LCBINSRC
In-source Chain

LCBCHAIN
Disposition Status Bits
24 (18)

25 (19)

LCBNTXT
Save Area for PRFNTXT

r
:

28 (lC)

29 (lD)

LCBISZE
Count of Idles Reserved

-- --- - - -

LCBFSBFR
First Buffer Assigned to this LCB
-.. LCBLSBFR- - Last Buffer Assigned to this LCB

33 (21)

32 (20)
LCBFLAG1
lOS Flags 1
36 (24)

LCBSCBOA
Address of the SCB Directory
- - -LCBLNENT - - ,
TNT Offset to Line Entry
:

LCBSENSO
Sense Byte 0

37 (25)'

LCBFLAG3
lOS Flags 3

35 (23)

34 (22)
LCBFLAG2
lOS Flags 2

LCBSENS1
Sense Byte 1

LCBECBPT
Address of the E CB

LCBECBCC
Completion Code
40 (28)

-- - - - - - -

41 (29)

LCBCSW
Last Channel Status Word

48 (30)

49 (31)

LCBSIOCC
510 Condition Code

LCBSTART
Address of the Channel Program

52 (34)
LCBOCBPT
Address of the DCB
56 (38)
f-----

-- -- -

--

LCBRESTR
Error Message Data

- --

-

60 (3C)
LCBINCAM
lOS

-

- -

LCBRCQCB
QCB to Which to Post the Recalled Buffer

-- --------

LCBTTBIN
Index to Terminal to be Connected

I- -

- -- --

-

-

LCBERRCT
lOS Error Counters

504

OS TeAM PLM

- -

---

64 (40)

65 (41)

- - - -- - - - -

LCBUCBX
UCB Index

68 (44)

LCBRCBFR
POinter to the Recalled Buffer

-

------- -

LCBLSPCI
Address of the Last Serviced PCI
70 (46)

LCBRECOF
Offset to the Current Block

72 (48)

- - -------

LCBSTATE
Status Bits
LCBSTAT1
First Status Byte

171 (47)
LCBSTAT2
Second Status Byte

73 (49)
LCBRECAD
Address of the Current Message Block

LCBTSTSW
Test-and-Set SWitch
LCBERBKY
ERB Key
LCBERB
Element Request Block

77 (40)

76 (4C)

LCBERBQB
ERB QCB

80 (50)

81 (51)
LCBERBPY
ERB Priority

LCBERBLK
Address of the Next Item in the Chain

84 (54)

85 (55)
LCBERBCH
Address of the Chain to be Assigned Buffers

LCBERBST
Status of E R B
88 (58)

90 (5A)
LCBTTCIN
Index to the Terminal Currently Connected

LCBERBCT
Count Fields
92 (5C)

93 (50)

LCBMSGFM
Bits to Control BSC Line
96 (60)
LCBERMSK
Error Recording Mask

LCBSCBA
Address of the Current SCB

197 (611

LCBINVPT
Address of the current Entry in the I nVltation List
.-

_.....

100 (64)
LCBTPCD
TP OP Codes

-I-

-r

-r

113(71)

112(70)
LCBSNSV
Save Area for Sense Byte

LCBCSWSV
Save Area for Channel Status Word

120 (78)
~'­

LCBERCCW
3 ERP Commands

...... r--

-----------LCBSTICS
Characteristics Work Area
LCBSTICS
(Cant.)
LCBCPA
Channel Program Area

144 (90)

IEDQLCBX
0(0)

1 (1)
LCBXFLAG
Device Flags

LCBXDCT
Device Characterstics Table Storage Area

4 (4)
LCBXRADR
E RP Polling Characters Address

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

505

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

LCBRCB

8

Resource control block for this LCB

0

(0)

LCBKEY

1

Key field of the RCB

1

(1)

LCBQCBA

3

QCB address

4

(4)

LCBPRI

1

Priority of the RCB

5

(5)

LCBLINK

3

Address of the next element in the chain in which this RCB is
currently located

8

(8)

LCBRSKEY

1

Receive Scheduler key field

9

(9)

LCBSTCBA

3

Address of the first STCB when the LCB is functioning as a QCB

12

(C)

LCBRSPRI

1

Receive Scheduler priority field

13

(D)

LCBRSLNK

3

Address of the next item in the chain in which this STCB currently
resides

16

(10)

LCBEOLTD

2

End of the invitation list time delay interval

18

(12)

LCBTDL

1

Time delay queue offset to QCB address for LCB

19

(13)

LCBTSOB

1

TSO status byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBPREP

0

X'80'

Prepare on line

LCBWRBRK

0

X'80'

Write break in progress

LCBTSBUF

1

X'40'

Buffer has TSO prefix

LCBSATRD

2

X'20'

Simulated attention request

LCBSOPL

3

X'IO'

Start of polling list

LCBREAD

4

X'08'

Reading partial line

LCBCIRCD

5

X'04'

Circle D sent to 2741

LCBINHBN

6

X'02'

Use inhibits for this terminal

LCB2741N

7

X'OI'

2741 on 2741/1050 line

20

506

(14)

LCBCHAIN

OS TCAMPLM

1

= X'14'

Disposition status byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBSCRNN

0

X'80'

Screen change requested

LCBSCRNF

X'7F'
0
Off

Mask to specify no screen change requested

LCBEXCP

1

X'40'

Delay EXCP until association

LCBERMSG

2

X'20'

ERP message waiting

LCBNORTY

3

X'IO'

Text retry not possible

LCBUREQN

4

X'08'

Unit request in progress

LCBUREQF

X'F7'
4
Off

LCBBFRSZ

5

X'04'

Queue management flag

LCBTETEN

6

X'02'

User requested tete-a-tete

LCBTETEF

X'FD'
6
Off

Mask to specify that a unit request is not in progress

Mask to specify that tete-a-tete is not requested

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

LCBABRTN

7

LCBABRTF

7 X'FE'
Off

X'OI'

Abort sequence must be sent
Mask to specify that an abort sequence is not
required

21

(15)

LCBINSRC

3

In-source chain

24

(18)

LCBNTXT

1

Temporary save area for PRFNTXT

25

(19)

LCBSCBDA

3

Address of the SCB directory

26

(1A)

LCBLNENT

1

Termname table offset to the line entry reserved

28

(1C)

LCBISZE

1

Count of idles (reserve characters)

29

(1D)

LCBFSBFR

3

First buffer assigned to this LCB

29

(1D)

LCBLSBFR

3

Last buffer assigned to this LCB

32

(20)

LCBFLAGI

1

lOS flags 1

33

(21)

LCBFLAG2

1

lOS flags 2

34

(22)

LCBSENSO

1

Sense byte 0

35

(23)

LCBSENSI

1

Sense byte 1

36

(24)

LCBECBCC

1

Completion code

37

(25)

LCBECBPT

3

ECB address

40

(28)

LCBFLAG3

1

lOS flags 3

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBOBRRD

2

X'02'

TP error record processing

LCBSOHC

4

X'08'

SOH% C message

LCBSOHR

6

X'20'

SOH% R message

41

(29)

LCBCSW

7

LastCSW

48

(30)

LCBSIOCC

1

SIO condition code

49

(31)

LCBSTART

3

Address of the channel program

52

(34)

LCBDCBPT

4

Address of the corresponding DCB

56

(38)

LCBRESTR

56

(38)

LCBRCQCB

4

Address of the QCB to which recalled buffers are to be tposted

60

(3C)

LCBINCAM

2

lOS

62

(3E)

LCBTTBIN

2

Index of the terminal to be connected

62

(3E)

LCBERRCT

2

lOS error counters

64

(40)

LCBUCBX

1

UCB index

65

(41)

LCBRCBFR

3

Pointer to a recalled buffer

65

(41)

LCBLSPCI

3

Address of the last serviced PCI

68

(44)

LCBTRST

2

Offset to the start of the Buffer Translation routine

70

(46)

LCBSTATE

2

Status bits

70

(46)

LCBSTATI

1

First status byte; bit definitions are:

Start of error message data

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

507

Offset

71

(47)

Name

LCBSTAT2

Bytes

Description

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBRCLLN

0

X'80'

Recall being performed

LCBRCLLF

X'7F'
0
Off

LCBCTLMD

I

X'40'

Line is in control mode

LCBCVRSP

I

X'40'

First BSC output conversational block

LCBOCNI

2

X'20'

Non-immediate operator control operation is in
progress

LCBINITN

3

X'IO'

Receiving initiate mode message

LCBINITF

3 X'EF'
Off

Mask to specify no initiate mode message

LCBCONT

4

X'OS'

Continue or reset operation in progress

LCBFREEN

5

X'04'

Line is free

LCBFREEF

X'FB'
5
Off

LCBRECBN

6

X'02'

Line is receiving

LCBSENDN

7

X'OI'

Line is sending (Line is stopped if bits 5,6, & 7 are
off.)

(48)

LCBTSTSW

Mask to specify that the line is not free

1

Second status byte; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBTRACE

0

X'80'

I/O trace active for this line

LCBLOCK

0

X'80'

Line is in lock mode

LCBTRCOF

X'7F'
8
Off

LCBMSGNN

72

Mask to specify that no recall is being performed

1

X'40'

Mask to specify that I/O trace is not active for
this line
MSGGEN or start-up message

LCBMSGNF

X'BF'
I
Off

LCBBEOTN

2

LCBBEOTF

X'DF'
2
Off

LCBSNDPR

3

X'IO'

Send priority switch set by the Send Scheduler

LCBNEGRP

4

X'OS'

Negative response to polling

LCBSYNC

5

X'04'

Line is binary synchronous

LCBDIAL

6

X'02'

This is a dial LCB

LCBRESP

7

X'OI'

A response needs to be sent to this line

X'20'

Mask to specify that this is not a MSGGEN or
start-up message
EOT from a buffered terminal (no EOM)
Mask to specify a regular EOM if EOT from a
buffered terminal

I

Test-and-set switch:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBCONCT

0

X'SO'

Connection established

73

(49)

LCBRECAD

3

Address of the current message block

76

(4C)

LCBERB

4

Start of the ERB for this LCB

i

508 . OS TCAM PLM

I

/

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

76

(4C)

LCBERBKY

1

Element request block key field

77

(4D)

LCBERBQB

3

Address of the QCB to which this ERB is currently tposted

80

(50)

LCBERBPY

1

ERB priority

81

(51)

LCBERBLK

3

Address of the next item in the chain in which this ERB currently
resides

84

(54)

LCBERBST

1

ERB status; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBMSG

0

X'80'

End of initiate mode

LCBEOMSG

1

X'40'

End of message read from disk

LCBRDERR

2

X'20'

Logical read error

LCBRDERF

X'DF'
2
Off

LCBINQ

3

X'lO'

ERB is waiting for buffers from IEDQHM

LCBERROR

5

X'04'

Error on the send side

LCBPRCPG

6

X'02'

After the initial request is satisfied, tpost the ERB
to the QCB specified in LCBRCQCB

LCBCOMPL

6

X'02'

Disk request is complete

LCBDLNKN

7

X'OI'

Delink switch-ERB is not tposted, but is eligible
to be tposted

LCBDLNKF

X'FE'
7
Off

Mask to specify no read error

Mask to specify that the ERB is tposted, so PCI
cannot tpost it again

85

(55)

LCBERBCH

3

Address of the chain to be assigned buffers

88

(58)

LCBERBCT

2

Count fields

90

(5A)

LCBTTCIN

2

Index to the terminal that is currently connected

92

(5C)

LCBMSGFM

1

Bits to control the BSC line

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

LCBNAK

0

X'80'

Request to send a NAK response

LCBACKI

1

X'40'

ACK counter

The following bits indicate whether a scan of line control has been accomplished and
the type of line control received.
LCBVSTRT

2

X'20'

Valid start sequence

LCBRSTRT

3

X'lO'

Error start sequence

LCBTTD

4

X'08'

Temporary time delay received

LCBENQ

5

X'04'

ENQ received

LCBEOT

6

X'02'

EOT first character

LCBOLT

7

X'Ol'

Address of the current SCB

93

(5D)

LCBSCBA

3

Address of the current SCB

96

(60)

LCBERMSK

1

'J3.rror recording mask

97

(61)

LCBINVPT

3

Address of the current entry in the invitation list

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

509

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

100
112
113
120
141
144

(64)
(70)

LCBTPCD

12

TP operation codes

LCBSNSV

1

Save area for the sense byte

(71)

LCBCSWSV

7

Save area for the CSW

(78)

LCBERCCW

24

Three ERP commands

(8D)

LCBSTICS

3

Characteristics work area

(90)

LCBCPA

8

Channel program area

The following is the LCB extension:
0

(0)

LCBXFLAG

1

Device flags

1
4

(1)

LCBXDCT

3

Device characteristics table storage area

(4)

LCBXRADR

4

ERP polling characters address

510

OS TeAM PLM

On-Line Test Control Block
The major control block used by the Teleprocessing On-Line Executive is the
On-Line Test Control Block (OLTCB), which contains the buffers, pointers,
flags, parameter lists, and data fields that must be preserved after the modules that
set them up have been deleted. The OLTCB also contains control fields and
queue pointers to allow the TOTE parent task to communicate with and control
the On-Line Test subtasks.
Modules IEDQW A and IEDQWB have an eight-byte extension at the beginning
of the OLTCB. This extension contains the forward and backward pointers for
the OLTCB queue.
The format of the on-line test control block is illustrated in the following layout.
Descriptions of the fields follow the layout. The offsets represented are for all
modules except IEDQW A and IEDQWB, whose offsets are eight greater.
Eight-byte extension for Modules IEDQWA and IEDQWB:
TOTOBPTR
TOTELKEY

DS

C

OLTCB queue element key

TOTELQCB

DS

AL3

Address of OLTCB QCB

DS

C

Unused

DS

AL3

OLTCB queue element link field

TOTELLNK

Section S: Data Area Layouts

Sl1

TOTOlTCB
0(01

2 (2)

$ERRLPCT
loop on Error Count

4 (4)

5 (5)

3 (3)

$TESTOPT
Test Option Field

7 (7)

6 (6)

$RT0108
Routine Masks 1-8

$DRIVER
Driver Identification

$RT0916
Routine Masks 9-16
10 (A)

8 (8)

$ERROPT
Error and Option Field

$SPARE 1
Unused
11 (B)

$CDSFLGS
Device CDS Flags

$PDEVFLG
Primary Device Flags

$TSSSYM
Reserved for TSS

12 (C)

$PDEVADR
Primary Device Address

16 (10)

$PDEVDSC
Primary Device Descriptors

----

20 (14)
$CDS8T19
Primary Device CDS Bytes 8-19

32 (20)
$RMSKCNT
Routine Mask Count Length
36 (24)

38 (26)
Unused

41 (29)

$R057064

$R089096

57 (39)

56 (38)

60 (3C)

$R209216
68 (44)
$R241248

as TeAM PLM

59 (3B)

62 (3E)

63 (3F)
$R201208
67 (43)
$R225232

$R217224
70 (46)
$R249255

$R169176

$R193200
66 (42)

69 (45)

$Rl37144

$R161168

$R185192
65 (41)

64 (40)

$Rl05112
55 (37)

58 (3A)

61 (3D)
$Rl77184

51 (33)

$R129136

$R153160

$Rl45152

$R073080

$R097104

$R121128

$R113120

47 (2FI

54 (36)

53 (35)

$R041 048

$R065072
50 (32)

49 (31)
$R081088

43 (2B)

46 (2E)

45 (20)

$TOTFLG2

TOTE 2nd Flag Byte

$R033040

Mask 25-32

$R049056

52 (34)

39 (27)
$TOTFLGl

42 (2A)
$R025032

Routine Mask 17-24

48 (30)

o LT Region Size
TOTE 1st Flag Byte

$R017024

44 (2C)

$OlTSIZE

$EXECFLG
Executive Program Flags
37 (25)

40 (28)

512

34 (22)

33 (21)

$OLTFLGS
OlT Functional Flags

-'-

-r

$R233240
71 (47)

$RETMASK

Spare

TOTOlTCB

1

Reserved

-r80 (50)

-~

$TABLE
Address of Branch Table

84 (54)
$PASS
Address of Passon Area
88 (58)
$ETX
Address of External Data

-

... -

~2(5C)

....

SCT Expansion Area
116(74)

TOTSMGRT
Service Manager Return Save

... -

TOTSAVE1
OlT Subtask 1st Save Area
TOTSAVE2

o l T Subtask 2nd Save Area
1264 (108)

I

TOTSAVE3
OLT Subtask 3rd Save Area

1336(150)

I

TOTSAVE4

o LT Subtask 4th Save Area

I... -

18(198)
~

....

TOTSAVE5
o l T Subtask 5th Save Area

480 (1EO)

TOTSVENO
End of TOTE Save Areas

- - - - - - 488 (1E8)

-- - 488 (1E8)

-

- -

- - - - -

-

- - - - - - - - -

-

-

--

TOTlNKPl
Service Mgr Link Parameter List

- -

-

-

-

- - - - - - - - - - - - -TOTLNKNM
link Name
498 (1F2)

496 (1FO)

TOTBKRQO
OLT Main-8torage Blocks Required

TOTBKASN
OLT Main Storage Blocks
500 (1F4)
TOTMMSPC
OLT Unused Main Storage
504 (1F8)
1....... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

TOTCTENT
Control Terminal Entry

-- -

- - -

- - - - ----- ---- ----

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

513

t,

TOTOLTCB

-----------------

504(1FS)

TOTCTUCB

506(1 FA)
TOTCTOFF
Offset to C. T. TNT Entry

C. T. UCB Address
508(1 FC)

509(1 FD)

TOTCTRLN
C. T. Relative Line No.

TOTCTLCB
C. T. LCB Address

512(200)
TOTCTTNT
C. T. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)
516(204)
TOTCRTNT
C. T. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
522(20A)

520(208)
TOTCTTLN
Length of C. T. TTE Area

523(20B)

.......

TOTCTFLG
Control Terminal Flags

524(20C)
TOTCTNAM

I'L"

Control Terminal Name in EBCDIC

/'rJ
532(214)

TOTCTDFL
Control Terminal Initial Conditions

536(218)
TOTCUTST
~-

----

536(218)

Control I nformation For $CUTEST Macro

-----------537(219)

TOTCUFlG
$CUTEST Flags

-----538(21A)

-----------

TOTCUCUU
$CUTEST Starting Address

TOTCU#AD
$CUTEST No. of Contig. Addrs.

540(21C)
TOTCUSAV
$CUTEST Save Area
546(221)

544(220)
TOTCURS1

TOTCURS2
Byte 2

[$CUTEST Resv. Byte 1 Code Parm.

,

646(222)

647(223)

TOTCURS3
Byte 3

TOTCURS4
Byte 4

548(224)
/'l...I

/,l.,.

I'J

;oj

644(284)

i'- _ _ _ _ _ _

TOTAPENT
~1~'We~r!..!:!,!.e!:..S..n~

______

646(286)

TOTAPOFF

TOTAPUCB
A. P. UCB Address
648(288)

Offset to A. P. TNT Entry

649(289)
TOTAPRLN

TOTAPLCB

A. P. Relative Line No.

Application Program LCa Address

662(28C)

TOTAPTNT
App. Prog. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)

656(290)
TOTARTNT
App. Prog. Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
660(294)

TOTAPTLN

662(296)

Length of App. Prog. TTE Area

663(297)
TOTAPFLG

TOTAPOFL

Printer Flags

Alt. Ptr.lnit. Cond •.

664(298)
TOTAPDCB
Local Printer DECB

514

OS TeAM PLM

/'

.....

T

TOTOlTCB

J

762(2FO)

J.
-

TOTPDECB
local Printer OECB

-I""

I""

712 (304)
Unused
776 (308)

TOTOlTMQ
Subtask Message Queue

780 (3OC)

TOTOTECB
TOTE Subtask ECB

784 (310)

TOTRESSV
Pointer to Mother Task Save Area

788 (314)

TOTTCBAD
Subtask TCB Address

792 (318)

TOTCMPCD
Subtask Completion Code

--

796 (31C)

,_ ...

TOTOlTPl
OlT Input Parameter List
TOTITBlE

.......

---------1
~r"'"

Branch Table Address
808 (328)

TOTWTORP
WTOR Parm list for Operator Communication

-------- - - - - - - -- - - - ------------- -809(329)
808 (328)
TOTINADR

TOTINCNT
Reply Byte Count

Reply Buffer Address

812 (32C)

TOTINECB
Reply ECB Address

816 (330)

TOTWTOPl
WTO & WTOR PL for Operator Communication

-- -- - - - - - - - - - 816 (330)

817 (331)

TOTWTOPL

WTO & WTOR Perm. L.ist

TOTOTCNT
Out Message Count

820 (334)

-

-

818 (332)

- - - - - -

- - --

Reserved

_...

TOTOTBUF

... ~

I,..

Output Area

--

1904(388)

TOTINBUF

....

Reply Buffer
984 (308)

TOTOL.TID

986 (30A)
TOTRTCOD
Service Module Return Code

TOTE OlT Identification
988 (30C)

987 (30B)
Unused

Unused

Section S: Data Area Layouts

SIS

TOTOLTCB
993 (3E1)

992 (3EO) TOTRQRLN

TOTRQUCB

Request Relative Line No.

Address of Request Line UCB

996 (3E4)

TOTPLNKQ

-- 996 (3E4)

Plink Module Queue

- - - - - - - - -

.......

-

TOTPLFWD

- - - -

- - - -

- -

. Queue Forward Pointer
1000 (3ES)
TOTPLBKW
Queue Backward Pointer

--

100S (3FO)

--

TOTWKSPC
TOTE Work Area

1136 (470)

TOTWKEND
End of TOTE Work Area

. ,-

1136 (470)

.. r

Unused
1156 (484)

TOTAVTPT
Address of A VT

'1160 (4S8)

I TOTRESPL

Address of TOTE Resident Parameter List
1164 (48C)
TOTFLG01

1165(480)

1166 (48E)

TOTE 1st Flag Byte
1169 (491)

1168(490)
TOTFLG06

1170 (492)
TOTFLG06

1172 (494)

TOTFLG07

1173(495)

1174 (496) TOTTTBEL
TOTFLG10

TOTFLG09

1167 (48F)
TOTFLG03

TOTFLG02

--

Terminal Name Table Entry

1176 (498)

TOTEXT

1171 (493)
TOTFLG08
1175 (497)
Unused

_....

External Data Buffer

1232 (400)

--

TOTPASS
Pass-on Date Buffer

-r
1296 (510)

---------------

1296 (610)

TOTPRIBK

Primary Test Device I/O Control Blocks

r-- -

1296 (610)

......

TOTTRMBF
TRM Buffer for TRM Analysis

fo---------

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

TOTPRECB
Primary ECB

516

TOTFLG04

OS TeAM PLM

- -

TOTOLTCB
1300 (514)

-- -- -- - - - - - 1300 (614)

1"OTPRUCB

TOTPRENT
TOTE Primary Test Device Entry

- - -

- - - - - - - -- - - -

-

1302 (516)

TOTPROFF
Offset to Primary TNT Entry

Primary Device UCB Address
1304 (518)
TOTPRRLN

1305 (519)
TOTPRLCB
Primary LCB Address

Primary Device Relative Line No.
1308 (51C)

TOTPRTNT
Primary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)

1312 (520)

TOTTNTPR
Primary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)
1318 (526)

1316 (524)

1319 (527)

TOTPRTLN

TOTPRFLG

Length of Primary TTE Area

Primary Flags

1320 (528)

Unused

TOTPDTBF
Response Buffer Address

1324 (52C)

1326 (52E)TOTPFLGS

TOTPDTCT

Flags

Response Buffer Size

1327 (62F)
Unused

1328 (630)
Unused
1332 (534)

TOTPTECB
Primary TECB Address

-

1336 (538)

11380
}4~590-;-

_I-.

TOTPRIOB
Primary lOB

(564)

TOTPRDCB
Primary DCB

-- - --

TOTPRDEB
DEB Address

,.~

1452 (5AC)

TOTSCIBK
Secondary Test Device I/O Control Blocks

~---------------------------1462 (5AC)
TOTSCECB
Secondary ECB
1456 (5BO)

TOTSCENT

f1466
--------(5BO)
TOTSCUCB
Seconday Device UCB Address

TOTE Secondary Test Device Entry

r-

-

-

1458 (5B2)

- - - - -

TOTSCOFF
Offset to Secondary TNT Entry

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

517

TOTOLTCB
'" 1460 (5B4)
1461 (5B5)
.
TOTSCRLN
. Secondary Device Relat. Line No.

TOTSCLCB
Secondary LCB Address

11464 (5B8)

,

TOTSCITNT

i

Secondary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Dummy Entry)

: 1468 (5BC)

TOTSRITNT
Secondary Terminal Name Table Entry Address (Real Entry)

!

.1472 (5CO)

1475 (5C3)

1474 (5C2)

TOTSCTLN
Length of Secondary TTE Area

TOTSCFLG
Secondary Flags

Unused

1476 (5C4)
TOTSDTBF
Response Buffer Address
1480 (5C8)

1482 (5CA~

TOTSDTCT
Response Buffer Size

OTSFLGS
Flags

1483(5CB)
Unused

1484(6CC)
Unused
1488 (500)

TOTSTECB
Secondary TECB Address

1492 (504)

--

TOTSCIOB
Secondary lOB

-.I"-

J.5361600l

I

TOTSCDCB
Secondary DCB Address

16iiQ(02c'-

-------I

TOTSCDEB
DEB Address

1608 (648)
TOTTRMND
End of TRM Buffer

1608(648t

TOTCROLT·
Current 0 LT I. D.

}.,.1660}

I

TOTOLTTB
OLT I. D. Table

-I'""

1646(66E)

1-- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

---'I
j..1696 (SAO)

T

518

OS TeAM PLM

TOTTDTBL
TOTE Test Device Table

TOTOLTTE
-

-

End of Table
-- -

-

-

-

-

-

~TO~T~O~L~TC~B~

__________________________________________________________________~~

,t732(6C4)

TOTLETGO
Last Entry Pointer

rr-'
1736 (6CS)

,...--

r"'"

TOTTOENO
End of Table

--- -- -- ---- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

1736(6CS)

TOTWECBA
Pointet to ECa for Test Device
1740 (6CC)

TOTECBPT
Pointer to Subtask ECB

1744 (600)
TOTTLCNT
Test Loop Count

_....

;:~

_....

1752 (608)
TOTWAITI

-r

WAITIO Time Interval
1760 (6EO)

TOTGRABP
Current Secondary Device Pointer

_....1764 (6E4)
-~
1772 (6EC)

1776(6FO)

TOTAPNAM
Alternate Printer Name

--

TOTOLTEN
Entry Point Address of OLT
TOTOBEND
End of OI-TCa

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

519

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

$ERRLPCT

3

Loop on error count

2

(2)

$TESTOPT

1

Test option field

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$NOPRT

5

X'04'

No print option flag

$INDEFLP

6

X'02'

Indefinite error loop flag

$FSTCOMM

7

X'OI'

First error communication flag

3

(3)

$ERROPT

1

Error and option field

4

(4)

$RTOI08

1

Routine mask 1-8

5

(5)

$RT0916

1

Routine mask 9-16

6

(6)

$DRIVER

1

Driver identification

7

(7)

$SPAREI

1

Unused

8

(8)

$TSSSYM

2

Reserved for TSS

10

(A)

$PDEVFLG

1

Primary device flags

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$FPMOLD

0

X'80'

File protect flag

$EXFILPT

1

X'40'

Additional file protect flag

$TSSSYSI

2

X'20'

Reserved for TSS

$LASTDEV

3

X'IO'

Last device of subsystem flag

4

X'08'

Spare

$TERMNDX

5

X'04'

Reserved for TSS

$PATHDEF

6

X'02'

Reserved for TSS

$LASTSUB

7

X'OI'

Last device of last subsystem flag

11

(B)

$CDSFLGS

1

Device flags from CDS flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$FPM

0

X'80'

File protect flag

$SHARED

1

X'40'

Shared device flag

$CEVOL

2

X'20'

CE volume flag

$EXTINTC

3

X'IO'

Device address associated
with external flag

$SYMNAME

4

X'08'

Symbolic name flag

$TWOCHSW

5

X'04'

Two channel switch flag

$CUSTSYM

6

X'02'

Customer assigned symbolic
name flag

X'OI'

Line connection required flag

$COMMCN
12

(C)

$PDEVADR

4

Primary device address

16

(10)

$PDEVDSC

4

Primary device descriptors

20

(14)

$CDS8T19

12

Primary device CDS bytes 8-19

32

(20)

$RMSKCNT

4

Routine mask count length

520

OS TeAM PLM

Offset

33

(21)

Name

Bytes

Description

$EXECFLG

4

Executive program flags

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$CECCMIN

0

X'80'

Reply in to outstanding CECOM flag

$MULTOEV

1

X'40'

More than one device entry flag

$RTNSLCT

2

X'20'

Operator mode routine selection flag

$ERRCNT

3

X'10'

Operator specified error loop count

$LSTPOEV

4

X'08'

00 not assign more primary devices flag

$CLEANUP

5

X'04'

Section entered for cleanup flag

$CTRLMOO

6

X'02'

Control mode available flag

$QSCTMOD

7

X'01'

Quiescent mode available flag

34

(22)

$OLTSIZE

2

OLT region size

36

(24)

$OLTFLGS

1

OLT functional flags

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$MANINTV

0

X'80'

Manual intervention routine flag

$CLEANRT

1

X'40'

OLT has cleanup routine flag

$RETAIN

2

X'20'

RETAIN is active flag

$CONTCB

3

Contingent connection broken flag

$RETCODE

4

X'10'
X'08' '

$TRACE

5

X'04'

$LASTSEC

6

X'02'

37

(25)

38

(26)

$TOTFLG1

Last section scheduled flag

1

Unused

1

TOTE 1st flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

$LINESHR

0

X'80'

Line can be shared flag

$TOATBLK

1

X'40'

TOTE message clocking flag

39

(27)

$TOTFLG2

1

TOTE 2nd flag byte

40

(28)

$R017024

1

Routine mask 17-24

41

(29)

$R025032

1

Routine mask 25-32

42

(2A) $R033040

1

Routine mask 33-40

43

(2B)

$R041048

1

Routine mask 41-48

44

(2C) $R049056

1

Routine mask 49-56

45

(20) $R057064

1

Routine mask 57-64

46

(2E)

$R065072

1

Routine mask 65-72

47

(2F)

$R073080

1

Routine mask 73-80

48

(30)

$R081088

1

Routine mask 81-88

49

(31)

$R089096

1

50

(32)

$R097104

1

toutine mask 89-96
outine mask 97 -104

51

(33)

$R105112

1

Routine mask 105-112
Section 5: Data Area Layouts

521

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description
113~120

52

(34)

$RI13120

1

Routine mask

53

(35)

$R121128

1

Routine mask 121-128

54

(36)

$R129136

1

Routine mask 129-136

55

(37)

$R137144

1

Routine mask 137-144

56

(38)

$R145152

1

Routine mask 145-152

57

(39)

$R153160

1

Routine mask 153-160

58

(3A) $R161168

1

Routine mask 161-168

59

(3B)

$R169176

1

Routine mask 169-176

60

(3C)

$RI77184

1

Routine mask 177-184

61

(3d)

$R185192

1

Routine mask 185-192

62

(3E)

$R193200

1

Routine mask 193-200

63

(3F)

$R201208

1

Routine, mask 201-208

64

(40)

$R209216

1

Routine mask 209-216

65

(41)

$R217224

1

Routine mask 217-224

66

(42)

$R225232

1

Routine mask 225-232

67

(43)

$R233240

~

Routine mask 233-240

68

(44)

$R241248

1

Routine mask 241-248

69

(45)

$R249255

1

Routine mask 249-255

70

(46)

$RETMASK

1

Return code mask

71

(47)

1

Spare

72

(48)

8

Spare

80

(50)

$TABLE

4

Address of branch table

84

(54)

$PASS

4

Address of pass-on area

88

(58)

$EXT

4

Address of external data

92

(5C)

24

SCT expansion area

116

(74)

TOTSMGRT

4

Service manager return save area

120

(78)

TOTSAVI

72

OLT subtask 1st save area

192

(CD) TOTSAV2

72

OLT subtask 2nd save area

264

(l08) TOTSA V3

72

OLT subtask 3rd save area

336

(l50) TOTSAV4

72

OLT subtask 4th save area

408

(l98) TOTSAV5

72

OLT subtask 5th save area

480

(lEO) TOTSVEND

480

(lEO) TOTLNKPL

6

Service manager link parameter list

480

(lEO) TOTLNKNM

8

Link name

496

(IFO) TOTBKASN

2

Main-storage blocks assigned to this OLT

498

(lF2) TOTBKRQD

2

Main-storage blocks required by this OLT

500

(IF4) TOTMMSPC

4

OLT unused main-storage

504

(lF8) TOTCTENT

522

OS TCAMPLM

End of TOTE save area

Control terminal entry

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

504

(1F8) TOTCTUCB

2

C.T. VCB address

506

(1FA) TOTCTOFF

2

Offset to C.T. TNt entry

508

(1 FC) TOTCTRLN

1

C.T. relative line no.

509

(1 FD) TOTCTLCB

3

C.T. LCB address

512

(200) TOTCTTNT

4

C.T. terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)

516

(204) TOTCRTNT

4

C.T. terminal name table entry address (real entry)

520

(208) TOTCTTLN

2

Length of CT TTE area

522

(20A) TOTCTFLG

1

Control terminal flags

523

(20B) TOTCTNAM

9

Control terminal name in EBCDIC

532

(214) TOTCTDFL

4

Control terminal initial condition

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTCTCRM

0

X'80'

Terminal device flag

TOTCTLIN

1

X'40'

Line address flag

TOTCTGP

3

X'10'

General Poll initially active on test line

TOTCTLST

4

X'08'

CT initially stopped

TOTCTHD

5

X'04'

CT initially held

TOTCTIAC

6

X'02'

CT invitation list entry initially active

536

(218) TOTCUTST

536

(218) TOTCUFLG

Control information for CUTEST macro
1

CUTEST flags

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTCUDON

0

X'80'

CV test issued

TOTCUCUP

1

X'40'

CU test clean up required

537

(219) TOTCU#AD

1

CUTEST number of contiguous address

538

(21A) TOTCUCUU

2

CUTEST starting address

540

(21C) TOTCUSAV

4

CUTEST save area

544

(220) TOTCURSI

1

CUTEST reserved byte 1 code parameter

545

(221) TOTCURS2

1

CUTEST reserved byte 2 code parameter

546

(222) TOTCURS3

1

CUTEST reserved byte 3 code parameter

547

(223) TOTCURS4

1

CUTEST reserved byte 4 code parameter

548

(224)

644

(284) TOT APENT

644

(284) TOT APUCB

2

A.P. UCB address

646

(286) TOT APOFF

2

Offset to A.P. TNT entry

648

(288) TOTAPRLN

1

A.P. relative line no.

649

(289) TOTAPLCB

3

A.P. LCB address

652

(28C) TOT APINT

4

A.P. terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)

656

(290) TOTARINT

4

A.P. terminal name table entry address (real entry)

660

(294) TOT APTLN

2

Length of AP TTE area

95
Alternate printer entry

section 5: Data Area Layouts

523

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

662

(296) TOTAPFLG

1

Printer flags

663

(297) TOTAPDFL

1

Alternate printer initial condition

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOT APTER

0

X'80'

Terminal device flag

TOTAPLIN

1

X'40'

Line address flag

TOTAPGP

3

X'10'

General Poll initially active on test line

TOTAPLST

4

X'08'

AP initially stopped

TOTAPHD

5

X'04'

AP initially held

TOTAPIAC

6

X'02'

AP invitation list entry initially inactive

664

(298) TOTAPOCB

88

Local printer DCB

752

(2FO) TOTPDECB

20

Local printer OECB

772

(304)

4

Unused

776

(308) TOTOLTMQ

4

Subtask message queue

780

(30C) TOTOTECB

4

TOTE subtask ECB

784

(310) TOTRESSV

4

Pointer to mother task save area

788

(314) TOTTCBAD

4

Subtask TCB address

792

(318) TOTCMPCO

4

Subtask completion code

796

(3IC) TOTOLTPL

12

OLT input parameter list

796

(31C) TOT#TBLE

8

Branch table address

804

(328) TOTWTORP

808

(328) TOTINCNT

1

Reply byte count

809

(329) TOTINADR

3

Reply buffer address

812

(32C) TOTINECB

4

Reply ECB address

816

(330) TOTWTOPL

816

(330)

1

817

(331) TOTOTCNT

1

818

(332)

2

820

(334) TOTOTBUF

84

Output area

904

(388) TOTINBUF

80

Reply buffer

984

(308) TOTOLTID

2

TOTE OLT identification

986

(3DA) TOTRTCOD

1

Service module return code

987

(3DB)

1

Unused

988

(30C)

4

Unused

992

(3EO) TOTRQRLN

1

Request line relative line no.

993

(3El) TOTRQUCB

3

Address of request line UeB

996

(3E4) TOTPLNKQ

996

(3E4) TOTPLFWD

4

Queue forward pointer

1000 (3E8) TOTPLBKW

4

Queue backward pointer

524

OSTCAMPLM

WTOR parameter list for operator communication

WTO and WTOR parameter list for operator communication
Out message count

PLINK module queue

Offset

Name

100S (3FO) TOTWKSPC

Bytes

Description

12S

TOTE work area

1136 (470) TOTWKEND

End of TOTE work area

1136 (470)

20

Unused

1156 (4S4) TOTAVTPT

4

Address of A VT

1160 (4SS) TOTRESPL

4

Address of TOTE resident parameter list

1164 (4SC) TOTFLGOI

1

TOTE 1st flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

TOTTRREC

0

X'SO'

TOTPRSTP

2

X'20'

Primary test device stopped flag

TOTSCSTP

3

X'10'

Secondary test device stopped flag

TOTRQSTP

4

X'OS'

Requested terminal stoppeQ flag

TOTPRTAS

6

X'02'

Primary device TNT entry assigned

TOTSCTAS

7

X'OI'

Secondary device TNT entry assigned

1165 (4SD) TOTFLG02

1166 (4SE) TOTFLG03

1167 (4SF) TOTFLG04

Meaning

1

TOTE 2nd flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTPTSRT

0

X'SO'

Primary line start request flag

TOTSCSRT

1

X'40'

Secondary line start request flag

TOTCHKSZ

4

X'OS'

Update subtask storage allocation flag

1

TOTE 3rd flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTAPOER

0

X'SO'

Alternate printer option error flag

TOTTDFER

1

X'40'

Test device field error flag

TOTTSTER

2

X'20"

Test ID field error flag

TOTOPTER

3

X'10'

Optional field error flag

TOTIMNCP

4

X'OS'

Temporary no count flag

TOTTSINC

5

X'04'

Inclusive test ID entry flag

TOTTCREP

7

X'OI'

Get EXIO response by TCAM flag

1

TOTE 4th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTNUMDV

0

X'SO'

Numeric TRM entry flag

TOTDTCHD

1

X'40'

Subtask already detached flag

TOTCLOSE

2

X'20'

TCAM closedown progress flag

TOTCNFUP

3

X'10'

Configuration update flag

TOTCTSWT

4

X'OS'

Control terminal line switched flag

TOTRTSWT

5

X'04'

Request terminal line switched flag

TOTCNCLR

6

X'02'

Cancel request message flag

TOTTTSWT

7

X'OI'

Test terminal line switched flag

Section S: Data Area Layouts

S2S

Offset

Name

1168 (490) TOTFLG05

1169 (491) TOTFLG06

1170 (492) TOTFLG07

1171 (493) TOTFLG08

1172 (494) TOTFLG09

526

os TCAMPLM

Bytes

Description

1

TOTE 5th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTPRINT

0

X'80'

Access method print flag

TOTCECOM

1

X'40'

Access method CECOM flag

TOTREPLY

2

X'20'

Access method CECOM with reply flag

TOTNTAVL

3

X'lO'

Function not available flag

TOTDEVST

4

X'08'

Start test devices flag

TOTTMOUT

5

X'04'

Wait time-out flag

TOTEXIOF

6

X'02'

Access method EXIO flag

TOTNDMSG

7

X'OI'

Send cancelor terminate message flag

1

TOTE 6th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTOTERM

0

X'80'

Section terminate flag

TOTCBOPN

1

X'40'

Cancel before open

TOTNCMFG

3

X'lO'

Non-current mode flag

TOTABEND

4

X'08"

OLT has abended flag

TOTCANCL

5

X'04'

Cancel testing flag

TOTOTACT

6

X'02'

OLT active flag

TOTNPERR

7

X'OI'

No permanent error flag

1

TOTE 7th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTPRIEX

0

X'80'

Primary device for EXIO/WAITIO flag

TOTSECEX

1

X'40'

Secondary device for EXIO/WAITIO flag

TOTMSGMV

2

X'20'

TOTE message already moved

TOTMSCEC

4

X'08'

TOTE message source flag CECOM

TOTMSREP

5

X'04'

TOTE message source flag CECOM

TOTMSPRT

6

X'02'

TOTE message source flag CECOM

1

TOTE 8th flag byte
Bits

Meaning

0-3

DPRINT forms control flag

4-7

DPRINT level control flag

1

TOTE 9th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTAPCON

0

X'80'

Printer = system console flag

TOTAPOUT

1

X'40'

Printer = system printer flag

TOTCTCON

2

X'20'

Control terminal = system console flag

TOTAPTRM

3

X'lO'

Printer = terminal flag

TOTPRENB

4

X'08'

Primary test device enabled flag

Offset

Name

1173 (495) TOTFLGI0

Bytes

Description

TOTSCENB

5

X'04'

Secondary test device enabled flag

TOTPRECT

6

X'02'

No alternate printer flag

TOTMACFT

7

X'OI'

U nsupport macro function flags

1

TOTE 10th flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTTERMS

0

X'80'

Test devices

TOTFSUCB

1

X'40'

First test device in TRM flag

TOTINCLT

2

X'20'

Inclusive entry flag

TOTTTDEB

3

X'10'

Free test DEB on terminate flag

TOTTNTRQ

4

X'08'

Dummy TNT entry request flag

TOTOLTED

5

X'04'

On-line test ended flag

TOTOLTWT

6

X'02'

On-line test waiting flag

TOTOLTRS

7

X'OI'

On-line test restart flag

1174 (496) TOTTTBEL

1

Terminal name table entry

1175 (497)

1

Unused

1176 (498) TOTEXT

56

External data buffer

1232 (4DO) TOTPASS

64

Passon data buffer

= terminal flag

1296 (510) TOTTRMBF

TRM buffer for TRM analysis

1296 (510) TOTPRIBK

Primary test device I/O control blocks

1296 (510) TOTPRECB

4

1300 (514) TOTPRENT

PrimaryECB
TOTE primary test device entry

1300 (514) TOTPRUCB

2

Primary device UCB address

1302 (516) TOTPROFF

2

Offset to primary TNT entry

1304 (518) TOTPRRLN

1

Primary device relative line no.

1305 (519) TOTPRLCB

3

Primary LCB address

1308 (SIC) TOTPRTNT

4

Primary terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)

1312 (520) TOTTNTPR

4

Primary terminal name table entry address (real entry)

1316 (524) TOTPRTLN

2

Length of primary TTE address

1318 (526) TOTPRFLG

1

Primary flags

1319 (527)

1

Unused

1320 (528) TOTPDTBF

4

Response buffer address

1324 (52C) TOTPDTCT

2

Response buffer size

1326 (52E) TOTPFLGS

1

Flags

1327 (52F)

5

Unused

1332 (534) TOTPTECB

4

Primary TECB address

1336 (538) TOTPRIOB

44

RrimaryIOB

1380 (564) TOTPRDCB

72

PrimaryDCB

1380 (564) TOTPRDEB

44

DEB address
Section 5: Data Area Layouts

527

Offset

Name

Bytes

1452 (SAC) TOTSCIBK
1452 (SAC) TOTSCECB

Description

Secondary test device 110 control blocks
4

1456 (5BO) TOTS CENT

Secondary ECB
TOTE secondary test device entry

1456 (5BO) TOTSCUCB

2

Secondary device UCB address

1458 (5B2) TOTSCOFF

2

Offset to secondary TNT entry

1460 (5B4) TOTSCRLN

1

Secondary device relative line no.

1461 (5BS) TOTSCLCB

3

Secondary LCB address

1464 (5B8) TOTSCTNT

4

Secondary terminal name table entry address (dummy entry)

1468 (5BC) TOTSRTNT

4

Secondary terminal name table entry address (real entry)

1472 (5CO) TOTSCTLN

2

Length of sec~ndary TTE address

1474 (5C2) TOTSCFLG

1

Secondary flags

1475 (5C3

1

Unused

1476 (5C4) TOTSDTBF

4

Response buffer address

1480 (5C8) TOTSDTCT

2

Response buffer size

1482 (5CA) TOTSFLGS

1

Flags

1483 (5CB)

5

Unused

1488 (5DO) TOTSTECB

4

Secondary TECB address

1492 (5D4) TOTSCIOB

44

Secondary lOB

1536 (600) TOTSCDCB

72

Secondary DCB address

1536 (600) TOTSCDEB

44

DEB address

1608 (648.) TOTTRMND
1608 (648) TOTCROLT

1616 (650) TOTOLTTB

End of TRM buffer
8

Current OLT I.D.

Name

Bits

Value

TOTFTTIM

0

X'80'

TOTCLRFG

0-7

X'OO'

30

OLT I.D. table

1646 (66E) TOTOLTTE

Meaning

End of table

1646 (66E)

50

Unused

1696 (SAO) TOTTDTBL

40

TOTE test device table

1696 (6AO) TOTLETGO

36

Last entry pointer

1736 (6C8) TOTTDEND

528

OS TeAM PLM

End of table
Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TOTTDTRM

0

X'80'

Terminal device flag

TOTTDLIN

1

X'40'

Line addfess flag

TOTTDGRB

2

X'20'

Test device grabbed flag

TOTTDSGP

3

X'10'

General poll initially active on test line

TOTTDLST

4

X'08'

Test device initially stopped

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

TOTTOTHO

5

X'04'

Test device initially held

TOTTOIAC

6

X'02'

Test device invitation list entry
initially inactive

X'01'

Test device let go flag

TOTTOLGO
1736 (6C8) TOTWECBA

4

Pointer to ECB for test device

1740 (6CC) TOTECBPT

4

Pointer ro subtask ECB

1744 (600) TOTTLCNT

2

Test loop count

1752 (606) TOTWAITI

8

WAITIO time interval

1760 (6EO) TOTGRABP

4

Current secondary device pointer

1764 (6E4) TOTAPNAM

8

Alternate printer name

1772 (6EC) TOTOLTEN

4

Entry point address of OLT

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

529

(This page left blank intentionally)

530

OS TeAM PLM

Operator Control Address Vector Table
The operator control address vector table (IEDQOPCD) is a fixed-length table
that serves as a general work area for the use of operator control. The table is
assembled at the end of the Resident Operator Control module. This table is used
by the Resident Operator Control module, by the operator control processing
modules, and by the checkpoint/restart modules. The table is never referred to
unless an operator control command is entered. Once such a command is entered,
the operator control address vector table (A VT) contains entry points for modules, two save areas, bit switches, pointers, and a checkpoint element.
The address of the operator control AVT is the AVTOCGET field of the address
vector table.
Because the operator control AVT is an attached module, storage is allocated for
the table at the time of execution of the INTRO macro. The table is initialized at
assembly time.
The Operator Control control module work area is a table of approximately 540
bytes that is attached to the end of the operator control A VT at a displacement of
X'D8'. This area is not discussed below.
The format of the operator control AVT is illustrated; descriptions of the fields
follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

531

IEDOOPCD

JOW)

OPCDOUBl
Doubleword Work Area

~-

-,....

8 (8)
OPCAVTPt
Address of TCAM AVT
12 (C)
OPCCOPCE
Address of Current Element (OPCE)
16 (10)
OPCDCBlK
Address of DCB, R LN; Address of Lookup Routone
20 (14)
OPCGTBlD
GETMAIN and BLDL L.st Areas
24 (18)
OPCTOFlK
Address to get TNT, Offset, TERM Entry
28 (lC)
Reserved
32 (20)
OPClCB
Address of LCB Setup Rout.ne
36 (24)

OPCTRMWA
Work Area for Term Entry Address

40 (28)
,I--

OPCSAVE
Operator Control Save Area

-I-

-r-

-,.-

68 (44)
OPCOCBAD
Address of Operator Control aCB

_.....72 (48)

_I-.

OPCRSAVE
Base and Return Save Area

_r'"'

-,-..

80 (50)
OPCWORK
Address of Res.dent Work Area
84 (54)

86 (56)
OPCWRKSZ
S.ze of Res.dent Work Area

88 (58)
-I-

I

87 (57)
OPCFlAG1
Flag Byte

OPCBFERB
Buffer Request E RB

OPCFlAG2
Flag Byte

.... ~

-r

J;04 (68)
OPCCKERB
Checkpoont Request E RB

.. r'"'

120 (78)

-~

OPCAOCTl
SVC 102 Parameter L.st

-r

132(84)
-J-

532

OS TeAM PLM

OPCWAIT
Operator Control Input Wa.t L.st

.
T
~

144 (90)
OPCXCTL
List Form of XCTL
152 (98)
OPCLONME
XCTL Module Name
160 (AO)
OPCWAITC
QCW for Checkpoint Wait Queue
164 (A4)
OPCWAITL
QCW for LCB Walt Queue
168 (A8)
OPCWAITN
QCW for BCH Response Walt Queue
172 (AC)
OPCWAITO
Output Queue QCW
176 (BO)
OPCWAITR
QCW for Resource Walt Queue
180 (B4)
OPCNEXT
Address of Current Element
184 (B8)
OPCGETBF
Address of Buffer Request Routine
188 (BC)
OPCFREBF
Address of Buffer Unit Free Routine
192 (CO)

196 (C2)

OPCBFREO
Units Need by Wait List

OPCCHA8
Halfword Set to Eight

196 (C4)

198 (C6)
OPCASBUF
Units Assigned to OP CTL

200 (C8)

OPCAVBUF
Units in OP CTL Free Pool

OPCBFIRS
Address of First Unit in Free Pool

204 (CC)

208 (DO)

OPCBFEND
Current Unit End

OPCSPEC
Flag

209 (011

OPCOOSW
Switch

210 (02)

OPCHNEND
Test for End of Buffer Unit

214 (06)

212 (04)
OPCHNEND
(cont.)

215 (07)
OPCSTCBS
Switch

OPCEND
Test Byte

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

533

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

OPCDOUBL

8

Doubleword work space for checking across units

8

(8)

OPCAVTPT

4

Address of TCAM A VT

12

(C)

OPCCOPCE

4

Address of Current Element

16

(10)

OPCDCBLK

4

Address of DCB, RLN, and address of Lookup routine

20

(14)

OPCGTBLD

4

GETMAIN and BLDL list areas

24

(18)

OPCTOFLK

4

Address to get TNT offset and terminal entry

28

(1C)

4

Reserved

32

(20)

OPCLCB

4

Address of LCB Setup routine

36

(24)

OPCTRMWA

4

Work area for picking up TNT address

40

(28)

OPCSAVE

28

Operator control register save area

68

(44)

OPCQCBAD

4

Address of operator control QCB

72

(48)

OPCRSAVE

8

Base and return save area (IGCOOI0D)

80

(50)

OPCWORK

4

Address of resident work area

84

(54)

OPCWRKSZ

2

Size of resident work area

86

(56)

OPCFLAGI

1

Flag byte for transient use

87

(57)

OPCFLAG2

1

Flag byte for transient use

88

(58)

OPCBFERB

16

Buffer request ERB

104 (68)

OPCCKERB

16

Checkpoint request ERB

120 (78)

OPCAQCTL

12

SVC 102 parameter list

132 (84)

OPCWAIT

12

Operator control input wait list

144 (90)

OPCXCTL

8

List form of XCTL macro used by transient routines

152 (98)

OPCLDNME

8

Module name for XCTL macro

160 (AO)

OPCWAITC

4

Queue control word (QCW) for checkpoint wait queue

164 (A4)

OPCWAITL

4

QCW for LCB wait queue

168 (A8)

OPCWAITN

4

QCW for branch response wait queue

172 (AC)

OPCWAITO

4

Ouptut queue QCW

176 (BO)

OPCWAITR

4

QCW for resource wait queue

180 (B4)

OPCNEXT

4

Address of current element

184 (B8)

OPCGETBF

4

Address of buffer request routine

188 (BC)

OPCFREBF

4

Address of buffer unit free routine

192 (CO)

OPCBFREQ

2

Number of units needed by wait list

194 (C2)

OPCHA8

2

Halfword set to eight

196 (C4)

OPCASBUF

2

Number of units assigned to operator control

198 (C6)

OPCAVBUF

2

Number of units in operator control freepool

200 (C8)

OPCBFIRS

4

Address of first unit in free pool

204 (CC)

OPCBFEND

4

Current end of unit (IGCOII0D)

208 (DO)

OPCSPEC

1

Flags used by IEDQCA

534

OS TeAM PLM

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

Name

Value

Meaning

OPCALTO

Bit
0

X'80'

Alternate destination specified

OPCPART

1

X'40'

Partial unit requested

OPCRSTRT

2

X'20'

Restart in progress

209 (01)
210 (02)

OPCOQSW

1

Output busy switch (FF)

OPCHNENO

4

Test under mask instruction executed for to find end of buffer unit

214 (06)

OPCSTCBS

1

STCB busy switch (FF)

215 (07)

OPENO

1

Test byte to detect end of unit

Stetton S: Data Area Layouts

S3!

(This page left blank intentionally)

536

OS TeAM PLM

Option Characteristics Table
The option characteristics table (IEDQOPTN) is a variable-length table that
contains one entry for each OPTION macro issued in the Message Control
Program (MCP). The relative position of an entry in the table directly corresponds to the relative position of an option offset in a terminal table entry. The
option offset is an index to the actual option table data for the option entry in the
option characteristics table. The option characteristics table allows TCAM
routines to use the assembled name for an OPTION macro to locate the option
table data for a specific station (terminal).
Each entry in the option characteristics table contains the length of the corresponding option table entry, the type of option field specified, and the userspecified name of the OPTION macro. The length of the table is variable and
consists of ten bytes for each OPTION macro issued plus one byte (X'FF') to
indicate the end of the table. Storage is allocated and the table is initialized at
assembly time. The AVT field AVTOPTPT contains the address of the option
table, and the second word of the option table contains the address of the option
characteristics table.
The format of an entry in the option characteristics table is illustrated below;
descriptions of the fields follow.
Offset

0

+2

+1

Length

Type

9

Name

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

537

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

length

1

The length of the corresponding option table entry minus one, which
is equal to the number of bytes of data specified by the TPROCESS
and TERMINAL macros plus any necessary alignment bytes

1

(1)

type

1

The type of option field, indicated by one of the following bit
configurations:

Hex Code

Type of
Constant

Machine Format

00 C

Character

8-bit code for each character

01 Z

Decimal

Zoned decimal format

40 P

Decimal

Packed decimal format

81 D

Floating-Point

Long floating-point format; usually a doubleword

80 E

Floating-Point

Short floating-point format; usually a fullword

DO Q

Address

Space reserved for a dummy section offset

C8 V

Address

Space reserved for external symbol addresses;
each address usually a fullword

C4 S

Address

Base register and displacement value; a halfword

C2 y

Address

Value of address; usually a halfword

Cl A

Address

Value of address; usually a fullword

FO F

Fixed-Point

Signed, fixed-point binary format; usually a
halfword

E6 H

Fixed-Point

Signed, fixed-point binary format; usually a
halfword

E4 X

Hexadecimal

4-bit code for each hexadecimal digit

E2 B

Binary

Binary format

2

538

(2)

name

OS TeAM PLM

8

The name of the option field-this is the actual name the user codes
in the name field of the OPTION macro

Option Table
The option table (IEDQOPT) is a variable-length table that contains the actual
data coded by the user in the TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros in the message
control program. At assembly time, this data is placed in the table with the the
necessary byte alignment in the order in which it is coded. An option data field,
which is not directly identifiable by the macro in which it is coded, can be referred
to only through the option offset fields of a terminal entry. If only the user-coded
name for a macro is known, TCAM uses the option characteristics table and the
terminal entry to refer to a specific data field in the option table. (See the discussion of the option characteristics table in this section.)
The user may specify an area to correspond to any entry in the terminal table for
use by the COUNTER, ERRORMSG, FORWARD, MSGLIMIT, INSERT,
PATH, REDIRECT , STARTMH, and other MH delimiter macro instructions
issued in a message handler. The fields are defined by OPTION macros, which
must be issued before the TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros that define the
terminal table. One-byte offsets to these fields are placed in the terminal entry
beginning at the TRMOPT label. The routine for the LOCOPT macro uses these
offsets to locate the option field.
An OPTION macro defines each field in the option table. The macro names the
option field and defines the type and length of the field. The OPTION macro
generates a CSECT to contain the actual option data and another CSECT to
contain the field name and characteristics.
Initial values for the option fields are specified by parameters of the TERMINAL
or TPROCESS macros.
Each option field requires one OPTION macro. The order of the fields within the
option table is determined by the order in which the OPTION macro instructions
are specified. The first option field is generated on a doubleword boundary. The
maximum size of the option fields for a given terminal is 254 bytes plus the length
of the last entry, including required boundary alignment.
For each OPTION specified, space for a one-byte offset is reserved in the offsets
field of the terminal table entry. When the TERMINAL or TPROCESS macro
that initializes the fields of the option table is issued, a two-byte offset to the
option table for this entry is generated. If initial data is supplied, the option field
is generated for the terminal or process entry; if a comma is coded, the option
field is not generated. If the field is generated, its offset is placed in the offset
field of the terminal entry; if the field is not generated, the offset field contains
X'FF' to indicate that there is no field. The X'FF' is generated only if defined
option fields follow this field.
Each single, group, or process entry in the terminal table contains a one-byte
offset in the offset field for each OPTION macro issued. The space needed for
the option table depends on the number of fields initialized by the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macros, and on the size of the fields as specified by the OPTION
macros.
All OPTION names are kept in a table with their numeric values. This table
enables an option field named in an operator control message to be located.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

539

At assembly time the address of the option table is placed in the A VTOPTPT field
of the A VT. The first two words of the option table contain the address of the
end of the option table and the address of the option characteristics table, respectively. The option data immediately follows these two words. The general format
of the option table is illustrated below: descriptions of the fields follow.

IEOQOPT
0(0)

Address of the End of the Option Table
4 (4)

Address of the Option Characteristics Table
8 (8)

-'-

Option Data

-r

7+n
Length

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

4

The address of the first byte (7 +n) following the option table

4

(4)

4

The address of the first byte of the option characteristics table
(IEDQOPTN)

8

Option data

n

The actual data coded by the user with the necessary byte
alignment, in the order in which the data is coded

7+n

length

1

The length of the option data for the terminal or process entry that
has the longest option data

540

OS TeAM PLM

OS I/O Device Characteristics Table
The OS I/O device characteristics table is a variable-length table that contains
one 12-byte entry for each direct access device in the system. The table contains
such information as the number of cylinders, the number of tracks per cylinder,
the overhead for each intermediate record on the track, and the tolerance factor
for each intermediate record. The OS I/O device characteristics table is used by
the Checkpoint Disk Allocation routine (IGGOI949) to obtain data about the
specific direct access device used for the checkpoint data set. The table is also
used by the Disk Message Queue Open-Load 1 routine (IGGOI930) to determine the number of tracks per cylinder for the current data set being opened (to
determine whether the device is a 2311 or a 23 14).
The address of the OS I/O device characteristics table is in the CVTZDTAB field
of the CVT. The unit control block contains the index to the specific entry in the
table.
Storage is allocated for the OS I/O device characteristics table and it is initialized
at OS IPL time.
The format of one entry in the OS I/O device characteristics table is illustrated
below; descriptions of the fields follow.

IEDQDCTD
1 (1)

0(0)

2 (2)

DCTRACKS
Number of Tracks Per Cylinder

DCTCVL
Cylinder Count

Reserved

4 (4)

6 (6)

8 (8)

DCTKEV
Overhead

Offset

0

(0)

1

(1)

2

Name

7 (7)

DCTINTRO
Overhead

DCTE$VTE
Number of Bytes Per Track
10 (A)

9 (9)

DCTOLERN
Tolerance Factor

Reserved

Bytes

DCTLASTO
Overhead

Description

1

Reserved

DCTCYL

1

Number of cylinders

(2)

DCTRACKS

2

Number of tracks per cylinder

4

(4)

DCTBYTE

2

Number of bytes per track

6

(6)

DCTINTRO

1

Overhead for each intermediate record

7

(7)

DCTLASTO

1

Overhead for the last record on a track

8

(8)

DCTKEY

1

Overhead if keys are not used

9

(9)

DCTOLERN

1

Reserved

10

(A)

DCTOLERN

2

Tolerance factor for each intermediate record

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

541

(This page left blank intentionally)

542

OS TeAM PLM

Process Control Block
The process control block (IEDQPCB) is a fixed-length table that serves as a
named control block to permit inter-region communications between application
programs and the message control program. A PCB macro instruction in the MCP
defines a PCB. There must be one PCB, hence one PCB macro instruction, for
each active application program to be used with the MCP.
I

The process control block can be addressed by several means. The address of the
PCB is in the PEPCBAD field of the process entry work area, the LCBDCBPT
field of the application program LCB, the DEBPCBAD field of the data extent
block, and the QCBDCBAD field of the destination QCB.
Storage is allocated for the process control block at assembly time for the message
control program. The control block is initialized partially at assembly time for the
MCP and partially at the application program open time.
The fields PCBBUFIN and PCBBUFO take up one byte in main storage. PCBBUFIN represents the first four bits of the byte and indicates the initial buffer
request for PUT or WRITE. PCBBUFO represents the last four bits and indicates
the initial buffer request for a GET/READ operation.
The format of the process control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

543

IEDOPCB

J(O)

1

Reserved

I-

)(8)

....

-

PCBRTOCB
Message Retrieval aCB

20 (14)
PCBBUFIN
PUT /WR ITE Buffer Request
PCBBUFO
Max No. of Full aCB Buffers

21 (15)

24 (18)

25 (19)

I

.....

PCBMH
Address of the Message Handler

PCBLINK
Link Field

PCBUCNT
Use Count
28 (1C)

29 (1D)

PCBBUFMX
Read-Ahead Buffer Limit

Reserved

32 (20)
PCBLCBAD
Address of the Line Control Block
36 (24)

38 (26)
PCBTJID
TSO Job Identifier

PC8CKPT
Checkpoint Offset

40 (28)
PCBTC8AD
Address of the Task Control Block
44 (2C)

45 (2D)
PCBOFLG
Flag Bit

48 (30)

Reserved
49 (31)
Reserved

Reserved
53 (35)

52 (34)

56 (38)

57 (39)

PCBRSERH
Header Buffer Reserve

_......60 (3C)

544

PCBBFSZE
Buffer Size
58 (3A)

PCBRSERT
Text Buffer Reserve

59 (3B)
PCBORC
Open Return Code

PCBWRKA
Operator Control/Application Program Interface Work Area

-r88 (58)

54 (36)
PCBUNTCT
Unit Count

Reserved

PCBEND
End of the PCB
PCBSIZE
PCB Size in Bytes

OS TeAM PLM

Reserved

-

......

Offset

Name

0(0)

Bytes

Description

8

Reserved

8 (8)

PCBRTQCB

12

Message retrieval QCB

20(14)

PCBBUFIN

1

Initial buffer request for PUT or WRITE

20(14)

PCBBUFO

1

Maximum number of full buffers on the read-ahead QCB

21 (15)

PCBMH

3

Address of the Message Handler

24(18)

PCBUCNT

1

Use count

25 (19)

PCBLINK

3

Link field

28(1C)

PCBBUFMX

1

Read-ahead buffer limit

3

Reserved

29(10)
32(20)

PCBLCBAO

4

Address of the line control block

36(24)

PCBTJIO

2

TSO job identifier

38(26)

PCBCKPT

2

Checkpoint offset

40(28)

PCBTCBAO

4

Address of the task control block for the related application program

44(2C)

PCBOFLG

1

Flag byte; bit settings for this field are as follows:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

PCBRORIN

0

X'80'

Application program can be rolled out

PCBRORIF

X'7F'
0
Off

PCBTSON
PCBTSOF

1

X'40'

Mask to specify that an application program cannot
be rolled out
Application program is TSO

1 X'BF' Mask to specify that an application program is
Off
notTSO
X'20'

Environment checkpoint has been taken in the MCP

PCBCKPTN

2

PCBCKPTF

X'OF' Mask to specify that an environment checkpoint has
2
Off
not been taken in the MCP

PCBRETVN

3

PCBRETVF

3
Off

45 (20)

3

Reserved

48 (30)

1

Reserved

49(31)

3

Reserved

52(34)

1

Reserved

X'to'

Subsequent retrieval
Mask to specify no subsequent retrieval

53(35)

PCBUNTCT

1

Unit Count

54(36)

~CBBFSZE

2

Buffer size

56(38)

PCBRSERH

1

Header buffer reserve

57(39)

PCBRSERT

1

Text buffer reserve

58(3A)

PCBORC

1

Open return code

1

R~served

59(3B)
60(3C)

PCBWRKA

88(58)

PCBENO,

1

End of the PCB

88(58)

PCBSIZE

1

Size in bytes of the PCB

28

Operator Control/application program interface work area

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

545

(This page left blank intentionally)

546

OS TeAM PLM

Process Entry Work Area
The process entry work area (IEDQPEW A) is a fixed-length table in the message
control program. This work area provides a logical extension of the process entry
for the associated application program. The work area also provides storage for
the control blocks for the GET and PUT Schedulers. The function of the work
area varies depending upon the functions of the GET or PUT Scheduler.
The address of the process entry work area is in the TRMST AT field of a terminal
entry when that entry has been generated by a TPROCESS macro instruction.
The address is also in the PW APEW A field of the access method work area in the
associated application program.
When a DCB in an application program is being opened, the OPEN/CLOSE
subtask (IEDQEU) allocates main storage for and initializes the proC€!SS entry
work area.
The format of the process entry work area is illustrated below; descriptioos of the
fields follow.

Section 5: Dat;! Are;! Layouts

547

IEOQPEWA

J0(O)

....

-

PEWARES
Reserved

8 (8)

PEWAISZE
Count of Idles Reserved

.........12 (C)

_....

--

PEAQCTL
AQCTL Parameter List

........

24 (18)

PEWAECBA
Address of the Application Program ECB
29 (10)

28 (1C)

PEWASOWA
Work Area Data Length
32 (20)

PEUNCT

r- _ _ U~ts~~f~_

J

30 (1E)
PEBFCT
Buffer Limit

PEWAFLG
General Flag Byte

PEPCBAO
Address of Process Control Block

36 (24)

PERCQCB
Address of the QCB Associated with the ERB Below
40 (28)
Reserved
44 (2C)

PEWALCBA
Address of the LCB

48 (30)
Reserved
52 (34)

PECBUF
Address of First Empty Byte in Current Unit - for PUT
Address of the Chain of Read-Ahead Buffers Not Processed by MH - for GET

56 (38)

PEERB
Element Request Block

-~

76 (4C)

PEGQWKAR
Address of Work Area used by Queue Reset Executor

80 (50)

~6(60)
_....
108 (6C)

f-----------112(70)
... "-

-C548

OS TeAM PLM

PEWAELEM.
Special Element

I

PERAQCB
Read-Ahead QCB
EOMSAVE
Address of the Last EOM for GET _
-PEWAiic - Current Unit Address for PUT
PEPSSTCB
Put Scheduler STCB
PEGsSTcBGet Scheduler STCB

_

_

_

_

_

_

__ _

__

120 (78)

PEWADEB
Data Extent Block Address

124 (7C)

---

PEGFSTCB
Get FIFO STCB

-I-

-r
132 (84)

PEWAPROC
Address of the Process Entry
136 (88)

L
Offset

--

PESAVE
Register Save Area

-I..-

Name

Bytes

Description

J

0

(0)

PEWARES

8

Reserved

8

(8)

PEWAISZE

4

Count of idle (reserve) characters reserved

12

(C)

PEAQCTL

12

AQCTL parameter list

24

(18)

PEWAECBA

4

Address of the application program ECB

28

(1C)

PEWASOWA

2

Work area data length

30

(1E)

PEWAFLG

1

Gerieral flag byte; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

ERBBUSY

0

X'80'

ERB tposted to the disk I/O QCB

CFLG

1

X'40'

Closedown in progress

POSTAP

2

X'20'

Need to tpost the application program ERB

FIRSTR

5

X'04'

First-time retrieve flag

MHOK

6

X'02'

Buffer may be tposted to the message handler

RFLG

7

X'01'

Retrieve mode

For the GET Scheduler:

31

OF)

PEBFCT

1

Buffer limit-number of buffers that may be on the read-ahead
QCB at anyone time

32

(20)

PEUNCT

1

Number of units per buffer-fixed per process entry

33

(21)

PEPCBAD

3

Address of the process control block

36

(24)

PERCQCB

40

(28)

44

(2C)

48

(30)

52

(34)

56
76

Address of the QCB associated with the ERB below
4

Reserved

4

Address of the LCB

4

Reserved

PECBUF

4

For PUT Scheduler-address of the first empty byte in the current
unit; GET Scheduler-address of the chain of read-ahead buffers
not processed by the message handler

(38)

PEERB

24

Element request block

(4C)

PEGQWKAR

4

Address of work area used by Queue Reset Execution if
QBACK= YES coded on TPROCESS; otherwise zeros.

PEWALCBA

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

549

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

80

(50)

PEWAELEM

16

Special element

96

(60)

PERAQCB

12

Read-ahead QCB

108 (6C)

EOMSAVE

4

Address of the last EOM for GET

108 (6C)

PEWATIC

4

Current unit address for PUT

112 (70)

PEPSSTCB

8

PUT Scheduler STCB

112 (70)

PEGSSTCB

8

GET Scheduler STCB

120 (78)

PEWADEB

4

Address of the data extent block

124 (7C)

PEGFSTCB

8

GET FIFO STCB

132 (84)

PEWAPROC

4

Address of the process entry

136 (88)

PESAVE

56

Register save area

550

OS TeAM PLM

Queue Control Block
A queue control block (QCB) is used to regulate the sequential use of elements
among requesting tasks. Every queue, or item, that is waiting for service in the
system is associated with a OCB. There is a master destination QCB for every
destination message queue. There is another type of queue control block, called a
priority QCB, for each priority level applicable for each destination QCB. The
first priority QCB begins at a displacement of 40 (X'28') from the beginning of
the destination QCB.
Note: There is no priority QCB for a TSO dedicated line.
truncated at the displacement 40 (X'28').

The QCB is

A QCB has three primary fields: a pointer to the element chain, a link address,
and a pointer to the STCB chain. The element chain consists of any elements,
other than the requesting resource on the ready queue, that the subtask represented by the STCB chain might need to process. The link field is used to point to
another item when a QCB is on a higher queue. The STCB chain consists of
pointers to the routines that are associated with the QCB.
The address of the destination QCB is in the TRMDESTQ field of the terminal
table entry which is, in turn, pointed to by the termname table entry. The address
of the termname table is in the A VTRNMPT field of the address vector table.
The LCBSCBDA field of the line control block points to the station control block.
Within an SCB is a pointer (SCBDESTQ) to the queue control block.
Storage is allocated for the QCB at assembly time. The QCB is initialized partially at assembly time and partially at open time.
The formats of the master destination queue control block and the priority QCB
are shown below; descriptions of the fields follow the illustrations.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

551

Master Queue Control Block DSECT: IEDQQCB
1 (1)

0(0)
QCBDSFLG
Flag Byte

QCBELCHN
Element Chain
5 (5)

4 (4)

QCBLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB in a Chain

QCBPRI
Priority
8 (8)

QCBSTVTO
Index to the Entry in the
Subtask Vector Table

9 (9)

QCBSTCHN
STCB Chain

13 (D)

12 (C)

QCeSLINK
Pointer to the Next STCB in a Chain

QCBSTPRI
Priority of the STCB

18 (12)

19 (13)
QCBRETCT
TSO Retry Counters
QCBSTAT
f- - - aCBLKRLN - - Status of this QCB
Lock Relative Line Number
QCBINSRC
Chain of Source LCBs Currently Sending Initiate Mode Msgs

16 (10)
QCBEOLDT
Interrupt Time
20 (14)

21 (15)

QCBSCBOF
Offset to the Proper SCB
24 (18)

-

QCBINTVL;QCBEXTO
Interval for Poll Delay; Offset to EXT

28 (1C)

22(16) aCBTSOF2- Second TSO Flag Byte
26 (1A)

-P3i171 acBTS0i=1- First TSO Flag Byte

-

-

QCBMSGCT
Count of Messages in this Queue

QCBPREN
Address of Terminal Table Entry if QCB for a Process Entry

QCBPRLVL
Highest Priority
Level Message

-- - - --~-------l:--~--------- --- - --

QCBRELLN
Relative Line Number

QCBDCBAD
Address of the DCB

~------

32 (20)

36 (24)

SS2

- - QCBSAi"CT Sim ATTN Output Line Count

QCBFLAG
QCB Status Bits

OS TCAM PLM

-

29(10) -

-

--

---- - - - -QCBLKRRN

- -

-

Lock Relative Line Number

QCBCARCT
Carriage Position Count
33 (21)

30 (1E)

QCBTJID
TSO Job Identification

37 (25)
QCBQBACK
QBACK Message Chain

Priority Queue Control Block DSECT: IEDPQCB
40 (28)

43 (2B)

QCBDATFL

QCBDNHDR
Disk Record Number to Put the Next Header Received
44 (2C)

Data Flags Field
47 (2F)

OCBPFEFO

OCBDATSQ
Sequence Number

Record Number of Message Previous to Last Message Serviced
49 (311

QCBINTFF
Disk Record Number of the Forst Intercepted Msg - FEFO Order

Continued

52 (34)

55 (37)

QCBFFEFO
Disk Red. No. of Forst FEFO
Message or Core Red. No.

OCBPREVF
Record Number of Message Prior to the Message in QCBFFEFO
58 (3A)
Continued
61 (3D)

QCBCFHDR
Core Record No. of Forst Header Appearing

Continued
64 (40)

QCBPRIPO
Priority of thiS Priority
Level QCB

Offset

Name

65 (41)

Bytes

QCBLFEFO
Disk Red. No. of Last FEFO Msg
Core Red. No. If Core - Only Queue

In

thiS Queue

QCBCPVHD
Core Address of Last Address Placed on thiS Queue

Description

The following is for the master QCB:
0

(0)

QCBDSFLG

1

Flags that indicate a· specific destination QCB to the Dispatcher and
which message queues data set is to receive the messages for the
destination. Bit definitions are as follows:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBFQCB

6

X'02'

Indicates a QCB

QCBDRQQ

5

X'04'

Indicates a concentrator data ready queue

QCBALTMH

4

X'08'

Indicates messages to alternate MH

QCBREUS

3

X'10'

Indicates reusable disk queuing

QCBNREUS

2

X'20'

Indicates nonreusable disk queuing

QCBDISK

2,3

X'30'

Disk queues are used

QCBCORE

1

X'40'

Flag for main-storage queues:

1,3

X'SO'

Indicates main-storage queues with backup on
reusable disk

1,2

X'60'

Indicates main-storage queues with backup on
nonreusable disk

0

X'08'

Indicates time-sharing queues

QCBTSQ
1

(1)

QCBELCHN

3

Element chain pointer-contains the address of the QCB to be
tposted when this QCB is removed from. the time delay queue.

4

(4)

QCBPRI

1

Priority

5

(5)

QCBLINK

3

Pointer to the next STCB in a chain

8

(8)

QCBSTVTO

1

Index to an entry in the subtask vector table

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

553

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

9

(9)

QCBSTCHN

3

STCB chain pointer

12

(C)

QCBSTPRI

1

Priority of the STCB

13

(D)

QCBSLINK

3

Pointer to the next STCB in a chain

16

(10)

QCBEOLDT

2

Interrupt time

18

(12)

QCBRETCT

1

TSO retry counters

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBCR

2

X'20'

TSO Carriage Return request

QCBLF

3

X'10'

TSO Line Feed request

QCBNL

2,3

X'30'

TSO New Line request

QCBEND

4

X'08'

TIOC Edit Special output request

QCBIEND

5

X'04'

TIOC Edit Special output request or 3270
Format bit

18

(12)

QCBLKRLN

1

Lock relative line number

19

(13)

QCBSTAT

1

Status of this QCB; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBEOM

0

X'80'

End of message sent

QCBTRMHO

1

X'40'

Terminal was held

QCBBUFRD

2

X'20'

Buffered terminal

QCBSEND

3

X'1O'

Sending to a buffered terminal

QCBRECEV

4

X'08'

Receiving from a buffered terminal

QCBSCHDL

5

X'04'

Put in the time delay queue when inactive

QCBCLOCK

6

X'02'

On=clock,Off=interval

QCBTIME

7

X'Ol'

Delay greater than 12 hours

20

(14)

QCBSCBOF

1

Offset to the proper SCB for this transmission; X'OO' unless this line
has buffered terminals

21

(15)

QCBINSRC

3

Chain of source LCBs currently sending initiate mode messages to
this destination queue

21

(15)

QCBSATCT

1

Simulated attention output line count (TSO)

22

(16)

QCBTSOF2

1

Second TSO flag byte; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBINHBN

0

X'80'

Use inhibits with this terminal

QCBBUFQ

1

X'40'

TCAM buffer being held

QCBPOSTO

2

X'20'

QCB tposted to itself

QCBDSSMI

3

X'10'

Start MI character sent (TSO)

QCBSATCH

5

X'04'

Simulated attention by character

QCBSATTI

6

X'02'

Simulated attention by time

QCBSATLC

7

X'Ol'

Simulated attention by line

554

OS TeAM PLM

Offset

23

(17)

Name

Bytes

QCBTSOFI

I

Description

First TSO flag byte; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBWRBRK

0

X'80'

Issue a write break

QCBTGET

I

X'40'

TGET request

QCBTPUT

2

X'20'

TPUT request

QCBNOBUF

3

X'to'

Insufficient buffers

QCBSATRD

4

X'08'

Simulated attention read request

QCBPARTO

5

X'04'

Partial output line

QCBDELAY

6

X'02'

QCB in time delay queue

QCBDISC

7

X'OI'

User to be logged off

24

(18)

QCBEXTO

2

Offset to the QCB extension

24

(18)

QCBINTVL

2

Interval for poll delay

26

(1A)

QCBMSGCT

2

Count of messages in this queue

28

(1C)

QCBPREN

4

Address of the terminal table entry if this is a QCB for a process
entry

28

(IC)

QCBPRLVL

I

Highest-priority message

29

(1D)

QCBLKRRN

3

Lock relative line number; link field for the QCB when it's on the
time delay queue

29

(1D)

QCBCARCT

I

Carriage position count

30

(1E)

QCBTJID

2

TSO job identification

32

(20)

QCBRELLN

I

Relative line number for the line this QCB represents

33

(21)

QCBDCBAD

3

Address of the DCB

34

(22)

QCBFLAG

1

QCB status bits; bit settings are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBTSSES

0

X'80'

TSO session in progress

QCBNOBRK

I

X'40'

No reverse break feature

QCBREAD

2

X'20'

Read has priority

QCBRSRV

3

X'to'

Reusability serviced

QCBTERMQ

4

X'08'

Queue by terminal

QCBSDFFO

5

X'04'

Currently sending a message

QCBPROC

6

X'02'

This QCB is for a process entry

QCBCKPT

7

X'OI'

Flag for checkpoint

3

Queue-back message chain

37

(25)

QCBQBACK

The following is for a priority QCB:
40

(28)

QCBDNHDR

3

Disk record number of the first unit of the first buffer of the next
message

43

(2B)

QCBDATFL

I

Data flags field of the last message removed from the FEFO queue

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

555

Offset

44

(2C)

Name

Bytes

Description

QCBPFEFO

3

If a terminal on this queue is held, the record number of the message

previous to the first message held, otherwise the record number of
the message previous to the last one marked serviced
47

(2F)

QCBDATSQ

2

Sequence number of the last message removed from the FEFO
queue

49

(31)

QCBINTFF

3

Disk record number of the first held message in FEFO order

52

(34)

QCBPREVF

3

Disk record number of the FEFO message before the message in
QCBFFEFO

55

(37)

QCBFFEFO

3

Disk record number of the first message to be completely received.
Main-storage record address if this is a main-storage-only queue

58

(3A)

QCBLFEFO

3

Disk record number of the last FEFO message received. Mainstorage record address if this is a main-storage-only queue

61

(3D)

QCBCFHDR

3

Main-storage record address of the first buffer of the first message
appearing in this queue

64

(40)

QCBPRIPQ

1

The priority of this priority level QCB. This is X'OO' if this is the
lowest priority level.

65

(41)

QCBCPVHD

3

Main-storage record ad<;lress of the last address placed on this queue

556

OS TeAM PLM

Queue Control Block Extension
A QCB extension contains the information necessary to execute the OUTMSG
subgroup for a terminal that is attached to a concentrator. There is one QCB
extension for each master destination QCB, plus on for each priority QCB if
priority level queuing is used (that is, QCONTROL=MSG,level).
The offset from the master QCB to the QCB extension is in the QCBEXTO field
of the master QCB.
The format of the QCB extension is illustrated below; descriptions of the fields
follow.

IEDaaCBE
0(0)

aCBEHDR
SCBSCHDR Saved
aCBECONC
Address of the Concentrator Terminal Entry

1 (1)

aCBEFLG
Flag Byte
4(4)

6 (6)

aCBEOSEa
SCBOSEQ Saved
aCBEDAMT
Amount of Data to Take from the aueue

aCBETCIN
TTCIN of the Last Message from the Queue
10 (A)

9 (9)

8 (8)

aCBENPLV

aCBELGTH
Entry Length

Number of Priority Levels

aCBEPRI
SCBPRI Saved

, 11 (B)

I

aCBEFEFO
SCBFEFO Saved

I
I

---------------~--------------~
aCBEMACR
I
I

SCBMACR Saved
: 12 (C)

aCBEFEFO (Cont.)

~---I

aCBEaTYP

---------.1---------------______T:!.P.:.._ - ----

aCBEMACR (Cont.)

13 (D)

aCBEDROB

aCBEEOB
SCBEOB Saved

:

19 (13)

116 (10)
I
I

I
I

20 (14)

14 (E)

15 (F)

aCBEDROB (Cont.)

aCBELRS

SCBOROB Saved

Length of the CTB Characters

aCBERS

Start of CTB Characters

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

557

Offset

0

(0)

Name

Bytes

Description

QCBEFLG

1

Flag byte-bit definitions are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBESTAT

0

X'80'

STATUS specified on QCONTROL

QCBECNT

1

X'40'

INTEGER specified

QCBEOPL

2

X'20'

Priority level QCB defined

QCBEHELD

3

X'10'

Temporary hold

QCBESRVC

4

X'08'

QCB is serviced

QCBEOMSG

5

X'04'

OUTMSG is pending

QCBEDATA

6

X'02'

Data is in the message

QCBEPEND

7

X'OI'

QACTION operation is pending

1

(1)

QCBEHDR

3

SCBSCHDR field saved

1

(1)

QCBECONC

3

Address of the conceritrator terminal entry

4

(4)

QCBEOSEQ

2

SCBOSEQ field saved

4

(4)

QCBEDAMT

2

Amount of data to take from the queue

6

(6)

QCBETCIN

2

TTCIN of the last message from the queue

8

(8)

QCBELGTH

1

Length of the entry

9

(9)

QCBENPLV

1

Numoer of priority levels

10

(A)

QCBEPRI

1

SCBPRI field saved

10

(A)

QCBEMACR

3

SCBMACR field saved

11

(B)

QCBEFEFO

3

SCBFEFO feild saved

13

(D)

QCBEEOB

2

SCBEOB field saved

14

(E)

QCBETYP

1

Type-bit definitions are:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

QCBEMM

7

X'OI'

Middle of the message

15

(F)

QCBEDROB

4

SCBDROB field saved

19

(13)

QCBELRS

1

Length of the CTB characters, a maximum of 8 characters

20

(14)

QCBERS

1

Start of the CTB

SS8

OS TeAM PLM

Resource Control Block

The resource control block (IEDQRECB) is a two-word prefix to an element that
allows the TCAM Dispatcher to determine the disposition of an element and to
determine the QCB to which an element will be tposted. Each element in the
TCAM system is represented by a resource control block (RCB). The first word
of the RCB is a pointer to the QCB with which the element is associated; the
second word is a link field which, when the element is on a chain, points to the
next item on the chain. The first word in the associated QCB may point to the
RCB.
Storage is allocated for the RCB at open time for the line group or for the application program. The RCB is initialized at open time and is modified when elements
are passed in the system.
There, are two types of permanent RCBs:
1.
2.

Buffer RCBs
Communication line RCBs

Buffers are areas of main storage used to contain message data and/or control
informa,tion. The first eight bytes of each buffer comprise an RCB. As with all
TCAM elements, the identity of a buffer depends solely upon the queue that its
representative RCB is chained to at a particular time. The buffer itself is always
physically identifiable as a fixed number of bytes of main storage. If the RCB
representing the buffer is c~ained into a destination QCB, the buffer is full; that
is, it contains a message segment to be transmitted to a destination. When the
same RCB is subsequently chained into the element chain of the buffer request
QCB, the element involved is a available buffer, even though there has been no
change in the physical storage location of the buffer.
A line control block (LCB) represents a communication line to the TCAM MCP.
There is an LCB for each line in the system. When a subtask has control of an
LCB, it has control of the line; therefore, the LCB itself is treated as the resource
element. The RCB is contained within the first two words of the LCB.
There are two special types of RCBs:
1.

Queue control block RCBs

When a queue control block (QCB) appears on the ready queue, it may represent
a special case in which the QCB is tposted to itself. The QCB acts as a special
element rather than as a system resource, in that the first subtask on the STCB
chain of the QCB gains control without an element to process. The subtask must
be self-contained and able to locate any data it needs for execution. If there are
no elements to process, the QCB has gained the system resourcemtime.
2.

Element request block RCBs

An element request block (ERB) on the ready queue can act as a request for a
resource or as an actual element itself.
Below is the format of a resource control block; descriptions of the fields follow
the illustration.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

SS9

IEOORECB
0(0)

1 (1)

RECBKEV
Key Field
4 (4)

RECBOCBA
aCB Address
5 (5)

RECBLINK
Link Field

RECBPRI
Priority

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

RECBKEY

1

Key field

1

(1)

RECBQCBA

3

Address of the QCB to which this RCB is tposted

4

(4)

RECBPRI

1

Priority of this RCB

5

(5)

RECBLINK

3

Address of the next RCB in the chain in which this RCB is currently
located

560

OS TeAM PLM

Special Characters Table
A special characters table (SCT) is a variable-length table that consists of entries
giving the special characters required for device I/O for a specific line group.
There is one SCT for each type of line group in the TCAM system. Each SCT
contains a list of the characters that the associated terminal or line group recognizes. SYSl.SVCLIB contains a special characters table for each line group in the
system. The various SCTs are initialized at SYSGEN time, and at open time the
TCAM Line Group Open routine uses information from the UCB and the terminal entry to load the appropriate special characters table.
An SCT is located by a three-byte address in the DCBSCTAD field of the DCB
for the line group. The address of the DCB for the line group is in the
LCBDCBPT field of the associated LCB.
An SCT is used to build channel programs. This table is also used by the error
recovery procedures to retry certain text errors, and by the message handling
routines to initiate on-line test procedures and to determine the message format
for line control insertion.
The first 28 bytes of an SCT comprise a fixed-length directory of one-byte
offsets, each of which, when added to the SCT pointer in the DCB, points to a
one-byte length field. This length field is followed by a special characters entry of
the length specified in the length field. There are as many entries in the directory
as there are different sets of special characters required by the line group. If a
function is not defined for the associated terminal or line group, the offset field in
the directory contains a X'OO' value.
The following is an example of an SCT entry.

o

Offset

IC

+28
20

..
~

22

00

32

•

."

~

34

36

~

00\\00

03

IF

IF

IF

01

16

OF

OF

,I

OF

01

76

01

76

01

40

,

"

Offset to EOT Sequence Offset to EOA Se quence Offset to Pad Cha raclers
Offset to Idle Characlers
Offset to Even A CK
Offset to Odd ACK
Offset to NAK
Functions not de fined for this table
Count and EOT Sequence
Count and EOA Sequence
Count and 15 Pad Characters
Count and Even ACK Sequence _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...1
Count and Odd ACK Sequence
Count and NAK Sequence _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-..J

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

561

The following is a list of the specific types of characters that each of the offsets in
the first 28 bytes of a SCT represent.
Special Characters

Used By

0 (0)

EOT sequence

I/O Generator

(1)

EOA sequence

1/ 0 Generator

2 (2)

P AD characters

I/O Generator

3 (3)

Idle or reserve characters

I/O Generator

4 (4)

Even ACK

5 (5)

OddACK

6 (6)

NAK

7 (7)

ENQ (inquiry)

8 (8)

EOB/ETB (for BSC DLE ETB)

9 (9)

DLE ETX (BSC)

10 (A)

DLE STX (BSC transparent sequence)

1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0
1/ 0

11 (B)

DLE/STX/ENQ (BSC transparent temporary
text delay-TTD)

Line End Appendage

12 (C)

SOH (BSC start of header character)

Line End Appendage

13 (D)

On-line Test sequence

Line End Appendage
START MH Subtask

14 (E)

WACK (BSC)

Line End Appendage

15 (F)

R VI (BSC reverse interrupt)

Line End Appendage

16 (10)

DLE EOT (BSC dial sequence)

Line End Appendage

17 (11)

DLE ENQ (BSC-use in abort sequence)

ERP Modules

18 (12)

Blocking sequence

MSGFORM function

19 (13)

Subblock sequence

MSGFORM function

20 (14)

Ending sequence

MSGFORM function

21 (15)

EOT sequence

PCI Appendage

22 (16)

EOB sequence

PCI Appendage

23 (17)

ETX sequence

PCI Appendage

24 (18)

ENQ sequence

PCI Appendage

25 (19)

SOH % S sequence

Line End Appendage

26 (lA)

SOH % E sequence

Line End Appendage

27 (lB)

SOH %/CANCEL/ sequence (BSC On-Line
Test cancel sequence)

Line End Appendage

28 (IC)

SOH % C sequence

Line End Appendage

Offset

562

OS TeAM PLM

Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator
Generator

Station Control Block
There is at least one station control block (SCB) associated with each LCB in the
TCAM system. With buffered terminals there is one SCB per terminal on a line.
A buffered terminal receives a block or a part of an entire transmission at a time;
while that terminal is transmitting data to the output device, TCAM examines and
sends to other terminals on the same line. TCAM uses the SCB for a terminal to
keep track of one transmission from that buffered terminal on the line.
If the terminals on a line are not buffered, or if the line with which the SCB is

associated is a dial line, one terminal at a time completes its transmission. There is
no need to keep track of many transmissions in parallel, so one SCB is sufficient
for the entire line. In this case the address of the SCB is the LCBSCBA field of
the LCB.
The address of the SCB directory is in the LCBSCBDA field of the line control
block. The offset to the current SCB is in the LCBSCBO field of the LCB.
To obtain the address of any SCB associated with a QCB, TCAM first locates the
LCB. This is done by multiplying the relative line number (in QCBRELLN) by
the size of an LCB (DCBEIOBX) and adding the address of the pseudo-lOB
(DCBIOBAD). This gives TCAM the address of the lOB. At a displacement of
-X'20' from the beginning of the lOB is the beginning of the LCB. TCAM then
multiplies the SCB size (located in the A VTSCBSZ field of the address vector
table) by the offset in QCBSCBOF and adds that total to the address of the SCB
directory (LCBSCBDA). This sum then points to the desired station control
block.
Storage is allocated for a station control block at assembly time for leased lines
and at open time for dial lines. The SCB is initialized by STARTMH.
The format of the station control block is illustrated below; descriptions of the
fields follow.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

563

IEDQSCB
0(0)

1 (1)

SCBSTATE
Status BIts

4 (4)
SCBSNDCT
Message LImIt On Send S,de

SCBDESTQ
Pomter to the Destmatlon QCB

5 (5)

1-SCBRCVCT
Message LImIt On ReceIve SIde
8 (8)

SCBMACR
First/Next IN/OUTMSG Macro to be Executed

-- - - - - - -

- - - - - - - -

ScBMBHEN
Address of the MultIple Header Buffer Entry

9 (9)

SCBBKFCT
~u!l!..O!..Mel..S8!I!!..!-omlIt!!.!o!..!!re&

SCBPRI
Pnonty Index to the QCB

10(A)- SCBEOBSZ- I
S,ze of LogIcal Blocks

12 (C)
SCBSALEV
S,mulated AttentIon Level ReQ
SCBQTYPE
16 (10)
SCBERR1
First Byte

13 (D)

18 (12)

SCBERR2
Second Byte

(11)

SCBERR3
Third Byte

1'9 (13)

SCBERR4
Fourth Byte

Accumulated Count Between Blocks;
Accumulated Count of Dlita Inserted

25 (19)
SCBMBSSA
MultIple Buffer Scan Save Area

32 (20)

33 (21)

36 (24)

37 (25)

SCBCCHOR
MaIO Storage Address of the Current Header

41 (29)

SCBSCSEG
Current Segment Bemg Read

SCBCPBNO
Number of Next SequentIal CPB
SCBOESTL
Length of Destmatlon Names

SCBITBSZ

Size of Logical Subblocks

1---

SCBCTBSV
CTBFORM Parameters Saved
44 (2C)

SCBOCHOR
DIsk Address Current Header

--- -- - - - -- -- - --SCBDNSEG

1--

10

----

SCBSCHOR
Current Header Bemg Sent

-- --- -

-- -- - - - ----

- -

SCBCLSEG
MaIO Storage Address of the Last Message Segment Placed

48 (30) SCBITBAC
Accumulated Count
Between ITBs

49 (31)

1----

SCBCTBFL

----

Disk Address of tha Next Segment to Write to the Disk
45(20)

SCBHBFNO
Number of Buffers
MultIple Header

--

Size of CTB

SCBEOBAC;SCBCTBAC

22 (16)
SCBMRFSD
MultIple Router First Secondary Destmatlon

40 (28)

-SCBCTBSZ
- -

SCBERRST
Error Word BIts

117

SCBBSCFM
MSGFORM DynamIc
B lock Changes

-

SCBMRFPL
Address of Forward Parameter LIst

20 (14)

24 (18)

_

--,
I

- -

----

- -

Concentrator F lag Byte

-

10

the Mam-5torage Queue

SCBFEFO
Saved FE Fa Pomter

-SCBOCSEG
- - -- - - - - - - - --

D,sk Address of the Current Segment

52 (34)
SCBOEOB
D,sk InformatIon On the Last EOB
56 (38)

60 (3C)

61 (3D)
SCBSTAT1
Status Byte

64 (40)

1---

SCBSEQ
Sequence Out Number

f.-- - -

--- - --SCBSCAN
Scan Pomter

Continued

----- -Contmued

564

58 (3A)

SCBSRCE
Message Buffer Source Saved

OS TeAM PLM

_

~69(45)

--- -

-

SCBXTRA
Address of AddItIonal Records Saved

- - - - - - -- - - - - -

SCBCORE
Address of the Record In the Core Queue Saved
66 (42)

- -- -

SCBSIZE
Message Buffer S,ze Saved

1--

SCBTQBCK
Text Segment Cham Saved

- -- -

------

-- - --

SCBNTXT
Address of the Next Text Segment Saved

SCBCRCO
Address of the Current Segment Saved

---

72 (481

75 (4B)
SCBNXCPB
Next CPB Number from Disk

SCBNHDR
Address of the Next Header Segmen,t Saved

---- -- - - -- -- -

-

- - - - ---- -

SCBCHDR
Address of the Current Header Segment Saved

------- - - - - - -- -Continued

80 (50)
SCBUNTCT
Count in Disk Record of
First Byte of Data

81 (51)

78 (4EI

SCBTCSEG Main Storage Address of
Current Segment

-

SCBEOB
Pointer to First EOB Saved

SCBTRANS
Current Translate Table Address

84 (54)
SCBRGSAV
Save Area for User MH RegIsters - if Specified on INTRO

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

565

Offset

0

(0)

Name

Bytes

Description

SCBSTATE

1

Status bits:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBTRANP

0

X'80'

Message in transparent mode

SCBMGFMN

1

X'40'

MSGFORM requested

SCBMGFMF
SCBSEQIN

1 X'BF'
Off
1

X'40'

Mask to specify MSGFORM not requested
Sequence-in has been executed for the current
message

SCBLCKIF

2 X'DF'
Off

Mask to specify that a message is not being
received in lock mode

SCBMSGLN

4

Message lock mode

SCBMSGLF

4
X'F7'
Off

SCBCKPT

5

X'04'

Checkpoint requested

SCBPRER

6

X'02'

Previous EOB/ETB error

SCBCODE

7

X'OI'

Translation requested

X'08'

Mask to specify extended lock mode

1

(1)

SCBDESTQ

3

Address of the destination QCB

4

(4)

SCBSNDCT

1

MSGLIMIT on Send side

4

(4)

SCBRCVCT

1

MSGLIMIT on Receive side

5

(5)

SCBMACR

3

First or next INMSG or OUTMSG macro to be executed

5

(5)

SCBMBHEN

3

Address of the multiple-buffer-header entry

8

(8)

SCBPRI

1

Priority index to the QCB

9

(9)

SCB8KFCT

3

Count of message length for break

10

(A)

SCBEOBSZ

1

Size of logical blocks

10

(A)

SCBCTBSZ

2

Size of the concentrator terminal block (CTB)

12

(C)

SCBSALEV

1

Simulated attention level request (TSO)

12

(C)

SCBQTYPE

1

Queuing medium for this message:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBCOREQ

1

X'40'

Main-storage queues

SCBREUS

2

X'20'

Reusable disk queues

SCBNREUS

3

X'IO'

Nonreusable disk queues

SCBCONC

4

X'08'

Concentrator SCB

5

X'04'

Reserved

SCBBFTM

6

X'02'

Buffered terminal SCB

SCBBFMM

7

X Ol'

Buffered terminal in middle of message

13

(D)

SCBMRFPL

16

(10)

SCBERRST

566

OS TCAM PLM

3

I

Address of the FORWARD parameter list
Error word bits

Offset

16

(10)

Name

Bytes

Description

SCBERRI

1

First byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBHDRRN

0

X'80'

Incomplete header

SCBHDRRF

X'7F'
0
Off

SCBNOLOG

0

X'80'

Invalid Logon message (TSO)

SCBORIGN

1

X'40'

Invalid origin

SCBORIGF

17

18

(11)

(12)

SCBERR2

SCBERR3

1 X'BF'
Off

Mask to specify not an incomplete header

Mask to specify a valid origin

SCBHANG

1

X'40'

Logon requests hang-up message (TSO)

SCBNOTRM

2

X'20'

Not a TSO terminal (TSO)

SCBSEQHN

3

X'10'

Sequence high

SCBSEQHF

3 X'EF'
Off

SCBNOTSO

3

X'10'

TSO is not in the system (TSO)

SCBSEQLN

4

X'08'

Sequence low

SCBSEQLF

4
X'F7'
Off

Mask to specify that the sequence is not low

SCBNOVAC

4

X'08'

Too many TSO users (TSO)

SCBNOBFN

6

X'02'

Insufficient buffers

SCBCUTFN

7

X'OI'

CUTOFF error

SCBCUTFF

X'FE'
7
Off

SCBRVISL

7

X'OI'

Mask to specify that sequence is not high

mask to specify no CUTOFF error
RVI to selection on a buffered terminal terminal

1

Second byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBCRMIN

0

X'80'

Main-storage minimum passed

SCBCRMAX

1

X'40'

Main-storage maximum passed

SCBCODER

2

X'20'

Error in dynamic translate (TSO)

SCBALN

3

X'10'

Automatic line numbering (TSO)

SCBOLTR

4

X'08'

TOTE not in the system

SCBABRTN

5

X'04'

Abort-BSC terminal

SCBFRWDN

6

X'02'

Terminal FORWARD error

SCBSOHE

7

X'OI'

SOH%E, C, or R message

1

Third byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBLOSTN

0

X'80'

Message lost (overlaid)

SCBLOSTF

X'7F'
0
Off

Mask to specify message processed

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

567

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

SCBXPI

0

X'SO'

Attention: Send I (TSO)

SCBTMION

1

X'40'

10 from terminal invalid

SCBTMIDF

19

(13)

SCBERR4

1 X'BF'
Off

Mask to specify that the terminal identification
is valid

SCBXPO

1

X'40'

Attention: Send 0 (TSO)

SCBSATTN

3

X'10'

Simulated Attention received (TSO)

SCBUSERN

4

X'OS'

User error

SCBUSERF

X'F7'
4
Off

Mask to specify no user error

SCBFORMN

5

X'04'

Format error-BSC message

SCBATTN

6

X'02'

Hardware Attention

SCBXCEPN

7

X'OI'

Unit exception

SCBXCEPF

X'FE'
7
Off

Mask to specify no unit exception

1

Fourth byte:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBSLCTN

0

X'SO'

Error during selection

SCBSLCTF

X'7F'
0
Off

SCBTXTTN

1

X'40'

Mask to specify no selection error
Error during text transfer

SCBTXTTF

1 X'BF'
Off

SCBCONNN

2

SCBCONNF

X'OF'
2
Off

SCBTRMLN

3

SCBTRMLF

X'EF'
3
Off

SCBCTLUN

5

SCBCTLUF

X'FB'
5
Off

SCBCHANN

6

SCBCHANF

X'FO'
6
Off

SCBUNOFN

7

X'OI'

Undefined error-should not occur

SCBUNOFF

X'FE'
7
Off

Mask to specify no undefined error

X'20'

X'10'

X'04'

X'02'

Mask to specify no text transfer error
Error in connect/disconnect
Mask to specify no connect/disconnect error
Terminal error
Mask to specify no terminal error
Error in the control unit
Mask to specify no control unit error
Error in channel
Mask to specify no error in channel

20

(14)

SCBMRFSO

2

Multiple routing first secondary destination

22

(16)

SCBEOBAC

2

Accumulated count between blocks

22

(16)

SCBCTBAC

2

Accumulated count of the data inserted

568

OS TeAM PLM

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

22

(16)

SCBDLPTR

2

Distribution list pointer

24

(18)

SCBBSCFM

1

MSGFORM dynamic block changes:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBTRNSP

0

X'80'

Receiving transparent

SCBNONTR

1

X'40'

Receiving non-transparent

SCBRCVTX

2

X'20'

ETX received from BSC

SCBCNTEN

3

X'IO'

Switch for Scheduler to determine the next
operation on the line

SCBNOEOT

6

X'02'

BSC dial-no EOT before read

SCBMLMTN

7

X'OI'

MSGLIMIT has been exceeded

SCBMLMTF

7 X'FE'
Off

Mask to specify that MSGLIMIT is not exceeded

25

(19)

SCBMBSSA

7

Multiple buffer scan save area

32

(20)

SCBCPBNO

1

Number of the next sequential CPB to be read from disk

33

(21)

SCBDCHDR

3

Disk address of the current header

36

(24)

SCBDESTL

1

Length of destination names

37

(25)

SCBCCHDR

3

Main-storage address of the current header

40

(28)

SCBITBSZ

1

Size of logical sub blocks

40

(28)

SCBCTBSV

1

CTBFORM parameters saved

41

(29)

SCBSCSEG

3

Current segment being read

41

(29)

SCBDNSEG

3

Disk address of the next segment to write to the disk

44

(2C)

SCBHBFNO

1

Number of buffers in the multiple-buffer header

45

(2D)

SCBSCHDR

3

Current header being sent

45

(2D)

SCBCLSEG

3

Main-storage address of the last segment placed in the main-storage
queue

,48

(30)

SCBITBAC

1

Accumulated count between ITBs

48

(30)

SCBCTBFL

I

Concentrator flag byte

49

(31)

SCBFEFO

3

Saved FEFO pointer

49

(31)

SCBDCSEG

3

Disk address of the current segment

52

(34)

SCBDEOB

4

Disk information on the last EOB

Note: The section in bytes 54-79 is a copy of the last buffer prefix processed.
54

(38)

SCBSRCE

2

Message buffer source

58

(3A)

SCBSIZE

2

Message buffer size

60

(3C)

SCBSTATI

I

Status byte-concentrator support only:

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

SCBCBGN

0

X'80'

Concentrator message beginning

SCBCEND

1

X'40'

Concentrator message end

SCBNIDLE

2

X'20'

Buffers should not be put in the idles loop yet

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

569

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

SCBNOPST

3

X'lO'

Buffers should not be tposted

61 . (3D)

SCBXTRA

3

Address of additional records

61

(3D)

SCBCORE

3

Address of the record in main storage

64

(40)

SCBOSEQ

2

Sequence-out number

64

(40)

SCBSCAN

2

Scan pointer address

66

(42)

SCBTQBCK

3

Text segment queue-back chain

66

(42)

SCBNTXT

3

Address of the next text segment

69

(45)

SCBCRCD

3

Address of the current segment

72

(48)

SCBNHDR

3

Address of the next header segment

72

(48)

SCBCHDR

3

Address of the current header segment

75

(4B)

SCBNXCPB

1

Next CPB number from disk; if zero, no multiple routing

75

(4B)

SCBCCSEG

3

Main-storage address of the current segment

78

(4E)

SCBEOB

2

Pointer to the first EOB

80

(50)

SCBUNTCT

1

Count of the first byte of data in the disk record

81

(51)

SCBTRANS

3

Current translation table address

84

(54)

SCBRGSAV

4

Save area for user MH registers if specified on INTRO

570

OS TeAM PLM

Subtask Control Block
A subtask control block (IEDQSTCB) is a variable-length table that represents a
routine that performs the work of the TCAM system. The purpose of an STCB is
to cause a routine to De executed. The TCAM Dispatcher uses the STCB to
determine the entry point of a subtask that is waiting for work and uses the
activation key of the STCB to determine the type of STCB present. The address
of the STCB is in the third word of the QCB. Determination of the actual address
of the subtask varies according to the type of STCB. When the address is available, the TCAM Dispatcher exits to the routine itself.
For each attached task (Operator Control, On-Line Test, Checkpoint, and FE
Common Write) there is a special QCB that has an event control block (ECB) in
the second word. The TCAM Dispatcher posts the ECB when the attached task is
to vie for control of the system. An element that is to be passed to the attached
task is chained into the QCB element chain.
Storage is allocated for the STCB at various times depending upon the type of
QCB containing the STCB address. If the QCB is a destination QCB, storage is
allocated for the STCB at assembly time. If the QCB is in a line control block or
is a read-ahead QCB, storage is allocated for the STCB at open time for the line
group or for the application program DCB. If the QCB is in the AVT, storage is
allocated at assembly time. In cases where the QCB is a prefix to a module,
storage is allocated for the STCB at assembly time.
In the same manner, initialization of the STCB depends upon the related QCB. If
the QCB is a destination QCB, the STCB is initialized at assembly time but is
modified at open time for the DeB to which it is related. If the QCB is in the
LCB or is a read-ahead QCB, the STCB is initialized at open time. If the QCB is
in the A VT, the STCB is initialized at assembly time and at link-edit time. If the
QCB is a prefix to a module, the STCB is initialized at assembly time.
The following figure shows the formats and attributes of the different types of
STCBs.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

S71

Attributes:
rWQ~byte

srca

•

• acs hos only one SiCB
• STca is never chained to any other GlCS

MCPL

I

04

Glce locoted in the AVr Or ,;$Sembled in moin dotage

00

Subtosk entry point ~
"our-byte STCa

•

aCB is port of the subtask code

•

QCB and STCa dre combined - the STCa is the third wdrd of the QCe

• acs

Six~byte

SiCa

has only one STCB

•

STCS is never chained to any other QCa

•

SiCS is always the lost STCB in'the STCS chain of 0 QCa

•

STCa can appear in any position of the STCII chain of a

MCPL

0$
Priority

00

I

~~--~~----~~
~i9ht-byte (Full)
MOL

STCS

Priority

ace

Link address

C

$ubtask entry pOin~

Below is the format of a full (eight-byte) STCB; descriptions of the fields follow
the illustration.
IEDQSTCS

1(1)

0(0)

STCBVTO
Activation Key
4 (4)

STCBPRI
Priority

Offset

Reserved

5 (5)

STCBLINK
Link Field

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

STCBVTO

1

Activation key

1

(1)

STCBINDX

1

Index to Common Buffer data area

2
4

(2)
(4)

STCBTCIN

2

TTCIN of destination terminal

STCBPRI

1

Priority

5

(5)

STCBLINK

~

Link address-address of the next STCB in this STCB chain

S72

OSTCAMPLM

Terminal Table
The terminal table (IEDQTRM) is a variable-length table that contains blocks of
device-dependent information about each terminal in the TCAM system; each
such block is called a terminal entry. There are six types of terminal entries
(shown below), each of which is used for a different type or group of terminals
depending upon the configuration of the teleprocessing system.
The terminal table entries are assembled and initialized according to the specifications of the TERMINAL, TLIST, TPROCESS, TTABLE, LOGTYPE, and
OPTION macro instructions. The size, structure, and contents of the terminal
table are based on the information provided by the user in the above-listed
macros. Each entry in the terminal table begins on a fullword boundary. The
terminal entries are located through the address portion of the entries in the
termname table. ITABLE is specified once and defines the limits of the table.
One TERMINAL macro instruction is issued to create each single or group entry.
OPTION macro instructions and data supplied by the TERMINAL and TPROCESS operands caused storage to be allocated for any option fields to be included
in the optio!1 table for a terminal entry. The option fields can contain information
needed to perform various optional functions provided by TCAM or the user.
The initial contents of each option field are specified by the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macro instruction that defines the entry. TLIST defines a distribution or cascade entry. TPROCESS creates an entry for an application program.
LOGTYPE creates an entry for logging messages.
If the user codes an OPTION macro, three fields in the terminal table entry are

initialized, and bit 6 in the TRMST ATE field is set to 1. The TRMOPNO field
contains the number of option fields specified for the entry. The option offsets
are positional in nature, and the number of offsets is equal to all the offsets up to
and including the last option specified by the user. The next field, TRMOPTBL,
contains the offset to the beginning of the option table data for this terminal
entry. The third field, TRMOPT, is the first of the actual option offsets to the
option table data, the beginning of which is pointed to by the TRMOPTBL field.
Each option offset is a one-byte index to the corresponding option table data.
There is an option offset for each possible option up to and including the last
option specified for this terminal entry. If a particular option within that span is
omitted, that option offset field is initialized to X'FF'.
The device-dependent fields of an entry in the terminal table are used to indicate
such information as the dial digits or addressing characters of the terminal. The
specific type of information in these fields is noted in the two bytes of the devicedependent field flags field (TRMDEVFL) of the terminal table. The actual
entries in the device-dependent fields consist of one byte, which contains the
length of the entry, followed by the actual information. The location of the
device-dependent field is indicated by the bit settings in the first byte of the
terminal table. If bit 6 (TRMOPTFN) in the status byte (TRMSTATE) is off, the
device-dependent field is located at + 17 (X' 11 ') in the table. If bit 6 is on,
indicating that there are option offset fields in the table, the device-dependent
field starts at location 20 (X'14') plus the value in the number of option offsets
field (TRMOPNO). Each option offset is one byte long, and the first option
offse~ is located at offset 20 in a terminal entry; the device-dependent field starts
immediately after the last option offset.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts 573

There is one terminal entry for each terminal in the system, and each terminal
table entry is referred to by a pointer from the termname table, and each terminal
entry beings on a fullword boundary.
Single Entry

A single entry in the terminal table defines a single terminal or component. A
single entry must be defined for each terminal or component that can enter only,
accept only, or both enter and accept messages (except for a terminal in a group
entry). If a terminal component is to be selected individually, the component
must have a separate single entry.
Bits 0 through 2 of byte 0 of the control information field are set to binary 000 to
indicate a single (or group) entry. If there is no option area for an entry, the
offset and count fields are omitted. The required selection sequence field contains
the selection characters for the terminal and, if it is a switched terminal, its
telephone number and the number of dial digits.
A single entry in the terminal table is defined by a TERMINAL macro.
Group Entry

A group entry represents a prespecified group of terminals on a line that has
special equipment to permit simultaneous transmission of a message to the group.
A single set of addressing characters is used to contact the group. Several combinations of prespecified terminals can be grouped for this purpose. Each group has
a group terminal name and a corresponding group entry in the terminal table. A
group entry in the terminal table has the same format as a single entry, except
that, since the entry is for output transmissions only, the input sequence counter
field is not used.
A group entry is defined by a TERMINAL macro.
Distribution Entry

A distribution entry contains a list of pointers to single, process, or group entries.
The pointers are grouped under the entry name. When a message contains a
distribution entry name as its destination code, TCAM sends the message by
separate transmissions to all destinations indicated by the list. Each terminal on
the list must have a corresponding single or group entry in the terminal table. The
TCAM MCP cannot receive messages through the distribution list-method.
The format of a distribution entry in the terminal table is the same as that for a
single entry, except that the setting of the status bits is binary 010, and the input
sequence number field (bytes 4 and 5) contains a count of the entries in the list.
Two-byte pointers to the single or group entries that make up the list follow this
count field.
For distribution and cascade entries, bytes 1 to 3 contain the address of a distribution or cascade destination QCB.
A distribution entry in the terminal table is defined by a TLIST macro.
Caseade Entry

A cascade entry is identical in appearance to a distribution entry, but is handled
differently. The message is queued for the available terminal that has the fewest
messages queued for it in the list. An available terminal is one that is currently

574

OS TeAM PLM

capable of accepting a message. The terminal must not be held. To be available,
a dial terminal must not be involved in a time delay. If more than one of the
available terminals have the same number of messages queued and that number is
the fewest number of messages queued, the message is sent to the first available
terminals on the list. If the message cannot be sent to any terminal at this time, it
is queued for the first terminal in the list. The TCAM MCP cannot receive
messages through a cascade list.
The format of a cascade entry is the same as that for a single entry, except that the
setting of the status bits is binary 010 and the input sequence number field
contains a count of the entries in the list. Two-byte pointers to the single or group
entries that make up the list follow this count field.
A cascade entry in the terminal table is defined by a TLIST macro.
Process Entry
A process entry in the terminal table represents a queue of messages for an
application program. There must be a process entry for each queue to which an
application program can issue a GET or READ macro and at least one for all the
PUT or WRITE macros from the same application program. The format for a
process entry in the terminal table is the same as that for a single entry, except
that the setting of the status bits is binary 001. Also, for a GET/READ operation, bytes 1 to 3 contain the address of the destination QCB.
A process entry is defined by a TPROCESS macro.
Logtype Entry
A !ogtype entry in the terminal table represents a queue of messages for a logging
medium. The setting of the status bits for a log entry is binary 011.
A logtype entry is defined by a LOGTYPE macro.
Line Entry
A line entry in the terminal table defines a switched line that is used for input
operations. A line entry contains the device characteristics for stations that call in
on a switched line before supplying identification and for stations that call in and
never supply identification data.
The format of a line entry is the same as for a single or group entry except that the
setting of the status bits is binary 100.
A line entry is defined by the UTERM operand on a TERMINAL macro.
The formats of the various types of terminal entries are illustrated below; descriptions of the fields follow.

Section S: Data Area Layouts

S7S

(This paae left blank intentionally)

576

OS TeAM PLM

TERMINAL TABLE
ENTRY TYPE
Offset
Single
and
Line

o
Status
byte

4
Input
sequence
number

Destination
aCB address

TRMSTATE TRMDESTO

6

8

Output
sequence
number

Alternate
destination
offset

10 (A)
Device
dependent
field
flags

12 (C)
Number
start
I/Os

14 (E)
Number
temporary
errors

TRMINSEO TRMOUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL TRMSIO TRMTEMPR

15 (F)

16 (10)

17 (11)

18 (12)

20 (14)

Intensive
mode
recording
indicator

OCT
index

Number
option
offsets

Start of
option
offsets

TRMSENSE

TRMCHCIN

TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL

Option
Table
offset

20 + n
Start of
device
dependent
fields

TRMOPT

Offset
Group

o
Status
byte

Destination
aCB address

TRMSTATE

TRMDESTO

8

6

4
Unused

X·OOOO·

Output
sequence
number

10 (A)

Alternate
Device
desti nation dependent
offset
field
flags

12 (C)

14 (E)

Number
start
I/Os

Number
temporary
errors

TRMOUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL TRMSIO TRMTEMPR

15 (F)

16 (10)

17 (11)
Number
option
offsets

18 (12)

20 (14)

Option
Table
offset

Start of
option
offsets

Intensive
mode
recording
indicator

OCT
index

TRMSENSE

TRMCHCIN TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL

20 + n
Start of
device
dependent
field!>

TRMOPT

Offset
Distribution

o

4

6

Status
byte

Distribution
List aCB
address

Number
entries
in the
list

Offset to
the first
entry in
the list

TRMSTATE

TRMDESTO

TLISTCNT

TLISTEN

Offset
Cascade

o
Status
byte

TRMSTATE

6

4
Cascade
list aCB
address

TRMDESTG

Number
entries
in the
list

Offset to
the first
entry in
the list

TLlSTCNT

TLISTEN

Offset
Process

o
Status
byte

4

Process
aCB address

TRMSTATE TRMDESTO

Input
sequence
number

6

8

Output
sequence
number

Alternate
desti nation
offset

101A)
Device
dependent
field
flags

TRMINSEQ TRMGUTSO TRMALTD TRMDEVFL

12 (C)

16 (10)

17 (11)

20 (14)

18 (12)

Start of
option
offsets

Option
Table
offset

Process
Entry
Work Area
address

Work unit
record
delimiter
character

TRMSTAT

TRMCHCIN TRMOPNO TRMOPTBL

Number
Option
offsets

TRMOPT

Offset
Logtype

o

4

Status
byte

Destination
aCB address

TRMSTATE

TRMDESTO

10 (A)

8

6
Unused

Unused

Unused

X·OOOO

X·OOOO·

X·OOOO·

Device
dependent
field
flags

12 (C)
Unused

x·oooo·

14 (E)
Unused

x·oo·

15 (F)
Unused

x·oo·

16 (10)
Unused

x·oo·

17 (11)
Unused

X·OO·

18 (12)
Buffer
size (2 bytes)

TRMDEVFL

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

577

In.fln fOldout page 571 at end of book.

IEDQTRM
0(0)

1 (1)

TRMSTATE
Status Byte

TRMDESTQ
Destination aCB Address

4(4)

f-- -

-

- ------ TRMINSEQ
Input Sequence Number

TRMALNCT
Automatic Line Number Count

---

- -- - -- - - -- --

'6(6)

I

TRMOUTSQ
Output Sequence Number

I

TLiSTEN
First TLiST Entry Address

I

TLSTCNT
TLiST Count of Entries

I
10 (A)

8 (8)
TRMALTD
Alternate Destination Termname Table Offset

TRMDEVFL
Device Dependent Field Flags

TRMSTAT
Error Statistics
TRMSIO
Start I/O Count
17 (11)

12 (C)

16 (10)
TRMCHCIN
OCT Index

14 (E)

15 (F)

TRMTEMPR
Temporary Error Count

TRMSENSE
Intensive Mode
Recording Indicator

18 (12)
TRMOPTBL
Option Table Offset

TRMOPNO
Option Field Count

20 (14)
-I-.

T
Offset
0

_L-

TRMOPT
Start of Option Offsets

(0)

Name

Bytes

Description

TRMSTATE

I

Status byte; bit definitions are:

Name

Bit

Value

0-2

T

Meaning
Type of entry:

B'OOO'

Terminal, single, or group

B'OOI'

Process

B'OlO'

Cascade or Distribution list

B'IOO'

Line

B'lOl'

Log

3

Reserved

TRMACPTN

4

X'08'

Terminal can accept an entry for processing

TRMHELDN

5

X'04'

Terminal is held or a process entry is
SYNC=YES

TRMOPTEN

6

X'02'

Option fields are used

TRMSCNYN

7

X'OI'

Secondary operator control terminal

spe~ified

I

(1)

TRMDESTQ

3

Address of the destination QCB for the entry or of the distribution
or cascade entry QCB.

4

(4)

TRMINSEQ

2

Input sequence number

4

(4)

TLISTCNT

2

Count of entries in a TLIST

6

(6)

TRMOUTSQ

2

Output sequence number

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

579

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

6

(6)

TLISTEN

2

First entry in a TLIST

8

(8)

TRMALTD

2

Termname table offset of the alternate destination

10

(A)

TRMDEVFL

2

Device-dependent field flags to indicate which fields are present

Name

Bit

Value

Meaning

0

X'8000'

BUFSIZE specified

1

X'4000'

Dial digits present

2

X'2000'

Addressing characterspresent

3

X'tOOO'

BLOCK specified

4

X'0800'

SUBBLOCK specified

5

X'0400'

Transparent block length specified

6

X'0200'

BFDELAY specified

7

X'0100'

Display device

TRMCONC

8

X'0080'

Concentrator or a terminal attached to a
concentrator

TRMLMD

9

X'0040'

LMD= YES specified

10

X'0020'

RETRY specified

11-15

Reserved

12

(C)

TRMSTAT

12

(C)

TRMSIO

2

Number of START I/O instructions

14

(E)

TRMTEMPR

1

Number of temporary errors

15

(F)

TRMSENSE

1

Intensive mode recording indicator

16

(10)

TRMCHCIN

1

Index to the device characteristics table for this entry

17

(11)

TRMOPNO

1

Number of option fields for this entry

18

(12)

TRMOPTBL

2

Offset to the option table for this entry

20

(14)

TRMOPT

1

Start of option offsets

580

OS TeAM PLM

Error statistics

Termname Table
The termname table has an entry that contains the name and terminal entry
address for each terminal, terminal component, application program, list of
terminals, and logging media in the TCAM system. These entries are generated at
assembly time from the TERMINAL macros in the order in which the macros are
coded. At MCP initialization time the entries are sorted into collating sequence to
permit binary searches for locating terminal names and for finding terminaldependent information.
The beginning of the termname table contains code (the Termname Table CodeIEDQTNT) that is used to convert the relative position field in the invitation list
to the address of the corresponding entry in the terminal table. The code can be
executed as a subroutine by other TCAM modules. Following the code there are
two bytes of control information for the Binary Search routine. The next fields in
the termname table contain the number of bytes in the name of an entry, the
address of the middle entry in the table, and the total number of entries in the
table .. Each entry consists of the terminal name and the three-byte address of the
terminal table entry for that terminal. The length of the field for the terminal
name is determined by the longest terminal name; each terminal name field is as
long aS,the longest name (the names are padded with blanks on the right, if
needed).
The address of the termname table is in the A VTRNMPT field of the AVT.
However, the individual termname table entries are referred to by the relative
position offsets that precede the control data in each invitation list. When a
TCAM module needs to find a specific entry in the terminal table, the module
activates the termname table code, which translates the relative position offset in
the invitation list to the address of the corresponding terminal table entry.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

581

IEOOTNTD
0(0)

TNTCODE
Enabled Termname Table Code

-""

--

-r'"

38 (26)
TNTSRCHX
Search Extent
40 (28)

41 (29)

TNTENLEN
Length of a Name

TNTMIDEN
Middle Entry Address
46 (2E)

44 (2C)

TNTLEN
Count of Table Entries

......
_....
TNTDCODE
Disabled Termname Table Code (36 Bytes)

--

82 (52)
TNTFIRST
Start of Table Entries

T

T

Format of a Termname Table Entry:
Terminal
Table Address
I
I

Name

..

Maximum of 8 Bytes

Offset

-

3Bytes~

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

TNTCODE

38

Enabled termname table code (IEDQTNT) to convert the relative
offset to a terminal table address

38

(26)

TNTSRCHX

2

Binary search extent-used by the Binary Search routine (IEDQA1)

40

(28)

TNTENLEN

1

Length in bytes of the name field of an entry

41

(29)

TNTMIDEN

3

Address of the middle entry in the termname table-used by the
Binary Search routine (IEDQAl)

44

(2C)

TNTLEN

2

Total number of entries in the termname table

46

(2E)

TNTDCODE

36

Disabled termname table code

82

(52)

TNTFIRST

582

OS TCAM PLM

The beginning of the termname-table entries

Test Event COIInl Block (TTECB)
The test event control block (TTECB) is used by modules IEDQWS and
IEDQW44 in reporting the results of an I/O operation back to the OLT. This
block contains the CSWs, condition codes, I/O addresses, and sense information
passed by TOTE; it is of variable length.

Sectien 5: Data Area Layouts

583

TTECB
TECBFDCT
TECIFLO.
Flegs
8 (8)

TECaSNLN

TICI'DLN

Number of event Fields
4(4)

2 (2)

1 (1)

0(0)

Lengtl'1 of Senae Fitld

Length of Event Pielc/,

6 (&)
TI~aSNCT

$(6)

TlCISNOe

NO. of Sen••• OccL,lrrlld

No. of Stn .. Pitld,

TECIFD01
1st Event Field
As many additional identical fields as specified in

TECIFDOT

S84

OS .TCAM PUI

7 (7)

TIECBIVOC
No. of events Occurred

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

0

(0)

TECBFDCT

1

Number of event fields

1

(1)

TECBFDLN

1

Length of event fields

2
4

(2)
(4)

TECBSNLN

2

Length of sense field

TECBFLGS

1

Flags

5

(5)

TECBSNCT

1

Number of sense fields

6
7

(6)
(7)
(8)

TECBSNOC

1

Number of senses occurred

TECBEVOC

1

Number of events occurred

TECBFDOI

4

1st event field

8

Section S: Data Area Layouts S8S

(This page left blank intentionally)

586

OS TeAM PLM

TOTE Resource Control Block
The TOTE resource control block (RESPL) is used in communication between
TOTE's resident module (IEDQW A) and the resource management module
(IEDQWB) for the initialization of an on-line test. RESPL contains the addresses
of the first and the last OLTCB in the active queue, the last TOTE termname
table entry, the current storage blocks, TOTE's extended area used for dummy
TTEs or QCBs, the end-of-task exit routine, the TOTE service manager routine,
and the queue handlers routine. It is assembled as part of the resident module,
IEDQWA.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

587

RESPL
0(0)

RESTECBS
Parm List for TOTE WAIT

4 (4)

5 (5)

8 (8)
RESTECB1
Subtask Request ECB
12 (C)
RESOBOCB
OLTCB Queue Control Block
f- ......-

--- -

~

-

-

-

- - - -

-

-

-

-

--- ---

-

RESOBFWD
OLTCB Queue Forward Pointer
16 (10)
RESOBBKW
OL TCB Queue Backward Pointer
20 (14)
RESTTLST
Last TOTE TNT Entry Address
24 (18)

26 (1A)
RESBKAVL
Current Free Storage Blocks

RESBKTOT
Total TOTE Storage Blocks
28 (1C)
RESEFOCB
Extended Area Free Queue Control Block
32 (20)

33 (21)
RESTNTCT
No. of TNT Entries

RESDMTTE
Pointer to TOTE Extended Area for TTEs and QCBs

·36 (24)
RESETXRA
End of Task Exit Routine Address
40 (28)

RESSMGRA
Service Manager Entry Address
45 (20)

44 (2C)
RESIOLTS
Max. Simult. OLTs

46 (2E)

RESWBFNC
IEOQWB Function Request Code

48 (30)

47 (2F)

RESFLGS
TOTE Resident Flags

Unused

RESTRMO
TOTE TRM Queue Control Block

52 (34)

.53 (35)

RESTNTPT
Address of Start of TOTE TNT Entries

Unused
56 (38)

-- -

- -- - -

60 (3C)

-

-

-

-

RESOHTBL
Queue Handler

-- -- -

-

- - -

RESREMFR
Address to Remove Element From Front Queue Handler

RESREMEL
Address to Remove Specified Element Queue Handler

588

OS TeAM PLM

,-.-

-

-

-

-

RESPL
64 (40)

RESAIl)Il)ND
Address to Add Element to End Queue Hendler
68 (44)

RESADDAF
Address to Add Element After Another Specified Element Queue Handler

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

589

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

RESTECBS

4

Parm list for TOTE WAIT

0

(0)

4

(4)

1

5

(5)

3

8

(8)

RESTECBl

12

(C)

RESOBQCB

12

(C)

RESOBFWD

4

OLTCB queue forward pointer

16

(10)

RESOBBKW

4

OLTCB queue backward pointer

20

(14)

RESTTLST

4

Last TOTE TNT entry address

24

(18)

RESBKTOT

2

Total storage blocks for TOTE

26

(tA)

RESBKAVL

2

Current free storage blocks

28

(tC)

RESEFQCB

4

Extended area free queue control block

32

(20)

RESTNTCT

1

Total number of TNT entries

33

(22)

RFSDMTTE

3

Pointer to TOTE extended area for TIEs and QCBs

36

(24)

RESETXRA

4

End of task exit routine address

40

(28)

RESSMGRA

4

Service manager entry address

44

(2C)

RES#OLTS

1

Maximum simultaneous OLTs

45

(2D)

RESWBFNC

1

IEDQWB function request code

46

(2E)

RESFLAGS

1

TOTE resident flags

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

RESINIT

0

X'80'

TOTE initialized flag

4

Subtask request ECB
OLTCB queue control block

47

(2F)

48

(30)

52

(34)

53

(35)

RESTNTPT

S6 (38)

RESQHTBL

56

(38)

RESREMFR

4

Address to remove element from front queue handler

60

(3C)

RESREMEL

4

Address to remove specified element queue handler

64

(40)

RESADDND

4

Address to add element to end queue handler

68

(44)

RESADDAF

4

Address to add element after another specified element queue
handler

590

RESTRMQ

OS TeAM PLM

1

Unused

4

TOTE TRM queue control block

1

Unused

3

Address of start of TOTE TNT entries
Queue handlers

TSO TSINPUT Control Block
The TSO TSINPUT control block is generated as a queue control block (QCB)
for the time-sharing subtask and as an extension of the address vector table
(A VT) for time-sharing support.
The DSECT names of the TSINPUT fields are shown in the following layout. A
more detailed description of the fields and the data they contain follows the data
area layout.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

591

TSINPUT
1 (1)

0(0)

TSIELCHN
aCB Element Chain

TSIFLAG
4 (4)

TSIPRI
Priority

8 (8)

5 (5)

TSLINK
Pointer to Next aCB in Chain

TSINPUT
Address of IEDAYI (TSINPUT)

12 (C)

TSISTAE
Address of IEDAYT (STAE)

16 (10)
TSIEDIT
Address of IEDAYE (Edit Routine)
20 (14)

TSIHANG
Address of IEDAYH (Hangup Routine)

24 (18)
TSISIMAT
Address of IEDAYS (Simultaneous Attention)
28 (1C)
TSISCHED
Address of I EDA YZ
32 (20)

36 (24)

40 (28)

44 (2C)

48 (30)

592

OS TeAM PLM

TSIBUFQ
Chain of Held TCAM Buffers

TSITSBQ
Chain lof TSBS Holding TCAM Buffers

TSIABEND
ECB Posted When TSC Abends
TSIMSGEN
Address of IEDAYM (MSGEN Routine)

TSIHALT
Address of IEDAYF (Halt I/O)

aCB For Asynchronous Time
Delay aCB Removal Routine
52 (34)

---

- --- - -

56 (38)

TSIDVaCB
aCB is Always Posted to Itself

---

- -

- -

--

-

....-

-

TSIDVaFG
Flag Byte

- - -

-

-

----

57 (39)

TSIDVPRI
Priority

TSIDVLINK
Pointer to Next Element

60 (3C)

TSIDYDLY
Address of IEDAYY
64 (40)

TSIABLST

r- - 64 (40)

- - - - - 65- (41)- -

TSIABACT
AaCTL Action Code

-

- - - - -- -

-

- -

- -

-

----

TSIABWDI
First Word of Parm List

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

593

QCB for TS
Input Abend Interface
68 (44)
TSIABQCB

--- - - -

I- -

72 (4S)
TSIABPTV
Special Element Priority

- - - -

-

-

- - - - - -

-----:-----

TSIABWD2
Second Word of Parm List

73 (49)
TSIABLNK
Special Element Link Field

76 (4C)
TSIABVCN
STCB Address
SO (50)

84 (54)

TSIDEST
Address of TCAM Destination Scheduler
TSICPBI
Address of TCAM CPB Initialization Routine

88 (5S)
TSICPBC
Address of TCAM CPB Cleanup Routine
92 (5CI

TSIATTEN
Address of IEDAYA (Attention Routine)

96(60)
TSITSDST
Address ot TSO Destination Scheduler
100 (64)
TSI3270
Address of IEDA YB (3270)

,,

594

OS TeAM PLM

Offset

0

(0)

Name

Bytes

Description

TSIFLAG

1

Flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TSIQCB

6

X'02'

Flag indicating a OCR

TSIPOST

4

X'08'

OCB posted to itself

1

(1)

TSIELCHN

3

OCB element chain

4

(4)

TSIPRI

1

Priority

5

(5)

TSILINK

3

Pointer to next OCB in chain

8

(8)

TSINPUT

4

Address of IEDAYI (TSINPUT)

12

(C)

TSISTAE

4

Address of IEDAYT (STAE)

16

(10)

TSIEDIT

4

Address of IEDA YE (Edit Rtn)

20

(14)

TSIHANG

4

Address of IEDAYH (Hangup)

24

(18)

TSISIMAT

4

Address of IEDA YS (Simult. attn)

28

(1C)

TSISCHED

4

Address of IEDAYZ (Scheduler)

32

(20)

TSIBUFQ

4

Chain of held TCAM buffers

36

(24)

TSITSBO

4

Chain of TSBS holding TCAM buffers

40

(28)

TSIABEND

4

ECB posted when TSC abends

44

(2C)

TSIMSGEN

4

Address of IEDA YM (MSGEN Rtn)

48

(30)

TSIHALT

4

Address of IEDAYF (Halt I/O)

52

(34)

TSIDYOCB

4

OCB is always posted to itself

52

(34)

TSIDYQFG

4

Flag byte

Name

Bits

Value

Meaning

TSIDYOB

6

X'02'

Flag indicating a OCB

TSIDYPOS

4

X'08'

QCB posted to itself

56

(38)

TSIDYPRI

1

Priority

57

(39)

TSIDYLNK

3

Pointer to next element

60

(3C)

TSIDYDLY

4

Address of IEDA YY

64

(40)

TSIABLST

64

(40)

TSIABACT

1

AQCTL action code

65

(41)

TSIABWDI

3

First word of parameter list

68

(44)

TSIABQCB

68

(44)

TSIABWD2

4

Second word of parameter list

72

(48)

TSIABPTY

1

Special element priority

73

(49)

TSIABLNK

3

Special element link field

76

(4C)

TSIABVCN

4

STCB address

80

(50)

TSIDEST

4

Address of TCAM destination scheduler

84

(54)

TSICPBI

4

Address of TCAM CPB initialization routine

88

(58)

TSICPBC

4

Address of TCAM CPB cleanup routine

Section 5: Data Area lafouts

595

Offset

Name

Bytes

Description

92

(SC)

TSIATTEN

4

Address of IEDA YA attention routine

96

(60)

TSITTSDST

4

Address of TSO destination scheduler

TSI3270

4

Address of IEDAYB (3270)

100 (64)

596

OS TeAM PLM

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

seD Error Word Usage by Module
SCBERRl (Byte 0)

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

o

Is/is not an incomplete header

1
2
3
4
S
6
7

Is/is not an invalid origin
TSO is not/is in system
Is/is not high sequence
Is/is not low sequence
Message is not/is sent/received
Are not/are sufficient buffers
Is/is not a cutoff error
RVI to a selection device for
BSC buffered terminals

Checked by IEDQAT and IEDQA4. Checked by
IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro instructions. Set
by IEDQA4. Checked by IGCD910D.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAM.
Checked the same as bit o.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAH.
Checked the same as bit O. Set by IEDQAH.
Checked the same as bit o.
Checked the same as bit o. Set by IEDQAK.
Checked the same as bit o.
Set by Line End Appendage.
Checked by the user-coded macros.

SCBERRl (Byte l)

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

0

Main storage minimum
is/is not exceeded

1

Main storage maximum
is/is not exceeded

2

Error is/is not in a dynamic
translation operation
Is/is not automatic line
numbering
TOTE is not/is in the system
or a TOTE request is not
honored
BSC abort sequences are/are not
received
Forward terminal error

Set by IEDQBD from A VTSYSER.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.
Set by IEDQBD from A VTSYSER.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.
Set and checked the same as bit 1.

3
4
S
6
7

Message is/is not SOH% E, C,
orR

Set and checked the same as bit 1.
Set by IEDQAA.
Checked by the error macros.
Set by Line End Appendage.
Checked by the error macros.
Set by IEDQA4 and IEDQAS. Checked by the INMSG
macro.
Set by IGE0904H.
Checked by the error macros.

SCBERR3 (Byte 1)

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

o

Message is lost/processed

1

TerminalID is invalid/valid

Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by IEDQFA
and IEDQFQ for a lost message.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D.

905

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

597

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

2

Terminal is inoperative/ operative
Simulated attention is/is not
received
User error has/has not
occurred
Is/is not format error in
BSC message
Is/is not hardware attention
Is/is not unit exception

Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message
macro instructions. Checked by IGCD91OD.
Checked the same as bit 2.

3
4

5

6
7

Checked the same as bit 2.
Checked the same as bit 2.
Checked the same as bit 2. Set by IGG019RO.
Checked the same as bit 2. Set by IGE0504G and
IGE0204G.

SCBERR4 (Byte 3)

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

o

Is/is not selection error

1

Is/is not error during
text transfer

2

Is/is not error in
connect/ disconnect

3

Is/is not terminal/line error

Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGG019RQ.
Checked by IEDQAA.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGE0004H, IGE0104G, IGE0104H, IGE0204H,
IGE0504G, and IGG019RO.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message
macro instructions. Checked by IGCD91OD. Set by
IGE0304G.
Checked by IEDQBD for IN/OUT message macro
instructions. Checked by IGCD910D. Set by
IGE0504G.

4
5

Reserved
Is/is not error in controL
unit

6

Is/is not channel error

7

Is/is not undefined error

598

OS TeAM PLM

Checked the same as bit 3.
Set by IGE0104G, IGEOI04H, IGE0204G, and
IGE0004G.
Checked the same as bit 3. Set by IGE0104G,
IGE0804G, and IGE0804H.
Checked the same as bit 3. Set by IGE0504G and
IGE0504H.

LCB Status Byte Usage by Module
LCBSTATI
Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

o

Recall being/not being
performed

Checked, turned off, and reset by IEDQBD.
Checked by IEDQFA and IGCD91OD. Cleared by
IEDQAA, IEDQAS, and IEDQAT.

1

Line is/is not in control mode

Set by IGGO 19R1. Checked and reset by IEDQKA,
IEDQKB, IEDQKC, lEDQKD, and IEDQKE. Checked
by IGCD910D. Cleared by IEDQAA.

2

Operator control is not/is
immediate

Set by IEDQHK.
Checked and cleared by IEDQAA. Checked by
IGCD91OD, IGG019Rl, IGG019R3, IGG019R4,
IGG019Ql, IGG019Q6, and IGG019Q7.

3

Is/is not initiate mode

Reset by IEDQBD. Checked by IEDQF A, IEDQHM,
and IGCD910D. Checked and cleared by IEDQAA.

4

Is/is not continue/reset
operation

Set by IEDQCU. Checked by IGCD91OD.
Cleared by IEDQF A and IEDQAA.

5

Line is/is not free

Checked by IGCD91OD, IGCZOlOD, IEDQHK, and
IEDQNK. Cleared by IEDQAA.

6

Line is/is not receiving

Set by IGCV310D. Checked by IEDQGA, IGCZOlOD,
IEDQNK, IEDQAS, IEDQFA, and IGCD910D. Cleared
byIEDQAA.

7

Line is/is not sending

Set by IGG019R4, IGG019Q6 and IGG019Q7.
Checked by IEDQAS, IEDQAG, IEDQAN, IEDQAW,
IEDQA4, IEDQBD, IGCZOlOD, IGCD910D, IEDQFA,
IEDQNK, IEDQHM, IEDQGA, and IGG019RN.
Checked and cleared by IEDQAA.

Notes: If both bits 6 and 7 are off, the line is inoperative. When a stop line function is being performed,
IEDQHK sets LCBSTATl equal to roo'. Also, IEDQAA and IGC0710D set LCBSTATlto X'OO' when
TOTE asks for control; IGCV31OD, IGCVllOD, and IGCV210D test for this condition.

LCBSTAT2
Bit

°

907

Bit Indication (On/Off)
I/O trace is/is not active
for this line

Module Action
Set and checked by IGCM61OD.
Checked by IGCD91OD, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5.

Section 5: Data Area Layouts

599

Bit

Bit Indication (On/Off)

Module Action

1

Is/is not MSGGEN/start-up
message

Turned off by IEDQBD.
Checked by IGCD91OD, IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC,
IEDQKD, IEDQKE, IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4 and IGG019Q5

2

EOT from a buffered terminal
without/with EOM

Checked by IGCD91OD.

3

Send priority switch is/is not
set by the Send Scheduler

Checked by IGCD91OD.

4

Negative response to polling
is/is not received

Checked by IGCD91OD, IGG019Rl, IGG019R4,
IGGO 19Q6 and IGGO 19Q7. Set by IEDQHK,
IGG019RO, IGG019Q2, IGG019Q3, IGG019Q3,
IGG019Q4, and IGG019Q5. Reset by IEDQKA,
IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD, and IEDQKE

5

Line is/is not BSC

Checked by IGG019RN,IGG019RO, IGG019Q2,
IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4, IGG019Q5, IGG019Q6,
IGG019Q7, IGG019R4, IGCD91OD, and IEDQKA.

6

Is/is not a dial LCB

Checked by IEDQAG, IGCD91OD, IGCV210D,
IGCV410D, IGCM41OD, IEDQHK, IEDQKA,
IGG019Rl, and IGG019R4.

7

Do / do not owe a terminal
a response

Set by IGG019RO, IGG019Q2; IGG019Q3, IGG019Q4
and IGG019Q5. Checked by IEDQAK, IGCD910D,
IEDQKA, IEDQKB, IEDQKC, IEDQKD, and IEDQKE.
Checked and cleared by IEDQA4.

600

OS TCAM PLM

Table of Message Origins
This table lists each of the messages generated by the TCAM executable modules.
The originating module names and the message routing codes are included by each
message.
Routing Codes:
...

This routing code indicates that the message must be routed back to the
console that initiated the request.

1 MASTER CONSOLE.
This routing code is for messages that must be sent to the master console
because some action is required by the master console operator, or because
the message contains information considered critical to the continued operation of the system.
2 MASTER CONSOLE INFORMATIONAL.

This routing code is for informational messages to the master console operator. Informational messages usually require no action from the operator. If
they do, that action should be at the operator's discretion.
8 TELEPROCESSING CONTROL.
This routing code is for messages relating to teleprocessing.
10 SYSTEM ERROR/MAINTENANCE.
This routing code is used for any message that indicates a system error or an
incorrectable I/O error, or any message associated with system maintenance.
11 PROGRAMMER INFORMATION.
This routing code is for messages of interest to the programmer. The message
is sent to an operator console and not to the system output devlce.

Origin

Routing
Code

IEDOOlI TCAM JOB jobname, stepname,
procstepname ADDRESS OF AVT address

IEDQOB

2,11

IED002A SPECIFY TCAM PARAMETERS

IEDQOB

1

IED003A INVALID KEYWORD keyword

IEDQOB

1

IED004A REQUIRED PARAMETER MISSING.
SPECIFY xxx

IEDQOB

1

IED005A MSUNITS (M) SPECIFICATION NOT
PERMITTED. CONTINUE RESPONSE

IEDQOB

1

IED006A INVALID OPERAND ON KEYWORD.
RESPECIFY keyword

IEDQOB

1

IED007I termname IS AN ILLEGAL DESTINATION

IEDQOA

11

Message

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

601

Message

Origin

Routing
Code

IED0081 TCAM OPEN ERROR xxx=y IN DCB zzz
descriptor

IGG01930
IGG01931

11

IED0091 CHECKPOINT DISK ALLOCATION
ERROR-DATA SET NOT OPENED

IGG01942

11

IEDOlOI CHECKPOINT-INSUFFICIENT

IEDQNR
IGG01941
IEDQND

11

IEDOIH SYSTEM INTERVAL CANNOT BE
ALTERED

IGCM410D

•

IED0121 TSO SESSION ON LINE xxx COMMAND
REJECTED

IGCVllOD

•

IED0131 STOP REQUEST FOR SELF-VARY COMMAND
COMMAND REJECTED

IGCV110D

•

IED0141 TCAM ALREADY IN SYSTEM

IEDQOB

2,11

IEDOIS1 TCAM AP OPEN ERROR 043-x yyy zzz

IGG01933

2,8,11

IED0161 STATION name NOT FOUND

IGCDOlOD
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D
IGCHOlOD
IGCROI0D

•

IGCDOI0D
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D

•

IGCDOIOD
IGCMOlOD
IGCVOI0D
IGCHOI0D
IGCROIOD

•

nnname ALREADY STARTED
IED0191 grpname,rln
}
address

IGCV310D
IGCV410D

•

nnname STARTED
IED020I grpname,rln
}
address

IGCV310D
IGCV410D

•

IED02H AUTO POLL STARTED FOR grpname,rln
address

IGCM210D

•

COREtNVIRON }
INCIDENT
CKREQname
DATASET NOT OPEN
INCIDENT RECORD IGNORED

IED0171 LINE

1

ddnname,rln!NoT OPEN
address

IED0181 command field COMMAND INVALID

r

r

602

OS TeAM PLM

Origin

Routing
Code

IED0221 AUTO POLL ALREADY STARTED
FOR grpname,rln!
address

IGCM210D

...

IED0231 TRACE STARTED FOR grpname,rln !
address

IGCM610D

...

IED0241 TRACE ALREADY STARTED FOR
grpname,rln !
addresl)

IGCM610D

...

IED0251 {'"nnname
grpname,rln}ALREADY STOPPED
address

IGCVIlOD
IGCV210D

...

IGCVII0D
IGCV210D

...

IGCM210D

...

IED0281 AUTO POLL ALREADY STOPPED
FOR grpname,rln !
address

IGCM201D

...

IED0291 TRACE STOPPED FOR grpname,rln!
address

IGCM610D

...

IED030I TRACE ALREADY STOPPED
FOR grpname,rln !
address

IGCM610D

...

IED031I statname QUEUE SIZE = integer,
QUEUETYP=type, STATUS=status, ...

IGCD210D

...

IED0321 grpname,rln! LNSTAT = status, ...
address
ERR=error, ...

IGCD910D

IED033I statname ST~TUS-st"r"" "
INTENSE= sense count
NO
IN-SEQ=integer,OUT-SEQ = integer

IGCD510D

...

IED0341 statname HAS NO opfldname OPTION

IGCM810D
IGCD810D

...

IED0351 statname OPTION opfldname=data

IGCD810D

...

IED0361 grpname,rln ACTIVE=lstatname ... !
address
NONE

IGCD310D

...

Message

I

I

I

{'"nnname }

IED0261 grpname,rln STOPPED
address

I

IED0271 AUTO POLL STOPPED FOR grpname,rln!
address

I

I

I

I

I

!

.~

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

603

Origin

Routing
Code

IGCD310D

•

IGCD610D

•

IED039I NO STATIONS INTERCEPTED

IGCD410D

•

IED040I INTERCEPTED STATIONS=statname, ...

IGCD410D

•

IED041I PRIMARY -=~statname ~
SYSCON

IGCM710D
IGCDllOD

•

IED042I ~ statname ~ ALREADY PRIMARY
SYSCON

IGCM710D

•

IED043I SECONDARY =statname

IGCDIIOD

•

IED044I statname NOT ELIGmLE FOR PRIMARY

IGCM710D

•

IED045I SYSTEM INTERVAL ALREADY ACTIVE

IGCM410D

•

IED046I LINE FOR statname IS OUTPUT ONLY
STATION

IGCV410D

•

IED0471 SYSTEM INTERVAL IS data

IGCM410D

IED048I POLLING DELAY FOR statname
IS data

IGCM410D

•
•

IED049I OLT CONTROLS LINE line COMMAND
REJECTED

IGCV310D

•

IED050I statname OPTION opfield MODIFIED

IGCM810D

•

IED051I statname SET FOR HOLD,
SEQ-OUT=integer

IGCHOIOD

•

IED052I statname ALREADY SET FOR HOLD

IGCHOIOD

•

IED053I statname ALREADY RELEASED

IGCROIOD

IED054I statname RELEASED,SEQ-OUT=integer

IGCROIOD

•
•

IED055I I/O TRACE CANNOT BE ALTERED

IGCM610D

•

IEDQ56I termname opfldname DATA FORMAT
INVALID

IGCM810D

•

IED057I address NOT CAPABLE OF AUTO POLL

IGCM210D

•

IGCM510D

•

Message

I

IED037I grpname,rln!INACTIVE=lstatname ...!
address
NONE
IED038I statname IS ON LINE

IED058!

604

fgrpname,rln}

r

dname
grpname,rln
}
address

SENSECOUNT -COlll\t,
address
statname
SETTING = sense

OS TCAMPLM

Origin

Routing
Code

IGCD710D

...

IED060I statname CANNOT BE HELD

IGCHOIOD

...

IED0611 POLLING DELAY FOR statname
CANNOT BE ALTERED

IGCM410D

...

IED062I statname OPTION opfldname CANNOT
ACCEPT SPECIFIED DATA

IGCM810D

...

IED0631 CLOSEDOWN IN PROGRESS
COMMAND REJECTED

IGCOOIOD

...

IED0641 LINE addr CONTROL UNIT NOT
OPERATIONAL

IGE0204G

8

IED0651 INITIALIZATION ERROR return code

IEDQOA

2,11

IED0671 TCAM INITIALIZATION BEGUN

IEDQXA

2,11

IED0681 UNABLE TO OPEN IEDQDATA

IEDQXA

11

IED0691 INVALID KEYLEN FOR IEDQDATA

IEDQXA

11

IED070I IEDQDATA DOES NOT SPECIFY CONTIG
SPACE IN CYLINDERS

IEDQXA

11

IED0711 UNEQUAL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY
EXTENTSONIEDQDATA

IEDQXA

11

IED0721 I/O ERROR ON IEDQDATA

IEDQXA

2,10,11

IED074I TCAM INITIALIZATION COMPLETE

IEDQXA

2,11

IED0751 END OF EXTENT. RECORD COUNT
IS number, TIME IS time SEC

IEDQXA

11

IED0761 TCAM NON-REUSABLE DISK THRESHOLD
CLOSEDOWN

IGG019RC

2,11

IED077 I termname opfldname DATA CHARACTER
INVALID

IGCM810D

...

IED0781 DLQ TERM ERROR

IEDQOA

11

IED0791 ENDING STATUS NOT RECEIVED FROM
LINE address-LINE UNAVAILABLE

IGG01948

8

IED080I START OF TCAM SYSTEM DELAY

IEDQHI

2

IED0811 END OF TCAM SYSTEM DELAY

IEDQHI

2

IED0821 CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-DATA
SET NOT OPENED

IGG01942

11

Message

IED059I

~grpname'rln~IST STATUS = status
address

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

60S

Origin

Routing
Code

IED083I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-RECOVERY
FROM PREVIOUS RECORD

IGG01942

11

IED084I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-RECOVERED

IEDQNQ

11

IED085I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR1CKREQ
fRECORDIGNORED
INCIDENT

IEDQND
IGG01944

11

IED086I CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-ENVIRONMENT
CKREQ,name

IEDQNP

11

IED0871 CHECKPOINT DISK ERROR-CONTROL
RECORD

IGG012041
IEDQNQ

11

IED088I termname ON DIAL LINE-CANNOT BE
VARIED

IGCV210D
IGCV410D

*

IED090I statname IS NOT SINGLE ENTRY

IGCV210D
IGCV410D
IGCD610D

*

IED091I LINE FOR statname NOT OPEN

IGCD210D
IGCD610D
IGCV210D
IGCV410D

*

IED092I BISYNC ERROR-LINE xxx
CANNOT BE STARTED

IGCV310D

IED093I SET SYSTEM INTERVAL COMMAND
ACCEPTED

IGCM410D

*

IED094I CORE REQUESTED FOR ON-LINE
TEST NOT A VAILABLE

IEDQND

11

IED095I MODIFY OLT REJECTED-OLT NOT
ACTIVE

IGCMAI0D

8,11

IEDQNA2

2,11

IED097I TCAM IS CLOSED DOWN

IEDQNA2

2,11,*

IED098I DCB OPEN FOR MESSAGE PROCESSING
PROGRAM-jobname

IGCZOI0D

2,11

IED099I ROUTINE LOADED

IGCM910D

8

lED 1001 ROUTINE DEACTIVATED

IGCM910D

8

lED 10 11 RESTART IN PROGRESS

IGCM910D

8

lED 1021 INVALID OPERAND

IGCM910D

8

Message

{CHECKPOINT

IED096I OPERATOR CONTRO
COMWRITE

606

OS TeAM PLM

4

~O

LONGER ACTIVE

Origin

Routing
Code

lED 1031 ROUTINE IS ACTIVE

IGCM910D

8

lED 1041 ROUTINE NOT ACTIVE

IGCM910D

8

IED10SI RETURN CODE=xxxx

IGCM910D

8

IED106I MULTIPLE REQUEST

IGCM910D

8

IED107I COMWRITE NOT ACTIVE

IGCM910D

8

IED109I ROUTINE NOT DELETED

IGCM910D

8

IED127I OLT REQUEST REJECTED, CONTROL
TERMINAL UNIDENTIFIED

IEDQWC

10

IED128I ALTERNATE PRINTER REQUESTED BY OLT
ALREADY IN USE

IEDQWC

10

IED130I OLT REQUEST REJECTED, CONTROL
TERMINAL NOT OPEN

IEDQWC

10

IED132I CAN OLT USE FOR NON-CONCURRENT
MODE LINES xxX,XXX,xxX,XXX, ...
(up to 11 lines)

IEDQWC1
IEDQWJ2

10

IED133I C. T. REQUESTED BY OLT ASSIGNED TO
ANOTHEROLT

IEDQWC

10

IED13SI ALREADY CONFIGURED; REQUEST CHANGE
FUNCTION TO MODIFY

IEDQWIA

10

IED13SI MODIFICATION/DELETION NOT
PERMITTED FOR THIS DEVICE

IEDQWID

10

IED13SI UNSUPPORTED DEVICE TYPE

IEDQWID
IEDQWIE

10

IED13SI INVALID LINE ADDRESS

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWISU

10

IED13SI NAME NOT FOUND IN TCAM TERMINAL
TABLE

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID
IEDQWIE

10

IED13SI OLD ENTRY DELETED FROM CDS

IEDQWIA
IEDQWID

10

IED13S1 NEW ENTRY ADDED TO CDS

IEDQWIA

10

IED13SI CONFIGURATOR STARTED

IEDQWI

10

IED13SI CONFIGURATOR COMPLETED

IEDQWI,
IEDQWIA,

10

Message

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

607

Message

Origin

Routing
Code

IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE,
IED135I LINE NOT OPENED

IEDQWI9

10

. IEDQWJl

10

IED135I ENTER ONE OPTION OR NONE

IEDQWJl

10

IED135I EPN-WHERE N IS LEVEL OF PRINTED
OUTPUT WANTED

IEDQWJl

10

IED135I CM, NCM, NEP, AP, NAP, EXT=DATANNN IS A 4 DIGIT DECIMAL NUMBER

IEDQWJl

10

IED135I VALID OPTIONS ARE TLNNNN, NTL,
ELNNNN, NEL, CP, NCP, NMI, MI

IEDQWJl

10

IED135I DEFAULT OPTIONS ARE CP, NTL, NEL,
CM, NAP, NMI, AND EP

IEDQWJl

10

IED135I ON LINE TESTING ENDED

IEDQWE

10

IED135I START OR STOP LINE FAILED-ABORT

IEDQWD

10

IED135I -CONTROL TERMINAL ID IS

IEDQWC

10

IED135I xxxxxxxx NOT OPENED

IEDQWCl
IEDQWC2

10

IED135I S xxxxy UNIT zzz

IEDQWE

10

IED135I *T xxxxy UNIT zzz
T xxxxy UNIT zzz

IEDQWE

10

IED135I MACRO FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED

IEDQWM2

10

IED135I MACRO LEVEL NOT SUPPORTED

IEDQWM2

10

IED135I ON LINE TESTING CANCELED

IEDQWE

10

IED135I TRM REJECTED-270X NOT CONNECTED
TO PROPER CPU

IEDQWD

10

IED135I TEST DEVICE DOES NOT BELONG TO
TCAM

IEDQWE

10

IED135I REENTER TRM LATER-RESOURCE IN
UNSHAREABLESTATE

IEDQWD

10

IED135I TRM REJECTED-I/O ERROR LOADING
CONFIGURATION DATA

IEDQWD

10

IED135I TRM REJECTED-NO CONFIGURATION DATA

IEDQWD

10

IED135I OPTION ENTRY INVALID

nn-

608

OS TeAM PLM

Origin

Routing
Code

IED135I INVALID ENTRY FOR ADDITIONAL
TESTS-VALID ENTRIES ARE

IEDQWJ1

10

IED135I TRM BUFFER TOO SMALL FOR LAST
ENTRY

IEDQWJ
IEDQWJ1
IEDQWJ2

10

IED135I ERROR IN TEST LOOP OR ERROR LOOP
NUMBER

IEDQWC1,
IEDQWJ1

10

IED135I 1060 CANNOT.BE CONTROL TERMINAL
FOR PROMPT OR CONFIG

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I DIAGMSG DD CARD MISSING FROM JCL

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I DIAGMSG OPEN FAILED

IEDQWD

10

IED135I OPERATOR WILL ONLY ALLOW
CONCURRENT MODE-TRM REJECTED

IEDQWJ2

10

IED135I ERROR IN OPTION FIELD

IEDQWJ

10

IEDl35I ERROR IN TEST FIELD

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I ERROR IN TEST DEVICE FIELD

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I TRM PROMPTER RUNNING

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I PROMPTING NOT ALLOWED ON 1060,
REENTERTRM

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I DIAL TEST TERMINAL NOT ALLOWED
WITH LEASED ONES

IEDQWJ

10

IEDl35I INVALID RESPONSE

IEDQWI,
IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE
IEDQWI9
IEDQWJ
IEDQWJ1
IEDQWJ2

10

IED135I INVALID TEST DEVICE ENTRY

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I ALREADY HAVE 9 TEST DEVICES-TEST
DEVICE PROMPTING FINISHED

IEDQWJ

10

IED135I INVALID ROUTINE ENTRY

IEDQWJ

10

IEDl35I INVALID TEST NAME

IEDQWJ

10

IEDl35I TRM REJECTED-CONFIGURATION DATA
SET CANNOT BE OPENED

IEDQWD

10

Message

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

609

Origin

Routing
Code

IED135I ON LINE TESTING ACTIVE

IEDQWC

10

IED135I OL T MODULE xxxxxxxx CANNOT BE
LOADED

IEDQWE

10

IED135I CLASS NOT TP, OR SUPPORTED
GRAPHIC-ABORT

IEDQWD

10

lED 1351 NOT ENOUGH CORE FOR SECTION

IEDQWE

10

IED136D DO YOU WISH TO CONTINUE? (YES OR
NO)

IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE

10

IED136D ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO DELETE?
(YES OR NO)

IEDQWID

10

lED 136D ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO
EXHIBIT? (YES OR NO)

IEDQWIE

10

IED136D ENTER TYPE OF TERMINAL

IEDQWI9

10

lED 1360 ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO ADD?
(YES OR NO)

IEDQWIA

10

lED 1360 ARE THERE OTHER ENTRIES TO CHANGE?
(YES OR NO)

IEDQWIA

10

IED136D ENTER FUNCTION: ADD, CHANGE,
DELETE, EXHIBIT, OR NONE

IEDQWI

10

IED136D ENTER A LINE ADDR. OR A SYMBOLIC
TERMINAL NAME

IEDQWIA,
IEDQWID,
IEDQWIE

10

lED 1360 ENTER LINE ADDRESS (FORMAT CCU)

IEDQWI9

10

IED136D ENTER ONE OPTION OR NONE

IEDQWll

10

IED136D SYSOUT-SYSCON-SYMBOLIC NAME

IEDQWJ2

10

IED136I ENTER ALTERNATE PRINTER LOCATION.
VALID ENTRIES ARE

IEDQWJ2

10

IED136D DO YOU WANT TO CONTINUE PROMPTING?
(YES OR NO)

IEDQWJ
IEDQWll
IEDQWJ2

10

IED136D YOU CAN REENTER (R), CANCEL (C),
OR USE TRM AS IS (GO)

IEDQWJ
IEDQWll
IEDQWJ2

10

IED136D ENTER NEXT MESSAGE SEGMENT

IEDQWH

10

Message

xxxxxxxx

610

OS TeAM PLM

Origin

Routing
Code

IED135D ARE THERE ANY MORE TEST DEVICES?
ANSWER YES OR NO

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D ENTER SYMBOLIC NAME OF TERMINAL
OR CCU OF TCU TO BE TESTED

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D DO YOU WANT TO BE PROMPTED?
ANSWER YES OR NO

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D INVALID RESPONSE, PLEASE ENTER YES
OR NO

IEDQWJ
IEDQWl1
IEDQWJ2

10

IED136D ENTER ALPHA CHARACTERS SEPARATED
BY COMMAS FOR OTHER SELECTIONS

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D DO YOU WANT OTHER TEST SECTIONS
RUN ON THIS DEVICE? ANSWER YES
OR NO

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D ENTER ROUTINE NUMBER-EXAMPLE 1,
4-6,9

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D DO YOU WANT TO SELECT ROUTINES IN
THIS TEST? ANSWER YES OR NO

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D ENTER TEST TO BE RUN-FORMAT
NNNNB/ ANNNNB-EXAMPLE 2700A/T2700A

IEDQWJ

10

IED136D INVALID EP LEVEL-ENTER 1,2 OR 3

IEDQWJ

10

IED138I ERROR SORTING DEVICE ID TABLE,xxxx

IEDQOA

11

IED139I PRINTING STOPPED

IGG019RC

2

IED140I TCAM DISK ERROR
aa, bbbbbbbb, cccccccc cccccccc,
ddd, ee, ffffff

IGG019RC

2

IED143I gpstatname GENERAL POLL STARTED

IGC0190D

•

IED144I gpstatname GENERAL POLL STOPPED

IGC0910D

•

IED145I gpstatname GENERAL POLL ALREADY
STARTED

IGC0910D

•

IED146I gpstatname GENERAL POLL ALREADY
STOPPED

IGC0910D

•

IEDI47I gpstatname COMMAND INVALID FOR
GENERAL POLL

IGC0910D

•

IED148D IS C.D. FOR xxx CONNECTED TO THIS
SYSTEM?

IEDQWD

10

Message

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

611

Origin

Routing
Code

IED1481 OLT ABEND xxxyyy

IEDQWB

10

IED1491 TOTE BUSY

IEDQWA

10

lED 150D TCAM REUSABLE Q WRAPPED-REPLY 'D'
TO DUMP ENTIRE MSG DATA SET OR
'C' TO CANCEL

IEDQXC

1

IED1511 cuu tttt yy ERS z
cuu xx tttt THRESHLD
cuu xx tttt yy eeee zzzz yy eeee zzzz yy eeee zzzz
yy eeee zzzz

IGE0904H

2

IED152I CHECKPOINT BLKSIZE TOO SMALL-300
WAS USED

IGG01949

11

IED153I CHECKPOINT BLKSIZE TOO BIG-3520
WAS USED

IGG01949

11

IED154I TOTE CANNOT RETURN DEVICE xxx TO
ORIGINAL STATUS

IEDQWE

10

IED156I statname ON CONCENTRATOR-CANNOT
BE VARIED

IGCV210D
IGCV410D

11

IED157I TCAM SYSTEM DELAY ACTIVE-HALT
COMMAND REJECTED

IGCVOI0D

11

Message

cuu ww tttt eeeeeee zzzz eeeeeee zzzz
eeeeeee zzzz

612

OS TeAM PLM

Register Usage Conventions in TCAM
Although each module in TeAM uses registers as necessary to perform its functions, some conventions are used in various groups of modules. For specific
register usage by module refer to the microfiche of the module. The general
register usage by module type follows.

Save Area Management
In TeAM, save area management occurs when a subroutine returns to the routine
that called it. A save area "belongs" to a routine when that routine sets register
13 to point to a save area in the AVT. A subroutine of the routine can then store
the registers of the routine in the specified save area. If a routine does not call a
subroutine, it does not have a save area since it does not modify the contents of
register 13.
TeAM maintains four 18-word save areas and one 10-word save area in the AVT
After the standard entry linkage to a routine that uses save area management,
certain words of the save area contain specific addresses:
• The second word of the save area points to the address of the save area for the
calling routine.
• The third word of the save area for the calling routine has the address of the
save area for the called routine.
• Register 13 has the address of the save area for the called routine.
During the standard exit lirikage of a routine that uses save area management, the
save area address for the calling routine is restored from the second word of the
save area for the called routine. The registers of the calling routine are also
restored from this area, and the calling routine can regain control.

S"bro"tine Linkage
TeAM uses standard subroutine linkage and requires saving and restoring registers through the SAVE and RETURN macros. These macros are coded in the
following manner:
SAVE (14,12),,*
RETURN (14,12),T

Appendages
Register
1
2
8
9

13
14
15

Use
Request element address
lOB address
lOS register
lOS register
Save area address
Return address
Entry point

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

613

Application Progl'ilm Routines
Register

o
1

13
14
15

Use
Termname table entry address
Application program work area
Save area address
Return address
Entry point; return code

Checkpoint Routines
Register
2
3
4
9
12
14
15

Use
Checkpoint work area address
Address of the request element
this module is to process
Disk record address
AVT address
IEDQNF base register
Return address
Entry point; offset to the next
module to gain control

Error Recovery Procedure Routines
Register
1

2
4
11
13
14
15

Use
Request element address
LCB address
DCB address
AVTaddress
Linkage for the next load
module
XCTL register
Base register

Measage Handling Routines
Register
1

3
4
6
9
12
13
14
15

Use
Parameter list register
SCB address
LCB address
Current buffer address
AVT address
Base register
Save area address
Return register
Entry point and return code

OJIM/Close Routines
Register
2
3
4
5
6

614

OS TCNM PLM

Use
DCB address
TIOT address; TCB base register
DCB work area address
DCB parameter list address
Where-to-go table address

7
8

9
11
12

Current entry in the DCB
parameter list
Current entry in the where-to-go
table (the second word in the
entry is the address of the open
work area)
AVT address
DEB address
Base register

Operator Control Routines

Register
1
4

5
6
12
13
14
15

Use
Operator Control AVT address; appropriate
response message
AVT address
Termname table entry address
Terminal table entry address
Base.register
Save area address
Return register
Entry point and return code

Queuing Routines

Register

1
3
4
6

7
10
11
12
13
14
15

Use
Parameter list address
SCB address
LCB address
Current buffer address
QCB address
DCB address
TCAM Dispatcher address
Base register
AVT address
Return address
Entry point

Scheduler Routines

Register
1
3
4

7
11
13
15

Use
LCB or buffer address
STCB address
LCB address
QCB address
TCAM Dispatcher address
Save area address
Entry point

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

615

(This page left blank intentionally)

616

OS TeAM PLM

TeAM Service Aids
The Service Aids Programs are an optional TCAM facility. They provide the
Customer Engineer and customer programming personnel with the ability to save
portions or all of the following TCAM tables and buffers:
• Subtask Control Block Trace Table
• Line II 0 Trace Table
• Message Buffers (main storage and secondary storage)
These areas are stored, using programs from the Service Aids, on either tape or
direct access devices. The areas may be edited and printed in formatted form for
use as a debugging tool. For detailed information on these areas see chapter 4,
TCAM Diagnostic Aids, of the OS TCAM User's Guide (GC30-2025).
Service Aids Flow

Operator
Control

•

DEBUG =

,r
SERVICE
AID
ROUTER
.~

INIT OPERATION
STCB TRACE DUMP
I

I

:

DISPATCHER

-

I/O TRACE DUMP
I
I

I

...

-

I

LINE I/o TRACE

..-

BUFFER DUMP

STARTMH

II

.

~

IEDQAA

IEDQFW

O----------Processing

__ -- -"

COMWRITE

-~\}..----

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

617

IEDQFE10 Subrask Control Block Trace Table Dump Flow
IEDQC6
FEROUTER

Operator Control
Modify DEBUG =

Check COMWRITE
active (AVTQWFL2)
Get Maduel Name
Check if already
active (CDE CHAIN)
Load rout ine
BALR 14,15

Handle OP
Msgs

cn

SUBTASK DUMP

Set up module is
loaded OP cn msg

Chk for load
or Delete

RETURN to OP CTL

SET flag in
AVTAFE10
BR 14

POST MCP EDB
IGG019RO

WRITE

_._OS

• Set up table
ident

DISPATCHER

RETURN

Dispatch RCB

Chk far table
filled

WRITE table entry

• build COMWRITE
RCB

TEST IEDQFE10
active (AVTAFE10)

build data area
porm for COMWRITE

BR to routine
1. Dispent
2. Bypass

Issue SVC 102
to POST ECB

POST COMWRITE
ECB Complete
VIA SVC 102

BR 14

WAIT on MCP ECB

~"'-OS _ _~ COMWRITE
Get Blocksize
WRITE Record
WAIT on

I/o done

WAIT on ECB

TCAM DISPATCHER

618

OSTCAMPLM

r·...---·
~

-

OS

IEDQFE20 I/O Trace Dump Flow

IEDQC6
Operator
Control
Modify
DEBUG

IEDQFE20
LINE

FEROUTER

=

1/0 TRC DMP

Chk COMWRITE
active (AVTCWFL2)

Chk for load
or delete

Get module name

Set AVTAFE20
EP = SET

Chk if active
(CDE CHAIN)

BR 14

Load routine

Split Trace Table

BALR 14,15

1/0 OP INST

First Time Only

to fall through

Finish
msg handle

Set OP cn msg
"RTN LOADED"

Get COMWRITE ECB

BR 14

POST ECB

Succeeding Entries

BR
POST MCP
WAIT
IGGOl9

lOS

MCP

LINE

Handle
interrupt

Dispatch RCB's

I/o TRACE

WRITE table

Process msg
EOT (CE,DE)
EOT an last
BUFFER

Test end of
table

LINE END
APPENDAGE BR

Test AVTAFE20

AVTREADYenpty

BALR 14,15
OS

OS

~IEDQ~
•

COMWRITE

BR lOS

r

•

OS

Section 6: Diagnostic Aids

619

IEDQFE30 Buffer Trace Dump Flow

IEDQC6
Operator
Control
Modify
DEBUG=

FEROUTER
Process Command
Load routine

LINK

BALR 14, 15
Get Op Ctl RTN
RETURN

BFRDUMP
Chk for load
or delete
Set AVTAFE30
EP = ENTRY

MCP

_ _.os . ._-~I

IEDQFE30

DISPATCHER
• Process RCB

IEDQAA

BR
Line being traced
Move 96 bytes into
buffer

STARTMH
5 full buffers
Test AVTAFE30
Build COMWRITE RCB
BR
Build data parm list
Handle buffer
TPOST COMWRITE ECB
VIA SVC 102
COMWRITE
BR

AVTREADYempty
WAIT MCP ECB
OS

620

OS TeAM PLM

Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library
This appendix identifies the modules that constitute TCAM. The modules are
organized in alphabetical order by name within the libraries in which they reside.
For those modules that represent macro instruction implementing routines, the
mnemonic operation code for the macro is included in parentheses.
All resident TCAM modules are in SYSl.TELCMLIB. Transient modules reside
in SYS 1.LINKLIB, and all Open, Close, Get, and Put modules are in
SYS1.SVCLffi. The system nucleus modules are in SYS1.NUCLEUS. The
TCAM module IEDQTNT is not stored in a library; rather, it is assembled as part
of the termname table. TCAM macros are in SYS 1.MACLffi.

SYSl.LINKLIB
IEDQCA

Resident Operator Control Module

IEDQEC

Put Scheduler

IEDQET

Operator Control! Application Program Interface
Routine

IEDQEW

Get Scheduler

IEDQEZ

Get Sch~duler FIFO Routine

IEDQEl

TCOPY Service Routine

IEDQE2

QCOPY Service Routine

IEDQE3

TCHNG Service Routine

IEDQE4

ICOPY Service Routine

IEDQE6

Password Scramble Routine

IEDQE7

Retrieve Scheduler

IEDQGQ

Queue Reset Executed

IEDQHI

System Delay Routine

IEDQNA2

Nonresident Closedown Completion Routine

IEDQNB

Application Program/Checkpoint Interface Routine

IEDQND

Ready Routine (READY)

IEDQNF

Checkpoint Executor

IEDQNG

Build Incident Record for MH Routine

IEDQNH

Build Incident Record for TCHNG Routine

IEDQNJ

Incident Checkpoint for Operator Control Routine

IEDQNK

Environment Checkpoint Routine

IEDQNM

Build CKREQ Disk Record Routine

IEDQNO

Checkpoint Queue Manager

IEDQNP

Checkpoint Disk I/O Routine

IEDQNQ

Checkpoint Notification and Disposition Routine

IEDQNR

Checkpoint-No Available Core Routine

IEDQNS

Checkpoint-No InCident Records Routine

Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library

621

622

OS TeAM PLM

IEDQNX

Operator Awareness Message Router

IEDQOA

GETMAIN, Termname Table Sort, and Attach Routine

IEDQOB

WTOR Interpreter Routine

IEDQOTOI

TCAM ABEND Routine

IEDQWA

TOTE Resident Module

IEDQWAB

DTIME Service Module

IEDQWAJ

CUTEST Service Module

IEDQWB

Resource Management Module

IEDQWBI

TRM Analysis Buffer Analyzer

IEDQWC

Test Request Message Analysis Module 1

IEDQWCl

Test Request Message Analysis Module 2

IEDQWC2

Test Request Message Analysis Module 3

IEDQWD

TOTE Dispatcher Module

IEDQWE

TOTE Test Control Module

IEDQWF

OLT Test Control Module 2

IEDQWH

Numeric Test Request Message Handler

IEDQWI

TOTE Configurator Scheduler

IEDQWIA

Configurator and Scheduler

IEDQWID

Configurator Delete/Change Scheduler

IEDQWIE

Configuration Exhibit Module

IEDQWI5U

Configurator Submodule

IEDQWI7

Configurator Submodule

IEDQWI8

Configurator Submodule

IEDQWI9

Configurator Submodule

IEDQWJ

Test Request Message Prompter Module 1

IEDQWH

Test Request Message Prompter Module 2

IEDQWJ2

Test Request Message Prompter Module 3

IEDQWK

TOTE Message Module

IEDQWL

TOTE Message Submodule 1

IEDQWLI

TOTE Message Submodule 2

IEDQWL2

TOTE Message Submodule 3

IEDQWL3

TOTE Message Submodule 4

IEDQWM2

Trace Function Module

IEDQWN

EXIO Service Module (alias IEDQW35)

IEDQWO

Access Manager

IEDQWP

DPRINT Service Module 1 (alias IEDQW39)

IEDQWPI

DPRINT Service Module 2

IEDQWP2

DPRINT Service Module 3

IEDQWQ

CECOM Service Module (alias IEDQW37)

IEDQWR

PLINK Service Module (alias IEDQW28)

IEDQWS

Wait I/O Service Module (alias IEDQW36)

IEDQWV

TOTE GRAB/LETGO Service Module (alias IEDQW21,
IEDQWAC)

IEDQWX

TOTE Convert Service Module (alias IEDQW41)

IEDQWY

GETCONFIG Service 'Module (alias IEDQW16)

IEDQW24

READD Service Module

IEDQW42

MORECORE/FREECORE Service Module
(alias IEDQW43)

IEDQW44

DIO Service Module

IEDQW47

Routine Service Module

IEDQ31

Enabling Module

IEDQXA

Disk Message Queue lnitializer

ATTEN

Activates the TSO /TCAM Attention Processing Routine

CANCELMG

Cancels messages

CARRIAGE

Processes characters that move the carriage

CHECKPT

Takes an incident checkpoint record of the option fields

CHNGP

No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)

CHNGT

No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)

CKREQ

Checkpoints the MCP

CLOSEMC

Closes down the telecommunications system (QTAM/TCAM)

CODE

Translates the data in the buffer currently being handled

COMMBUF

Moves current buffer into a data area

COPYP

No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)

COPYQ

No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)

COPYT

No-Op (QTAM/TCAM)

COUNTER

Maintains a count of complete messages or of message segments received from or sent to a terminal

CTBFORM

Provides for data insertion in the CTB

CUTOFF

Specifies the maximum allowable incoming message length

DATETIME

Inserts the date and time in an incoming or outgoing message
header

ERRORMSG

Sends an error message when an error occurs

FORWARD

Queues messages for specified destinations

HANGUP

Checks for I/O errors

HOLD

Suspends transmission to a terminal

ICHNG

Modifies an invitation'list

ICOPY

Examines the contents of an invitation list

IEDQCHAR

Internal assembly macro to check character strings

SYS1.MACLIB

Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library

623

624

OS TeAM PLM

IEDQCHI

Internal assembly macro to determine device characteristics

IEDQCKO

Internal assembly macro to perform validity checking on
terminal operands

IEDQFEA

Internal assembly macro for TSO

IEDQGCH

Internal assembly macro to generate device-dependent fields
for a terminal entry

IEDQMASK

Internal assembly macro to analyze mask operands

IEDQSCAN

Internal assembly macro to search for a character string

IEDQTO

Internal assembly macro to generate the option fields specified
by a TERMINAL macro

IEDQTQ

Internal assembly macro to generate QCBs

IEDQTT

Internal assembly macro to generate a termname table entry

IEDQVCON

Internal assembly macro to provide proper branching addresses
for all the macros

INBLOCK

Identifies a subgroup that handles incoming logical messages

INBUF

Identifies a subgroup that handles incoming message buffers

INEND

Identifies the end of the MH incoming group

INHDR

Identifies the beginning of an inheader subgroup

INITIATE

Sends message segments immediately to their destination

INMSG

Identifies the beginning of an MH inmessage subgroup

INTRO

Creates the A VT

INVLIST

Generates the invitation list for a line

INVLISTI

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

INVLIST2

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

INVLIST3

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

INVLIST4

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

INVLIST5

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

INVLIST6

Internal assembly macro to generate an invitation list

LINEGRP

TSO MCP generation macro

LISTTA

TSO MCP generation macro

LOCK

Locks one terminal on a line to an application program

LOCOPT

Locates a field in the option table

LOG

Logs complete messages or message segments

LOGON

Connects a terminal user to TSO or TCAM

LOG TYPE

Initializes for using the TCAM logging facility

MCOUNT

Provides the count of complete messages for an application
program

MCPCLOSE

Initiates closedown of the telecommunications system

MHGET

Makes data in current buffer available to user routine

MHPUT

Moves data from user work area into current buffer

MRELEASE

Releases messages queued for a destination

MSGEDIT

Inserts and/or removes specified characters at specific locations in a message

MSGFORM

Inserts line control characters in outgoing messages

MSGGEN

Generates an unqueued message

MSGLIMIT

Limits the number of messages during a single transmission
sequence

MSGTYPE

Controls the path of a header through an MH

OPTION

Defines the option table

ORIGIN

Checks the validity of the origin field in a message header

OUTBUF

Identifies a subgroup that handles outgoing message buffers

OUTEND

Identifies the end of any MH outgoing group

OUTHDR

Identifies the beginning of an outheader subgroup

OUTMSG

Identifies the beginning of an MH outmessage subgroup

PATH

Dynamically varies the path of a message through an MH

PCB

Generates a process control block (PCB) in an MCP to
interface with an application program

PRIORITY

Specifies prio~ty handling for messages

QACTION

Provides a user exit to analyze status information given by a
concentrator or a station attached to a concentrator

QCOPY

Examines the contents of a QCB

QRESET

Resets QCBFFEFO pointer backward to desired output
sequence number and re-sends messages from reset point
forward

QSTART

Differentiates between a QT AM and a TCAM application
program (QT AM/TCAM)

READY

Initializes and activates the MCP

REDIRECT

Queues a message for an additional destination

RELEASEM

Releases messages queued for a destination (QTAM/TCAM)

RETRIEVE

Retrieves a message for reprocessing (QTAM/TCAM)

RETRY

Tries to initiate contact with a switched station

RTAUTOPT

Resumes automatic prompting (after a null line) (TSO)

SCREEN

Modifies the Write operations for display terminals

SEQUENCE

Checks the input sequence number of an incoming message

SETEOF

Indicates an EOF message

SETEOM

Determines the handling of data that follows an EOM control
character

SETSCAN

Moves the scan pointer forward or backward or returns the
address of the last character of a specific character string

SGIEC3TP

Moves BTAM, QT AM, and TCAM modules into
SYSl.SVCLIB at system generation time

SGIEC5TP

Moves BTAM, QTAM, and TCAM modules into
SYSl.LINKLIB, SYSl.SVCLIB, and SYSl.TELCMLIB at
system generation time

Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library

625

626

OS TeAM PLM

SGIEC2PT

Generates UCBs at system generation time

SGIEC519

Moves the proper macros into SYS 1.MACLIB at system
generation time

SIMATTN

Handles a simulated attention string or code (TSO)

SLOWPOLL

Suspends further polling on a line when an error occurs

SPAUTOPT

Stops automatic prompting (TSO)

STARTLN

Activates a line or line group (QTAM/TCAM)

STARTMH

Establishes addressability for an MH routine

STATTN

Sets up a simulated attention string or code, time or lines
(TSO)

STAUTOCP

Starts automatic character prompting (TSO)

STAUTOLN

Starts automatic line numbering (TSO)

STBREAK

Allows the user to specify the presence of the reverse brea\c
feature (TSO)

STCC

Allows the user to specify line and character deletion characters (TSO)

STCLEAR

Specifies the character string used to clear the 2260 screen
(TSO)

STCOM

Specifies whether to allow other TSO stations to send the user
messages (TSO)

STOPLN

Deactivates a line or line group (QTAM/TCAM)

STSIZE

Specifies the length of a line or the length of and the numoer of
lines for a 2260 (TSO)

STTIMEOU

Specifies whether a 1050 has the time-out suppression feature
(TSO)

TCHNG

Places specified data in a terminal table entry

TCLEARQ

Allows the user to clear the TSO input or output queue (TSO)

TCOPY

Examines the contents of a terminal table entry

TERMINAL

Creates a single or group entry in the terminal table

TERRSET

Sets a bit in the error record

TGET

Transfers a line of input from a TSO terminal to the user's data
area (TSO)

TGOTO

Provides communication between message handlers for
processing logical messages within a concentrated message

TLIST

Defines a cascade-list or distribution-list entry in the terminal
table

TPDATE

Specifies whether RECDELs (record delimiters) should be
deleted from application program input

TPEDIT

Edits MDI control characters for IBM 50 Magnetic Data
Inscriber

TPROCESS

Interfaces between the MCP and an application program

TPUT

Transfers a line of output from the user's data area to a TSO
terminal (1'SO)

~or

TRANLIST

Generates a control table
routine (IEDQA3)

TSINPUT

Generates a QCB for the TSO subtask and creates an extension of the AVT for TSO support

TSOMCP

TSO MCP generation macro

TSOMR

TSO MCP generation macro

TTABLE

Defines the terminal table

TYPETABL

Sets up branch table for MSGTYPE macro

UNLOCK

Removes a terminal from extended lock mode

IEDQATTN

Attention Routine

IEDQEB

AQCTL SVC 102 Routine

IGC0010D

Operator Control Control Module-Load 0

IGCOII0D

Operator Control Control Module-Load 1

IGC0310D

Operator Control Message Module-Load 1

IGC0410D

Operator. Control Message Module-Load 2

IGC0510D

Operator Control Message Module-Load 3

IGC0610D

Incident Checkpoint Request Interface

IGC0710D

Output Writer and On-Line Test Interface Routine

IGC0810D

Operator Control Message Module-4

IGC0910D

Operator Control Message Module-5

IGCDOI0D

Scan/Map/Dispatch Display Function Routine

IGCDllOD

Copy Operator Control Terminal Routine

IGCD210D

Copy QCB Information Routine

IGCD310D

Copy Invitation List Entry Routine

IGCD410D

Copy Held Terminals Routine

IGCD510D

Copy Terminal Information Routine

IGCD610D

Copy Line Information Routine

IGCD710D

Copy Invitation List Status Routine

IGCD810D

Display Options Routine

IGCD910D

Copy LCB Information Routine

IGCROIOD

Stop Terminal Transmission Routine

IGCIOI0D

ICRNG Deactivate Routine

IGCI1lOD

ICRNG Move/Activate Routine

IGCMAI0D

Scan/Map/Dispatch Modify Function Routine-l

IGCMOI0D

Scan/Map/Dispatch Modify Function Routine-2

IGCM110D

Modify Successful Message Routine

IGCM210D

Modify Poll Routine

use by the Dynamic Translation

SYS1.NUCLEUS

SYS1.SVCLIB

Appendix A: List of TeAM Modules by Library

627

628

OS TeAM PLM

IGCM410D

Change Interval Type Routine

IGCM510D

Modify Intense Routine

IGCM610D

Alter Trace Status Routine

IGCM710D

Change Control Terminal Routine

IGCM810D

Modify Options Routine

IGCM910D

Debug Service Aid Router

IGCROIOD

Resume Terminal Transmission Routine

IGCVOlOD

Scan/Map /Dispatch Vary Function Routine

IGCVIIOD

Stop Line Routine

IGCV210D

Stop Terminal Routine

IGCV310D

Start Line Routine

IGCV410D

Start Terminal Routine

IGCV510D

Stop General Poll Routine

IGCV610D

Start General Poll Routine

IGCZOIOD

MCP Closedown Processing Routine-l

IGCZllOD

MCP Closedown Processing Routine-2

IGC1303D

TCAM Command Scheduler-SVC 34 (alias of IED1303D)

IGE0004G

Start/Stop ERP Control Module

IGE0104G

Read/Write Unit Check (Except Time-Out) ERP Module

IGE0204G

Non-operational Control Unit, Unit Exception, and Unit
Check with Time-Out Module

IGE0304G

Unit Check for Non-read, Non-write, and Non-poll CCWs
ERPModuie

IGE0404G

Auto Poll and Read Response to Poll Unit Check and Unit
Exception ERP Module

IGE0504G

Error Post and Second Level CCW Return Module

IGE0604G

Unit Check and Unit Exception on Read/Write CCWs for
Audio and 2260 Local Devices ERP Module

IGE0804G

Start/Stop Channel Check Module

IGE0904G

Closedown Terminal Statistics Recording Module

IGE0004H

BSC ERP Control Module

IGEOI04H

BSC Read/Write Equipment Check, Lost Data, Intervention
Required, and Unit Exception ERP Module

IGE0204H

BSC Read/Write Data Check, Overrun, and Command Reject
ERPModuie

IGE0404H

BSC Second Level CCW Return Module

IGE0504H

BSC Error Post Module

IGE0804H

BSC Channel Check ERP Module

IGE0904H

TPER Recorder Module

IGG019AO

TOTE's Start I/O Appendage

IGG019AP

TOTE Channel End and Abnormal End Appendage

IGG019QO

Line II0 Interrupt Trace Routine

IGG019Q1

Local Receive Scheduler

IGG019Q2

Line End Appendage for BSC Lines

IGG019Q3

Line End Appendage for Start/Stop Lines

IGG019Q4

Line End Appendage for Leased and Start/Stop Lines and No
TSO

IGG019Q5

Line End Appendage for a QT AM Compatible System

IGG019Q6

Send Scheduler for Leased Lines and No TSO

IGG019Q7

Send Scheduler with No TSO

IGG019Q8

Checkpoint Continuation Restart Subroutine

IGG019Q9

Concentrator Send Scheduler

IGG019RA

Checkpoint Disk End Appendage

IGG019RB

TCAM Dispatcher

IGG019RC

EXCPDriver

IGG019RD

Buffered Terminal Scheduler

IGG019RE

COMMBUF Send Scheduler

IGG019RF

EXCP Drive for a Single CPB

IGG019RG

GET/READ Routine

IGG019RH

Get Compatible Routine

IGG019RI

PUT /WRITE Routine

IGG019RJ

Put Compatible Routine

IGG019RK

Disk End Appendage for a Single CPB

IGG019RL

Check Routine (CHECK)

IGG019RM

Point Routine (POINT)

IGG019RN

PCI Appendage

IGG019RO

TCAM Dispatcher with Subtask Trace

IGG019RP

Reusability-Copy Subtask

IGG019RQ

Post Pending Routine

IGG019RR

IBM 1030, 1050, 1060,2740,2741 Special Characters Table

IGG019RS

IBM 2260 Remote Special Characters Table

IGG019RT

AT & T 115A or Western Union 83B3 Special Characters
Table

IGG019RU

AT & T TWX, with Odd Parity Special Characters Table

IGG019RV

IBM 2260 Local Special Characters Table

IGG019RW

World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA) Special Characters
Table

IGG019RX

AT & T TWX, with Even Parity Special Characters Table

IGG019RY

Audio Special Characters Table

IGG019RO

Line End Appendage

IGG019R1

Dial Receive Scheduler

Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library

629

IGG019R2

Disk End Appendage

IGG019R3

Leased Receive Scheduler

IGG019R4

Send Scheduler

IGG019R5

Attention Handler

IGG019R6

Start-up Message Routine

IGG019R7

BSC EBCDIC Code Special Characters Table

IGG019R8

BSC USASCII Code Special Characters Table

IGG019R9

BSC 6-bit Code Special Characters Table

IGG01930

Disk Message Queues Open-l

IGG01931

Disk Message Queues Open-2

IGG01933

Open Error Handler

IGG01934

Disk Message Queues Open-3

IGG01935

Line Group Open-l

IGG01936

Line Group Open-2

IGG01937

Line Group Open-3

IGG01938

Line Group Open-4

IGG01939

Line Group Open-5

IGG0194B

Application Program Open Error Interface Routine

IGG01940

Line Group Open-6

IGG01941

Checkpoint Open Routine

IGG01942

Checkpoint Disk Initialization Routine

IGG01943

Checkpoint/Restart from Environment Record Routine

IGG01944

Checkpoint/Restart from Incident and CKREQ Records
Routine

IGG01945

Checkpoint Continuation Restart Routine

IGG01946

GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor-l

IGG01947

GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Open Executor-2

IGG01948

Line Group Open-7

IGG01949

Checkpoint Disk Allocation Routine

IGG02030

Disk Message Queues Close Routine

IGG02035

Line Group Close Routine-l

IGG02036

Line Group Close Routine-2

IGG02041

Checkpoint Close Routine

IGG02046

GET/PUT and READ/WRITE Close Executor-l

IGG02047

GET /PUT and READ/WRITE Close Executor-2

IEDAYA

TSO Attention Routine

IEDAYB

TSO TIOC 3270 Edit Routine

IEDAYC

TSO Carriage Subroutine

SYSl.TELCMLIB

630

OS TeAM PLM

IEDAYD

Time Sharing Destination Scheduler

IEDAYE

TSO TIOC Edit Routine

IEDAYF

TSO IOHALT Routine

IEDAYH

TCAM/TSO Hang-up Routine

IEDAYI

TSINPUT Routine

IEDAYL

TSO Logon Routine

IEDAYM

TSO Message Generation Routine

IEDAYO

TSOUTPUT Routine

IEDAYR

STARTMH Subtask for TCAM-TSO Mixed

IEDAYS

TSO Simulated Attention Routine

IEDAU

TSO Abend Interface Routine

IEDAYX

TSO INMSG/OUTMSG Linker Routine

IEDAYY

TSO Asynchronous Time Delay Removal Routine

IEDAYZ

Time Sharing Scheduler

IEDQAA

STARTMH Subtask (STARTMH)

IEDQAB

STARTMH Continuation

IEDQAC

Date and Time Provision Routine (DATETIME)

IEDQAD

Output Sequence Number Provision Routine (SEQUENCE)

IEDQAE

Locate Option Field Address Routine (LOCOPT)

IEDQAF

Insert Data Routine

IEDQAG

Message Limit Routine (MSGLIMIT)

IEDQAH

Input Sequence Number Insertion Routine (SEQUENCE)

IEDQAI

Skip Forward and Scan Routine (SETSCAN)

IEDQAJ

Skip to Character Set Routine (SETSCAN)

IEDQAK

Line Control Insertion Routine

IEDQAL

Compare at Offset Routine

IEDQAM

Origin Routine (ORIGIN)

IEDQAN

Multiple Insert/Remove Routine (MSGEDIT)

IEDQAO

Unit Request Interface Routine

IEDQAP

Remove at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)

IEDQAQ

Operator Control Interface Routine

IEDQAR

Cancel Message Routine

IEDQAS

Hold/Release Terminal Routine

IEDQAT

Create an Error Message Routine (ERRORMSG)

IEDQAU

Cutoff Message Transmission Routine and Subtask
(CUTOFF)

IEDQAV

Look-up Terminal Entry Routine

IEDQAW

Translate Buffer Routine (CODE)

IEDQAX

Buffer Scan Routine

IEDQAY

Screen Routine (SCREEN)

Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library

631

632

OS TeAM PLM

IEDQAZ

Redirect a Message Routine (REDIRECT)

IEDQAO

Skip Backward Routine (SETSCAN)

IEDQAl

Binary Search Routine

IEDQA2

Insert at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)

IEDQA3

Dynamic Translation Routine

IEDQA4

Incoming/Outgoing Message Delimiter Routine

IEDQA5

Forward Routine (FORWARD)

IEDQA6

Line Control Initialization Routine (MSGFORM)

IEDQA7

Counter Routine (COUNTER)

IEDQA8

Multiple Insert at Offset Routine (MSGEDIT)

IEDQA9

Re-dial Routine (RETRY)

IEDQBA

Multiple Routing Subtask

IEDQBB

Checkpoint Request Routine

IEDQBC

Distribution List Subtask

IEDQBD

Buffer Disposition Subtask

IEDQBE

Lock Routine

IEDQBF

Unlock Routine

IEDQBG

Cascade List Subtask

IEDQBH

Concentrator Buffer Disposition Subtask

IEDQBL

Message Generation Routine (MSGGEN)

IEDQBM

Origin Routine for a System with Concentrated Message
Handling Support

IEDQBN

Data Attach Routine

IEDQBO

SETEOM Routine (SETEOM)

IEDQBP

TGOTO Routine (TGOTO)

IEDQBR

Count Module for SETEOM

IEDQBQ

QACTION Routine (QACTION)

IEDQBT

EOB/ETB Handling Subtask

IEDQBU

CANCELBK Subtask (CANCELMG with LEVEL=BLK)

IEDQBV

COMMBUF Routine

IEDQBX

Log Segment Routine

IEDQBY

Log Message Routine

IEDQBZ

Log Scheduler

IEDQBl

MCOUNT Routine (MCOUNT)

IEDQB2

TPDATE Routine

IEDQB3

DATETIME Insertion Routine for a Processing Program

IEDQB4

Slow Poll Routine

IEDQES

Retrieve Service Routine

IEDQEU

Open/ Close Subtask

IEDQE6

Password Scrambler Routine

IEDQE8

Binary Search Routine

IEDQFA

CPB Initialization Module

IEDQFA1

CPB Initialization-Main-Storage-Only Queuing

IEDQFA2

CPB Initialization-Disk-Only Queuing

IEDQFE

TCAM Service Aids Routine

IEDQFE10

STCB Trace Utility Routine

IEDQFE20

Buffer Trace Utility Routine

IEDQFE30

Line Trace Utility Routine

IEDQGA

Buffer Management Module

IEDQGH

CTBFORM Routine (CTBFORM)

IEDQGP

MHGET /MHPUT Routine

IEDQGR

QRESET Service Routine

IEDQGT

Transparent Transmission CCW Building Routine

IEDQHG

Time Delay Subtask

IEDQHK

Stop Line I/O Subtask

IEDQHM

Destination Scheduler

IEDQHM1

Destination Scheduler-Main-Storage-Only Queuing

IEDQHM2

Destination Scheduler-Disk-Only Queuing

IEDQKA

Activate-I/O Generator Subtask

IEDQKB

Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for BSC Lines

IEDQKC

Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for Start/Stop Lines

IEDQKD

Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for Leased and Start/Stop
Lines and No TSO

IEDQKE

Activate-I/O Generator Subtask for a QTAM Compatible
System

IEDQNA

Resident Closedown Completion Routine

IEDQUI

User Interface Routine

IEDQ10

IBM 1030 Translate Table

IEDQ11

IBM 1050 Translate Table

IEDQ12

IBM 1050 Folded Translate Table

IEDQ13

IBM 1060 Translate Table

IEDQ14

IBM 2260 Translate Table

IEDQ15

Alias for IEDQ14

IEDQ16

IBM 2740 Translate Table

IEDQ17

IBM 2740 Folded Translate Table

IEDQ18

World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA), ITA2 Translate
Table

IEDQ19

World Trade Teletype Adapter (WTTA), ZSC3 Translate
Table

IEDQ20

AT & T 115A or Western Union 83B3 Translate Table

IEDQ21

AT & T TWX, with Parity Translate Table

fo~

a Processing Program

Appendix A. List of TeAM Modules by Library

633

634

OS TeAM PLM

IEDQ22

AT & T TWX, without Parity Translate Table

IEDQ23

IBM 2780, 6-bit Code Translate Table

IEDQ24

USASCII Code Translate Table

IEDQ25

Dummy Table (EBCDIC to EBCDIC)

IEDQ26

IBM 2741, BCD Code Translate Table

IEDQ27

IBM 2741, EBCD Code Translate Table

IEDQ28

IBM 2741, Correspondence Code Translate Table

Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs

TeAM Queues

Checkpoint disk 1/ o queue-Checkpoint disk records wait for this queue to be
written to disk. The records are queued in FIFO order. The first word of the
record is the link field. Each time an environment checkpoint record is put on the
checkpoint disk I/O queue, the IEDQNO routine scans the queue. If there are
any incident checkpoint disk records on the queue, the IEDQNO routine removes
them and frees them. Since the information in the "incident checkpoint record is
included in each environment record, it is not necessary to write both records to
disk. The Checkpoint Executor routine (IEDQNF) looks at the queue when a
record is put on the queue, and gives control to the Checkpoint Disk I/O routine
(IEDQNP).
Communication queue-This is a queue of command input blocks in FIFO order,
chained by the first word in each CIB. The communication queue is used to queue
command input blocks containing operator control commands from the console.
An SVC 34 from the Command Scheduler places the CIBs on the queue, and the
SVC 34 routine removes them. The second word of the queue is the communication ECB.
Copy buffer queue-When a message is to be copied from one queue medium to
another, the first buffer of the message is tposted to COPY, which places the
buffer on the copy buffer queue, pointed to by the A VTCOPY field. This field
also points to the copy QCB whose first two words are used as a FIFO queue of
buffers. Each message stays on the copy buffer queue until a CPB is available to
be used to copy the message. One CPB is used per message as CPBs become
available, the use of this queue ensures that messages will be copied in the order
that the copy operation was requested. Buffers are chained by their second word.
A zero is in the second word of the last buffer.
CPR free pool queue-The AVTFCPB field contains the address of the first of a
chain of available CPBs. They are chained by CPBNEXT, with a zero in the last
CPB. This is not a FIFO queue (as are other CPB queues) but a LIFO (last-infirst-out) queue. If the user specifies too many CPBs (INTRO CPB=integer), the
CPBs at the end of this free pool chain will never have been used. The user
should look at a TCAM dump for unused CPBs and specify a smaller number next
time to save main storage.
Disabled ready queue -The disabled ready queue is a FIFO queue that contains
elements passed from an application program's disabled appendages and attached
tasks for processing by the MCP. The TeAM Dispatcher merges the contents of
this queue into the enabled ready queue.
Disk end queue-There are two disk end queues. The address of the first is at
A VTDKAPQ. This queue is used to pass CPBs from the Disk End Appendage to
the CPB Cleanup routine. The address of the second queue is at A VTDKENQ.
This queue is used as an alternate in the disabled/enabled interface to pass CPBs
from the Disk End Appendage to the CPB Cleanup routine. If the A VTBPLKN
bit is on, the Disk End Appendage cannot put a CPB in the disk end queue
pointed to by A VTDKAPQ, but must place it in the queue pointed to by
AVTDKENQ.

Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs

635

Enabled ready queue-see ready queue.
EXCP queue-This is a chain of CPBs for the one cylinder, in one extent of a disk
message queues data set, that is currently ready for I/O execution. CPBs are
ordered on this chain by FIFO order. CPB Initialization waits on this queue for
I/O to complete so it can build a new CPB and do another EXCP.
EXCP driver input queue-This is a chain of CPBs that the EXCP Driver
processes until it is empty. Only Read or Write CCW op codes and the buffer unit
address are in the channel program. The disk address is an absolute disk address
in the same form as when taken from the CPBRADDR or CPBNADDR field. An
indication of reusability or nonreusability is in the CPBFLAG. The EXCP Driver
removes the CPBs in FIFO order, places each one on the new queue by cylinder,
and then completes the channel program. No EXCP is issued until the input
queue is emptied. A doubleword queue pointer is in the AVTINCPQ field.
FEFO queue-first-ended-first-out-A FEFO message queue is ordered so that
the message that ends first will be sent out first, regardless of the order in which
the messages were received.
FIFO queue-A FIFO queue is any queue of elements managed on a first-infirst-out basis. When an element is placed on the queue, it is placed in the order in
which it was received, and the first element on the queue is the first to be removed.
Hold queue-A hold queue is a FEFO-ordered queue that is a part of the priority
level QCB for each destination QCB. If a terminal is intercepted (held), its
messages are placed in this queue while messages for other terminals on this
destination QCB are sent.
New queue -The new queue is Ii queue on the lOB chain of CPBs being built by
the EXCP Driver. The CPBs are sorted on this queue by absolute cylinder
number and are in FIFO order for any cylinder group. The CPBs are placed on
the queue one at a time from the input queue by the EXCP Driver. They are
removed by cylinder group and are placed on the retry queue.
No-buffer queue-This is a FIFO-ordered queue of CPBs for read operations
when no buffers are in the buffer unit pool. This is an internal queue used by
IEDQFA and IEDQFQ. The elements are linked by the CPBNEXT field.
No-CPB queue-This is queue of buffers and ERBs waiting for CPBs. The queue
is located in the A VT and serves as a place to keep elements until CPBs are built
for them.
Operator control queue -This is FIFO queue of buffers, dummy CIBs from
application programs and TOTE, stopped LCBs, and dummy ERBs with their
associated buffers. The second word of the queue is the operator control ECB.
The queue is used as a communication link between the TCAM MCP and Operator Control. All commands other than those from the console are placed on this
queue, as well as elements (LCBs, ERBs) requested by Operator Control.
Ready queue -This is a priority-FIFO ordered queue of TCAM elements that are
to be processed by the TCAM subtasks.

636

OS TeAM PLM

Retry queue-This is a chain of CPBs for one cylinder in an extent of the disk
message queues data set. These CPBs are next in line for I/O execution after the
CPBs on the EXCP queue are processed. When the Disk End Appendage receives control after the CPBs on the EXCP queue are finished, it requests lOS to
do a retry after moving the CPBs on this queue to the EXCP queue. This last
move avoids an extra EXCP and permits the channel to begin work on the new
disk channel program faster.
System delay queue -This is a chain of LCBs pointed to by the seventh word of
the system delay OCB, which is pointed to by A VTHI. The System Delay subtask
(IEDOHI) waits on the queue until all the LCBs are on the queue and then begins
the system delay interval. When a system delay is requested, the Leased Receive
Scheduler and the Buffered Terminal Scheduler tpost LCBs to the system delay
queue, rather than continue I/O on the lines. When the count of LCBs is the
same as the number of LCBs received by the System Delay subtask, a time request
(the system delay OCB) is posted to the Time Delay subtask (IEDOHG). After
the interval is complete, each LCB is removed and tposted to itself to resume line
activity.
Time delay queue-This is a relative-time-of-interrupt ordered chain of elements
that are requesting a system STIMER interrupt. The elements are chained by the
eighth word in the element. The time delay OCB is always the last element in the
queue. The purpose of this queue is to inform the routine tposting the element
when a specified time has elapsed.

TCA.M QCBs
Buffer disposition QCB -The address of the Buffer Disposition subtask
(IEDOBD) is the first address in the list pointed to by the AVTMSGS field of the
AVT. The buffer disposition OCB comprises the first three words of the routine.
The Incoming/Outgoing Message Delimiter routine (IEDOA4) tposts the last
segment of the incoming message to the QCB, and the Line End Appendage
routine (IGG019RO) tposts the last segment of the outgoing message to the OCB
to execute the INMSG and OUTMSG macro instructions. The Line End Appendage routine tposts the LCB to the OCB when the routine reaches the end of the
polling list to clean up the line.
Buffer request QCB -The buffer request OCB address is located in the
AVTBFREB field in the AVT. The Receive Schedulers (IGG019Rl and
IGG019R3) tpost to the OCB ERBs requesting buffers for receiving operations.
Buffer units are chained from the first word of the OCB to form the buffer unit
pool.
Buffer return QCB -The buffer return OCB address is located in the
AVTBFRTB field in the AVT. Routines that are no longer using buffers tpost
them to the OCB to be returned to the buffer pool.
Checkpoint QCB -The checkpoint OCB address is located in the AVTCKPTB
field in the AVT. This is a special type of OCB for attached tasks, and the OCB is
also the STCB. An ECB is in the second word of the OCB. The Checkpoint
Executor (IEDONF) waits on the ECB. The TCAM Dispatcher posts the ECB
when it puts a request element on the chain. The checkpoint OCB is never
tposted to itself. However, when a checkpoint request element is tposted to the
OCB, the Checkpoint Executor is given control.

Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs

637

Closedown completion element QCB -the QCB address is located in the
AVTCLOSB field in the AVT. The MCP Closedown Processing routine
(IEDQCO), and the Checkpoint Notification and Disposition routine (IEDQNQ)
tpost the QCB to itself to give control to the Resident Closedown Completion
routine (IEDQNA). The QCB is used as an element with the lowest priority of
any element in the system. It is the only element ever tposted to the QCB.
Copy QCB -The address of the copy QCB is in the AVTCOPY field of the
address vector table. The TCAM Dispatcher activates the Copy subtask when a
buffer has been tposted to this QCB to have a message copied from one queuing
medium to another.
CPB Cleanup QCB-The address of the CPB cleanup QCB is located in the
AVTCPBCB field in the AVT. The Disk End Appendage (IGGO 19R2), upon
completion of an I/O operation, chains the completed CPBs on the AVTDKAPQ
queue and tposts the QCB to itself to activate the CPB Cleanup routine
(IEDQFQ) in CPB Initialization (IEDQFA).
Cutoff QCB -The cutoff QCB is located within the Cutoff routine (IEDQAU).
The Cutoff routine places the address of the QCB in the first word of the LCB.
Line End Appendage (IGG019RO) tposts the LCB being cut off to the QCB
when a channel program check occurs or when the Read Skip or Write Break
sequence initiated by the Cutoff routine is complete.
Delete from time delay QCB -The address of the delete from time delay QCB is
in the AVTCPRMB field of the AVT. Attached tasks tpost a special four-word
element to this QCB. The element defines another element and requests the Time
Delay subtask (entry point IEDQHG03) to search the time delay queue for a
particular element. If the Time Delay subtask finds the element on the time delay
queue, it removes that element. After this process, the subtask tposts the fourword element back to the requester to indicate the completion of the request.
Destination QCB -A pointer to a specific destination QCB is in each terminal
entry. This pointer does not change, but, as messages are received or sent, the
SCB points to the destination QCB involved. For dial or buffered terminals, the
Time Delay subtask (IEDQHG) tposts the QCB to itself at the end of a time
delay. Routines tpost full buffers to be queued to the destination QCB. The
Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) is always the last subtask represented on the
STCB chain of a destination QCB. A destination QCB is made up of a master
QCB, which contains the send scheduler STCB for this QCB and other information pertinent to the entire QCB; and one or more priority level QCBs, which
contain all the queuing pointers for messages for that particular priority level.
Disk 110 QCB -The disk 110 QCB address is located in the AVTDSIOB field
in the AVT. Buffers requesting writing on disk or servicing·of a bit are tposted to
the disk I/O QCB for processing by CPB Initialization. The schedulers tpost to
this QCB ERBs requesting full buffers to send.
Log destination QCB -There is a pointer to a log destination QCB in every
logtype terminal table entry. When a log message is specified, a LOGTYPE
macro must be specified in the terminal table to generate a terminal entry, an
LCB, and an SCB. The Log Message routine (IEDQBY) tposts a duplicate
header to the log destination QCB after the complete message is received or sent.

638

OS TeAM PLM

Master QCB-This is the basic format of a ~estination QCB. This QCB contains
ten words of destination-specific data.
Multiple routing QCB-The address of the multiple routing QCB is in the list of
VCONs pointed to by the AVTMSGS field in the AVT. The FORWARD
parameter list has the index to it. Elements chained on the QCB are either
IEDQFA recalled buffers or the IEDQFA ERB for the line.
On-line test QCB -The address of the on-line test QCB is in the AVTOLTQB
field of the AVT. Test request messages (messages requesting TOTE to run an
on-line test through TCAM) are tposted to this QCB.
Operator control QCB -The address of the operator control QCB is located in
the A VTOPCOB field in the AVT. This is a special QCB for attached tasks, and
the second word of the QCB is an ECB. When the Dispatcher receives an element for this QCB at the top of the ready queue, the ECB is posted complete.
The Translation Test routine (IEDQA3) tposts buffers containing operator
commands to the QCB. The Application Program/Operator Control Interface
routine (IEDQNB) tposts dummy CIBs from application programs to the QCB.
The Buffer Management module-Buffer Request routine (IEDQGA) tposts
dummy ERBs containing requested buffers to the QCB. The Stop Line I/O
subtask (IEDQHK) tposts stopped LCBs to the operator control QCB.
PCB QCB -The PCB QCB is located in words 2 through 4 of the PCB. This
QCB is used in support of the QTAM-compatible RETRIEVE macro. The
Dispatcher dispatches the Retrieve Scheduler (IEDQE7) from this QCB. The
element chain contains retrieved buffers.
Priority QCB -Priority QCBs follow the master QCB and are logically a part of
the master destination QCB. IEDQHM queues messages on one of the priority
QCBs that is associated with the master destination QCB to which the message
was tposted. The Send Scheduler (IGG019R4) sends messages queued on the
highest-priority QCB first.
Put process QCB -The address of the put process QCB is in a process entry in
the terminal table. This QCB provides compatability and symmetry so that all
terminal entries will look alike to TCAM modules.
QCB for IEDQBD02-The QCB is located within the IEDQBD02 Buffer
Disposition subtask (IEDQBD02 entry point). The subtask (IEDQBD) tposts the
LCB to this QCB when an INMSG/OUTMSG subgroup has been executed.
Read-ahead QCB -The address of the read-ahead QCB is in the DEBQCBAD
field of the application program data extent block, the location of which is within
the process entry work area PERAQCB. The element chain contains buffers
processed by the application program output message handler, but not processed
by the GET/READ logic. The Dispatcher uses this QCB to dispatch the Get
Scheduler (IEDQEW).
Recall QCB -The address of this QCB is in the LCBRCQCB field of the LCB.
This is a pointer to the QCB of the subtask wishing control to be passed to it with
a recalled buffer. The ERB is tposted to the QCB indicated in LCBRCQCB.
RE US QCB -The address of the REUS QCB is in the AVTIA field of the
address vector table. The QCB is located at an offset of 4 from the beginning of

Appendix B. TCAM Queues and QCBs

639

the IGG019RP module. The Destination Scheduler (IEDQHM) tposts the REUS
QCB to itself when the adjusted value in A VTRADDR is greater than four times
that of A VTLODPT to activate Reusability to service a zone.
STARTMH QCB-The address of the STARTMH QCB is in the DCBMH field
of the DCB for the line group. Buffers are tposted to this QCB by Line End
Appendage and PCI Appendage on input when they are filled. On output, the
buffers are tposted to the QCB by Line End Appendage after a positive response
to addressing. When buffers are tposted to the QCB, IEDQAA receives control
unless EOB checking is requested, in which case IEDQBT receives control.
QCB for the Stop Line I/O subtask -The address of this QCB is in the
AVTHK field in the AVT. The Stop Line routine (IEDQCK) tposts stop line
requests to this QCB. The various schedulers tpost LCBs to it.
System delay QCB -The system delay QCB is located in the first three words of
the System Delay subtask (IEDQHI). The address of the subtask is in the AVTHI
field of the A VT. The System Delay subtask tposts the QCB to the Time Delay
subtask (IEDQHG) to start a wait. At the end of the wait, the Time Delay
subtask tposts the QCB to itself to activate the System Delay subtask.
Time delay QCB .....-The time delay QCB is the last element on the time delay
queue. The AQCTL SVC 102 routine (IEDQEB) tposts the QCB to itself as a
result of the STIMER exit routine. This QCB is used by the STIMER exit routine
to activate the Time Delay subtask (IEDQHG).
TSINPUT QCB -The address of this QCB is in the A VTTSOPT field of the
A VT. The QCB is tposted to the TSINPUT routine (IEDA YI) to remove the
system WAIT and unlock the keyboard.

640

OS TeAM PLM

Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TCAM
TCAM routines apply relative priorities to elements through the use of the
TPRIOR macro. The names and values presented in this table are established by
this internal macro.

Name

Value

Use

Routines Using

PRIINTRQ E4

to request full buffers
from Disk 1/0

Send Scheduler
Receive Scheduler
Get Scheduler
Put Scheduler
Create an Error Message
routine

PRIFSPCI

E8

to request empty buffers PCI Appendage (on first
from buffer request QCB; PClonly)
to request full buffers
Multiple Routing
subtask
from Disk II 0

PRISBPCI

EO

to request empty buffers PCI Appendage (all
from buffer request QCB; PCls except the
to request full buffers
first)
from Disk 1/0

PRIDSKRQ EC

to request an empty unit
by chaining the ERB on
the buffer return QCB

CPB Cleanup

PRIACTIV E4

in tposting ERB to the
activate QCB to request
building an initial
contact program and
EXCP for the line

CPB Cleanup
Buffer Request
Buffer Return

PRIDKEOB EO

to enable EOB to recall; CPB Cleanup
to tpost to EOB Handling CPB Initialization
after an EOB error; must
be lower priority than
PRIMHBFR

PRlRECAL EO

to request from Disk II 0
a copy of the header

All routines requesting
recalled headers
Multiple Routing subtask

PRIRCQCB EO

to return the ERB to any
routine specified in
LCBRCQCB

CPB Cleanup (after
recall)
Create an Error Message
routine

PRIAPERB DO

to request full buffers

Application Program

PRIEDISP

EO

to tpost ERB to itself
Buffer Disposition
on send operations when
an error occurs before
EOM; must be lower
priority than PRIMHBFR

Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TCAM

641

Name

642

OS TeAM PLM

Value

Use

Routines Using

PRIMHBFR E4

to have a buffer processed by MH

PCI Appendage
CPB Cleanup
Line End Appendage
(receive-last buffer
only)

PRIUREQ

to request an empty
unit for insert
function in MH; must
be higher than
PRIMHBFR

Unit Request

PRIAPBFR DC

to tpost a buffer to
an application program

Incoming/ Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine

PRILNEND E4

to have Buffer Disposition finish processing macros and
clean up the line

Line End Appendage
(send-last buffer
only)

PRIRCBFR EO

to return a duplicate
header to a specified
routine

CPB Cleanup
Destination Scheduler

PRIBFRTB E4

to return a buffer or
unit to the buffer unit
pool

Incoming/Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine
PCI Appendage
CPB Cleanup
Destination Scheduler
MUltiple Routing subtask

PRIDSKBF EC

to give a unit to
CPB Cleanup

Buffer Return

PRICOPY

to have a message
copied to a different
data set

Destination Scheduler

PRIDESTQ E4

to put a buffer on a
message queue

Incoming/Outgoing Message
Delimiter routine
Multiple Routing subtask
Create an Error Message
routine

PRIDKWRT E4

to have a full buffer
written on disk

Destination Scheduler

PRIDKSRV EC

to have a message
flagged serviced

Buffer Cleanup

PRIDKCNC EO

to have a message
canceled in the
message queue

Cancel Message

PRIDKINT EO

to have a message
intercepted

Hold/Release Terminal
routine

E8

EO

Name

Value

Use

Routines Using

PRICKPLN EC

to tpost the LCB to
Checkpoint requesting
a checkpoint

Buffer Disposition

PRIMULTR EO

to tpost the LCB to ..
the Multiple Router
routine to continue

Buffer Disposition
TLIST

PRIOPCTL DC

to tpost an operator
control buffer

Message Handling routine
Operator Control
Interface routine

PRIDSPLB E4

to tpost last buffer
Incoming/ Outgoing
of message to buffer
Message Delimiter
disposition QCB; must be routine
lower than any PCI tpost
of an ERB

PRIONLT

to request On-Line
Test

STARTMH sub task

PRILAEND E4

to start error processing

Line End Appendage

PRIMHUNTE8

to tpost a unit to
MH; must be greater
than PRIMHBFR

Unit Request

PRIRELSE EO

to release a subtask
from Time Delay or
Operator Control

Operator Control
Hold/Release Terminal

PRIRLCB

EB

to return the LCB

Buffer Disposition

PRILCB

E7

to tpost the LCB for
cleanup

Line End Appendage

PRICPBCL E8

to Post CPB Cleanup
complete

Disk End Appendage

PRICKPT

to request a complete
checkpoint

Reusability-Copy subtask
MCPCLOSE "
Time Delay subtask

PRILNFRE E8

to free a line; must get
to Destination Scheduler
before line is free

Buffer Disposition
Put Scheduler
Send Scheduler

PRICLSDN 10

to request closedown;
must be lowest
priority

PRIAPCKP DC

to request an incident
checkpoint

Application Program

PRIOPCKP DC

to request an incident
checkpoint

Operator Control

PRILNCL

to clean up buffers and
to free a line;
to tpost a line to
Buffer Disposition

Line End Appendage

DC

DC

EC

INEND
OUTEND

Appendix C. List of Relative Priorities in TeAM

643

Use

Routines Using

PRILOGLB EO

to tpost the Log LCB
to itself

LOG Scheduler

PRISSOLT

DC

tposted to Operator
Control to request
Startline/Stopline
to return an element
from the time delay
queue

On-Line Test
Time Delay

PRIATTN

DC

to tpost the attention
element for local
devices

Attention Handler

PRISYSDL DC

to initiate system delay

Operator Control

PRISYSDT D8

to tpost the system delay
QCB to Time Delay

System Delay

PRILCBDL 20

to indicate to
System Delay sub task
Environment Checkpoint Environment Checkpoint
that an LCB is
on the time delay queue

PRIREUSX E8

to tpost the REUS QCB
to itself to activate
Reusability servicing
of a zone of reusable
disk

Reusability-Copy

to tpost a buffer to disk

Reusability-Copy

Name

PRIFEFO

Value

EE

1/0 to cause a FEFO
pointer to be written
to take a message off the
FEFO chain
PRILCBAT E9

644

OS TeAM PLM

to tpost the LCB to the
Line End Appendage
Stop Line I/O subtask for
attention interrupt
determination

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes
The format of the TCAM channel command word (CCW) is as follows:
Offset 0

7 8

31

Ig~;emand I
32

I

3637

Flags

Data Address

3940

I I
000

47 48

Reserved

I

63

Count

The TCAM channel programs are generated by the I/O Generator module
(IEDQKA). Channel programs are listed by operation types within communication line types. The description of each channel program begins with a representation of. the model channel program according to the followingcategories:
1. Operation-The command code with a brief description of the information that
is being transferred.
2. Address-The data address that is set in the CCW before execution:
Buffer refers to the buffer CCW address.
Table refers to the appropriate location in the special characters table.
List refers to the applicable invitation or addressing list entry.
LeB refers to the line control block.
Entry refers to addressing characters, dial digits, etc., in a terminal entry.
Idles refers to an idles loop that is used to process data.
3. Flags-The flags that are set in the generated CCW are: chain command (CC),
chain data (CD), and suppress length indication (SLI).
4. Count-The data count that is set in the generated CCW before execution.
A TP Op code differentiates among the types of CCWs on which interrupts can
occur. In TCAM, the Activate-I/O Generator subtask builds a string of TP Op
codes for any given channel program in the LCB. There is one TP Op code for
each CCW. These codes are retrieved and used by Line End Appendage. A TP
Op code with an even-numbered value represents a text or non-text CCW for
which an interrupt is anticipated. A TP Op code with an odd-number value
represents a CCW for which no interrupt is anticipated. The following is a list of
the TCAM TP Op codes:
Name

Value

Description

TPWREOT

X'OI'

Write EOT for selection

TPOPEN

X'02'

Open TP Op Code

TPWRPOLL

X'03'

Write Polling Characters

TPRDRESP

X'04'

Read Response to Polling

TPWRPAD

X'OS'

Write pad characters

TPENABLE

X'06'

Enable on Dial Line

TPWRAD

X'07'

Write Addressing Sequence

TPRDRSPD

X'08'

Read Response to Addressing

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

645

Name

Value

Description

TPWREOA

X'09'

Write EOA Sequence

TPRDRPEB

X'OA' Read Response to EOB/ETB

TPWRCPU

X'OB'

TPRDENQ

X'OC' ReadENQ

TPWRENQ

X'OD' Write ENQ

TPRSPENQ

X'OE'

Read Response to ENQ

TPWRDLET

X'OF'

Write DLE EOT

TPRDID

X'10'

Read ID (TSO)

TPNULL

X'll'

Non-Read/Write CCWs for
which no Interrupt is
anticipated

TPBREAK

X'12'

Write BREAK (TSO)

TPENQAD

X'13'

Write ENQ after Selection Response

TPRDLC

X'14'

Read LCOUT

TPWRACK

X'15'

Write Response Prior to Text

TPWRAKNK

X'16'

Write Response

TPWRTONE

X'I7'

Write Tone (WTTA BSC)

TPRDIDNQ

X'18'

BSC Read ID ENQ

TPRDIDAK

X'IA' BSC Read ID ACK

TPRESET

X'IC' Abort for Send/Receive

TPTWXID

X'IE'

Read TWXID

TPBUFEOT

X'20'

Buffered Terminal Reset after Block

TPCLOSE

X'22'

Close SDR Recording

TPRSPAD

X'24'

Write Reset after Selection

TPRDSKIP

X'51'

Read Skip Loop

TPWRIDLE

X'53'

Write Idles Loop

TPDLESTX

X'57'

Write DLE STX

TPDLEETX

X'59'

Write DLE ETB (ETX)

TPENQRSP

X'5B'

Write ENQ in Response to Text

TPTEXT

X'FF' Text CCW

Write CPUID

The first two CCWs in Read Initial channel programs are the following:
Operation

A Read
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Skip
label A

CC,SLI

51

1

These CCWs are executed whenever a buffer is not available. The initial contact
CCWs are constructed in the channel program area plus 16 (third CCW).

646

OS TeAM PLM

When an Idle character is defined for a device, the first two CCWs in Write Initial
channel programs are the following:
Operation

A Write
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Idles
label A

CC,SLJ

53

3

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR THE AT&T 83B3 SELECTIVE CALLING
STATION LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLJ
CC,SLJ

01
03

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLJ

04

2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLJ
CC,SLI

01
07

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

3
2

9

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

647

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR WESTERN UNION PLAN I15A OUTSTATION
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

07
03

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

3
2
2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
4

2

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR mM 1030 LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

3

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

1

The Read, Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and

648

OS TeAM PLM

causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response

TP Code Count
16

1

The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block to indicate a response from TCAM.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
'CC,SLI

01
07

3
2

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
1

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

649

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1050 LEASED LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

2

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

3

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End A.ppendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to IDS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write positive or
Table
negative response
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

1

The Read Continue channel program writes the appropriate response to a block of
data and then chains to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
1

2

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.

650

OS TeAM PLM

Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.

Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOA
TIC

Table
Idles

CD,SLI

09

1

The Write Conversational channel program writes end-of-address and then chains
to write data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1050 DIAL

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI

11
06
01
03

1
1
3
2

CD,SLI

04

2

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. An interrupt is taken on the enable so
that TCAM can set internal switches. Fifteen pad characters are sent by the
CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the terminal in control mode.
Two polling characters are sent and then a Read Response that specifies a data
count of two, with wrong length indication not suppressed, while the length of the
response character is one byte. The effect of this technique is as follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.
The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

651

Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

1

The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response to
address
WriteEOA
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Tentry
Table
Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CC,SLI

11
11

1
X

05
01
07

3
2

LCB

SLI

08

9

Table
Idles

CD,SLI

09

1

15

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials a terminal.
When the remote terminal answers, the CPU sends the pad characters and the
EOT sequence, which places the terminal in control mode. The address characters
select the component, which responds to the addressing. End-of-address terminates addressing, and then the Write Initial channel program transfers-in-channel
to the Idles loop and from there to write data. The X count value depends on the
number of dial digits specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

WriteEOA
TIC

Table
Idles

CD,SLI

09

1

The Write Conversational channel program writes End-of-Address character and
then transfers-in-channel to a Write Idles loop to write data.

652

OS TeAM PLM

CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR IBM 1050 W / ATTENTION FEATURE FOR TSO
MONITOR
Monitor After a Read or Write

Operation

Address

Flags

Write EOT sequence
Read Response
Write EOA
Prepare

Table
LCB
Table
LCB

CC,SLI
10
CC,SLI,SKP 10
CC,SLI
10
10

TP Code Count
3
1
1
1

This channel program resets the 1050 with the EOT sequence and reads the
generated response. The terminal is then put in receive mode and the keyboard is
locked. The TCU is then prepared to receive an attention request from the 1050.
This request is generated by pressing the Attention Key at the 1050.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 1060 TERMINALS
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

3
2

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response

Flags

TP Code Count

SLI

16

1

The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data to the previous block.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

653

Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3
2

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
1

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
Write Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2741 LEASED
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT
sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Table

CC,SLI

07

3

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11

1
1

04

2

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence and then prepares
the control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation
informs the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The
Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write EOA sequence Table
Write idle
Table
characters
TIC
Idles

654

OS TeAM PLM

Flags

TP Code Count

CD,SLI
CD,SLI

09
05

1
15

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOA sequence to set up the terminal
and writes 15 idle characters on the line. The program then transfers-in-channel
to a write command.
CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR IBM 2741 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

LCB
LCB
LCB
LCB
Buffer
Buffer

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

TP Code Count
11

06
11

11
04

1
1
1
1

2

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. TCAM takes an interrupt on the Enable to set internal switches. The
Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message. Read Response reads the response from the terminal and then chains to read data by
transferring-in-channel.
Note: The Write Initial channel program for 2741 Dial is the same as for
2741 Leased. TCAM, however, does not dial a 2741; the user calls to
establish the connection.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2741 LEASED AND DIAL FOR TSO
MONITOR
Monitor After a Read
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

WriteEOA
Prepare

Table
LCB

CC,SLI

10
10

1
1

This monitor channel program first restores the keyboard of the terminal by
sending an EOA. The TCU is then prepared to receive the EOT generated at the
terminal when the Attention Key is pressed.
Monitor Mter Write
Operation

Address

Prepare

LCB

Flags

TP Code Count
10

1

This monitor channel program prepares the TeD to receive the EOT from the
terminal. Since the terminal keyboard was locked because it was in receive mode,
only a Break (Attention Key) can be sent from the terminal.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

6SS

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 2740 COMMUNICATION LINES IBM
2740 BASIC CHANNEL PROGRAM
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Table

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

07

3

11
11

1
1

04

2

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence and then prepares
the control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation
informs the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The
Read Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

01
09
05

3
1
15

Idles

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
. the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
IBM 2740 WITH CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Table

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

01

3

11
11

1
1

04

2

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

The Read Initial channel program sends a Write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.

656

OS TeAM PLM

Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write circle Y or
circle N
TIC

Table

CC,SLI

16

1

Buffer

The Read Continue channel program is initiated after a Read Initial operation.
The program writes the response character and then transfers-in-channel to read
data.

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
cl\aracters
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

09

1

05

15

01

3

Idles

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes.15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.

Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response after a Write Initial
operation and then transfers-in-channel to a Write Text command in the buffer.

Write Conversational Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

WriteEOA
TIC

Table
Idles

CD,SLI

09

1

The Write Conversational channel program writes End-of-Address character and
then transfers-in-channel to a Write Idles loop to write data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

657

IBM 2740 WITH DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Address

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
06
11
11
04

1
1
1
1
2

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. TCAM takes an interrupt on the Enable to set internal switches. The
Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message. Read Response reads the response from the terminal and then chains to read data.

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC

T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11

OS
01
09

1

X
15
3
16

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. The X count value depends on the number of
dial characters specified in the terminal entry.

IBM 2740 WITH DIAL AND CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Enable
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Address

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

Flags

i'P Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
06
11
11
04

1
1
1
1
2

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line to receive a
call. The Prepare command conditions the control unit to receive a message.
Read Response reads the terminal's response and then chains to read data.

658

OS TeAM PLM

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC

T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

11

1

11
05
01
09

X

15
3
16

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 WITH DIAL AND TRANSMIT CONTROL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI

06
01
03

1
1
3
2

CD,SLI

04

2

11

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. After the Enable, TCAM waits for an
interrupt from the terminal, after which the channel program resumes. Fifteen
pad characters are sent by the CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the
terminal in control mode. Two polling characters are sent and then a Read
Response that specifies a data count of two. The effect of this technique is as
follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.
The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

659

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC

T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
05
01
09

1
X

15
3
16

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-in-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 WIm DIAL, TRANSMIT CONTROL, AND CHECKING
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Disable
Enable
Write EOT sequence
Write polling
List
characters
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CD
CC,SLI

11
06
01
03

1
1
3
2

CD,SLI

04

2

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line adapter so
that a remote terminal may dial the CPU. After the,Enable, TCAM waits for an
interrupt from the terminal, after which the channel program resumes. Fifteen
pad characters are sent by the CPU, followed by an EOT sequence; this places the
terminal in control mode. Two polling characters are sent and then a Read
Response that specifies a data count of two. The effect of this technique is as
follows:
1. Positive response: The response character and the first byte of the message are
read under control of the Read Response CCW. This reduces the data count to
zero and causes data chaining to take place. The second and subsequent bytes
of the message are read under control of the address and count fields of the
Read Data CCW. Execution continues in the channel with an interrupt occurring only at receipt of an EOB or EOT.
2. Negative response: This response causes channel end and device end with unit
exception and wrong length record indicated.

The Read Initial channel program then transfers-in-channel to the address in the
buffer CCW to read data.

660

OS TeAM PLM

Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Disable
Dial
Write pad characters
Write EOT sequence
Write EOA plus idles
TIC

T entry
Table
Table
Table
Idles

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

11

1

11
05
01
09

X

15
3
16

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and then dials the specified
terminal. The channel program sends 15 pad characters before the EOT sequence. An EOA character plus 15 idle characters are sent and then the program
transfers-ip-channel to write text. X represents the number of dial digits for the
terminal.
IBM 2740 (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Table

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

01
11
11
04

LCB

Buffer
Buffer

3
1
1
2

The Read Initial channel program sends a write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

01
09
05

3
1
15

Idles

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.

Appendix D; TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

661

mM 2740 WITH CHECKING (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

Table

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
11

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

04

3
1
1
2

The Read Initial channel program sends a Write EOT sequence, then prepares the
control unit to receive a message from a terminal. The Sense operation informs
the CPU of the status of the terminal through the Read Response. The Read
Initial program then transfers-in-channel to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

01
09

3

05

15

1

Idles

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
mM 2740 WITH STATION CONTROL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

3

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.

662

OS TeAM PLM

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
1

2

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the write
EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from. there writes
data.

IBM 2740 WITH STATION CONTROL AND CHECKING

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

3

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write addressing
characters
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
T entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3

LCB
Table
Idles

CD

08
09

9
1

2

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken on the Read Response,
after which buffers are tposted to the outgoing MH. Restart is made at the Write

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

663

EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop and from there writes
data.
IBM 2740 WITH TRANSMIT CONTROL (DIAL WITH A CONNECTION)

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

2

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

3

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write' Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write EOA sequence
Write idle
characters
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CC,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

01
09

OS

3
1
15

Idles

The Write Initial channel program sends an EOT and EOA sequence for preparing
the terminal. It then writes 15 idle characters and transfers-in-channel to a Write
command.
IBM 2740 WITH TRANSMIT CONTROL AND CHECKING (DIAL WITH A
CONNECTION)

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

2

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

3

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive

664

OS TeAM PLM

response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write EOT sequence Table
Write EOA sequence Table
TIC
Idles

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CD

01
09

3

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode. The program
then issues the write EOA sequence, transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop, and
from there ·writes data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR WORLD TRADE TELEGRAPH

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Prepare
Sense
Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
04

1
1
2

The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive a message
from a terminal. The Sense operation informs the CPU of the status of the
terminal through the Read Response. The Read Initial program then transfers-inchannel to a Read Text command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write letters shift
Write mark
characters
Write
Read Response
Write EOA sequence
TIC

Table
Table
Table

CD,SLI
CD,SLI
CD,SLI

01
17
05

3
1
19

WRU
LCB
Table
Idles

CC,SLI

07
08
09

1
24
1

The Write Initial channel program writes an EOT sequence, sends ietters shih to
ensure that the terminal motor is on, sends 19 mark characters to condition the
line, and writes a WRU on the line, and reads the response. An interrupt is taken
on the Read Response, after which the buffers are tposted to outgoing MH.
Restart is at the Write EOA sequence, which transfers-in-channel to the Idles loop
and writes data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

665

IBM 2260 REMOTE CHANNEL PROGRAMS
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT sequence
Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

Table
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
03

3
3

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. Thus, when there is a one-byte positive
response, the response is followed by data. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an EOB or EOT is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write positive (ACK)Table
or negative (NAK)
response
Buffer
TIC

Flags

TP Code

Count

CC,SLI

16

1

The Read Continue channel program sends a positive or negative response to the
previous message block and continues reading data.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write EOT sequence Table
Write address
T entry
Read Response
LCB

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07
08

3
2
9

The Write Initial channel program writes an EOT sequence followed by an
address. After the Read Response, the buffers are tposted to MH and data is
transferred to the line by EXCP.
Write Continue Channel Program

666

OS TCAM PLM

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
IBM 2260 LOCAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
In local mode the channel programs simply read data or write data.
IBM 3270 LOCAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Select,
TIC

Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11

1

The Select operation causes transfer of the data in the device buffer to the control
unit buffer. The channel program then transfers-in-channel to the first text CCW,
which is next to be executed.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Select
TIC

Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11

1

Erase All Unprotected Channel Program
Operation

Address

EAU

Flags

TP Code Count

None

26

1

This operation erases all the unprotected fields on the display device. No data is
transmitted on an EAU channel program.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 3670 BROADCAST TERMINAL
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

WriteEOT
Write Addressing
Characters
TIC

Table
T Entry

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

03

Idles

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT. The program then sends unique Addressing Characters, which cause the
data to go to all broadcast terminals on the line. The channel program then
transfers-in-channel to the idles loop to write data.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

667

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM 7770 (DIAL)
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Disable
Enable
Write CPU ID (if ID T entry
is specified)
Read Response
Buffer
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

06

f

OB

X

CD,SLI

04

2

11

1

The Read Initial channel program disables and then enables the line. The CPU ID
is written if this is specified, and then the program chains to a Read Response.
The X count value is the length of the CPU ID specified in the invitation list.
Write Initial Channel Program
This program simply writes data to the 7770.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR TTY MODELS 33 AND 35 TWX LINES
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation
Disable
Enable
Write CPUID
Read Response
TIC

Address

T entry
Buffer
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
06
OB
04

1
1
X
2

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and sets the enable latch within
the line adapter. This permits the terminal to dial the CPU. The Write CPU ID
command writes the CPU identification, which is assigned by the invitation list for
the line. A Read Response command is then issued, followed by a TIC to a Read
Text in the buffer. X is the length of the CPU ID specified in the invitation list.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Disable
Dial
ReadID

T entry
LCB

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI

11
11
IE

1
X
Y

The Write Initial channel program disables and then dials the specified terminal.
If the identification received is valid, the program restarts on the Idles loop and
writes data. If the ID is invalid, the channel program is terminated. X represents
the number of dial digits for the terminal and Y represents the length of the CPU
ID specified in the invitation list.

668

OS TeAM PLM

CHANNEL PROGRAM FOR TWX FOR TSO MONITOR
Monitor After a Read or Write
Operation

Address

Write X-On,X-Off
TIC

Constant CC,SLI

Flags

TP Code Count
10

4

*-8

This monitor channel program writes X-On,X-Off characters until the break key
is pressed. The X-On,X-Off characters provide an audible indication that the
CPU is active and ready to receive data.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS EMPLOYING THE AUTO POLL FEATURE
The devices that use this feature are
IBM 1030
IBM 1050 (nonswitched)
IBM 1060
IBM 2740 (with station control)
IBM 2740 (with station control and checking)
BSC Multipoint
Operation

Address

Write EOT sequence Table
Poll
List
TIC
label A
TIC
label B
A Poll
List
TIC
label A
BRead
Buffer
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
11

X

CC,SLI

11

Z

CD,SLI

04

2

Y

This feature employs the Read Initial type of channel program. First, a write EOT
sequence command is sent, followed by a poll of the addresses in the invitation
list. If no positive responses are returned, the program transfers-in-channel to poll
another list. If there are positive responses, the Read Initial program transfers-inchannel to a Read Response command, and from there chains to a Read Text in
the buffer. X represents the number of EOTs that depend on the type of terminal
(1 for BSC, 3 for all others), Y represents the position in the invitation list, and Z
is the length in bytes of the invitation list.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR IBM BSC MULTIPOINT LINES
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code

Count

Write EOT sequence Table

CC,SLI

01

3

Write polling
characters
Read Response
TIC

List

CC,SLI

03

2

Buffer
Buffer

CD,SLI

04

2

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

669

The Read Initial channel program places the line in control mode by sending the
EOT sequence, polls the terminal, and then reads the response. The Read Response command has a data count of two. This reduces the count to zero and
causes data chaining to read the rest of the data until an ETB or ETX is received
or the count is zero. A negative response causes channel end and device end with
unit exception and wrong length indicated. Line End Appendage finds the polling
restart TP code, reinitializes for the next terminal to be polled, and returns control
to lOS for execution of the CCWs.
Read Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
response
Buffer
TIC

Flags

TP Code

Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel programs writes the appropriate response to a block
of data and then chains to read data.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write EOT sequence Table
Write addressing
T entry
characters
Read Response
LCB

Flags

TP Code

Count

CC,SLI
CC,SLI

01
07

3

08

9

The Write Initial channel program places the line in control mode, addresses a
terminal, reads the response (ACK-l), and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code

Count

Read Response
TIC

LCB
Buffer

CC,SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program reads the response to the last message
block. If the response is positive, chaining takes place to the next Write Text
command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR BSC DEVICES (BINARY SYNCHRONOUS
COMMUNICATION)

The devices supported under BSC channel programs are:
IBM 2770
mM2780
mM 2790 Data Communications System
mM 3780 Data Communications System
mM 1130 Computing System
mM System/360, all models 20 and higher

670

OS TeAM PLM

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 to S/360 POINT-TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11
OC
15

CC,SLI

1
11
2

The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Countt

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write Inquiry
Read Response

Table
LCB

CC,SLI
SLI

OD
08

1
2

The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Response

LCB

SLI

TP Code Count
9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 1130 POINT-TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11
OC
15

CC,SLI

1
11
2

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

671

The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK ot: NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write Inquiry
Read Response

Table
LCB

CC,SLI
SLI

08

1

2

The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
and then begins transmission of data.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response

LCB

SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 2770 POINT-TO-POINT

Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11
OC
15

CC,SLI

1
11
2

The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read c('mmand in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

672

OS TCAM PLM

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write Inquiry
Read Response
Write Escape
sequence (STX,
ESC or DC,ETB)
Read Response

Table
LCB
T entry

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

OD
OE
07

1
2
X

LCB

SLI

08

2

The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response to that
inquiry (ACK-O), writes an escape sequence, reads the response (ACK-l), and
then begins transmission of data. X represents the length of the addressing
sequence specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Flags

Read Response

LCB

SLI

TP Code Count

9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 2780 POINT - TO-POINT
Read Initial Channel Program

Operation

Address

Prepare
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

11
OC
15

CC,SLI

1
11
2

The Read Initial channel program prepares the control unit to receive an inquiry
signal, which is read by the Read command. The program then writes an ACK-O
and transfers-in-channel to a Read command in the buffer.
Read Continue Channel Program

Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

673

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write Inquiry
Table
Read Response
LCB
Write Escape
T entry
sequence STX,ESC
or DC,ETB
Read Response
LCB

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

OD
OE

07

2
X

SLI

08

2

1

The Write Initial channel program writes an inquiry, reads the response (ACK-O),
writes the escape sequence, reads the response to the escape sequence (ACK-l),
and then begins transmission of data. X represents the length of the addressing
sequence specified in the terminal entry.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Response

LCB

SLI

TP Code Count
9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 3735 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

LCB
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI

06
18

1
1
16

OB

X

CC,sLl

15

2

Table
Buffer

11

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection EstabHsbed
Operation

Address

Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffet

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

OC
IS.

17
2

The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.

674

OS TeAM PLM

Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Initiates Contact
Operation

Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if
ID is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O
Write EaT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

T entry
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
OB

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

aD
lA

Table
LCB
Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

1
X
Y

OC

1
17
1
17

15

2

01

This Read Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The channel program then writes an EaT character and
reads the inquiry from the station. The Read Initial Channel program then writes
an ACK-O and continues to read data from the station.

Read Initial Channel Program-CPU' Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EaT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

01

1

OC

17
2

CC,SLI

15

The Read Initial channel program writes an EaT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response

LCB

SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

675

CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 to S/360 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

LCB
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI

11
06
18
OB

1
1
16
X

CC,SLI

15

2

Table
Buffer

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X represents
the length in bytes of the user-specified ID in the invitation list.

Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

OC
15

17

The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

01
OC
15

CC,SLI

1
17
2

The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to Read Data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.

676

as TeAM PLM

Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Dial
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

T entry
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
OB

X
y

Table
LCB

CC,SLI
SLI

OD
lA

1
17

1

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is read and the ID is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the
chann~l program restarts at a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for a terminal, and Y is the length of the CPU ID.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response

LCB

SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO 1130 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

LCB
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI

06
18

1
1
16

OB

X

CC,SLI

15

2

Table
Buffer

11

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

TP Code Count

OC

17

15

2

The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

677

Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

01

CC,SLI

OC

1
17

15

2

The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Read Response

LCB

SLI

OA

9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO IBM 2770 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

LCB
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI

06
18

CC,SLI

15

Table
Buffer

11

1
1
16
X

2

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program thtm reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.

678

OS TeAM PLM

Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

TP Code Count

OC

17

15

The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

01

CC,SLI

OC

1
17

15

2

The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.
Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,SLI

16

2

The R,ead Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation

Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write InquiryRead ID ACK-O
Write Escape
sequence
Read ACK-l

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

T entry
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
OB

Y

Table
LCB
T entry

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

OD
lA

1
17

07

Z

08

9

LCB

1
X

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the channel program
restarts at the Write Escape sequence. The ACK-l is read by the program and
then the program chains to a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for a terminal, Y is the length of the CPU ID, and Z is a device-dependent
variable.
Appendix 0: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

679

Write Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Response

LCB

SLI

TP Code Count
9

The Write Continue channel program checks the response to the last block of data
(ACK-O, ACK-l, RVI) and restarts on a Write Data command.
CHANNEL PROGRAMS FOR S/360 TO IBM 2780 DIAL
Read Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Enable
Read ID Inquiry
Write ID (if ID is
specified)
Write ACK-O
TIC

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

LCB
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
SLI
CD,SLI

06
18

CC,SLI

15

Table
Buffer

11

1
1
16
X

2

The Read Initial channel program disables the line and enables the control unit.
The program then reads the inquiry (and writes the CPU ID, if specified). It then
writes an ACK-O and chains to a Read Text command in the buffer. X is the
length of the CPU ID.
Read Initial Channel Program with Connection Established
Operation

Address

Flags

Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

TP Code Count
OC

17

15

2

The Read Initial channel program reads the inquiry, writes an ACK-O, and then
chains to a Read Data command.
Read Initial Channel Program-CPU Yields the Right to Transmit
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write EOT
Read Inquiry
Write ACK-O
TIC

Table
LCB
Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

01

CC,SLI

OC

1
17

15

2

The Read Initial channel program writes an EOT character and then reads the
inquiry from the station. The Read Initial channel program then writes an ACK-O
and continues to read data from the station.

680

OS TeAM PLM

Read Continue Channel Program
Operation

Address

Write ACK or NAK Table
TIC
Buffer

Flags

TP Code Count

CC,sLI

16

2

The Read Continue channel program writes a response (ACK or NAK) and
transfers-in-channel to a Read Data command in the buffer.
Write Initial Channel Program
Operation
Disable
Dial digits
Write CPU ID (if ID
is specified)
Write Inquiry
Read ID ACK-O
Write Escape
sequence
Read ACK-l

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

T entry
List

CC,SLI
CC,SLI
CD,SLI

11
11
OB

1
X
y

Table
LCB
T entry

CC,SLI
SLI
CC,SLI

OD
lA
07

1
9
Z

LCB

08

The Write Initial channel program disables the line and dials the station. The
program writes the CPU ID, if specified, and writes an ENQ character. The
response is checked. The buffers are tposted to MH, and the channel program
restarts at the Write Escape sequence. The ACK-l is read by the program and
then the program chains to a Write command. X represents the number of dial
digits for the terminal; Y represents the length of the CPU ID specified in the
invitation list; and Z represents the length of the addressing sequence in the
terminal entry.
SPECIAL CHANNEL PROGRAMS
In BSC on a Read Continue operation, when a temporary time delay (TTD)
sequence (STX ENQ) is received the channel program is as follows:
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write NAK
TIC

Table
Buffer

CC,SLI

16

2

When, in response to a text request, TCAM receives two RVIs in succession, a
WACK character (except for buffered terminals), or an invalid response, TCAM
generates the following channel program to correct the problem.
Operation

Address

Flags

TP Code Count

Write ENQ
Read Response

Table
LCB

CC,SLI

5B
OA

1
9

For two RVIs or an invalid response, TCAM retries this channel program seven
times. For a WACK character, TCAM performs no retry operation.

Appendix D: TCAM Channel Program and TP Operation Codes

681

(This page left blank intentionally)

682

OS TeAM PLM

Glossary
The following is a listing of the communications terms used in
this manual. For a complete listing of all communications
terms, refer to the manual IBM Data Processing Techniques-A
Data Processing Glossary, Order No. GC20-1699.

used as work areas in TCAM. The size of TCAM buffers is
designated by the user. (See also hardware buffer.)

buffer prefix: a control area contained within each TCAM

~nJ I/O d~vice&.

buffer. The prefix for the buffer containing the first segment of
a message is 30 bytes long, while the prefix for each buffer
containing a subsequent segment of the message is 23 bytes
long. The user must allow room for the buffer prefix when he
specifies his buffer size. TCAM fills the prefix area with buffer
control information.

accC'!>s method (ACSMETH) work area: a storage space in
,In application program. This work area contains data neces'i(ll) for the interface between the application program and the
M.:s~age Control Program.

buffer unit: the basic building block from which TCAM buffers are constructed. All units in a particular TCAM system are
the same size; this size is specified by the KEYLEN= operand
of the INTRO macro.

application program: a user-provided program that processes
the text portions of messages. Application programs runasynchronously with the Message Control Program and are usually
located in another partition or region of main storage. TCAM
application programs are optional; there may be many or none,
depending on the needs of the user.

buffer unit pool: all the buffer units in a particular TCAM
system together constitute the buffer unit pool for that system.
The number of units in the pool is equal to the sum of theintegers specified by the LNUNITS= and MSUNITS= operands of
the INTRO macro.

access method: a combination of an access technique (either
queued or basic) and a given data set organization (for instance,
sequential, partitioned, indexed sequential, or direct) that
.lii •.lw, I he III 01;;' ,.HlIlller to transfer data between main storage

control unit or a station to automatically initiate a call over a
switched line. A dialing operation that originates at the central
computer must use the Auto Call machine feature.

buffered terminal: a terminal having a hardware buffer. As
used in this book, a buffered terminal is an IBM 2740 Model 2
Station or IBM 2770 station whose TERMINAL macro specifies
BFDELA Y = integer. When the BFDELA Y= operand of
TERMINAL is coded, messages are sent to the station segmentby-segment; after a segment is sent, the Message Control Program pauses before sending the next segment to allow the
station's buffer to empty. During this pause, the MCP may send
segments to other stations on the line.

Auto PoD: A machine feature of a transmission control unit

calling: a procedure that establishes a connection over a

Auto Answer: a machine feature that allows either a transmission control unit or a station to respond automatically to a call
that it receives over a switched line:

Auto Call: a machine feature that allows either a transmission

that permits it to handle negative responses to polling without
interrupting the central processing unit. At the end of the
invitation list, polling is resumed automatically at the beginning
of the list.

binary synchronous communications (BSC): data transmission in which character synchronization is controlled by
timing signals generated by the device that originates a message
(and the device that obtains the message recognizes the sync
pattern at the beginning of the transmission-the devices are
locked in step with one another); contrast with start-stop
transmission.

switched line; a series of electrical signals, corresponding to the
telephone number of the station or computer with which contact is to be made, are sent down the line; these pulses or notes
cause automatic switching equipment belonging to the common
carrier to establish the connection, if the party being called is
free to accept the call.

cascade entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
cascade list.

cascade list: a list of pointers to single, group, or process
entries. A message is queued for the valid entry in the list with
the fewest messages queued for it.

block: that portion of a message terminated by an EOB or
channel program block (CPB): a TCAM control block used

ETB line-control character or, if this is the last block in the
message, by an ETX or EOT line-control character. When
end-of-block checking is specified in the STARTMH macro,
messages are checked for certain types of transmission and
user-specified logical errors on a block-by-block basis.

in the transfer of the data between buffer units and message
queues maintained on disk. The CPB= operand of the INTRO
macro specifies the number of CPBs to be provided in a TCAM
system.

BSC: see binary synchronous communications.

checkpoint data set: an optional TCAM data set that con-

buffer: an area in main storage into which a message segment

tains the checkpoint records used to reconstruct the MCP environment after closedown or system failure, when the TCAM
checkpoint/restart facility is utilized.

is read, or from which a message segment is written. Buffers
are temporary data-holding areas that are used to compensate
for the difference between the rate at which ~ata can be entered
from or accepted by a station and the rate at which it can be
processed by the central processing unit; buffers also may be

checkpoint records: records, located in the checkpoint data
set, that are used to reconstruct the MCP environment upon
restart following closedown or system failure. There are four

Glossary

683

types of checkpoint records: environment records, incident
records, checkpoint request records, and a control record.

control unit, or station; among such operations are polling and
addressing, message delimiting and blocking, transmissionerror checking, and carriage return.

checkpoint request record: a checkpoint record taken as a
result of execution of a CKREQ macro issued in an application
program. The record contains the status of a single destination
queue for the application program. The latest checkpoint request record for a message queue is used during restart to cause
sending from that queue to the application program to begin
with the message that follows the last message sent to the program from that queue at the time the checkpoint request record
was taken, rather than with the message following the last
message marked serviced.

checkpoint/restart: a TCAM facility that records the status
of ,the teleprocessing network at designated intervals or following certain events. Following system failure or closedown, the
checkpoint/restart facility uses the records it has taken to restore the Message Control Program environment as nearly as
possible to its status before the failure or closedown.

cold start: start-up of a TCAM Message Control Program
following either a flush closedown, a quick closed own, or a
system failure. A cold start ignores the previous environment
(that is, the MCP is started as if this were the initial start-up),
and is the only type of restart possible when no
checkpoint/restart facility is used.

control record: a record, included in a checkpoint data set,
that keeps track of the correct environment, incident, and
checkpoint request records to use for reconstructing the Message Control Program environment during restart.

CPB: see channel program block.
CTB: see concentrator terminal block.
data control block (DCB): an area of main storage that
serves as a logical connector between the problem program and
a data set. The data control block also can be used to provide
control information for any transfer of data. A data control
block must be created for each TCAM data set except a message queues data set residing in main storage; a DCB macro
instruction is used to create a data control block.
Data set:

communication parameter list: the interface between

I. a named, organized collection of logically related records
(program data set). The information is not restricted to a
specific type, purpose, or storage medium. Among the data
sets specifically related to TCAM are the line group data
sets, the message queues data sets, the checkpoint data set,
the message log data set, and the input and output data sets
for a TCAM-compatible application program.
2. a device containing the electrical circuitry necessary to
connect data processing equipment to a communication
channel; also called a subset, Data-Phone*,
modulator/demodulator, or modem.

TCAM Operator Control and the Master Scheduler for commands entered from the system console.

dead-letter queue: the destination queue for the station or

command input buffer (CIB): a communication parameter
list that is used by Operator Control to process a command. It
describes the command sent from the console and contains the
command code, the console identification, and the data in the
command.

concentrator data ready queue (DRQ): a TCAM control

application program named by the DLQ= operand of the INTRO macro instruction. If an invalid destination is detected in
a message header by a FORWARD macro instruction, and if no
user-exit is specified in the FORWARD macro, that message is
sent to the dead-letter queue.

block that controls message concentration for output to a concentrator.

delimiter macro instruction: a TCAM macro instruction that

concentrator device ID table (DVCID): a TCAM work

classifies and identifies sequences of functional macro instructions and directs control to the appropriate sequence of functional macro instructions.

concentrator: a remote device that groups blocks of messages
into a single physical message for transmission.

area that defines a concentrator and each terminal attached to
it.

descriptor code: under Multiple Console Support, indicates
concentrator terminal buffer (CTB): a main-storage area
used to contain the physical message transmitted to or from a
concentrator.

the means of message presentation and message deletion on
display devices.

destination: the place to which a message being handled by a
continuation restart: a restart of the TCAM Message Control
Program following termination of the Message Control Program because of system failure; the TCAM checkpoint/restart
facility is used to restore the MCP environment as nearly as
possible to its condition before failure.

control characters: characters transmitted over a line that are
not message data, but which cause certain control operations to
be performed ~hen encountered by the computer, transmission

*Trademark of the American Telephone & Telegraph Co.

684

OS TeAM PLM

TCAM Message Handler is to be sent. A destination may be
either a station defined by a TERMINAL macro, a group of
stations defined by a TLIST macro, or an application program
defined by a TPROCESS macro. One or more destinations
may be specified in fields of the message header that are
checked by a FORWARD macro, or a single destination may be
specified for all messages handled by a particular inheader
subgroup by means of the DEST= operand of a FORWARD
macro issued in that subgroup.

destination field: a field in a message header containing the
name of a station or application program to which a message is
directed.

enabled module: a module that can be interrupted at any time
by an appendage or external event. When the interruption
occurs, the enabled module waits for the appendage to complete its processing and then continues.

destination offset: a two-byte index to the termname table
entry of a destination or station.

enabling the line: a process whereby TCAM causes the com-

destination queue: a queue on which messages bound for a

puter to condition either the transmission control unit or the
audio response unit to respond to incoming calls on a switched
line. See disabling the line.

particular destination are placed after being processed by the
incoming group of a Message Handler. A separate destination
queue is created for each station defined by a TERMINAL
macro specifying queuing by terminal, one for each line whose
stations are defined by TERMINAL macros specifying queuing
by line, and one for each application-program process entry
(defined by a TPROCESS macro) to which the application
program may direct GET or READ macros. Destination
queues are maintained in message queues data sets that may be
located either on disk or in main storage. Queuing messages by
destination permits overlap of line usage in I/O operations. See
also process queue.

device characteristics table (DCT): a collection of entries
that describes the characteristics of the terminals (or devices) in
the system.

end-of-address (EOA) character:
1. a control character or characters transmitted on a line to
indicate the end of non-text characters (for example, addressing characters).
2. a TCAM character that must be placed in a message if the
system is to accommodate routing of that message to several
destinations; the character must immediately follow the last
destination code in the message header; and must also be
specified by the EOA= operand of the FORWARD macro
for the message.

environment record: a record of the total teleprocessing

dial Hne: see switched line.

environment at a single point in time. The environment record
resides in the checkpoint data set; at restart time, an environment record is updated by the contents of incident records that
were taken after the environment record was taken, and the
updated environment record is then used to reconstruct the
Message Control Program environment as it existed before
MCP c1osedown or system failure.

disabled module: a module that cannot be interrupted during

EOA: see end-of-address character.

device ID table: see concentrator device ID table.
dial: see calling.

its execution. It must execute from beginning to end once it has
gained control

disabling the line: a process whereby TCAM causes the computer to condition either the transmission control unit or the
audio response unit to ignore incoming calls on a switched line.
Once this is accomplished, the line is available for TCAM to
send queued messages to a station on that line. See enabling
the line.

distribution entry: an entry in the terminal table associated

error record: five bytes assigned to each message being processed by a Message Handler; these bytes indicate physical or
logical errors that have occurred during transmission on the line
or during subsequent processing or queuing of the message, and
are checked by error-handling macros in the inmessage and
outmessage subgroups of a Message Handler.

error recovery procedures (ERP): a set of internal TCAM
routines th~t attempt to recover from transmission errors.

with a distribution list. A distribution entry is created by a
TLIST macro.

exchange: a communications switching center.

distribution list: a list of single, group, cascade, or process

event control block (ECB): the communication medium

entries; when a message is directed to the distribution entry
associated with this list, TCAM sends the message to each
destination named in the list.

between the various components of the control program, as well
as between processing programs and the control program. An
ECB is the subject of WAIT and POST macro instructions.

DRQ: see concentrator data ready queue.

FEFO (first-ended first-out): a queuing scheme whereby

DVCID: see concentrator device ID table.
dynamic buffer aDocation: the assignment of buffers to a
line on an as-needed basis, after a message has started coming
in over the line. Dynamic allocation occurs following programcontrolled interruptions, and is specified by the PCI= operand
of the line group DCB macro. See also static buffer allocation.

messages on a destination queue are sent to the destination on a
first-ended first-out basis within priority groups. That is, higherpriority messages are sent before lower-priority messages; when
two messages on a queue have equal priority, the one whose
final segment arrived at the queue earliest is sent first.

FIFO (first-in first-out): a queuing scheme whereby equalpriority messages on the same destination queue are sent in the
order that their first segments arrived at the queue.

element: an individual part of a system resource; for example,
a buffer.

flush c1osedown: a closed own of the TCAM Message Control

element request block (ERB): a control area that is used to

Program during which incoming message traffic is suspended
and queued outgoing messages are sent to their destinations
before c1osedown is completed; this form of termination is

make requests for buffers for a line group.

Glossary

685

known as a flush closedown because unsent messages are
flushed from the message queues. See also quick closedown.

functional macro instructions: TCAM macros that perform

Handler. The SEQUENCE macro checks the sequence number
for each message; if the number is not one more than that assigned to the previous message received from that origin, a bit
is turned on in the message error record.

the specific operations required for messages directed to the
Message Handler. See also delimiter macro instructions.

inquiry processing: a TCAM application in which the Mes-

group entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
group of terminals having the group-addressing machine feature.

header: that portion of a message containing control information for the message; a header might,contain one or more destination fields, the name of the originating station, an input
sequence number, a character string indicating the type of
message, a priority level for the message, etc. The message
header is operated on by macros in the inheader and outheader
subgroups of the Message Handler.
header buffer: a buffer containing a header segment.
header segment: a message segment containing all or part of

sage Control Program receives a message from a station, then
routes it to an application program that processes the data in
the message and generates a reply: the reply is routed by the
Message Control Program to the inquiring station. Response
time often may be shortened by specifying the lock mode (by a
LOCK macro in the Message Handler) and by locating the
message queues data set containing the queues for the application program in main storage.

intercepted station: a station to which no messages may be
sent. A station is intercepted by issuing a HOLD macro instruction in the out message subgroup of a Message Handler: the
suspension is either for a specified time interval or until either
an operator command or an application program macro instruction is issued to release messages held for the intercepted
station.

the message header.

invalid destination: a specified destination that does not
held terminal: a terminal that cannot accept messages because

correspond to a valid terminal table entry.

of the effect of a HOLD macro.

invitation: the process in which the computer contacts a staidentification characters (ID characters): characters sent
by a BSC station on a switched line to identify the station. ID
characters can also be assigned to the computer (by the
CPUID= operand of the INVLIST macro); in this case, the
computer and the station can exchange ID seqJ.Iences. TWX
stations also use ID characters.

idle: describes a line that is not currently available for transmission of data because IDLE was coded in the OPEN macro
for the line group data set containing the line. Such a line may
be activate,d by a ST ARTLINE operator command.

incident record: a checkpoint record residing in the checkpoint data set on a DASD. An incident record logs a change in
station status or in the contents of an option field that occurred
since the last environment record was taken. Incident records
are used to update the information contained in environment
records at restart time after a closedown or system failure.

tion in order to allow the station to transmit a message if it has
one ready.

invitation delay: a period of time (specified by the INTVL=
operand of the line group DCB macro), during which outgoing
messages are sent to nonswitched polled stations for which
receiving has priority over sending (because CPRI=R is coded
in the line group DCB macro). This delay is observed for all
such stations on a line when the end of the invitation list for
that line is reached. The delay in polling is observed for such
stations whether or not the computer has any messages to send
them. If no invitation delay is specified for such stations, no
messages can be sent to them.

invitation list: a series of sets of polling characters or identification sequences associated with the stations on a line; the
order in which sets of polling characters are specified (in the
INVLIST macro for the line) determines the order in which
polled stations are invited to enter messages on the line.

incoming group: that portion of a Message Handler designed
to handle messages arriving for handling by the Message Control Program. See also outgoing group.

line control block (LCD): an area of main storage containing control information for operations on a line; one LCB is
maintained by TCAM for each line in the system.

incoming message: a message being transmitted from a station to the computer.

input data set: a logical data set for a TCAM-compatible
application program. The input data set contains all messages
or records being sent to the application program from a single
process queue. Though it is not located in a physical medium,
the input data set requires a DD statement and a DCB macro
for its definition and must be activated and deactivated by
OPEN and CLOSE macros. See also output data set.

line control characters: characters that control transmission
of data over a line; for example, line control characters delimit
messages, cause transmission-error checking to be performed,
indicate whether a station has data to send or is ready to receive
data.

line group: a set of one or more communication lines of the
same type, over which stations with similar characteristics can
communicate with the computer.

input sequence number: a means of ensuring that messages

line group data set: a Message Control Program data set

are received from a source in the correct order. The user may
place a sequence number in the header of each message entered
by a station or application program, and may code a
SEQUENCE macro in the incoming group of his Message

consisting of all the lines in a line group; the messages that are
transmitted on these lines constitute the data in this data set. A
line group data set is defined by a line group DCB macro instruction, and by a DD statement for each line in the line group.

686

as TCAM PLM

line group DCB: a data control block created by a line group
DCB macro instruction; information in the data control block
defines the line group to TCAM.

lock mode: a TCAM facility, invoked in a Message Handler
by the LOCK macro, whereby a station entering an inquiry
message for an application program is held on the line by the
Message Control Program until a response has been returned to
it by the application program. Use of the lock mode decreases
response time because there are no interruptions on the line
before a response is returned. If LOCK is executed and
CONV=YES is coded in the STARTMH macro, tete-a-tete
interaction (defined in this Glossary) is in effect for the station.
A station may be placed in lock mode either for the duration of
a single inquiry and response ( message lock mode) or for the
duration of several inquiry-response cycles ( extended lock
mode). The type of lock mode is specified in the LOCK macro.

log: a collection of messages or message segments placed on a
secondary storage device for accounting or data collection
purposes. The TCAM logging facility is invoked by a functional macro instruction issued in a Message Handler.
log data set: a data set consisting of the messages or message
segments recorded on a secondary storage medium by the
TCAM logging facility. A log data set is defined by means of a
BSAM DCB macro instruction that is issued with the DCB
macro instructions defining the line group data sets, the message queues data sets, and the checkpoint data set.

logtype entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a
queue on which complete messages reside while awaiting transfer to the logging medium (a logtype entry is not needed if
message segments only are to be logged). A logtype entry is
created by a LOGTYPE macro.

main-storage queuing: a situation in which TCAM message
queues are maintained in main storage.

MCP: see Message Control Program.
MCPL: a subtask control block (STCB) entry code field that
identifies the type of STCB and therefore, the method necessary to activate the corresponding sub task.

message: a unit of data received from or sent to a station that
is terminated by an EOT or ETX control character or, if the
CONV= operand of the STARTMH macro is coded
CONV=YES, by an EOB or ETX control character. A TCAM
message is often divided into a header portion, which contains
control information, and a text portion, which contains the part
of the message of concern to the party ultimately receiving it.

Message Control Program (MCP): a set of user-defined
TCAM routines that identify the teleprocessing network to the
System/360 Operating System, establish the line control required for the various kinds of stations and modes of connection, and control the handling and routing of messages to fit the
user's requirements.

Message Handler (MH): a sequence of user-specified
TCAM macro instructions in the Message Control Program that
examine and process control information in message headers,
and perform functions necessary to prepare message segments
for forwarding to their destinations. One Message Handler
must be assigned to each line group by the MH= operand of the

line group DCB macro, and one must be assigned to each
TCAM-compatible application program by the MH= operand
of the PCB macro. The incoming group of an MH handles
messages received from either an originating station or an
application program; the outgoing group of an MH handles
messages prior to their being sent to a destination station or
application program.

message header: the part of a message containing control
information, such as the destination code (as distinct from the
text of the message).

message log data set: a set of messages or message segments
that are maintained on secondary storage for accounting or
other purposes.

message priority: refers to the order in which messages in a
destination queue are transmitted to the destination, relative to
each other. Higher-priority messages are forwarded before
lower-priority messages. Up to 255 different priority levels may
be assigned to a single destination (by the LEVEL= operand of
the TERMIN AL or TPROCESS macro). The priority for each
message sent to the destination may be specified in the message
header or assigned by a PRIORITY macro; in either case, a
PRIORITY macro should be coded in the inheader subgroup
handling the message.
message queue: see destination queue.
message queues data set: a TCAM data set that contains one
or more destination queues. A message queues data set contains messages that have been processed by the incoming group
of a Message Handler and are waiting for TCAM to dequeue
them, route them through an outgoing group of a Message
Handler, and send them to their destinations. Up to three
message queues data sets (one in main storage, one on reusable
disk, one on nonreusable disk) may be specified for a TCAM
Message Control Program.
message retrieval function: allows the user to retrieve a
previously sent message by specifying a combination of the
message destination and the input (or output) sequence number
of the message. The sequence number is assigned by the
SEQUENCE macro.

message segment: the portion of a message contained in a
single buffer.

message switching: a telecommunications application in
which a message is received from a remote station, stored until
a suitable outgoing line is available, and then transmittted to its
destination station. TCAM message switching can be handled
entirely by the Message Control Program.

MH: See Message Handler.
multiple-buffer header: a message header that occupies
more than one buffer.

multiple routing: the method of sending a message where
more than one destination is specified in the header of the
message.

multipoint line: a nonswitched line that connects several
remote stations to the computer.

Glossary

687

network control: the management of a series of points inter-

outgoing group: that section <;>f a Message Handler that ma-

connected by communications channels.

nipulates outgoing messages after they have been removed from
their destination queues. The outgoing group has three types of
subgroups-the outheader subgroup, which executes on outgoing header segments; the outbuffer subgroup, which executes on
each outgoing segment; and the outmessage subgroup, which
does not execute until after the message has been sent to its
destination, if possible. See also incoming group.

new queue: a chain of CPBs for all cylinders in an extent of a
disk message queues data set other than the cylinder currently
ready for I/O and the cylinder just after it.

next-buffer location: the value of address (disk relative
record number) to be used for the first unit of the next buffer of
the message that is currently being placed on the related message queue.

next-message location: the value of address (disk relative
record number) to be used for the first unit of the first buffer of
the next message received for the related message queue.

output data set: a logical data set for a TCAM-compatible
application program. The output data set contains the messages or "records returned from the application program to the
Message Control Program by a process entry in the terminal
table. An output data set is defined by a DO statement and a
DCB macro, and must be activated and deactivated by OPEN
and CLOSE macros. See also input data set.

no-buffer queue: the chain of CPBs for Read operatiQns
when no buffers are in the buffer pool.

output sequence number: a number placed in the header of a

record of a disk record message queues data set may be used
only once.

message by TCAM that determines the order in which messages
were sent to a destination by the computer. When specified in
an outheader subgroup, the SEQUENCE macro causes an
output sequence number to be placed in the header of each
outgoing message; this sequence number is one greater than the
sequence number for the last message sent to this destination.
See also input sequence number.

nonswitched line: a communication line that links stations for

path switch: an option field setting used as a switch to indicate

a continuous period, or for regularly recurring periods; also
known as a private, leased, or dedicated line.

the order of or the conditional execution of MH macros.

no-CPB queue: the chain of elements that are to be processed by CPB initialization.

nonreusable disk queueing: the situation in which each.

point-to-point line: a communication line that connects a
non-transparent mode: a mode of binary synchronous transmission in which all control characters are treated as control
characters (that is, not treated as text). See transparent mode.

single remote station to the computer. It may be either
switched or nons witched.

polling: a non-contention line management method whereby
on-line test (OLT): an optional TCAM facility that permits
either a system console operator or a remote-station operator to
test transmission control units and remote stations to find out if
they work properly.

the computer invites remote stations on multipoint nonswitched
lines and remote terminals on point-to-point lines to enter
messages. The computer contacts stations in the order specified
by the invitation list; each station contacted is invited to enter
messages.

operator command: a command entered either at an operator
control station or at the system console to examine or alter the
status of the telecommunications network during execution.

Operator Control address vector table: an MCP area that

polling characters: a set of identifying characters peculiar to
either a station or a component of that station; a response to
these characters indicates to the computer whether the station
has a message to enter.

contains parameters for the Operator Control module.

prefix: see buffer prefix.
operator control station: a station eligible to enter operator
commands. An application program and the system console
may also serve as operator control stations. Operator control
stations are designated as such by the PRIMARY = operand of
the INTRa macro and by the SECTERM= operand of the
TERMINAL and TPROCESS macros. See also primary operator control station.

primary operator control station: an operator control station that receives, in addition to the responses to commands
entered by it, the operator awareness message is sent whenever
an I/O error occurs and TCAM's error-recovery procedures are
unsuccessful in correcting it. The primary operator control
station is designated by the PRIMARY= operand of the INTRa
macro.

option field: a storage area containing data relating to a particular station, component, line, or application program. Certain Message Handler routines that need source- or destinationrelated data to perform their functions have access to data in an
option field. User-written routines also have access to data in
an option field. Option fields are defined by OPTION macros
and initialized for each station, line, component, or application
program by the OPDAT A= operand of the TERMINAL or
TPROCESS macro.

priority: see message priority and transmission priority.
problem program mode: operating under the control of the
message control or application program, rather than under the
control of the as supervisor.

process control block (PCB): an MCP storage area for data
that is necessary for communication between the Mep and an
application program.

option table: a collection of information provided by the user
in OPTION macro instructions.

688

OS TeAM PLM

process queue: a destination queue for an application pro-

gram (see destination queue). A process queue is defined by a
TPROCESS macro.

purge I/O: an SVC issued at close time to remove all traffic
from teleprocessing lines.

QeB: see queue control block.
QeB extension: A TCAM control area that contains the
information necessary to execute the OUTMSG subgroup for a
terminal attached to a concentrator.

queue: a set of items consisting of:

generation time by a UNITNAME macro, the lines in the group
are assigned relative line numbers according to the order in
which their hardware addresses are specified in the UNIT=
operand of UNITNAME. The line whose address is specified
first is relative line number one, that address specified second is
relative line number two, etc. If a line group is defined at MCP
execution time by concatenated DD statements, the order in
which the DD statements for the lines in the line group are
arranged determines the relative line numbers for the lines.
The line whose DD statement appears first is relative line number one, the statement that appears second is relative line number two, etc.

resident module: a module that resides in main storage of the
TCAM system at all times.

1. a queue control block (an area in main storage containing
control information for the queue), and
2. one or more ordered arrangements of items (the items may
be messages, main-storage addresses, etc.).

resource: any system facility that is required by a job or task;

queue-back chain: a time-sequential record of the sending

resource control block (ReB): an eight-byte prefix to an

and receiving message traffic for the terminal or terminals of a
specific destination QCB.

element.

queue control block (QeB): a storage area used to associate

for example, main storage, I/O devices, data sets, buffer pool.

restart: to restructure the execution of a routine or system,
using the data recorded at a checkpoint.

elements with appropriate subtasks.

retry: an error recovery procedure in which the current block
quick closedown: a closed own of the TCAM Message Control

of data (from the last EOB or ETB) is re-sent a prescribed
number of times, or until accepted or entered correctly.

Program that involves stopping message traffic on each line as
soon as any messages being sent or received at the time the
request for closedown is received are transmitted.

retry queue: a chain of one CPB for the cylinder on which to

read-ahead queue: an area of main storage from which an

have I/O in an extent of a disk message queues data set after
the CPBs on the EXCP queue are processed.

application program obtains work units in advance of their
being requested by the application.

reusable disk queuing: a situation in which messages are

ready queue: a chain of elements that represent the work to

queued to a wrapped message queues data set; that is, serviced
messages are overlaid by new messages entering the system.

be performed in the TCAM system.

rollout/rollin (RORI): an optional feature of the MVT conrecaU: a method of retrieving a particular message or a part of
a message in order to reprocess it 'or to redirect it.

recalled buffer: a buffer retrieved from the message queue to
be reprocessed. This buffer may be a header or a text buffer.

trol program configuration that enables an additional region (or
regions) of main storage to be temporarily reassigned from one
job step to another.

routing code: under Multiple Console Support, indicates the
consoles to which the messages should be sent.

record: a logical unit of data, the length of which is defined by
the user through the use of operands of the input or output DCB
macro and delimiting characters in the message.

secondary destination: any of the destinations specified for a

reentrant module: a module that can be executed by more

segment: the portion of a TCAM message contained in a

than one task concurrently; that is, a task may be executing a
reentrant module before the previous task has finished executing it.

single buffer.

message except the first destination.

selection: the process whereby the computer contacts a remote station to send it a message.

refreshable module: a module that cannot be modified by
itself or by any other module during exeuction; that is, a refreshable module can be replaced by a new copy during execution br a recovery management routine without changing either
the sequence or the results of processing.

sending: the process in which the central computer places a

region control task (ReT): a TSO task that determines

sequence number: see input sequence number and output

which task is to occupy a particular TSO region. There is one
RCT for each region. The RCT is activated by the TSIP SVC.

sequence number.

message on a line for transmission to a station (the station
accepts the message). Sending and receiving are functions of
the central computer.

serially reusable module: a module that can be executed by
relative line number: a number assigned by the user to a
communications line of a line group at system generation time
or MCP execution time. If a line group is defined at system

only one task at a time. The module reinitializes itself and
restores any instructions or any data in the module that were
altered during the execution.

Glossary

689

single entry: an entry in the terminal table associated with a

TCAM/TSO buffer: a buffer residing in the TCAM region

single station or station component; one such entry must be
created (by a TERMINAL macro) for each station in the
TCAM system not defined by a group entry.

in which the PRFTSBUF bit in the buffer prefix is on, indicating that the buffer contains a TSO message.

telecommunications: any transmission or reception of sigsource offset: the index value into the term name table for the
source terminal.

special characters table (SCT): a collection of entries that
contain the special characters required for device I/O for each
terminal (or device) in the system.

start-stop transmission: data transmission in which each

nals, writing, sounds, or intelligence of any nature, by wire,
radio, or other electromagnetic media.

teleprocessing: the pr,ocessing by a computer of data entered
at a remote station.
terminal: a point in a system at which data can enter, leave, or
enter and leave. A terminal can' also be a control unit to which
one or more input/output devices can be attached.

character being transmitted is preceded by a special "control
'signal indicating the beginning of the sequence of data bits
representing the character, and is followed by another control
signal indicating the end of the data-bit sequence (character
recognition by the device that obtains the data depends on the
presence of these control signals for each character); contrast
with binary synchronous communications.

Terminal On-Line Test Executive (TOTE): the facility

static buffer allocation: the assignment to a line, before

for on-line testing available with TCAM used to test various
terminal configurations in the user on-line environment.

transmission over that line, of all buffers to be used to contain
the transmitted data. When PCI=N or PCI=R is coded in the
line group DCB macro, the number of buffers specified by the
BUFIN= or BUFOUT= operand of the line group DCB macro
instruction is assigned to a line before incoming or outgoing
transmission begins on that line. Once transmission has started, no more buffers are available to handle the data involved in
the transmission.

station: either a remote terminal, or a remote computer used
as a terminal.

terminal I/O coordinator (TIOC): the interface between
the TSO subsystem and the version of TCAM that supports
TSO.

terminal status block (TSB): a control block containing the
status of a terminal for each user. The control block resides in
main storage with the user job and is rolled in or out with the
user job. The TSB indicates what features are associated with
the terminal.
terminal table: an ordered collection of information consisting of a control field for the table and blocks of information on
each line, station, component, or application program from
which a message can originate or to which a message can be
sent.

station control block (SCB): a logical extension of the QCB
for each station. The SCB contains information used by TCAM
to control buffering.

termname table: a table that contains the name of all the

subblock: that portion of a'BSC message terminated by an

tete-a-tete: a mode of message handling in which a station
operating in lock mode is polled by the computer. The station
responds with a message that ends with a character permitting
selection to continue. The computer sends a response message,
from an application program, that the station interprets as a
positive response.

ITB line control character.

supervisor mode: operating under the control of the system
supervisor.

switched line: a communication line on which the connection
between the computer and a remote station is established by
dialing. Also known as a dial line.

system interval: a user-specified time interval during which

terminals in the system in collating sequence.

text: that part of the message of concern to the party ultimately receiving the message (that is, the message exclusive of the
header, or control, information).

polling and addressing are suspended on multipoint lines to
polled stations. The system interval is specified by the
INTV AL= operand of the INTRO macro, and may be changed
during TCAM initialization, by a SYSINTVL operator command. The INTERVAL operator command tells TCAM to
begin the system interval. The system interval is used to minimize unproductive polling, to minimize CPU meter time, and to
synchronize polling on the polled lines in the system. See also
invitation delay.

text segment: a portion of a message that contains no part of

task control block (TCB): the consolidation of control

time sharing input QCB (TSID): an area of main storage

information related to a task.

that contains the addresses of the time sharing routines.

task I/O table (TIOT): a control block constructed by job

time sharing job control block (TJB): an area of main
storage that contains information about a time sharing user and
the status of his job. There is one TJB for each user.

management to provide I/O support routines (OPEN, CLOSE,
EOV) with pointers to JFCBs and allocated devices.

690

OS TeAM PLM

the message header.

time delay: a halt of a specific operation for a pre-specified
amount of time.

time sharing: a method of using a computing system that
allows a number of users to execute programs concurrently and
to interact with them during execution.

Time Sharing Option (TSO): an optional configuration of
the Operating System providing conversational time sharing
from remote terminals.

tpost: the technique in TCAM by which an element is passed
from one queue to another. The TCAM routines specify the
element and the queues, and the TCAM Dispatcher actually
performs the action.
transient module: a module that resides in a system library on
some type of storage device until it is called into the TCAM
system for a limited length of time during the execution of a
problem program.

element to process by having the STCB for that subtask placed
in the STCB chain of the QCB to which the needed element will
be tposted.

unit: see buffer unit.
warm start: a restart of the TCAM Message Control Program
following either a quick or a flush closedown. The TCAM
checkpoint/restart facility is used to restore the MCP environment as nearly as possible to its condition before failure.
work unit: the amount of data transferred from the Message

ic medium between two points in a telecommunications network.

Control Program to an application program by a single GET or
READ macro, or transferred from an application program to
the MCP by a single PUT or WRITE macro. The work unit
may be a message or a record (or, for QT AM-compatible application programs, a segment).

transmission control unit (TCU): a control unit that serves

write-to-operator (WTO): an optional user-coded service

as an interface between communication lines and a computer
for logical operations. The transmission control units supported by TCAM are the 2701 Data Adapter Unit Modell, the 2702
Transmission Control Modell, and the 2703 Transmission
Control Modell.

whereby a message may be written to the system console operator informing him of errors and unusual system conditions that
may need correcting.

transmission: the transfer of coded data by an electromagnet-

write-to-operator with reply (WTOR): an optional usercoded service whereby a message may be written to the system
console operator informing him of errors and unusual conditions that may need correcting. The operator must key in a
response to this message.

transmission priority: refers to the order in which sending
and receiving. occur, relative to each other, for a particular
station. Transmission priority is specified on a line-group basis
by the CPl= operand of the line group DCB macro. The three
transmission priorities possible in TCAM are send priority,
equal priority, and receive priority. The exact meaning of each
priority depends upon the line configuration and type of station. See also message priority.

zero-length buffer: a buffer that has a zero in the PRFSIZE
field of the buffer prefix. This type of buffer is sent by the Line
End Appendage to the Message Handler to indicate that there is
an error on the line.

transparent mode: a mode of binary synchronous transmis-

zone: that portion of disk records that reside in an algebraic

sion in which all data, including normally restricted data-link
control characters, is transmitted only as specific bit patterns.
Control characters that are intended to be effective are preceded by a OLE character.

quarter of the Reusable Disk Message Queue data set.

twait: the TCAM technique in which a subtask waits for.an

zone boundary: any of four disk records, one at each of the
following positions in the Reusable Disk Message Queue data
set: the first record, the records 1/4, 1/2, and 3/4 through the
entire data set.

Glossary

691

(This page left blank intentionally)

692

OS TeAM PLM

Index
abnormal closedown ( see TCAM abnormal close routine)
access manager
library 622
microfiche directory 160
access method ?83
access method work area (ACSMETH)
definition 683
description 423
DSECT 424-427
microfiche directory 185
activate-I/O generator subtask
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory 151
activate-I/O generator subtask for a QT AM-compatible system
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for BSC lines
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for leased and start/stop lines
and no TSO
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate-I/O generator subtask for start/stop lines
flowchart 336-337
library 633
microfiche directory lSI
activate or move invitation list entry routine
microfiche directory 166
additional records 24
address vector table (A VT)
description 401
DSECT 402-422
microfiche directory 184
application program
assembly 6
closedown 130-13 I
data flow from the MCP 102-105
data flow to the MCP 106-107
definition 683
execution 6-7
initialization 62-65
interface with the MCP ready queue 17
interface with operator control 108-109
linkage edit 6
macros 6
MCP control block linkages 399
network control facilities 110-111
termination functions 130-131
application program/checkpoint interface routine
library 621
microfiche directory 152
application program data flow
from the MCP 102-105
to the MCP 106-107
application program incident checkpoint request 117, 121
application program initialization routines 62-65
application program network control 130-131
application program open error interface routine
library 630
microfiche directory 180
application program processing options 8
AQCTL SVC 102 routine
functions 71, 145
general use 17
library 628
microfiche directory 145
assembling and linkage editing an application program 6
assembling amtlinkage editing an MCP 5
A TTEN macro expansion linkage 187
attention handler

library 630
microfiche directory 179
attention routine
library 628
microfiche directory 139
Auto Answer 683
Auto Call 683
Auto Poll 683
Auto Poll and read response to poll unit check and
unit exception ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
AVT ( see address vector table)
basic TCAM concepts 13-36
binary search routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
binary search routine for processing programs
library 633
microfiche directory 148
binary synchronous communications (BSC) 683
block 683
BSC ( see binary synchronous communications)
BSC channel check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
BSC ERP control module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC error post module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
BSC READ/WRITE data check, overrun, and command reject
ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC READ/WRITE equipment check, lost data, intervention
required, and unit exception ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
BSC second level CCW return module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
buffer
definition 18, 683
header 18
prefix 18,429-432
size for a line group 18
text 18
unit 18
( see also buffer prefix)
buffer control areas
unit control area 19
buffer prefix 19, 429-432
buffer disposition QCB 637
buffer disposition sub task
library 632
microfiche directory 142
buffer management in an MCP
allocation 20
deallocation 20-21
requesting blJfff"r~ 20
buffer management module
library 633
microfiche directory 149
buffer prefix
definition 683
description 429, 18
DSECT 431-432
linkage to TCAM control blocks 397
microfiche directory 184
buffer request QCB 637
buffer request routine ( see buffer management module)

Index

693

buffer return QCB 637
buffer return routine ( see buffer management module)
buffer scan routine
library 621
microfiche directory 140
buffer unit 18, 683
buffer unit pool
defining the size of 18
definition 683
buffered terminal 683
buffered terminal scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 175
build CKREQ disk record routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
build incident record for MH routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
build incident record for TCHNG routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
calling 683
CANCELBK routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
cancel message routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
CANCELMG macrQ expansion linkage 188
CANCELMG parameter list 188
CARRIAGE macro expansion linkage 189
cascade entry 683
cascade list 683
cascade list subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
CECOM service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
change/delete scheduler
microfiche directory 158
channel command word (CCW) 184
channel end and abnormal end appendage
library 628
microfiche directory 172
channel program block (CPB)
definition 683
description 433
DSECT 433-436
microfiche directory 184
channel programs 645-681
AT & T 83B3 selective calling station lines 647
auto poll feature 669-670
BSC devices 670
IBM BSC multipoint 669-670
IBM 1030 648-649
IBM 1050 dial 651-652
IBM 1050 leased 650-651
IBM 1050, attention feature for TSO monitor 653-654
IBM 1060 653-654
IBM 2260 local 667
IBM 2260 remote 666-667
IBM 2740 basic 656
IBM 2740 checking 656-657
IBM 2740 checking and dial with a connection 662
IBM 2740 dial 658
IBM 2740 dial and checking 658-659
IBM 2740 dial and transmit control 659-660
IBM 2740 dial and transmit control and checking 660-661
IBM 2740 dial with a connection 661
IBM 2740 station control 662-663
IBM 2740 station control and checking 663-664
IBM 2740 transmit control (dial with a connection) 664
IBM 2740 transmit control and checking (dial with a
connection) 664-665
IBM 2741 dial 655
IBM 2741 leased 654
IBM 2741 leased and dial for TSO monitor 655

694

OS TeAM PLM

IBM 3270 local 667
IBM 3670 broadcast 667
IBM 7770 dial 668
special 681
S/360 to S/360 dial 676-677
S/360 to S/360 point to point 671
S/360 to 1I30 dial 677-678
S/360 to 1130 point to point 671-672
S/360 to 2770 dial 678-680
S/360 to 2770 point to point 672-673
S/360 to 2780 dial 680-681
S/360 to 2780 point to point 673-674
S/360 to 3735 dial 674-675
TTY models 33 and 35 TWX 668
TWX for TSO monitor 669
Western Union plan 115A outstation 648
World Trade Telegraph 665
CHECK macro expansion linkage 189
check routine
library 629
microfiche directory 177
checkpoint 1I2-121
checkpoint, CKREQ record
DSECT 445
initializing space for 50-51
checkpoint close routine
library 630
microfiche directory 183
checkpoint continuation restart routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint continuation restart subroutine
library 629
microfiche directory 174
checkpoint, control record
definition 684
description 437
DSECT 437-439
initializing space for 50-51
checkpoint data set
c1osedown 128-129
definition 683
opening 50-51
checkpoint descriptions, incident 115, 123
checkpoint disk allocation routine
library 630
microfiche directory 182
checkpoint disk end appendage
library 630
microfiche directory 174
checkpoint disk initialization routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint disk I/O queue 635
checkpoint disk I/O routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint disk records
CKREQ record 445-446
control record 437-439
environment record 439-442
incident records 442-444
checkpoint elements 447-448
checkpoint, environment 114, 120
checkpoint, environment record
building 114, 120
definition 685
description 439-442
DSECT 440-442
initializing space for 50-51
microfiche directory 184
checkpoint executor
library 621
microfiche directory 153
checkpoint, incident
application program request 117, 120
MH request 1I5,120
operator control request 1I6, 120
checkpoint, incident record
definition 686
DSECT 442-443

initializaing space for 50-51
microfiche directory 184
checkpoint-no available core rout ine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint-no incident records routine
library 622
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint notification and disposition routine
library 621
microfiche di rectory 154
checkpoint open routine
functional overview 50-51
library 630
microfiche directory 180
checkpoint/operator control interface 116, 120
checkpoint QCB 637
checkpoint queue manager routine
library 621
microfiche directory 154
checkpoint records 683-684
( see also checkpoint, control record; checkpoint,
environment record; checkpoint, incident record;
and checkpoint, CKREQ record)
checkpoint request element 119, 184
checkpoint request record 684
checkpoint request routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
checkpoint/ restart 684
checkpoint/restart from environment record routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint/restart from incident and CKREQ records routine
library 630
microfiche directory 181
checkpoint/restart option 8-9
checkpoint/restart overview 112-121
checkpoint work area
description 449
DSECT 450-454
microfiche directory 184
CHECKPT macro expansion linkage 189
CHECKPT parameter list 189
CIB ( see command input buffer)
CKREQ checkpoint record ( see checkpoint, CKREQ record)
CKREQ macro expansion linkage 190
CLOSE macro expansion linkage 191
close routines 126-131
application program close routines 130-131
message queues close routines 126-129
c1osedown completion 126-127
closedown completion element QCB 638
c1osedown completion routines ( see resident c1osedown
completion routine and nonresident c1osedown completion
routine)
c1osedown of the TCAM system 126-129
closedown terminal statistics recording module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
CLOSEMC macro expansion linkage 192
code, linkage from the STCB to 16
CODE macro expansion linkage 192
CODE parameter list 192
cold start 684
command input buffer (CIB)
definition 684
description 455
DSECT 455-456
microfiche directory 184
COMMBUF routine
library 623
macro linkage 193
microfiche directory 143
COMMBUF send scheduler
microfiche directory 175
common buffer data area prefix 185,461
common buffer master QCB 185,463-464
communication parameter list 684
communications queue 635
compare at offset routine

library 631
microfiche directory 138
concentrator 684
concentrator buffer disposition subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
concentrator data ready queue
definition 684
description 457
DSECT 457-459
microfiche directory 184
concentrator device ID table
definition 684
descriptIOn 465
DSECT 465-466
microfiche directory 184
concentrator message handling support
incoming 82, 85
concentrator send scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 174
concentrator terminal buffer (CTB) 684
concepts, basic TCAM 13-36
configuration data set (CDS) 12
configuration exhibit module
library 622
microfiche directory 158
configurator and scheduler
library 622
microfiche directory 158
configurator submodules
library 622
microfiche directory 158
continuation restart 684
control areas for TCAM ( see data area layouts)
control blocks ( see data area layouts)
control block linkage 395,397,399
control characters 684
control record ( see checkpoint, control record)
copy buffer queue 635
.
copy QCB 638
COUNTER macro expansion linkage 193
COUNTER parameter list 193
counter routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
CPB ( see channel program block)
CPB cleanup ( see CPB initialization routine)
CPB cleanup QCB 638
CPB free pool queue 635
CPB initialization routine
flowchart 250-273
library 633
microfiche directory 148
CPB initialization-disk-only queuing
flowchart 289-310
library 633
microfiche directory 148
CPB initialization-main-storage-only queuing
flowchart 274-288
library 633
microfiche directory 148
create an error message routine and subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 139
cross-partition data movement 17
cross-reference table option 10
CSECT name module listing ( see microfiche directory)
CTB ( see concentrator terminal buffer)
CTBFORM macro expansion linkage 193
CTBFORM parameter list 193
CTBFORM routine
library 633
microfiche directory 149
CU TEST service module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
CUTOFF macro expansion linkage 194
cutoff message transmission routine and subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 139

Index

695

CUTOFF parameter list
cutoff QCB 638

194

data area layouts
access method work area 423-427
address vector table 401-422
buffer prefix 429-432
channel program block 433-436
checkpoint disk records 437-446
checkpoint elements 447-448
checkpoint work area 449-454
command input buffer 455-456
common buffer data area prefix 461
common buffer master QCB 463-464
concentrator data ready queue 457-459
concentrator device ID table 465-466
data control block 467-475
data event control block 477
data extent block 479-481
data extent block for application programs 483-484
device characteristics table 485
disk data area 487-488
element request block 489
input/output control block 495-501
invitation list 491-493
line control block 503-510
on-line test control block 511-529
operator control address vector table 531-535
option characteristics table 537-538
option table 539-540
OS I/O device characteristics table 531
process control block 543-545
process entry work area 547-550
queue control block 551-556
queue control block extension 557-578
resource control block 559-560
special characters table 561-562
station control block 563-570
subtask control block 571-572
terminal table 473-580
termname table 581-582
test event control block 583-585
TOTE Resource Control Block 587-590
TSO TSINPUT Control Block 591-596
data attach routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
data control block (DCB) 467-475,684
data event control block (DECB) 477
data extent block (DEB) 479-481
description 479
DSECT 480-81
microfiche directory 184
data extent block for application programs
description 483
DSECT 483-484
microfiche directory 184
data flow
application program to MCP 106-107
MCP to application program 102-105
data movement, cross-partition 17
data ready queue ( see concentrator data ready queue)
data set 684
data set closedown 126-129
date and time provision routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
DATETIME insertion routine for processing programs
library 632
microfiche directory 144
DATETIME macro expansion linkage 194
DATETIME parameter list 194
DCB ( see data control block)
DCT ( see device characteristics table)
deactivate invitation list entry routine
microfiche directory 166
dead-letter queue 684
DEB ( see data extent block)
debug service aid router
library 628

696

OS TeAM PLM

microfiche directory 167
DECB ( see data event control block)
definition of the TCAM system 42-65
delete from time delay QCB 638
delimiter macro instruction 684
descriptor code 684
destination 684
destination field 685
destination offset 685
destination QCB 22, 638
destination QCB for main storage queuing with
disk backup 36
destination queue 685
destination scheduler
flowchart 311-320
library 633
microfiche directory 150
destination scheduler-disk-only queuing
flowchart 329-335
library 633
microfiche directory 150
destination scheduler-main-storage-only queuing
flowchart 321-328
library 633
microfiche directory 150
device characteristics table (DCT) 485, 685
device ID table ( see concentrator device ID table)
diagnostic aids 597-620
dial receive scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 178
DIO service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
disabled module 685
disabled ready queue 15, 635
disabling the line 685
disk data record area
description 487
DSECT 487-488
microfiche directory 184
disk end appendage
library 630
microfiche directory 178
disk end appendage for a single CPB
library 629
microfiche directory 177
disk end queue 635
disk I/O QCB 638
disk message queue initializer
library 623
microfiche directory 161
disk message queues close routine
library 630
microfiche directory 182
disk message queues open routine-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk message queues open routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk message queues open routine-load 3
library 630
microfiche directory 179
disk queuing
nonreusable 22-34, 90-91
reusable 34-35
dispatcher
relationship of OS to TCAM 7
TCAM 13
( see also TCAM dispatcher)
,dispatching functions of the TCAM dispatcher 68-70
DISPLAY control terminal routine
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY intercepted terminals
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY invitation list entries
microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY line address routine
microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY line information routine

microfiche directory 165
DISPLAY option fields routine
library 627
microfiche directory 165
DISPLA Y queue status routine
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY scan/map/dispatch routine
library 627
microfiche directory 164
DISPLAY terminal information routine
microfiche directory 164
distribution entry 685
distribution list 685
distribution list subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 142
DPRINT service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
DTIME se(vice module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
dummy last element 16
duplicate-header message that spans queue-type
duplicate-header messages 31, 36
dynamic buffer allocation 685
dynamic translation routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140

EXIO service module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
extended work area macro 185
FEFO 685
FEFO queue 31, 636
FIFO 685
FIFO queue 31, 636
first-buffer prefix 18
flowcharts 250-394
flush closedown 126, 685-686
FO R WARD macro expansion linkage 196-197
FO R WARD parameter list 196-197
FORWARD processing 88-89
forward routine
functions 141,88-89
library 632
microfiche directory 141
functional charts ( see method of operation)
functional macro instructions 686
36

ECB ( see event control block)
element 13, 685
element request block (ERB)
definition 685
description 489
use 20
elements of the TCAM dispatcher 13
enabled module 685
enabled ready queue 16, 636
enabling a line 685
end-of-address character 685
environment checkpoint 114, 119-120
environment checkpoint record ( see checkpoint,
environment record)
environment checkpoint routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
EOA ( see end-of-address-character)
EOB/ETB handling subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 143
ERB ( see element request block)
ERP ( see error recovery procedures)
ERRORMSG macro expansion linkage 195
ERRORMSG parameter list 195
error post and second level CCW return module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
error record 685
error recovery procedures (ERP) 685
error recovery procedures linkage
BSC 247-248
option 9
start/stop 245-246
error word usage 597-598
event control block (ECB)
definition 685
OS posting 17,62-65,72-73
exchange 685
EXCPdriver
library 629
microfiche directory 175
EXCP driver for a single CPB
library 629
microfiche directory 175
EXCP driver input queue 636
EXCP queue 636
executable modules microfiche directory 134-183
execution of an application program 6-7
execution of an MCP 5-6

general poll 11
generation ( see system generation)
get compatible routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
GET macro expansion linkage 197-198
GETCONFIG service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
GETMAIN, termname table sort, and attach routine
library 622
microfiche directory 155
GET /PUT and READ/WRITE close executor-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 183
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE close executor-load 2
library 630
microfiche director~ 183
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE open executor-load 1
library 630
microfiche director~ 181
GET/PUT and READ/WRITE open executor-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 182
GET/READ routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
get scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 146
get scheduler FIFO routine
library 621
microfiche directory 146
glossary 633-691
group entry 686
HANGUP macro expansIon linkage 198
header 686
header buffer 686
header segment 686
held terminal 686
hold function of an MH 34
HOLD macro expansion linkage 199
HOLD parameter list 199
hold queue 34, 636
hold/release terminal routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
HOLD terminal transmission routine
microfiche directory 166
ICHNG macro expansion linkage 199
ICOPY macro expansion linkage 199
ICOPY service routine
library 632

Index

697

microfiche directory 147
identification characters 686
idle 686
INBUF macro expansion linkage 199
INBUF parameter list 199
incident checkpoint
application program request 117,120-121
MH request 115,120-121
operator control request 116, 120-121
incident checkpoint for operator control routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
incident checkpoint record ( see checkpoint, incident record)
incident checkpoint routines
( see incident checkpoint for MH routine; incident checkpoint
for operator control routine; and incident checkpoint for
TCHNG routine)
incoming buffer flow 92-95
incoming group 686
incoming message 686
incoming/ outgoing message delimiter routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
INEND parameter list 200
INHDR macro expansion linkage 200
INHDR parameter list 200
initializing an application program
initializing an MCP ( see message control program)
initializing the TCAM system ( see system/network definition)
INITIATE macro expansion linkage 200
INITIATE parameter list 200
INMSG macro expansion ,linkage 201
INMSG parameter list 201
input data set 686
input/output block (lOB) 184
input/output control block 495-501
input sequence number 686
input sequence number insertion routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
inquiry processing 686
insert at offset routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
insert data routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
intercepted station 686
INTRO execution 44-45, 47
INTR0 macro expansion linkage 201
introduction 3
invalid destination 686
invitation 686
invitation delay 686
invitation list 491-493, 686
IOBLOCKS ( see input/output control block)
LCB ( see line control block)
LCB status byte usage 599-600
leased receive scheduler
library 630
microfiche directory 178
line control block (LCB)
definition 686
description 503
DSECT 504-510
extension 510
microfiche directory 184
line control characters 686
line control initialization routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
line control insertion routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
line end appendage
flowchart 374-394
library 629
microfiche directory 178
line end appendage for a QT AM-compatible system

698

OS TCAM PLM

flowchart 366-373
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for BSC lines
flowchart 338-348
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for leased and start/stop lines and no TSO
flowchart 360-365
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line end appendage for start/stop lines
flowchart 351-359
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line group
closedown 128-129
definition 686
opening 52-57
line group close routine-load 1
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line group close routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line group data set 686
line group DCB 687
line group open routine-load 1
functional overview 52-57
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 2
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 3
library 630
microfiche directory 179
line group open routine-load 4
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 5
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 6
library 630
microfiche directory 180
line group open routine-load 7
library 630
microfiche directory 182
line I/O intertupt trace routine
library 629
microfiche directory 173
line management in an MCP
receive operation 78-79
send operation 92-93, 95
line queuing options 8
linkages among storage areas in the MCP and an
application program 399
linkages between macro expansions and modules 187-240
linkages from a TCAM buffer prefix 397
local receive scheduler
library 629
microfiche directory 173
locate option field address routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
LOCK macro expansion linkage 202
lock mode 687
LOCK parameter list 202
lock routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
LOCOPT macro expansion linkage 202
LOCOPT parameter list 202
log 687
log data set 687
log destination QCB 638
LOG macro expansion linkage 202-203
log message routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144

LOG parameter list 202-203
log scheduler routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
log segment routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
logging option 8
LOGON macro expansion linkage
logtype entry 687
look-up terminal entry routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140

203

macro definition 3
macro expansions-linkage to modules
( see macro linkage charts)
macro linkage charts
ATTEN 187
CANCELMG 188
CARRIAGE 189
CHECK 189
CHECKPT 189
CKREQ 190
CLOSE 191
CLOSEMC 192
CODE 192
COMMBUF 193
COUNTER 193
CTBFORM 193
CUTOFF 194
DATETIME 194
DCB 194
ERRORMSG 195
FORWARD 196-197
GET 198
HANGUP 198
HOLD 199
ICHNG 199
ICOPY 199
INBUF 166
INEND 200
INHDR 200
INITIATE 200
INMSG 201
INTRO 201
INVLIST 201
LOCK 202
LOCOPT 202
LOG 202-203
LOGON 203
LOGTYPE 203
MCOUNT 203
MCPCLOSE 204
MHGET 204
MHPUT 204
MRELEASE 205
MSGEDIT 206-210
MSGFORM 211-212
MSGGEN 212-213
MSGLIMIT 213
MSGTYPE 213
OPEN 215-218
OPTION 218
ORIGIN 219
OUTBUF 219
OUTEND 220
OUTHDR 220
OUTMSG 221-222
PATH 223
PCB 223
POINT 223
PRIORITY 224
PUT 224-225
QACTION 225
QCOPY 225
QSTART 226
READ 226
READY 227
REDIRECT 228

RELEASEM 229
RETRIEVE 230
RETRY 230
SCREEN 231
SEQUENCE 232
SETEOF 233
SETEOM 234-235
SETSCAN 235-236
SIMATTN 236
SLOWPOLL 237
STARTLN 237
STARTMH 237
STOPLN 238
TCHNG 238
TCOPY 238
TERMINAL 238
TERRSET 238
TGOTO 239
TLIST 239
TPROCESS 239
TRANLIST 239
TSINPUT 239
TTABLE 240
TYPETABL 240
UNLOCK 240
WRITE 240
macro parameter lists ( see macro linkage charts)
main-storage message queues data set
disk backup 35-36
location assignment 35
when units run out 36
( see also message queues data set)
main-storage queuing 35,687
main-storage queuing with disk backup 35-36
main storage requirements for TCAM 3
master QCB 551-556,639
MCOUNT macro expansion linkage 203
MCOUNT routine
library 632
microfiche directory 144
MCP ( see message control program)
MCP close and closedown completion 126-129
MCP closedown processing routine
library 628
microfiche directory 169
MCP message handling ( see message handling in an MCP)
MCP queue management ( see queue management in an MCP)
MCPCLOSE macro expansion linkage 204
MCPCLOSE scan/map/dispatch routine
microfiche directory 169
MCPL field 687
message 687
message control program (MCP)
assembly 5
closedown 126-129
data flow from an application program 105-107
data flow to an application program 102-105
definition 687
execution 5-6
initialization 44-47
linkage edit 5
termination 126-129
message, duplicate-header 31, 36
message flow
application program to MCP 105-107
incoming to an MCP 82-87
MCP to application program 102-105
outgoing from an MCP 98-101
message generation routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
message handler 687
message handling in an MCP
buffer management 18-21
incoming buffer flow 82-87
outgoing buffer flow 98-101
queue management 22-36
message handling routines-functions of
incoming group of an MH 82-87
outgoing group of an MH 98-101
ST ARTMH 82-85,98-99

Index

699

message header 687
message limit routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
message log data set 687
message origins table 601-612
message priority 687
message processing 82-107
message queue 687
message queues data set
definition 22, 687
opening 48-49
( see also main-storage message queues data set)
message queues open routines 48-49
message queuing options 8
main storage queuing 35
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34
reusable disk queuing 34-35
message retrieval 687
message segment 18,687
message switching 687
method of operation 38
method of operation symbols 38
MH ( see message handler)
MH macro expansion parameter lists 187-240
MH vcon table 85,99
MHGET routine
library 624
macro linkage 204
microfiche directory 149
MHPUT routine
library 624
macro linkage 204
microfiche directory 149
microfiche directory
executable modules 133-183
nonexecutable modules 184-186
mixed environment 11
MODIFY control terminal routine
microfiche directory 167
MODIFY function message module
microfiche directory 166
modify intense routine
library 628
microfiche directory 167
MODIFY interval routine
microfiche directory 166
modify options routine
library 628
microfiche directory 167
modify poll routine
library 627
microfiche directory 166
MODIFY scan/map/dispatch modules
microfiche directory 166
MODIFY trace status routine
microfiche directory 167
module list by library 621-634
MORECORE/FREECORE service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
MRELEASE macro expansion linkage 205
MRELEASE parameter list 205
MSGEDIT macro expansion linkage 206-210
MSGEDIT parameter list 206-210
MSGFORM m~cro expansion linkage 211-212
MSGFORM parameter list 211-212
MSGGEN macro expansion linkage 212-213
MSGGEN parameter list 212-213
MSGLIMIT macro expansion linkage 213
MSGLIMIT parameter list 213
MSGTYPE macro expansion linkage 213-214
MSGTYPE parameter list 213-214
multiple-buffer header 687
multiple insert at offset routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
multiple insert/remove routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
multiple routing 687

700

OS TCAM PLM

multiple routing QCB 639
multiple routing subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 141
multipoint line 687
multiprocessing environment 10
network control 110-111, 688
network control routines for an application program 110-111
new queue 636, 688
next-buffer location 22, 688
next-message location 22, 688
no-buffer queue 636, 688
no-CPB queue 636, 688
non-operational control unit, unit exception, and unit check
with time-out ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
nonresident closedown completion routine
library 621
microfiche directory 152
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34,90-91,688
nonswitched line 688
non-transparent mode 688
numeric test request message handler
library 622
microfiche directory 157
OLT test control modules
library 622
microfiche directory 157
on-line test 688
on-line test control block
description 511
DSECT 512-529
on-line test QCB 639
open/close subtask
library 632
microfiche directory 146
open error handler
library 630
microfiche directory 179
OPEN macro expansion linkage 215-218
open routines functions 44-47
opening the checkpoint data set 50-53
opening the line group 52-5.5
opening the message queues data set 48-49
operation codes 645-646
operator awareness message router
library 622
microfiche directory 154
operator command 688
operator control 108-109
library 621,627-628
microfiche directory 145.-169
operator control address vector table
definition 688
description 531
DSECT 532-535
microfiche directory 184
operator control/application program interface 108-109
operator control/application program interface routine
library 621
microfiche directory 146
operator control/checkpoint interface 116, 120
operator control commands linkage
DISPLAY 241
HALT 242
HOLD 242
MODIFY 242-243
RELEASE 243
VARY 244
operator control data areas
command input buffer 455-456
operator control AVT 531-535
operator control element 185'
operator control error message generators
microfiche directory 162-163
operator control incident checkpoint interface routine

microfiche directory 163
operator control incident checkpoint request 116, 120
operator control input handler
microfiche directory 162
operator control interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
operator control interface with network control
facilities 108-109
operator control options 7
operator control output message writer
microfiche directory 163
operator control QCB 639
operator control queue 636
operator control station 688
operator control VARY, HOLD, RELEASE message module
microfiche directory 163
operator control work area 184
OPTION macro expansion linkage 218
option characteristics table 537-538
option field 688
options, selected TCAM ( see selected options)
option table 539-540, 688
organization and use of the TCAM PLM
organization of the TCAM program 4
ORIGIN macro expansion linkage 219
ORIGIN parameter list 219
origin routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
origin routine for a system with concentrated message
handling support
library 632
microfiche directory 142
OS dispatcher relationship to TCAM 7
OS I/O device characteristics table 541
OS synchronized restart 122-123
OUTBUF macro expansion linkage 219
OUTBUF parameter list 219
OUTEND parameter list 220
outgoing buffer flow 98-101
outgoing group 688
OUTHDR macro expansion linkage 220
OUTHDR parameter list 220
OUTMSG macro expansion linkage 221-222
OUTMSG parameter list 221-222
output data set 688
output sequence number 688
output sequence number provision routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
overview charts ( see method of operation)
parameter lists for message handling macro expansions
( see macro linkage charts)
password scramble routine
library 216
microfiche directory 148
PATH macro expansion linkage 223
PATH parameter list 223
path switch 688
PCB ( see process control block)
PCB QCB 639
PCI appendage
library 629
microfiche directory 177
physical organization ( see system structure)
PLINK service module
library 623
microfiche directory 160
POINT macro expansion linkage 223
point routine
library 629
microfiche directory 177
point-to-point line 688
polling 688
polling characters 688
post pending routine
library 629
.microfiche directory 178

prefix, buffer ( see buffer prefix)
primary operator control station 688
priorities, list of in TCAM 641-644
PRIORITY macro expansion linkage 186
PRIORITY parameter list 224
priority QCB 551,553,555-556
problem program mode 688
process control block (PCB)
definition 688
description 543
DSECT 544-545
microfiche directory 184
process entry work area
description 547
DSECT 548-550
microfiche directory 184
process queue 688-689
processing a message 76-113
program organization 133-394
purge I/O 689
purpose of the TCAM PLM 1
PUT macro expansion linkage 224-225
put compatible routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
put process QCB 639
put scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 145
PUT/WRITE routine
library 629
microfiche directory 176
QACTION macro expansion linkage 225
QACTION parameter list 225
QACTION routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
QCB ( see queue control block)
QCB extension ( see queue control block extension)
QCB for IEDQBD02 639
QCOPY macro expansion linkage 225
QCOPY service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
QRESET macro
library 625
QRESET service routine
library 633
microfiche directory 149
QSTART macro expansion linkage 226
queue 689
queue-back chain 29,35,689
queue control block (QCB) 13
definition 689
description 551
DSECT 552-556
microfiche directory 184
queue control block extension
definition 689
description 557
DSECT 557-558
microfiche directory 184
queue management in an MCP
main-storage queuing 35
main-storage queuing with disk backup 35-36
nonreusable disk queuing 22-34
reusable disk queuing 34-35,90-91
special queuing considerations 36
queue reset executor
library 621
microfiche directory 149
queues and QCBs list 635-640
queues of the TCAM dispatcher 13-14
queuing considerations 36
queuing functions of the TCAM dispatcher 71
quick closedown 126-127,689

Index

701

RCB ( see resource control block)
read-ahead QCB 639
definition 689
functions 102-103
READD service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
read initial channel programs 646-647
READ macro expansion linkage 226
READ/WRITE unit check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
READY macro
functions 60-61
macro expansion linkage 227
ready queue
application program interface with 17
definition 15,636,689
disabled 15
enabled 16
update of 16,68-70
ready routine
library 621
microfiche directory 153
recall 689
recall QCB 639
recalled buffer 689
receive operation 78-79
record 689
re-dial routine
library 632
microfiche directory 141
REDIRECT macro expansion linkage 228
REDIRECT parameter list 228
redirect a message routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
reentrant module 689
refreshable module 689
region control task (RCT) 689
register usage conventions in TCAM 613-615
relative line number (rIn) 689
relative priorities in TCAM 641-644
RELEASEM macro expansion linkage 229
RELEASEM parameter list 229
remove at offset routine
library 631
microfiche directory 139
resident module 689
resident closedown completion routine
library 633
microfiche directory 152
resident module generation 3
resident operator control module
library 621
microfiche directory 145
resource 13,689
resource control block (RCB)
definition 689, 13
description 559
DSECT 560
microfiche directory 184
resource management module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
restart
definition 689
checkpoint/restart overview 112-123
restart functions 122-123
resume terminal transmission
microfiche directory 167
RETRIEVE macro expansion linkage 230
retrieve scheduler
library 621
microfiche directory 148
retrieve service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 146
retry 689
RETRY macro expansion linkage 230
RETRY parameter list 230

702

OS TCAM PLM

retry queue 689
REUS QCB 639-640
reusability-copy subtask
library 629
log data set update 34
microfiche directory 177
reusable disk queuing 34-35
reusable disk queuing 34-35, 689
rollout 72-75
,
rollout/rollin (RORI) 689
routine service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
routing codes 601,689
save area management 613
SCB ( see station control block)
SCB error word usage 597, 598
SCREEN macro expansion linkage 23 1
SCREEN parameter list 231
l>creen routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140
SCT ( see special characters table)
secondary destination 689
secondary storage requirements for TCAM 3
segment 689
selected options
application program processing 7-8
checkpoint/restart 8-9
cross-reference table 10
error recovery procedures 9
line queuing 8
logging 8
message queuing 8
operator control 7
subtask trace 9-10
TCAM as a startable procedure 9
TCAM in a multiprocessing environment 10
time sharing 10-11
selection 689
send operation 92-95
send scheduler
library 630
microfiche directory 178
send scheduler for leased lines and no TSO
library 629
microfiche directory 174
send scheduler with no TSO
library 629
microfiche directory 174
sending 689
SEQUENCE macro expansion linkage 232
sequence number 689
SEQUENCE parameter list 232
serially reusable module 689
SETEOF macro expansion linkage 233
SETEOF parameter list 233
SETEOM macro expansion linkage 234-235
SETEOM parameter list 234-235
SETEOM routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
SETSCAN macro expansion linkage 235-236
SETSCAN parameter list 235-236
SIMATTN macro expansion linkage 236
single entry 690
skip backward routine
library 632
microfiche directory 140
skip forward and scan routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
skip to character set routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
SLOWPOLL macro expansion 237
SLOWPOLL parameter list 237
SLOWPOLL routine
library 626

macro linkage 237
microfiche directory 145
source offset 690
special characters table (SCT)
definition 690
description 561
DSECT 562
library 629
microfiche directory entries 185-186
special queuing considerations 36
start general poll routine
microfiche directory 169
start I/O appendage
microfiche directory 172
start line routine
library 628
microfiche directory 168
ST ARTLN macro expansion linkage 237
STARTMH continuation subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 137
ST ARTMH functions
receive operation 80-81
send operation 96-97
ST ARTMH macro expansion linkage 237
STARTMH QCB 640
ST ARTMH subtask
library 631
microfiche directory 137
STARTMH subtask for TCAM-TSO mixed
library 631
microfiche directory 136
start/stop channel check ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
start/stop ERP control module
library 628
microfiche directory 170
start-stop transmission 690
start terminal routine
microfiche directory 168
start-up message routine
library 630
microfiche directory 179
static buffer allocation 690
station 690
station control block (SCB)
definition 690
description 563
DSECT 564-570
microfiche directory 184
status byte, LCB 599-600
STCB ( see subtask control block)
STCB formats 572
stop general poll routine
microfiche directory 169
stop line I/O subtask
library 633
microfiche directory 150
stop line I/O subtask QCB 633
stop line routine
library 628
microfiche directory 168
STOPLN macro expansion linkage 238
stop terminal routine
microfiche directory 168
subblock 690
subroutine linkage 613
subsequent-buffer prefix 18
subtask control block (STCB) 13
description 571
DSECT 572
microfiche directory 185
subtask, linkage fram STCB to code 16
subtask trace option 9-10
supervisor mode 690
support module generation 5
swapping 72-75
switched line 690
symbols for method of operation charts 38
SVC 34 ( see TCAM command scheduler-SVC

SVC 102 72-75
system control functions
AQCTL SVC 102 routine 72-75
TCAM Dispatcher 13-17, 68-72
system delay QCB 640
system delay queue 637
system delay subtask
library 621
microfiche directory 150
system generation
system nucleus modules 5
TCAM macro definitions 3
TCAM resident modules 3
TCAM support modules 5
TCAM transient modules 5
system interval 690
system/network closedown 124-131
system/network definition 44-65
system nucleus module generation 5
system requirements 3
system service routine ( see disk message queue initializer)
system structure 3,4
application program 6-7
message control program 5-6
physical organization 3, 4
relationship of OS dispatcher to TCAM 7
system generation 3
SYSl.LINKLIB 5,621-623
SYS1.MACLIB 3,623-627
SYS1.NUCLEUS 5,627
SYS1.SVCLIB 5,627-630
SYS 1. TELCMLIB 3, 63 1-634

34)

table of message origins 601-611
table of register usage conventions 613-615
task control 7
task control block (TCB) 185,690
task I/O table 690
TCAM abnormal close routine
library 628
microfiche directory 155
TCAM as a startable procedure 9
TCAM channel programs and TP op codes 645-681
TCAM command scheduler-SVC 34
library 628
microfiche directory 162
TCAM control block linkages 395
TCAM control block linkages from a buffer prefix 397
TCAM dispatcher
basic concept of 13-17
dispatching functions 68-70
elements 13
library 629
microfiche directory 175, 184
queues 13
queuing functions 71
ready queue 15-16
relationship to OS 7
subtasks 13
tpost principle 17
twait principle 17
TCAM dispatcher with subtask trace
library 629
microfiche directory 177
TCAM flowcharts 250-394
TCAM in a multiprocessing environment 10
TCAM linkages between macro expansions and
modules 187-240
TCAM module list by library 621;634
TCAM options ( see selected options)
TCAM queues and QCBs 635-640
TCAM relationship with OS dispatcher 7
TCAM relative priorities 641-644
TCAM service aids 617-620
TCAM system closedown 124-131
TCAM system control 68-75
TCAM system definition 44-65
TCAM system generation ( see system generation)
TCAM system structure ( see system structure)
TCAM/TOTE channel end and abnormal end appendages for

Index

703

graphic devices
library 628
microfiche directory 172
TCAM/TOTE start I/O appendage for graphic devices
library 628
microfiche directory 172
TCAM/TSO buffer 690
TCB ( see task control block)
TCHNG macro expansion linkage 238
TCHNG service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
TCOPY macro expansion linkage 238
TCOPY service routine
library 632
microfiche directory 147
telecommunications 690
teleprocessing 690
teleprocessing on-line test execution ( see TOTE)
terminal 690
terminal input scanner
microfiche directory 162
terminalI/O coordinator (TIOC) 690
TERMINAL macro expansion linkage 238
terminal status block (TSB) 690
terminal table
cascade entry 574-575,577
data area layout 579-580
description 573-575
distribution entry 574, 577
group entry 574, 577
line entry 575, 577
logtype entry 575, 577
microfiche directory 185
process entry 575, 577
single entry 574, 577
termination functions-application program 130-131
termination functions-MCP 106-107
termname table
definition 690
description 581
DSECT 582
microfiche directory 185
termname table code
microfiche directory 155
TERRSET macro expansion linkage 238
test event control block
description 583
DSECT 584-585
test request message 'analysis modules
library 622
microfiche directory 156-157
test request message prompter modules
library 622
microfiche directory 159
tete-a-tete 690
text 690
text segment 690
TGOTO macro expansion linkage 239
TGOTO parameter list 239
TGOTO routine
library 632
microfiche directory 143
time delay 690
time delay QCB 640
time delay queue 637
time delay subtask
library 633
microfiche directory 150
time sharing 690
time sharing destination scheduler
library 631
microfiche directory 134
time sharing input QCB (TSID) 690
time sharing job control block (TJB) 690
time sharing option (TSO) 10-11,691
time sharing queue control block 185
time sharing scheduler
library 631
microfiche directory 137
TLIST macro expansion linkage 239

704

OS TeAM PLM

TOTE
functions 11
requirements 12
TOTE configurator scheduler
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TOTE convert service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
TOTE dispatcher module
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TOTE GRAB/LETGO service module
library 623
microfiche directory 161
TOTE message module
library 622
microfiche directory 159
TOTE message submodules
library 622
microfiche.directory 159-160
TOTE resident module
library 622
microfiche directory 156
TOTE resource control block
description 587
DSECT 588-590
TOTE test control module
library 622
microfiche directory 157
TP operation codes '645-646
TPDATE routine
library 632'
microfiche directory 144
TPER recorder module
library 628
microfiche directory 172
tpost principle 17, 691
TPROCESS macro expansion linkage 239
trace function module
library 622
microfiche directory 160
TRANLIST macro expansion linkage 239
transient module 691
transient module generation 5
translate buffer routine
library 631
microfiche directory 140
translation tables
library 633-634
microfiche directory 185
transmission 691
transmission control unit (TCU) 691
transmission priority 691
transparent mode 691
transparent transmission CCW building routine
library 632
microfiche directory 149
TSINPUT macro expansion linkage 239
TSINPUT QCB 640
TSINPUT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO abend interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO asynchronous time delay removal routine
library 631
microfiche directory 137
TSO attention routine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSO carriage subroutine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSO hangup routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO INMSG/OUTMSG linker
library 631
microfiche directory 136

TSO IOHALT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO/TCAM logon routine
library 631
microfiche directory 135
TSO message generation routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO option 10-11
TSO simulated attention routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TSO/TCAM
logon routine 135
TSO TIOC edit routine
library 631
microfiche directory 134
TSO TIOC 3270 edit routine
library 630
microfiche directory 134
TSOUTPUT routine
library 631
microfiche directory 136
TT ABLE macro expansion linkage 240
twait principle 17,691
TTECB ( see test event control block)
TYPET ABL macro expansion linkage 240
TYPET ABL routine
macro linkage 240
unit 18
unit check and unit exception on read/write CCWs for
audio and 2260 local devices ERP module
library 628
microfiche directory 171
unit check for non-read, non-write, non-poll CCWs ERP
module
library 628
microfiche directory 170

unit control area
definition 18
uSes 19,35
unit request interface routine
library 631
microfiche directory 138
UNLOCK macro expansion linkage
UNLOCK parameter list 240
unlock routine
library 632
microfiche directory 142
use of TCAM PLM I
user interface routine
library 633
microfiche directory ISS

240

VARY scart/map/dispatch module
microfiche directory 168
wait I/O service routine
library 623
microfiche directory 161
warm start 691
work area macro 184
work unit 691
wrapped message queues data set 34
WRITE macro expansion linkage 240
write-to-operator (WTO) 691
write-to-operator with reply (WTOR) 691
WTOR interpreter routine
library 622
microfiche directory ISS
zero-length buffer 691
zone 691
Zone boundary 691
zone mid-point 35

Index

70S

GY30·2029·3

International Bualn... Machin.. Corporation
Data Proceulng Division
1133 W...ch....r Avenu., Whn. Plalna, N.w York 10804
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trad. Corporation
821 United Natlona Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)

•

READER'S COMMENT FORM

Order No. GY30-2029-3

OS/MFT and OS/MVT
TeAM Logic

•

•

How did you use this publication?

o
o

As a reference source
As a classroom text
As .............. .

o

• Based on your own experience, rate this publication ...
As a reference source:
Very
Good

Good

Fair

Poor

Very
Poor

Very
Good

Good

Fair

Poor

Very
Poor

As a text:

• What is your occupation? .................................................. .
• We would appreciate your other comments; please give specific page and line references
where appropriate. If you wish a reply, be sure to include your name and address .

•

• Thank you for your cooperation. No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.

li Y;JO-2029-3

YOUR COMMENTS, PLEASE . . .
(")

.~

S

Your answers to the questions on the back of this form, together with your comments,
help us produce better publications for your use. Each reply is carefully reviewed by the
persons responsible for writing and publishing this material. All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM.

~

0

:l

(Q

C
:l

'"

Please note: Requests for copies of publications and for assistance in using your IBM
system should be directed to your IBM representative or to the IBM sales office serving
your locality.

I

I

I
I
Fold

Fold

I

__ -...I
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 569
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK
NORTH CAROLINA

BUSINESS

REPLY

MAIL

NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A.

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY •••
~

c
(

I BM Corporation
P. O. Box 12275
Research Triangle Park
North Carolina 27709

f
~

I
I

Attention: Publications Center, Dept. E01

I

- ---I
Fold

Fold

(

~

r

c

If
('

-

=
Ci

c

-

C

c.

?
c
(,

c
~
c
r.

Ci

~

International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue. White Plains, New York 10604
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trade Corporation
821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2011:09:29 09:25:58-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2011:09:29 16:53:12-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2011:09:29 16:53:12-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.45 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:b0ad2cd2-e808-4fd0-bcde-1595547b2781
Instance ID                     : uuid:806bd701-1bdf-436a-89c6-11aaf4f92ebf
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 723
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu